tyhare062367's Avatar
tyhare062367 Member Since October 23, 2009

Summer of 61 - Chapter 3

kwvagabond on Incest Stories

I heard voices in the background as I began to open my eyes. I looked over at the wall clock and noticed it was almost 10:00am. I really slept in, very unusual for me as I generally wake up around 7:00am every morning. I guess the activities with Sara the night before really tired me out.

I looked over to the couch where Sara had been sleeping and it was empty. The bedding was folded and sitting on the floor. Well, I guess I’ve missed most of the morning. I closed my eyes for a few seconds and listened to the voices of my mom and Aunt Tess in the kitchen. They weren’t talking loudly; almost in a whisper, but I could faintly hear them

“I don’t know Tess. I just don’t understand.” I heard my mom saying. “He hardly touches me, and

Read More
he won’t do any oral sex. He won’t eat me and won’t let me suck his cock. He says it’s dirty and he could never kiss me again if we ever did that.”

Wow! This was way too much information for me. As a kid you don’t really think about your parents having sex. Here I am, having experienced oral sex for the first time with my cousin Sara the night before, and now I’m overhearing my mom talk about never getting any oral sex. Whew… I never heard mom talk about sex. I never even saw her naked, although I had tried a few times. So what the hell was wrong with my dad? Mom was really hot for being in her mid-thirties. Damn, I’d love to see her big tits.

Aunt Tess was almost two years older than her sister; my mom. She was also very hot. I overheard her response, “Paul isn’t much into licking pussy either, but he does love it when I suck his cock. The problem is he’s got a real little dick. It’s only 4 ½ inches hard. Hell, I’ll bet little Jimmy’s cock is bigger than that.” They both laughed, and I got an instant hard-on. I might be little Jimmy, but Aunt Tess was right. I had more than Uncle Paul. Maybe Aunt Tess should ask her daughter Sara!

I coughed loud enough so they could hear I was waking up. I got up and went to the bathroom, jumped in the shower, jerked off thinking about my mom and Aunt Tess and came out refreshed and ready for a new day. After dressing in my room, I went to the kitchen where mom and Aunt Tess were sitting at the table with coffee.

I think they may have been worried that I overheard them. Both of their faces were blushing a bit as their eyes followed me. I played it real cool and didn’t let on that I heard a thing. “Hi mom. Hi Aunt Tess.” I said as I gave them each a kiss on the cheek. We have always been an affectionate family with kisses and hugs. I liked that. “Where’s Sara?” I asked calmly.

They seemed relieved; convinced I was acting normal and didn’t hear anything. “She went into town with the dads. She wanted a new bathing suit since we forgot to pack one for her.” said Aunt Tess. It was already getting hot, unusually hot for this time of year, and getting Sara into a bathing suit and down to the beach sounded like a great idea.

Mom made me some breakfast and the three of us sat and talked for awhile. They asked if Sara and I had fun last night. I simply said “Yea.” I didn’t want to exude too much enthusiasm and arouse any suspicions. Before long I heard dad’s car pull into the driveway. Sara came bouncing in with a big smile. “Hi. I got a great new swimming suit.” she said beaming from ear to ear. She fumbled through her bag and brought out a bright red two piece suit. “I’m gonna try it on right now.” And she quickly left the room.

Within a couple of minutes Sara came bounding into the kitchen and started modeling her new suit. Well, I’m a thirteen year old boy and my cock went instant hard. Sara looked so sexy. I really didn’t get a chance to see her body last night, even though I had my hands and mouth all over it. But it’s daytime now and she was absolutely gorgeous in that little two piece. I glimpsed some apprehension on Aunt Tess’ face, probably thinking, ‘Christ she’s growing up fast!’ Little did she know!

I figured I’d get my suit on so Sara and I could get to the beach. Mom was standing by the table next to me when I stood and walked by. I guess I was in a hurry and my hard cock was bulging in my gym shorts. And it accidentally rubbed against mom’s ass as I went by. She gave me a funny look as I turned and said, “Excuse me.”

Sara and I were down on the beach within about twenty minutes. Being a holiday weekend and really hot, the beach was packed with people. “Want to go to a private beach?” I asked with a smile. “Where can we go?” Sara asked. “We’ll have to walk a ways, but I know several nice places.” Sara grabbed my hand, “Lead the way cousin.”

We walked about a half mile south, past about a dozen waterfront beach houses before coming to an uninhabited stretch that went on for over another mile. As we started down the lonesome beach, Sara smiled. “This is beautiful. Nobody lives around here?” she asked. “No. All of this land was once a large plantation. There’s an old abandoned mansion a little further down, and lots of private spots. Want to see it?” Sara nodded and we continued walking.

We reached a path that lead from the water up to the old mansion, made a right and proceeded. There were woods all around until we came to a clearing where the house stood as a majestic reminder of history. All of the windows were broken out and portions of the roof were collapsed, as well as the entire front porch. As we got to within 25 feet of the front entrance I stopped abruptly and held Sara back. “What’s wrong?” she whispered, sensing a problem. “I thought I heard people talking or making noises.” I said. We stood still and quiet for a few moments when Sara said, “I hear it too. It’s coming from over there.” She pointed to a small out-building just to the left.

We looked at each other and I said, “Want to take a peek?” Sara nodded yes and we quietly moved toward the building. There was a small broken window on the side, which we crept up to and peeked inside. Oh wow. There was one of my best friends, Bobby, behind his sister Julie fucking the hell out of her doggie style. I think it scared Sara as she whispered, “We need to get out of here!” No way I was leaving. Bobby was a year older than me at fourteen and his older sister Julie was sixteen years old. She had a superb set of C-cup tits that hung down and flopped back and forth as Bobby slammed in and out of her pussy while she knelt on all fours. “We’re staying. I know them. This is fucking great. They are brother and sister!” I said without taking my eyes from the sight before me.

Sara and I continued watching. She reached down and grabbed my hard cock and massaged it through my swimming suit. I wiggled my fingers under the waist band of her suit and began rubbing her slit and the little pearl. We were both hot as hell. I had never seen a porno movie before, but thought it would be something like this. You know; watching someone else?

It didn’t take long before I heard Bobby yell, “Here it comes sis!” as he slammed harder and faster and Julie pushed back hard on each stroke trying to get as much of his cock as deep into her as possible. They were both grunting very loudly. I’m surprised I didn’t hear them from all the way down on the beach. Then Bobby stiffened and started bucking wildly as Julie shook violently. “Ahhhh Yes you little fucker! Give it to me! Oh God yes!” Julie was screaming through clenched teeth. Bobby never said a word; just kept pumping hard and shaking until he was through and fell unto Julie’s back.

Sara brought me back to reality when she bit my ear. Out of reflex I said “Ow!” Julie and Bobby both snapped their heads in our direction and saw us peeking through the window. “What the fuck are you doing?” Julie yelled angrily. Bobby just stared quietly. I smiled and responded with, “Was hoping to be doing the same thing as you two, but you beat us to the spot.” Sara was a little apprehensive, but I think she felt safe with me, especially since I was taking this so lightly. She was still rubbing my cock and I had her crotch wet when I whispered to her, “Let’s take our clothes off and go in. I think it will make them more comfortable.” Sara hesitated for just a moment and said “OK” with a trusting grin. We moved away from the window, rapidly undressed and walked to the door and entered.

“Hi guys. This is my cousin Sara. Sara, this is Bobby and Julie.” Julie and Bobby were still in position. Julie’s mouth was open in disbelief as we walked in totally naked. My cock was rock hard, sticking up and throbbing to my heartbeat. Sara, the little innocent and naïve one, couldn’t wait. She dropped to her knees and started sucking my cock. She told me last night that she loved the taste of my come. I guess she just needed her cum fix?

Julie slowly got up and walked over near us. She watched intently, mesmerized, as I heard Bobby say, “See sis. Why won’t you do that for me. All you want to do is fuck!” I thought ‘All she wants to do is fuck? Oh my. I’ve never fucked anybody yet’. Sara heard Bobby; looked over at Julie and stared at her while she continued sucking my cock. She slowly took me out of her mouth, but kept slowly stroking with one hand. “You want to try it?” Sara asked Julie with a playful smile. Julie looked into Sara’s eyes and moved closer. Sara took a big lick from the base to the tip then pushed the tip toward Julie. I loved it and Bobby just stood and stared in disbelief.

Bobby was about the same size as me. We were both around 5’ 9” and about 150lbs; slim and trim. Bobby and I have been best “summer” friends for three years. I looked at Bobby’s cock. I never saw it hard before. He was already hard again and I could see Julie’s juices and his cum glistening along the entire length. It was just about the same as mine, maybe a little skinnier. The first thought that came to mind was, ‘I sure would like to taste those juices.’ What the hell was I thinking; I’m not a fucking queer!

I looked down as Julie slowly licked the head of my cock. It twitched in Sara’s hand and she looked up smiling. I could see Julie was testing. She took another lick from the base to the tip and stopped again. Then she took the tip into her mouth. Sara coached, “That’s it. Move your tongue around and suck a little bit. That’s good. Now take more into your mouth. Oh you’re a natural. Now slide your mouth up and down. Don’t forget to lick just under the head when you get to the top.”

This was really unreal. Here’s my young cousin, who didn’t even know what a blow job was until last night, and she’s teaching my best friend’s sister how to suck my cock. Not only did she learn fast, but she’s an excellent teacher. I could already feel by balls begin to tighten and knew I was close. “Sara, I’m almost there.” I said. Julie was doing a great job, she really was a natural.

Sara moved closer to Julie and whispered close to her ear, “Jimmy’s going to cum soon. Do you want to try it?” I guess Julie wasn’t ready to take a mouthful of cum yet. She removed my cock from her mouth and with a final kiss on the tip, she gave me back to Sara. Julie continued watching intently as Sara expertly brought me to the edge, Then she surprised me again and started going down as far as she could. She stopped with about four inches bumping against her throat then relaxed and slowly pushed down until her lips were up against the base of my cock. That was all I could take. I squirted the first shot down her throat. She stayed in position as the second shot slid down her gullet, then she pulled back and sucked hard to taste the next small shots in her mouth.

Sara pulled her mouth off my cock and turned to Julie, who was still mesmerized, and kissed her right on the mouth. Julie didn’t pull back as Sara slid her tongue between Julie’s lips and I heard them both moan. Sara transferred some of my cum to Julie, who evidently found that cum doesn’t really taste bad at all. With both of these girls kneeling in front of me, I reached down and grabbed Julie’s tits. She continued kissing Sara as I rubbed her nipples. Julie’s nipples weren’t very dark and didn’t stick out like Sara’s, but they were big in diameter. She closed her eyes and placed her hands on top of mine as I continued massaging her big tits.

Sara broke away from the kiss and looked over to Bobby. “Have you ever had a blow job, Bobby?” “No. Julie would never try.” He said disappointedly. Sara motioned for him to come over. She leaned over and quickly closed her mouth over Bobby’s glistening cock. “Oh shit!” Bobby moaned as he shut his eyes and threw his head back. Sara knew Bobby would blow his wad fast, especially for his first blow job and after watching her and Julie give me a great blow job. This little girl had become a die hard cock sucker in less than 24 hours. It seemed Sara actually craved sex. She was definitely a quick learner. So much for the naïve country girl!

Julie simply loved having her tits massaged. She would occasionally give my semi-hard cock a little lick, but nothing more. I was watching Bobby as Sara administered a quick blow job. Julie wasn’t even watching. Sara was massaging Bobby’s balls as she bobbed up and down on his cock. She didn’t deep throat him, but I think that was because she really liked the taste of cum, and you can’t taste it when it’s being pumped straight down your throat.

Bobby started moaning loudly and Sara knew her prize was near. She squeezed his balls and started stroking with her other hand. Her lips formed a tight seal around the head and she sucked hard as Bobby exploded in her mouth. He was bucking uncontrollably into her face; Sara never lost a drop. After a minute, she let Bobby flop from her precious mouth and went back to Julie. They kissed again and Sara shared Bobby’s load with her.

I has really turned on again. I gently grabbed Julie by the shoulders and lowered her to the floor. She looked up at me with a quizzical gaze, but didn’t stop me. When she was on her back, I moved my face between her legs and gave her a big lick, just like I did with Sara last night. Julie immediately pulled her legs up to her breasts and wrapped her arms around her knees to hold them in the up position. Her wet pussy and ass were clearly at my disposal. I was able to see in the day light and slowly licked and sucked as I enjoyed my first close up view of a pussy. I was fascinated and pulled the lips apart for a better view. I could see the little pearl. I kept licking all over it and then remembered how Sara went crazy when I licked her asshole.

I gave another big swipe up and back down and let my tongue dance around Julie’s puckered asshole, as my finger rubbed her pearl. She went fucking crazy and bucked wildly. I felt a stream of liquid hit me in the nose and drip down over my lips. She was cumming hard as I placed my mouth completely over her pussy and sucked. Another large blast of her girl cum hit the back of my throat. I swallowed furiously to keep up as another smaller blast hit. Julie was screaming loudly as her orgasm racked her body. The juices stopped blasting, but continued to flow for almost a minute. It tasted a little different than Sara’s and there was a lot more, but it tasted good and I didn’t want to miss a drop.

Julie started to relax and I removed my mouth from her pussy. It was red and puffy and wet; and looked better than anything I could have dreamed up. Julie and I kissed and got up from the floor. Bobby and Sara were sitting on an old bench watching. They both started clapping for our performance; we all laughed. Bobby pulled out a pack of cigarettes and we all lit one.

“So how long has the brother and sister act been going on?” I asked. Julie answered, “Well we kinda just started a few days ago. The family drove down a few days early so Dad could finish up some work around the house before the holiday weekend. It just happened when I accidentally walked in on Bobby in the bathroom the other day.” We all took a drag from our cigarettes as Bobby followed with, “Yea, she caught me jerking off. Pretty embarrassing, huh?” We all laughed. Julie added, “I was curious, had never touched a dick before, so I finished jerking him off, you liked it didn’t you Bobby?” “Oh Yea! It was fucking wonderful!” Bobby exclaimed. Julie continued, “I had heard girls at school talk about fucking. I really wanted to loose my virginity, and so did Bobby. Who can you trust not to hurt you? I love my brother, so you caught us busting our cherries.”

That was quite a confession. I offered a pact to the group. We never tell anyone else about this day. We all agreed quickly. “I guess your broken cherry was why you tasted a little different than Sara.” I offered. Bobby laughed and spoke up, “Well my friend, there was a big load of my cum in there, too.” “Oh my God!” I said in disbelief. Sara and Julie started snickering and chanting, “Jimmy’s a cum sucker, Jimmy’s a cum sucker,…” Well there was nothing I could do about it now, so I laughed and said, “Julie, I don’t care what was in there. Any time you want your pussy sucked, I’m at your service.” Julie blushed and said, “I’ll remember that.” Bobby piped in and asked Julie, “So now that you’ve sucked a cock, tasted cum and had your pussy eaten, ya think I can get into some of that?” Julie laughed and replied, “Yes little brother. Any time you wish.”

Bobby got up and started dressing. “I have to get back to the house. Dad’s taking me to a ball game in Baltimore and I don’t want to be late.” Julie looked at Sara and I and asked, “Are you guys staying?” Sara jumped right in before I could respond, “We just got here. No reason to leave yet!” Bobby told Julie he’d let their mom know that she was with us and would be home later, then he took off running.

The three of us continued to sit there nude and Julie asked, “When did you guys start?” Sara smiled broadly and answered, “Last night. And I’m still a virgin.”

‘So am I’ I thought, but not for long!

One Wild Night

thechiefs70 on Incest Stories

My husband had started working nights. My mother-in-law and her boyfriend (Jeff) had split up and he asked us if he could stay with us for a while. Since Jeff and I had been sleeping together for about 2 months we told him that he could stay with us. As long as he kept me satisfied when Jim is not home. He happily agreed.

The next night is when Jeff started staying with us. His first night there we were sitting on the couch watching TV and relaxing since the kids were in bed and I had already had my shower. As we were watching TV he started to play with my tits and to kiss me. I kissed him back and started to rub his cock through his pants.

The next thing we know there is a knock at the door. I answered t

Read More
he door in my nightgown. I got a surprise when I answered the door it was my sister-in-law (Aime) standing there. She said she had some stuff for Jeff. I told her to come on in and that we were just watching TV. Aime knew that Jeff and I had been sleeping together. Someone had told me once that Jeff had also been sleeping with Aime also. I thought that it was hot that Jeff was sleeping with Aime and myself.

When Aime walked in she leaned down and kissed Jeff. Then I kissed Jeff. Then I leaned over and kissed Aime. Jeff said that it was so hot to see us two kiss and he wished he could see more. I asked Aime if she was up to it and she said hell yea.

We started off by going in on the bed. Then I went over to Aime and started kissing her. First on the lips then on the neck as I was working to get her shirt off so I could se her wonderful tits. When I got her shirt off I noticed that she was not wearing a bra. So once I had her shirt off I kissed and licked her tits and nipples. I could tell that I was driving her wild and finally I sucked on her nipples.

Then she leaned to me and began kissing me on the lips. Then she kissed down my neck and to my shoulders. As she was kissing my shoulders she was sliding my straps to my nightgown down my arms. Then she kissed down my nipples making my pussy wet. Then finally she put my nipples one at a time into her mouth and sucked on them.

The nest thing that happened surprised Jeff. We both turned to Jeff and started kissing him and rubbing his cock through his pants. We did this until we could feel and see his cock getting hard. Then we unbuttoned and unzipped his pants. Then we pulled his big black cock out of his pants and boxers. As soon as his cock and balls were out of his pants. I immediately started licking and sucking on his balls. While I was doing that Aime was licking up and down his shaft. Every once and a while she would take and put his cock in her mouth and suck on it. Finally I told her I wanted his cock in my mouth so we switched places. I wasted no time in licking his shaft because I was anxious to get his cock in my mouth. Jeff then said that he needed to clam down for a while.

So I laid Aime down on the bed and kissed my way down from her lips all the down to her shaved, dripping, wet pussy. First I kissed her pussy. Then I started licking her pussy lips. Then I took my tongue and stuck it in between her lips and licked her clit. I knew I had hit her clit when she started to squirm with every lick. She also began to moan loudly with every lick. Then I licked two of my fingers so I could finger fuck her while I was licking her clit. After 15 minutes of doing this I made Aime cum and when she did she squirted all over my face. Her juices tasted so good and sweet.

She then told me that it was my turn to cum. Aime had me lay down on the bed. She started kissing my lips. Then she kissed down to my tits to lick and kiss my tits again. Before she moved down to my shaved pussy. Once at my pussy she first start6ed by kissing my pussy. Then licking my pussy lips and sliding her tongue in between my pussy lips. Then she took a couple of fingers and started playing with my clit. After 10 minutes of her doing this I came.

Then we turned to Jeff who had been watching this while time. We laid him on the bed and we took turns licking and stroking his cock. As soon as he was nice and hard. Aime had said that she wanted to ride his cock first. I said that was fine. As she was riding his cock I sat on his face so he could taste my juices. About 10 minutes after Aime started to ride Jeff’s cock she came again this time on his cock. As soon as she got off of his cock I climbed on because I also wanted to ride his cock. As I began to ride his cock I could feel his cock sliding in and out of my pussy. About 10 minutes of me fucking his big black cock I came. I climbed off of him and told him that I wanted him to pound my pussy really hard. He agreed and laid me on the bed. Then he put my legs in the air and started pounding my pussy just the way I like it. While he was pounding my pussy Aime was licking and sucking on my nipples. After 15 minutes of Jeff pounding my pussy he said he was gonna cum I told him to cum all over our tits. As soon as he was real close he pulled out of my pussy and shot his load of cum all over out tits. We then licked his cum off of each other’s tits.

Aime cleaned up and went home. Jeff said after a fucking like that he really needed to go get some sleep. I also went to bed.

Matt and Suze... and Kerry: Part 3

Chunks on Teen Stories

“Hey, we never went swimming!” said Kerry.  “Let’s go now!”

“I’m in,” said Suze.  “Matt got me all hot and sweaty.  A nice cool swim sounds great.  Matt?”

Read More
t; font-family: arial">

“Count me in, too,” I said. 

We all got up and wrapped towels around us, then walked towards the ocean.  Suze and I held hands.  We detoured around our friends, staying in the shadows.  Someone was playing a guitar, and I could smell the sweet scent of marijuana mingled with the smoke from the campfire.  Kerry ran ahead of us towards the water.

“You’re a good sport, Matt,” said Suze.  “Thanks for being nice to Kerry and letting her… play.  She’s been driving me crazy with questions about boys and sex, and I finally decided that if I had the chance I’d help her get some hands-on instruction, as it were.  I really didn’t mean for it to be tonight.  I wanted tonight to be romantic, and even if you and I wound up not making love, I was hoping that you’d want to be with me.  And I don’t mean just for tonight.”  She looked at me shyly, and it dawned on me that she was afraid that I might say no.  I stopped and put my arms around her.

“Suze…  I swear to God, I’m the luckiest guy in the world.  I’ve wanted you ever since I saw you.  I can’t believe you want to be with me.  I still don’t understand why.”

She sighed and held me tight.  “Oh Matt, I don’t know where to begin.  You’re smart, you’re sweet, you’re a good friend to everyone, and you don’t have a raging ego like all the other jocks I know.  You’re cute and you have a totally hot body, but you act like you don’t know it.  And I’ve known you’ve had a crush on me.  I could feel you watching me during rehearsals.  It made me feel so sexy.  But you were so… proper that I figured I had to make the first move.”  She looked down.  “I sort of threw myself at you tonight.  But it’s because I feel like I’ve known you and been close to you for so long.  I’ve only had sex… made love with one other guy.  I hope you don’t think I’m a slut.”

I held her face in my hands and kissed her, then looked into her eyes.  “God, no, of course not.  Suze, listen to me.  I’m so happy that you want to be with me.  I want to be with you, too, for as long as you’ll have me.  You’re the best person I know.” 

A little tear ran down her cheek, and her arms tightened around me and her lips sought mine.  As I kissed her again, I worked my hands up under her towel and onto the firm cheeks of her ass.  “But,” I said, “If you want to be a little slutty now and then, I’ll definitely support that.”

Suze laughed and snaked her hand under my towel.  “I think that can be arranged, my dear…  Jesus, you’re hard again!  Do you take vitamin supplements or something?”  She started stroking me and leaned in for another kiss.  I pushed her down into the sand and opened her towel.  I heard splashing sounds from the direction of the surf.

“Shit!” said Kerry.  “Cold!!!”

I kissed Suze with a passion I didn’t know I had.  She ran her hands through my hair and returned my kiss with frenzy, her tongue battling with mine.  I cupped a breast in each hand and played with her nipples.  Her breath came in little pants and gasps.

“Right now, Matt” she said.  “In me… please… right now!”

I moved onto her and pushed with my hips and, in that perfect way that I’ve since learned almost never happens, we joined.  I started moving inside her.

“Where are you guys?” said Kerry

“Oh yeah!” said Suze.  “Ungh, oh Matt, oh baby, ahh, don’t stop, yeah, oh yeah!”  She was wet and so very tight, but I’d already climaxed three times that night and it felt as if I could last forever.  I rammed myself into her hard and fast, wanting to please her, wanting to fill every bit of her.  Her orgasm started almost immediately.

“Ahhhh… Matt, you’re making me come!  I’m getting it, baby… Ahhh… OH… AHHH!! Yes!! YES!!  Oh, Matt, AAHHHHH GOD!!!”  I kept slamming into her as her body went wild beneath me.  Her head whipped from side to side and she yelled out her release.

“What’s going on?” Kerry yelled from somewhere in the darkness.  “Where are you guys?  Susan, are you okay?”

Inspired, I briefly pulled out of Suze and flipped her over as she continued to shudder from her climax.  I moved my erection against her outer lips until I found the sweet spot and pushed, held her by the shoulders, and began slamming into her once more.  She pushed up onto her hands and knees.  I reached around her and grabbed her breasts and pulled her into me as I pistoned into her.  I delighted in the new sensation of screwing a girl from behind, pounding myself into the taut cushion of her firm teenaged ass.

Suze was making a loud, unintelligible mix of nonsense sounds, moving from one orgasm to the next.  Intermixed into this was a steady, “Ungh… ungh… ungh” from both of us, uttered in time with the rhythmic slap-slap-slap of our bodies ramming together.  I moved one hand down onto her mound and started playing with her clitoris, and she began to scream.

Suddenly Kerry was next to me.  “What’s wrong?  Susan, are you all right?  Say something!”

“AHHH!” said Suze.  “Oh God oh God OH GOD!!  Kerry… Uhhng… Mmmm…  You wanted… OHH!  To know the difference… OHHH!!  Oh, Matt…  Between making love and fucking… THIS IS FUCKING!!  OH, SHIT, I’M COMING AGAIN!!!  AAAHHHHH, YEAH!!”

“Wow,” said Kerry.

Finally I sensed my own orgasm beginning, not in my impossibly hard erection, or my balls, but seemingly in my very soul.  It spread over my entire body, down my legs and into my toes, and deep into my chest.  And, as I came into my beautiful, wonderful new lover, my lips began to tingle and my vision clouded, and I may have lost consciousness for a moment.

When I regained my senses, I was slumped over Suze, my penis buried deep within her, my arms still around her.  We were both gasping in deep, ragged, breaths.  I gave her a hard, desperate squeeze, and kissed the back of her neck.

“I love you, Suze,” I whispered.

She twisted around until her mouth could find mine and she kissed me, gently.  Tears were streaming down her face.  “Oh, Matt, I love you too,” she said.

Suddenly, there was the sound of loud applause and scattered hooting.  I looked to my right and saw all of our friends from the play sitting on the dunes and looking down at us.  Shit!  I covered Suze’s nude body as best I could. 

“Come on guys,” I yelled, “Jesus, how about some privacy?” 

Connie Tyler, a senior, walked down to us and ruffled my hair.  “Hey, Matt, we had to check out who was doing all that grunting and screaming.  If you want privacy, you guys are gonna have to find a soundproofed room!”

Suze was crying.  “Oh my God, my reputation is shot.  We’re going to be the talk of the school, Matt!”

Connie laughed.  She bent down and smoothed out Suze’s hair.  “Hey babe, look around,” she said.  Only then did I realize that Connie was naked, too.  Suze and I took another look at the group.

Some of them were still in their underwear, but most were nude.  There was a lot of kissing and fondling going on.  My friend Ty Parker and his girlfriend Marie were obviously and noisily making love, as were a few other couples scattered across the beach.

“What happens here stays here,” Connie said.  “We’ve been wondering when you two would get together.  Nice night for it.”  She patted me on the ass and walked back to her boyfriend.

I hugged Suze.  “Well, babe… what do you say we take that swim now?”  I carefully pulled out of her, got up onto shaky legs, and helped her stand.  We stood there for a moment, taking in all the kissing, moaning, sucking, and fucking that was going on.

“I can’t wait until I’m in high school,” said Kerry

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matt and Suze... and Kerry: Part 2

Chunks on Teen Stories

You may want to dig up the golden oldie part 1: Matt, Suze... and Kerry (http://www.sexstoriespost.com/stories/48/1731.html"> face="arial,helvetica,sans-serif" size="2">http://www.sexstoriespost.com/stories/48/1731.html face="arial,helvetica,sans-serif" size="2">) before you read this.

*************************

“Don’t be jealous, Sweetie,” said Suze.  “We’re in th

Read More
is together now.”

Susan Martin and I had just made love for the first time.  We were lying naked on some towels in the back of her parents’ SUV.  Me and Suze… and Suze’s 13 year old sister Kerry.  My hard-on was still buried deep in Suze, and Kerry’s hand was between us and loosely wrapped around my member.

“That was awesome!” said Kerry.  “When you stopped pushing, I could feel you shooting your stuff, Matt!”

“Oh, God,” I said.  “I’m going to Hell.”  I carefully pulled out of Suze, gently pulled Kerry’s hand from my penis, and rolled onto my back between the two girls.

Suze chuckled, threw an arm around me, and nuzzled her face into my neck.  “It WAS pretty awesome, Matt.  Okay, so the educational portion of the evening went a little further than I thought it would, but I guarantee you that Kerry is really good at keeping a secret.”  Suze ran her hand over my chest and abs.  “Nobody’s forcing her to watch us, and she’ll be doing this herself in just a few years anyway, so it’s really no big deal.”

Lost as I was in post-coital bliss, her argument made perfect sense to me.  I concentrated on the feel of her hand as it moved lower and over my dick.

“My God, you’re still hard, Matt!” said Suze.  “You’re some kind of machine!”

“Like I said: it’s my first time, and you’re so beautiful, and I’ve wanted you for so long… and you’re touching me,” I said. 

Suze sighed and kissed me deeply, passionately, one hand in my hair and the other stroking my manhood.

“Are you going to fuck again?” said Kerry.

“Kerry,” said Suze, “We didn’t… do that.  We made love.”

“What’s the difference?”

“Maybe we’ll show you.”

“Can you do that sucking thing again first?”

“Sure, if it’s okay with Matt.  Is it?”

“Are you kidding?” I said.

Suze kissed her way down my body until, without preamble, her lips encircled my shaft and her mouth and throat engulfed all of me, down to the root.  I groaned.

“How do you do that?” said Kerry.  Her face was inches away from Suze’s as she watched her big sister deep throat me.  “It’s too big to all fit in your mouth, isn’t it?”

Suze pulled away from me.  A little string of her saliva trailed from her lips to the tip of my cock.  Her hand kept jacking me as she answered.  “Well, yeah, it’s too big to all fit in my mouth.  I sort of open my throat and take him all the way in.”

Kerry’s mouth hung open.  “In your throat?  How do you do that?  Why don’t you gag?  Does he shoot his stuff down your throat?”

“No, when he’s ready to come I’ll back off a little so that he comes in my mouth.  That way, I can taste him.”

“Ugh, I remember seeing that,” said Kerry.  But she didn’t look disgusted.  She looked fascinated.

“Do you want to try kissing it?” said Suze.

“Sure, I guess,” said Kerry

Oh, man.  I was hot for Suze, not her little sister.  On the other hand, the idea of a little girl sucking me off… 

A little girl.  “Uh, Suze…” I said.

“Education, remember Matt?  Okay, Kerry, first wrap your hand around his dick and jack him off, like I’m doing here.”  I watched as Suze removed her hand and Kerry took over.

“Like this?” Kerry asked.  Her little hand flew up and down my erect shaft, and I moaned.

“Slower,” said Suze.  Kerry’s hand movement slowed and became gentler and more... loving.  “That’s better.  Now, when you’re ready, use your mouth and tongue.  Careful not to bite.”

As I watched, Kerry lowered her head and I felt her hot breath on the tip of my dick while her hand continued to slowly masturbate me.  She gave my penis a little girl kiss, then tentatively stuck her tongue out and licked the sensitive underside of my shaft.  My whole body shivered, and I said, “Ungh.”

“Cool,” said Kerry.

“See,” Suze said.  “He likes it.  Do it some more.”

Kerry looked up into my eyes as she once again ran her tongue up and down the underside of my hard-on.  I moaned, and my hands went of their own accord to the back of her head, urging her on.

“Take him into your mouth, if you’re ready,” said Suze.

Still looking at me, Kerry opened her mouth and wrapped her little lips around the head of my penis.  She sort of stayed that way, with the tip in her mouth and her hand still moving over the shaft.

“Good!  Now take as much of him as you can into your mouth, and make some suction, like it’s a big candy cane.”  Kerry did.  “Now keep sucking while you pull your mouth almost all the way off, and start moving your hand again as your mouth uncovers his dick.  And keep doing that: mouth, hand, mouth, hand.  And use your tongue as much as you want.”

Kerry was a fast learner, and she was really getting into it.  I started moaning and wriggling around, and when she realized that it was her mouth and hand that were causing it, she started going faster.

“Unnh.  Unnh.  Oh.  My.  God.  Kerry, you’re making me come.  I’m going to come!”

Kerry pulled her mouth off of me, but her hand kept going.  “What should I do, Suze?”

Suze smiled.  “That depends, Sweetie.  Do you want him to come in your mouth like he did with me?”

“I don’t know,” said Kerry.  Her hand kept jerking me off, and my moans were getting more intense.  “I want to try, but I’m afraid I won’t like it.”

 “It’s starting,” I gasped.  “I’m starting to come!”

“Why don’t you let him come in your mouth, and if you like it you can swallow it, and if you don’t like it you can spit it out.  How’s that?”

“Okay,” said Kerry.  She took a deep breath, put her mouth around my dick again, and started suctioning me hard.  And that was all it took.

“Oh God, Oh God, OH GOD!” I yelled out as my balls tightened, my body started bucking, and my hot sperm shot into little Kerry’s mouth.  Waves of pleasure overtook me, so strong that I thought I might pass out.  But I had to know.  With supreme effort, and in the midst of my orgasm, I raised my head up to see what Kerry would do.

The little girl was swallowing my come as fast as she could.  As I watched she pulled her head back, and consequently took the last couple of spurts on her face.  She immediately stuck out her tongue, lapped up the come dripping onto her upper lip, and swirled it around in her mouth.  “Mmmm!” she said.  “I like it!”

Suze laughed.  “Me, too, Sweetie!”  She leaned over and licked another drip from Kerry’s face, then licked Kerry’s lips, and then, to my surprise, gave Kerry a long, deep kiss.  Kerry’s eyes opened wide, then closed as she got into the kiss.  Then Suze pulled back.

“Well, Matt” she said, “you’re finally getting soft!”  As she played with my penis, a drop of come squeezed out of the tip.  Suze dipped down to lick it up.

“Hey!” said Kerry.  She reached over and squeezed another drop out and licked it up herself.   Then, before I knew it, both girls had their heads in my crotch and were squeezing my dick and licking the tip and shaft.

“Oh, I never thought I’d say these words, but please stop licking my dick!” I said.  “It’s too sensitive!”

Both of them said “Sorry, Matt,” making it sound like stereo.  They let go and moved up to lay along side me.  I hugged them both and, just because I could, moved until I had a hand cupping one breast on each girl.  I sighed.

“I really am going to Hell, I think,” I said.  “I just had sex with a 12 year old girl.”

“No, you didn’t,” said Suze.  “You helped teach my sister how to give a blowjob.  No big deal.  What you and I did… now THAT was sex!  You rocked my world.”

“Can Matt and I have sex?” said Kerry.

Suze looked at me and grinned.

I am, without a doubt, going straight to Hell.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Big Brother 2

Lil Jan on Incest Stories

The next day after I had been fucked better than ever before, I lay in bed thinking,"was that my big brother who fucked me last night or did I just dream it"? I put my hand down and felt of my pussy and right away I knew it wasn't a dream. Besides being soar it had cum on my nity. I almost had an orgasm just thinking about that big cock filling me up and the thrill I got when he came in me pushing me over the edge and I had my first orgasm with a real live cock in me. How much better could it be than that it was my brother who gave it to me.

I got up and showered and just had to rub my clit a little while in the shower. In fact I had a pretty good orgasm thinking about what had happen. I went to the kitchen and there was my Mom drinking coffee. I said "Good Morning

Read More
", and she sorta grunted a reply. She looked at me and said "what are you so fucking happy about?" I said nothing really just a good day.

"Where is Jimmy?" I ask.

"He got a phone call early this morning about a job and he left".

"Did he say when he was coming back?"

"Yeah said it might be a day or to, why?"

"Oh just wondering."

"I'm going to shower and get dressed" My mom said. "You can fix you something to eat."

Every night I would go out with some guy and I couldn't wait to get to the fucking. I would think of Jim and could actually cum some of the time, even when they couldn't last over 5 minutes. Then one night I came home early because I had given the guy a blow job and he couldn't get hard again to fuck me. When I pulled up in our drive way I saw my brothers car and my heart started beating like crazy. I didn't even kiss the jerk good night just jumped out and ran to the house. I saw that Mom's car wasn't home so I knew we had the house to ourselves. I went to Jim's bedroom and didn't knock just ran in and jumped on the bed and started kissing him.

"Hey slow down girl, are you glad to see me or something?"

"Am I ever glad." I reached under the cover and grabbed his soft cock because he always sleep naked. I started pumping it slowly and it didn't take long and he was standing at full attention. I more or less ripped my cloth off and threw them on the floor. I lowered my tit to his mouth and said "Suck big brother". He took my tit in his mouth and started sucking on one while pulling the nipple of the other. I could feel my cunt getting wet. He put his hand down and rubbed over my pussy a couple of times and found my clit and started playing with it. "Oh big brother that feels good, I've been waiting on this ever since you left".

He pushed me over on my back and continued kissing my tits and down my tummy. When he got to my snatch I let out a low grown. He licked the split in my pussy and kissed it very tenderly. I was in heaven feeling his tongue tickeling my pussy. Then he pushed his tongue in me and started tongue fucking me and flicking my clit. "My sweet big brother suck your sisters pussy, suck it and make her cum, Ooohhhhhhhhh that's good don't stop" I had never felt anything close to that good in my life. There I was a 14 year old girl with her big brother eating her little pussy what could be any better. He kept licking and tongue fucking me and I could feel myself building to a climax. "I'm about to cum Jimmy my brother suck harder eat your little sister's pussy up make her cum on your tongue". He took his mough off my cunt and wet his finger then went  back to eating my pussy. I felt his finger at the enterence of my ass hole but could have never guessed what was about to happen. I was so very close to orgasm and I guess he knew it because as my body tensed he pushed his finger in my ass and the wave of pleasure sweep over my entire body to the point that I thought I was going to faint. I couldn't say anything but moan deep down in my chest.

When I relaxed he pulled his finger out of my ass and looked me in the eye with a huge smile on his face and said,"Well little sister did you like that or what?"

"Ohh Jimmy I can't describe how wonderful that felt, I thought I was going to faint and I saw spots." "I love you brother."

"I love you to sis." and with that he put his hard fuck meat in my face. I open my mouth and sucked the crown of this cock in my mouth and sucked it and licked it. He fell over on his back and I started sucking as much of his cock in as I could and at the same time jacking him with my hand. He was moaning and grabbed my head and started fucking my mouth. "Suck sis suck your brothers cock." I  didn't need him to encourage me because after what he had did for me I wanted to suck him all in my mouth. I could feel his balls getting tight and his cock start to swell even bigger and knew what was next. "Oooooooooooooo I'm going to cum Ooooooo suck suck me off". He pushed his cock as far as I could take it and I felt a warm liquid shoot in my mouth and I knew it was his love juice he was shooting in me. I couldn't swollow all of it but tried.

He released my head and relaxed. "Sis I think that was the very best blow job I ever got." "You must be practicing on your boy friends." and laughed.

We lay there for a while and he started playing with my tits again, I reached over and took his half hard cock and started jacking him. It didn't take long until he was full hard again, and it was a beautiful sight to see. I crawled up over him and put the head of his cock at the enterence of my very wet pussy and started to lower my self down. The feeling was just a wonderful as I remembered it when his crown opened my cunt. I lowered myself all the way down on his wonderful fuck stick and started bouncing up and down. Taking him all the way in the lifting up until he was just at the enterence.

"Fuck sis your tight, I feel like you have a vice on my dick".

"It's just that your cock is so big it is filling me where no other man has ever filled". I continued fucking him for a while then he rolled me over and pulled my legs up over his sholders and started fucking me like a jack hammer. "AaaaHhhhhhhhhh fuck you little sisters 14 year old pussy, fuck her good and hard brother".

"Oh shit sis I'm about to cum, can you cum with me?"

"Yes baby cum in me shoot me full of your seed." He made one final lung and went as deep as he could go and started shoting his cum in me. "Big brother I'm cummmmmmmmmmm......." He would plunge in me and each time shoot a stream of white love juice in me with a grunt.

"I'm soo glad your home big brother, I missed you but most of all I missed your cock."

"I thought about that tight little pussy of yours all the time I was gone and couldn't wait to get it again" "We just can't let anyone know what we are doing"

"I'll never tell anyone, but of course I'm telling you on the story post". Ha

lil_jan_692003@Yahoo.com

My Daughter, My Owner

uosdwisrdewoh on Incest Stories


I had always been extremely proud of my daughter Jenna. She was straight A student and an incredible gymnast. She seemed to excel at everything she tried. She was also as beautiful as her late mother.

In her first year of high school while most kids are awkward and geeky Jenna’s confidence only grew, justifiably, as her body blossomed into luscious womanhood. Her body was utterly perfect, not an ounce of fat except for her extraordinary breasts. I wasn’t sure of her size but I know they aren’t a standard size, obviously bigger than double Ds. Her body is firm and muscular, long, very strong legs, an amazingly tight little butt, and a firm, flat stomach. She is very

Read More
/i> strong. Honestly, I wouldn’t test the strength of my legs against hers. All this topped off by her beautiful face, reminiscent of her mother but honestly even more beautiful, with her full, succulent lips and piercing blue eyes and her long, soft blond hair.

She regularly wears only a t-shit and panties around the house and lately it’s become difficult to hide my erection when she’s in the room. I tried desperately to think of a way to talk to her about this. It might have been doable but for the insane feelings I get that she knows exactly how hot she gets me and enjoys my discomfort.

Now she had finished her first year of high school with her usual perfect grades and numerous awards and she was, quite honestly, the most beautiful woman I’ve ever seen. I was definitely going to have to do something about this situation, having her home all summer.

Just last night she plopped down in my lap like she hadn’t done in years. She was wearing her usual tight shirt and panties and she had to feel the huge erection in my pants but she just continued to giggle and tease me, shifting her unbelievable ass around on my cock, it was only through a massive act of will power that I kept from creaming my pants.

I got her off of me as quickly and casually as I could but my face was beet red and there was a huge tent in my pants as I scurried away. She was still giggling. She knew exactly what she was doing to me and she was loving it! What the hell was she playing at??

Since then I had tried to avoid her.

Hiding from my own daughter in my own house!

Now I was mulling over these thoughts in my head, walking down the hall. Suddenly the bathroom door opened and Jenna strutted out completely naked with a towel wrapped around her wet hair.

“Oops! I didn’t hear you out here! No peaking, Daddy!” She giggled while practically thrusting her enormous breasts in my face.

Without another word, and with no attempt to cover herself, she turned and slunk down the hall, swinging her luscious hips in a way that guaranteed my eyes would be glued to her ass.

At the door to her room she paused and smiled at me wickedly before stepping in. I stood there with my mouth hanging open and my dick threatening to bust my zipper for several minutes before I remembered to move. Then I practically ran to my room to jerk off.

Jerking off to my own daughter was a terribly guilty pleasure but once the taboo was broken I found I couldn’t stop. I did it five more times over the next two days. Maybe at least this would help me keep my cool around her. But if she kept pulling stunts like that shower incident I would have to find a way to put a stop to it.

I was in my den, trying to get some work done while Jenna was out and I completely lost track of time. Finally I heard Jenna come in talking loudly and also heard a male voice.

I glanced at the clock. 1 a.m.! She was three hours late! That girl was out of control and it was time to put a stop to it.

I marched through the house, Jenna was still talking loudly and she wasn’t hard to find. They were in her bedroom and she wasn’t allowed to have boys in her bedroom.

The bedroom door was wide open and I intended to storm in but what I saw made me stop short. Jenna, with her back to me, slammed the guy up against the wall. He was several inches taller than her(even though she was 5’ 9” and wearing very high heels) and very muscular but she manhandled him like a child. He was bare chested and his shirt lay on the floor. Shredded, apparently, by my daughter.

“Hey! Watch it!” He said indignantly.

“Shut up!” She growled, capturing his mouth in an aggressive kiss.

Neither of them had seen me yet and suddenly I was terrified of Jenna catching me watching her. I slipped behind the door but continued to observe them through the small crack.

Jenna wore a tiny miniskirt and a tight shirt, painted over her massive breasts and leaving her midriff bare, and knee high black boots with very high heels.

I had always trusted Jenna and had no idea she went out dressed like that. I wondered how long this had been going on and I wondered how much sex my daughter has had as I watched her continue to kiss the big stud while pulling down his pants.

He was actually gasping for breathe when she finally broke the kiss. She spun him around and shoved him onto the bed. I noticed that he had an enormous cock, it looked to be nearly ten inches, and also that he was much older than her. He didn’t look much younger than me!

Then my fifteen year old daughter pounced on her lover. There was no other way to describe it. She pounced on the guy like a predatory cat on her prey. She continued to remind me of a jungle cat as she proceeded to claw and bite at the guy in a frenzy of lust.

This was too much. I pulled out my rock-hard dick and started jerking off as my daughter mauled her date.

She tore off her shirt and crushed his face against her enormous tits as I shot my load.

As the wave of euphoria rushed over me I realized that Jenna was making no effort to be quiet. She hadn’t even closed the door! She wanted me to see this. And that meant she knew I was watching right now!

I grabbed my dick and began to beat it like crazy as Jenna impaled herself on the stud’s enormous member and started bouncing up and down on it.

I came three more times watching Jenna aggressively fuck the guy. Finally, nearly two hours later, she rolled off him and stretched luxuriously on the bed, giving me and her sex partner a magnificent view of her flawless body.

She leaned over and kissed him. “That was fun. Close the door on your way out.”

“What? You want me to just leave?” He sounded angry but I could tell he was also more than a little scared of Jenna. And I couldn’t blame him a bit.

“That’s right.” She said simply.

He stood up and pulled on his pants and ruined shirt.

“Will you call me?”

“Maybe.” She said indifferently.

“Okay…bye.”

“Bye.”

I realized I had to get the hell out of here. I dashed down the hall and hid in my room.

I don’t know how many times I jerked off that night in bed but it had to be a record for me.

Over the next two weeks Jenna got even more obvious in her flirting with me. And she brought home more guys. A new one every night! And she fucked them all over the house, knowing damn well that I was watching. In her room, in the hot tub, on the kitchen table, even in my bed. She got more and more aggressive with each guy. She frankly scared me as much as she turned me on now. Which was a huge turn on, of course. And she got a lot louder, daring me to try to put a stop to it.

Being around her was intensely uncomfortable now. I stayed in my room almost all the time. I felt like a prisoner in my own home.

Also she had some kind of project going on in the basement. She spent long hours down there during the day and fucked big studs all over the house at night. While she was gone I snuck down to investigate and found a new padlock on the door to the back room.

That night she took her latest date directly down there and for once closed the door behind her. I snuck down and put my ear to the door. I could hear the usual screams, muffled by the heavy door, but this time was different. The screaming was much louder and most sounded more like pain than pleasure. What were they doing in there??

I gave up trying to see through the nonexistent cracks around the door and went to my room to jerk off. Eventually I heard the front door open and close and the big guy walking toward his car. He was limping.

The next morning I was showering, trying not to think about the fact that Jenna had been screwing some big black guy’s brains out right here two days ago.

The curtain fluttered and Jenna stepped into the shower in front of me, completely naked.

“Hi, Daddy.” She cooed, and began to stroke my chest.

“Jenna! What the hell??” I shouted. Of course, I should have seen this coming.

“Oh come on, Daddy. I know you’ve been watching me fucking those big studs. I know you wish it was you I was fucking.” Her icy blue eyes drilled into mine. She giggled. “And there’s enough cum in your sheets to start a sperm bank!”

“Jenna, no!” I pushed her hands off me.

“Your mouth says no, but this says yes!” She reached out and grabbed my huge erection, which was now so swollen it brushed against her firm stomach, and squeezed it hard.

“Well,” she shrugged. “If you don’t want me to fuck you, I guess I’ll just have to rape you.”

Then my fifteen year old daughter slammed me hard against the tile wall and stuffed my erect cock into her hot, hungry cunt.

Jenna raped me, clawing and biting me just like one of her dates, just the way I had been dreaming she would for weeks. I resisted, but that just made it even hotter. I wanted this. I wanted my gorgeous, sadistic daughter raping me! She was more vicious and sadistic than I’d seen her with any guy so far.

When Jenna had finished with me I leaned against the wall gasping. I think I came three times in her steaming hot love box.

“Now get down on your knees and clean up this mess you made in my cunt, Daddy.”

I had seen Jenna make some of her dates do this so I wasn’t surprised. I sank submissively to my knees and began to lick her clean. Her cunt tasted so good, even though it was dripping with my cum.

Suddenly she flexed her powerful internal muscles, yanking my tongue deeper into her with crushing force.

“That’s right. Go deep, Daddy.” She cooed as she started to grind her wet pussy against my face, using it as a dildo.

I was completely trapped inside her with my head trapped between her powerful thighs.

Finally she released me after having two more powerful orgasms on my face. She turned off the water and got out of the shower. I started to stand up but she pressed me back down.

“No, no. You stay there, Daddy. I like the way you look on your knees.”

I crawled awkwardly out of the bathtub and stood there on my hands and knees as she dried me and then started putting on a show for me drying her own extraordinary body.

Why was I obeying her??

I had to face the facts. I was terrified of my teenage daughter.

She was dry now and still completely naked. Her nudity exuded an undeniable power. A power that was far stronger than me. It was utterly humiliating but an incredible thrill that my daughter had this kind of power over me. Despite the brutal and exhausting rape my dick grew hard again.

“Now I’ve got a little surprise for you in the basement. Come, Daddy!”

She turned and strode out of the room and I scurried after her on my hands and knees.

Thankfully she let me walk down the basement stairs but at the bottom it was right back on my knees.

The door to the back room was unlocked now and she led me inside. My jaw dropped. Jenna had turned it into a full fledged dungeon! Whips and bondage devices and things I couldn’t even identify covered the walls.

“Come here, Daddy.” She motioned me to the center of the room. “Now stand up.”

I stood and she smiled up at me. She knew how scared I was. I was actually trembling. I must be crazy to be allowing this. I had a powerful urge to just run.

“Go ahead and run if you want, Daddy. That’ll just give me the fun of catching you.” She grinned evilly.

Her icy blue eyes bored into me. I felt naked in front of her in more ways than one. I felt like I could never keep any secrets from her again.

“That’s right, Daddy. No more secrets. You belong to me now.”

I was so shocked by the way she apparently read my mind that I offered no resistance, barely noticed, as she lifted my arms and clicked them into cuffs hanging from the ceiling. She ran her long nails slowly over my naked body as I hung there helpless. She flicked them painfully and erotically over my swollen dick and then turned to inspect the wall that was covered with whips.

She look down an enormous bull whip and weighed it experimentally in her hand.

“What do you think, Daddy? This one should do it, huh?”

My eyes were as big as saucers. That thing would tear me apart!

“No. I think this will do.”

She hung up the huge whip and took down a whip with several lashes. It was still very big and I knew it would hurt like hell but I was just so relieved it wouldn’t be the other one.

Jenna walked casually behind me. I didn’t dare turn my head to look.

I jumped and screamed as the leather touched my back for the first time. Jenna giggled. I realized she was only brushing it against my back and shoulders. My face flushed with embarrassment.

The gentle touching stopped and she lashed me hard across the back with it. It hurt more than I would have thought. I bit my lip, determined not to scream again as she started whipping me with abandon.

Finally I couldn’t take it anymore and I started to scream. I could tell she’d been waiting for this because her strokes grew harder and more vicious.

Finally I was sobbing uncontrollably, completely broken, every shred of defiance and self respect was gone. Nothing was left but utter surrender to my teenage daughter. Only then did she stop. I hung in the chains, covered with sweat and shaking uncontrollably. My back, shoulders, and ass were on fire.

Jenna came and put her arms around me from behind, pressing her soft breasts to my ravaged back. Her large, hard nipples bit into the abused flesh. She wrapped her hand around my painfully swollen cock and pulled it up and down, increasing my arousal but squeezing hard enough that I couldn’t cum.

“Wasn’t that fun, Daddy?” She purred in my ear.

I could only moan in response.

She grabbed my chin and snapped it around so I was again confronted with her cruel blue eyes.

“When I ask you a question you will respond ‘Yes, Mistress.’ Do you understand?”

“Yes, Mistress.” I said wearily.

“Very good, slave.” She captured my mouth in a forceful kiss that left me gasping for breathe.

She walked around in front of me, keeping a firm grip on my cock.

“Now I think this little guy needs some discipline.” She flicked it playfully.

She went and hung the whip back on the wall and took down a smaller whip, also with several strips of leather. She was going to use that thing on my dick!

She stopped and stood in front of me. Even in my terror I couldn’t help but admire her magnificent, naked body.

“Ready, Daddy?”

I swallowed hard. “Y-yes, Mistress.” I whimpered.

She smiled evilly. “That’s what you think.”

She started to flail my dick and balls mercilessly with the small whip. I moaned and whimpered as she whipped me. Then I took the only option I had and started begging.

“Stop Jenna! Please! Oh God, stop! You’re gonna kill me! Please!”

Jenna only giggled. I could tell my begging aroused her and only made her whip harder but I just couldn’t stop. I promised her anything and everything I could think of, I swore to be her slave forever. Finally I was again reduced to sobbing and she stopped.

She lifted my chin and kissed me again, this time more gently. “That’s right, Daddy. You are my slave forever. I own you and everything you owned. I’ll whip you whenever I choose and rape you whenever I choose and that’s exactly what you want, isn’t it, Daddy?”

I nodded wearily. “Y-yes, Mistress.”

“Good! Then let’s make it official.”

She walked behind me, casually running her fingernails over my stomach and back. They kindled new fire in the ravaged skin of my back.

She was back there not saying anything for several minutes. And I smelled something like hot metal. I dared to twist my head around and look behind me. She was walking toward me from the other side of the room. My eyes bulged as I confirmed that that thing in her hand was a branding iron. I whimpered.

“Don’t worry, Daddy. It’ll only burn for a few minutes.”

I screamed as she pressed the white-hot metal to my ass and then I lost consciousness.

I was awakened by Jenna gently slapping my face.

“Wake up and see how pretty, Daddy.” She cooed.

I opened my eyes and seeing her beautiful face made me smile even though it felt like there was a knife in my ass. I was still hanging in the chains.

She held up mirrors so I could see my own ass. There it was, the loopy, girlie version of her initials that I had been seeing doodled on her notebooks for years, now forever branded on my ass to show anyone who cared to look who I belonged to.

She grabbed me and kissed me again. So long and hard this time that I almost passed out again.

“My big, strong, sexy father, my very first slave.” She purred. “I’m the luckiest girl in the world!”

True Love Betwen Women

lmsyd4u on Lesbian Stories

I know I was born a lesbian.  No matter how attractive boys and men found me, all I ever dreamed of was red headed women.  That sounds crazy and I know it, but it is true.  From the time I was very young I loved to look at nude women.  I found my uncles dirty magazines one summer day and stole the ones that had red heads in them.  He never expected it was me; he always blamed his oldest son. 

Read More
e="Times New Roman"> 

My mom found them a few weeks later hidden between my mattress and box springs.  She was upset at first and then as we talked and she truly understood.  She didn’t try to change me and she didn’t encourage me, but she didn’t punish me when she caught me in bed with her sister.  My aunt came over to see mom but she was gone and the next thing you knew she was in bed with me and my cherry sort of speak was given to my 43 year old aunt when I was just fifteen. 

 

I had a few intimate friends after that but only one girl made me purr, that was Monica.  She was 35, married to a workaholic that traveled the globe.  I was just turning eighteen when along came Thanksgiving weekend and my mom would plan her annual all day sales shopping spree.  I knew before sunup she left and sometimes before midnight she came home.  My dad and little brother would always get tickets to the game and they would shuffle off to watch the game and spend the night after that.  That meant I would be alone for two days basically, as mom would always sleep the Saturday after until well past midday, that is if she made it home, sometimes she would stay with my aunt and the two of them would share the days triumphs and I think a few more things too.  Not that my mom ever tried anything on me, but a few times I did see her spy on me in the shower or watch me sun bathe.

 

Now I was 5’7” 110 pounds, wavy blonde hair natural and deep blue eyes and a year round tanned body that was so smooth and shapely if I had wanted a man I could have had anybody.  I am built, 36D-26-36, with a flat firm belly and a round firm butt and most of all a shaven tight pussy that is so sensitive.

 

Monica was 5’2” 115 pounds, red pigtails flowed down from her head and highlighted two emerald eyes and freckled pink cheeks.  She had soft big lips and sort of angelic smile and her body was perfect for me.  She was 36C-30-36 and had soft looking thighs and her butt made me drool on more than one occasion.  It wasn’t flat or blunt, but sort big and sexy looking. 

 

That morning after everyone left I began to make myself desirable for her.  I had felt her out a couple of times and she always seemed to be one who didn’t know what she wanted, except she was tired of being alone.  So as I put on my silk blouse that was shear and white over my leather tied low cut pants and my red paten leather boots I knew I was sexy, and all I wanted was to attract her.

 

Around ten that morning I saw her car pull in, she went shopping early too but unlike my mom she knew when to stop.  As soon as I saw her in that black leather jacket and tight faded jeans, I got hot horny and on my way out the door.  That was just as the phone rang and my friend wanted to chat a few minutes.  By the time I hung up Monica had been inside for no more than twenty minutes.  I was dreaming of her answering the door in that outfit just as I knocked and she opened the door with a huge smile wearing only her lacy bra and panties and holding a silky red kimono in her arms.  With a funny glare I said, “I have died and gone to heaven.”

 

Monica snickered and quickly threw on the silky robe and as she tied it I walked in and was greeted with, “Oh dear Libby, I wasn’t expecting you.  I had hoped that Rodger was home.  I should have known better he said that he wouldn’t be able to make Thanksgiving but I was hoping he would get home today.”

 

I sort turned red in embarrassment and anger as I replied, “Well he would have enjoyed that view.  I know I will dream about that tonight.”

 

Monica laughed loudly and said, “Now darling you know you shouldn’t give out compliments’ to a woman who hears them never.”  She was tightening her robe as she added, “You could give a girl a big head.”

 

I was slowly moving towards her as I said aloud, “Why wouldn’t you get complements after all you are very lovely Monica.”

 

She smiled and then dropped her head and sort blushed with, “Comparing my looks to someone like you is like comparing a pear to an apple.”

 

I reach out my right hand and slowly slid it along her silky robe on her left arm as I said, “You know Monica someone else may find you attractive to the point that they dream of you nightly.”

 

She looked up into my eyes and smiled and as they sparkled at me she said, “Dear sweet innocent Libby, you are such a treasure.  Every time I see you I feel like…well like…”

 

“That you are sexy?” I finished her sentence.

 

“Yes, I guess.  Well maybe just really better than I know I am,” she quipped as she stood there allowing me to slowly caress her arm.

 

I couldn’t control it and I remembered the first time I was seduced by my aunt, so I slid my body up to her slowly and so very close as I whispered sexily, “You are so sexy Monica, oh what I would do to show you.”

 

Her mouth quivered as her eyes stayed in contact with mine.  She sort of stumbled over words and she replied, “Libby…uh now…you know…I am married…I could be…I am sort of…but you are just a child…and it wouldn’t be…well it couldn’t…”

 

As she tried to refuse me I leaned in to touch my silky blouse covered right boob to her left one and said seductively, “Love?  I now I feel it for you Monica.  I know how badly I want to show you how I feel.”

 

“Oh goodness now dear…” Monica said as her lips trembled and her face redden and then she stuttered out, “I could…oh so easily…I really could…I admit that I would love too…but I don’t think…”

 

I waited no more as I let my lips touch hers so gently that it interrupted her sentence as I pleaded with, “Kiss me beautiful.”

 

Her lips puckered and released and a second more her mouth met mine and as it did we melded for a few minutes.  It was a short passionate kiss followed by several more and then one very enticing barrage that made me tingle madly.  Sliding my hand to chest I slowly caressed her left breast as my right hand made its way to her belt.  The sash opened easily and as it did her hands caressed my shoulders in a way that felt so wonderful.

 

I opened her robe and pushed it from her shoulders as we kissed deeper.  When it fell to the floor I moved back and slowly stood caressing her breasts through her lacy sexy bra.  She sighed heavily along the way and slowly as I moved to unleash it, she said, “Oh Libby if I do this thing…if we do this…I don’t want to hurt you…I don’t.”

 

It was as she spoke when her bra unsnapped and opened for my fingers to delight around her now erect nipples.  I took my forefinger and thumb and slid over and around them and as I did I said, “Now Monica, open my blouse and find my gifts for your pleasures.”

 

She unlocked the one button and then slowly withdrew my shirt wide apart as she saw my breast her mouth opened and she was drawn to them instantly.   Her kisses told me she had felt the same desires as me and as she sucked my nipple to their peaks I let my hands caress her boobs and then slowly move to lower her panties.

 

Her hands unsnapped my leather pants and tugged them and my thong down with a single hoist.  As she skidded along my sides to my bare butt her mouth engulfed a nipple and she looked up to see me smile as I said, “I am yours to enjoy my red haired goddess.”

 

I was falling backwards onto her ample padded sofa as she removed my pants and boots.  She was starring at my bald pussy as she said, “This is the first time since I was married I have been with another woman.  I admit that I wanted to do this with you for a long time, but I never thought you could ever let me.”

 

As she stopped talking her mouth moved back to my breasts and as her hands slowly petted my now soaking wet snatch very gently, I sighed loudly for her.  Then I said in response, “Monica I am in love with you.”

 

Her lips began to kiss me down my belly and her tongue followed each kiss with a sexy little wager and when she made her way to my smooth shaven pussy, I widened my legs and allowed her to make me a meal. 

 

Her mouth set up on my clit as her tongue slid down and up the outer folds of my pussy.  Each lap sent waves up and down my body and seeing her devouring me so easily, I knew she had once been with a woman of equal experience.  I watched her engulf my lips and then spread and lap them and finally as her tongue probed me I felt it flop and swirl inside me fully. 

 

Minutes became seconds and as I reach my peak she prepared to taste any and all my juices.  In the blink of an eye she brought me to a new peak and as I climaxed she felt me in her mouth.  She knew what I was feeling and allowed me to end before she did, and then she watched me start to relent from orgasm, she stood and removed her panties and led me away to her bed.

 

She placed herself on the mattress like a trophy for me, and I accepted it and kissed and adorned every single inch of her body with my kisses, licks, nibbles and suction.  When I engulfed her left nipple and teased her right one, I left my other hand to dabble at her now dripping wet crotch until she was almost begging to be eaten.

 

I sank to her patch and began to lick insider her form the start.  It sent her shuttering moments and within two more minutes she began to cry and moan and groan loud enough to wake the dead.  She sent a wave of juices into my mouth after that and it lasted so very long and was so thick that I would up drinking it like cream.  I couldn’t make myself stop, her nectar made me mad with desires and her taste made drunk with passionate feelings so long held inside that I allowed her three more chances to evoke her sexual prowess on me.

 

As she sank in the bed and began to paw at my head, I felt my body drawn upward and her mouth met mine and we kissed until she began to cry.  She sobbed lightly as she said, “Libby darling, no one not even my husband ever made me feel like this before.  I couldn’t imagine how wonderful it felt until this.  Thank you my sweet young beautiful lady.”

 

After that we melted into each others arms and I would be amiss if I didn’t say that we stayed naked in bed until the following morning.  When I awoke to her kissing me and helping me dress, I knew she saw mom arrive.  I didn’t know that mom had been in the room with us and that while I slept the two of them had talked.

 

When I got dressed and went downstairs Monica told me, “One day soon Libby you and I will be able to be together again.  Now be patient and kind and wait for it.  I have to break the news to my husband and that will take some nerve on my part.  If what you have shown me is how you feel about me then the next time we make love it will not have to end this way.”

 

That was twenty years ago.  I was so in love with her that I waited for her two months and then shortly before my 19th birthday I moved in and we stayed together until she was taken from this world last year by a heart attack.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sister and Niece

Great8 on Incest Stories

When my sister asked if she and her daughter could stay with me for a few days, I reluctantly agreed.  She and her husband had been having problems, and every once in a while she would leave him.  She'd usually go back pretty quick, so I wasn't too worried.

This time was different, though.  He'd started having violent, psychotic episodes and was committed for his own good.  My sister never kept a steady job, so she couldn't afford to keep their place, and was practically on the street with her daughter.  Of course, my sister neglected to tell me this until after she'd already been there 4 or 5 days, when it was too late for me to tell her to leave.

So for the next two months, we all shared my small apartment.  They had the guest bedroom and used the
Read More
second bathroom, and I had the main bedroom (hey, it's my place and I pay for it) and the master bath.  It worked okay for a while, but I was really starting to miss my privacy.

I wasn't dating at the time, so that wasn't the problem so much.  I wasn't going to make my sister and niece leave, but I was starting to get anxious.  I just wanted my apartment back.  I hadn't even had a chance to jack off more than a couple of times during their stay, and that was just hasty jerks while showering.

One Saturday, my sister took my niece to go see her dad in the hospital, and I thought I'd finally have a chance to really enjoy a good masturbation session.  All I needed was a quick shower and some internet porn to get in the mood.

I stepped out of the bathroom making a bee-line for my bed.  I had already setup my laptop with some of my favorite porn, a nice batch of mpgs of some very young teen sex.  I immediately noticed that my sister was standing at my bedroom door, and the angle she was looking into the room allowed her to glance between my laptop screen with it's illegal porn clips running and my semi-erect dick.  I didn't have a towel with me to cover up with, but at the moment that was the least of my problems.  My sister saw the porn I was getting ready to watch, and I knew I was in trouble.

Though I like that kind of stuff, the thought of doing anything with my niece never crossed my mind.  Sure I fantasized about some of the girls in the videos, but I knew I could never do anything with them, and I certainly wouldn't with my own niece.  The look on my sister's face made me think that she wasn't about to believe that.

So there I was, dick almost literally in hand, illegal and highly suspect porn on my laptop, and my sister seeing it all with no doubt what I was about to do.  As if that wasn't bad enough, just as I was getting over the shock (and all of this happened in about 1 second, maybe less) and starting to move, my niece looked around the door and got an eyeful as well.  My sister quickly covered my niece's eyes and pushed her from the doorway, which got me moving to the laptop to shut the screen.  I grabbed my robe hanging from the hook on my door, put it on, and went into the living room to face the music.

Deciding to go on the offensive, I said "What the hell? I thought you were going to see your husband."

My sister, momentarily caught off guard and blushing furiously, answered "We were... are, I just forgot the paperwork I need him to sign."

"Well, look, I'm sorry that I left my bedroom door open, but I thought you would be gone." Looking over to my niece, I asked her "Are you okay, honey?"

She nodded shyly, but I thought I saw a hint of a smile on her face.  I was beginning to think I was going to get away with this after all.  Maybe my sister didn't get a good look at the video still, which was of a very young girl sucking a man's dick.  Maybe she saw it, but thought the girl was older.

No such luck.

"Don't you talk to her, you pervert!" she said.  I was impressed by how in control her voice sounded, but it was low and full of menace.  "What you were looking at is disgusting, and I can't believe I ever left her alone with you.  You're 32!  What the hell is wrong with you?"

"Wait, now hold on" I sputtered.  "You've got the wrong idea." But let's face it, there was nothing I could say at this point that was going to make this any better.  "Alright," I sighed.  "What are you going to do?"

"I'd call the police and have your ass thrown in jail if I thought you'd actually touched her," she said, motioning to her daughter.  "But you haven't, and you've helped me out when I need it, so I'm not going to do that.  But we're leaving as soon as I find a place for us.  Tonight, if possible."

"Where are you going to go?" I asked.  "You haven't had steady work since you've been here, and I know you haven't saved any money.  Look, I'd never touch my own niece and you know it.  Don't just up and leave because of this.  It's really not as bad as you think."

"Really?" she asked, incredulously.  "It looked pretty damned bad to me.  How could anyone do things like that with a girl so young?" she said, glancing at her daughter.

"Look," I said, as reasonably as I could, "the girl in that clip is probably at least 17, maybe older.  They just pick thin, underdeveloped girls that look much younger at first glance.  It's just fantasy, nothing more."

My sister thought about it a bit, then said "Fine, show me."

"What?!  No way!"

"Show me and let me decide for myself if the girl just looks young, or if she really is that young.  Let's go," she said, heading to my room.  Her daughter got up to follow, but I shook my head no and pointed at the sofa.  She sat back down, pouting, and I followed my sister to my bedroom.

She had already opened the screen and was looking at the still from the clip.  I knew the girl couldn't be more than 13 or 14, but in that particular clip there was just no way to be sure.  She looked young, but all you could see was her face and hair (and the dick halfway in her mouth.)  My sister was trying to figure out how to start the mpg clip, but she isn't very computer savvy.

"Here," I said, getting ready to click on the play button.  She knocked my hand away and clicked on it herself, and blocked me from the computer so I couldn't stop her.  Actually, the more I thought about this clip, which I'd seen many times and absolutely loved, the more I remembered that there was no truly damning scene that really showed just how young this girl was.  I had other clips that left no doubt, but I wasn't really worried about this one.

As we watched, the girl was giving the man (who's face you never see) an excellent blow-job.  She worked that dick with gusto, taking it in almost to the base.  The guy getting serviced was holding the camera, and his hand was shaking (for good reason) enough that you never caught a really good look at the girl.  Sure, she had a flat chest, but many 18 and 19 year-old girls do.  What you could see of her pussy here and there showed it to be hair free, but you couldn't say for sure that she wasn't just shaved.

Meanwhile, the girl is still performing wonderfully, and I was starting to get hard.  My sister had started watching the clip with suspicion, but now I could see from the look on her face that she was starting to feel an altogether different effect.  It's not a long clip, but it's one of my favorites to start with when I want to enjoy a long wanking because after just a minute or two of sucking the guy off, he comes.  She takes the first load in her mouth, then pulls his cock out and let's him blow the rest of his load in her face.  She's swallowing and licking him clean for all she's worth, and it never fails to get me in the mood.

"Wow!" said a soft, quiet voice behind us.  Startled, I turned and saw my niece with a strange look on her face.  It was something not quite lust, but getting there.  My sister, much calmer than I would have expected, told her to go back to the living room.  My niece reluctantly returned to the living room.

I was just in the middle of saying "See, that wasn't as bad as you thought.  She's no kid." when the next clip in my queue started.  In this one, the camera pans over the body of an obviously prepubescent girl as she touches herself all over.  Then the camera swings around, and she quickly crawls over to a man standing at the end of the bed and bends down and starts sucking him off.  Now there was no denying I was busted.

"How did that get there?" I asked, lamely.

"Oh, just give it up," my sister said quietly.  She was still watching the clip, not letting me get to the computer to turn it off.  The girl sucked the guy's cock for a short time, then laid back in the bed and spread her legs.  The camera man got behind the guy as he mounts the young girl and, after a little playing around, suddenly fills the girls young cunt with his fat cock.  He fucks her slow, then fast, then slow again, changing his tempo and occassionaly the angle of penetration.  The camera man is a real trooper and stayed with the action the whole time.

My sister, to my surprise, just kept watching with a sort of dazed look on her face.  I remembered that she too had been without sex for at least the two months that she'd been staying with me, and I kind of doubted that she could have even had the chance to masturbate, since she and my niece were sharing a bed.

Back on the screen, the guy fucking the girl is looking like he's getting ready to come, and the camera guy has moved around so that he's near the girls head.  You can see her face well enough to know that she's enjoying it, and you can see the guy thrusting faster and faster.  Suddenly, the camera man's dick is at the girl's face, and she turns to take it in her mouth.  He must have been jerking himself off to the guy fucking the girl, because he comes in like three seconds, covering the girls face and mouth with his sperm.  The guy fucking her pulls out at about the same time and starts spraying her belly, flat chest and cute little face with his own load.  Then both men are smearing all this come all over the girl's body, while she writhes beneath their hands in obvious pleasure.

I looked at my sister to see what her reaction was.  She still looked kind of dazed, but there was no mistaken the lust I saw in her eyes as well.  I myself was as hard as Chinese math, and the head of my dick was sticking out of my robe.  I didn't even notice this until my sister's eyes flicked down from the laptop screen and looked directly at my crotch.  I looked down, saw my condition, and quickly tried to cover myself, but I was too big and the robe wasn't doing the job.

"So you really like that stuff?" she asked.  Then, looking down again, she answered her own question.  "Of course you do.  Look how big you are."  As if she were in a trance (and believe me, I was pretty stunned too), my sister reached out and took my hard dick in her hand and started fondling me.

"What are you doing?" I asked, though her hand felt very good, and I knew I could come very quickly if she didn't stop.  "Your daughter is in the living room."

"No I'm not," said my niece, looking around the door again.  "That girl in the last movie was my age, wasn't she?"

I couldn't answer, both in embarrassment and because my sister was still fondling me.  "I won't tell you to go into the living room again," she told my niece, "so if you want to stay and watch that's up to you."  With that she knealed down and, much to my surprise, started licking my cock.  My niece's eyes got wide, but she was enjoying the show from what I could see.  So was I, truth be told, because by this time my sister was working on my rod in earnest.

Meanwhile, the next clip in my queue had started, and it was another one where the girl in the film was obviously young.  This one could have been 10 or 11, and she was being fucked by a boy of about 13 or 14 while she sucked another boy who was probably the same age.  My sister was still taking me deep into her mouth, and I knew I wouldn't last much longer.

"I'm going to come if you don't stop," I told her.  She looked up at me, and started bobbing her head a little faster.  My niece kept looking between the live action and what was happening on the screen (now the girl was getting fucked from behind while licking an older girl's pussy), and I noticed that she was rubbing her crotch through her shorts.

That was it; I blew my load in my sister's mouth, and she did everything she could to swallow it all.  Some dribbled down her chin, but she caught that in her hand and rubbed it on her neck and face with my cock still in her mouth.  My niece suddenly gasped and fell back against the wall.  Her hand was working furiously at her pussy over her shorts, and she was coming hard.

Finally my sister stopped working on my dick and said "I'm not going to be the only one who doesn't come here today.  You," to me, "get your clothes off and get in bed.  You," to her daughter, "can either go back into the living room and watch TV, or you can stay.  But if you stay, you're going to participate fully.  It's your choice, but I don't want to hear any complaining afterwards either way."

A lot more happened on this day, and I'll write more about this adventure if anyone wants me to.

Summer of 61 - chapter 2

kwvagabond on Incest Stories

The walk back to the cottage was different than the walk to the beach. Sara just gave and I just received our first hand job and blow job. For two teenagers who barely knew each other that was quite an accomplishment. I could tell that an unusual bond was formed between us in the few short hours that we were together. A bond I hoped to take advantage of for the next three days of cousin Sara’s stay.

As we approached the cottage, I could see the lights were dimmer than when we left. We reached the back of the house and both peeked in one of the windows. My mom was sleeping in a chair. I guessed she told the others to go to bed and she would wait for us to return. That was pretty smart since I didn’t know what the sleeping arrangements were. The cottage only has two
Read More
bedrooms, each with a double bed. So if mom & dad slept in their room, and Aunt Tess & Uncle Paul slept in my room, where the hell were Sara & I going to sleep. The bedrooms were off of a large great room with a cathedral ceiling, fireplace and three couches.

I figured we better go in and guide mom to her bedroom. As we entered Sara let the screen door slam shut by accident, which stirred mom from her sleep. Sara and I both noticed that two couches, one on each side of the room, were prepared with bedding. Mom looked up, “Hi honey. You and Sara OK?” I placed a hand on her shoulder, “Yea mom. Are we sleeping on the couches?” She nodded and slowly stood, apparently a little buzzed. “Yes honey. I’ll see you two in the morning” as she made her way to the bedroom without looking back and bouncing off of a chair. Sara giggled and said, “I’m going to get ready for couch. Meet you outside for a smoke?’ “Sure. I’ll just change into a pair of shorts.” My bedroom door was partially open and there were no lights on. I could hear my uncle snoring, so I quietly went in and grabbed a pair of gym shorts. When I came out, Sara was in the bathroom with the door closed. I quickly changed and headed for the back yard where I went to a large hammock at the far end.

It was fairly dark out there and we wouldn’t be noticed from the cottage. Sara came out wearing a simple cotton night gown that reached to her knees with shoulder straps. I was a bit chilly from the night air in just a pair of shorts, and from the look of Sara’s tits poking through the cotton fabric, she was cold too. I really wanted to see and touch her small taunt tits. Maybe even get to taste them. The thought made me stiffen somewhat and I had to wiggle around to let my cock straighten out. Sara noticed. “You uncomfortable there?” she said with a mischievous grin as she approached. I knew at this point we were going to continue our explorations and said, “Yea. I kinda got aroused when I saw your hard nipples poking out”.

As Sara reached the hammock she stunned me by reaching up and sliding her straps down and exposing two beautiful tits, not large, but not as small as I expected. Two perfect circles about the size of a large orange cut in half. With her fingers she slowly rubbed the tips and said, “You mean these? They get even harder when I touch them”. I watched for a few seconds, Then reached out to touch my first titties. I wasn’t thinking of anything else and almost fell out of the hammock. Sara laughed. “How about I join you in there”? I nodded and held out a hand to help her. Sara obviously wasn’t experienced getting into a hammock. They can be difficult at times. She studied it for a moment then turned and placed her ass on the edge. Her hands pushed the hammock down, then she jumped up and rolled on. As she did, Sara fell backwards onto the hammock and her night gown slipped up to her waist. She laid there on her back as the hammock swung with her tits exposed at the top and her ass and pussy exposed at the bottom. “Not very coordinated, huh?” she laughed.

I reached over and helped her slid around so we were lying together face to face. She didn’t attempt to rearrange her gown as she immediately leaned forward and gently kissed me. As her hand came up behind my head and our tongues began to battle, I reached up and placed a hand on her right tit. It was smooth and firm with nipples that felt like pencil erasers. As I massaged and rubbed, the nipples grew and stiffened under my touch and Sara moaned lowly into my mouth. The feeling was electric, like a shock wave went through my body and ended at the tip of my cock, which was as hard as a rock and pushing at the fabric of my shorts.

Sara relaxed and broke away from our long kiss. Moaning softly with her head back, I took the opportunity to slide down just enough to kiss her left nipple. She moaned louder and placed her hand on my head, running her fingers through my hair and gently pushing me onto her. I opened my mouth more and took as much of her tit into my mouth as possible. Swirling my tongue around the nipple and sucking like a baby, Sara started breathing heavier. I was in heaven. I slowly released her tit and licked my way over to the other and started the same treatment. At this point Sara had both arms around me holding me closely to her chest. It’s sometimes hard the think when you’re in this position, being that erotic emotions for two first timers are running rampant. I finally remembered that there was another place to explore which was still exposed.

I slowly started moving my hand down Sara’s torso until I reached skin on her lower belly. As I rubbed her belly, only inches from her virgin pussy, and continued sucking and licking her tits, Sara’s moaning intensified. As I slid my hand down over her peach fuss, she let out a small gasp as her hips pushed her into my hand. For Sara’s first time being touched by a boy, and my first time touching a girl, It occurred to me we were doing pretty good. I began exploring the confines between Sara’s legs as she opened wider to my touch. I gently slid my finger around searching for something. I wasn’t sure what, but I guess I found it when Sara jumped. My finger found a slit that was wet and slippery, and when I ran my finger toward the top of the slit, Sara was obviously in extreme pleasure. It felt like a pearl hiding within the folds of this warm slit and touching it made her tremble and moan louder. I didn’t know what it was.

At thirteen my limited knowledge of sex hadn’t gotten to the point where anyone had told me about a clit. All I had heard was that girls rubbed themselves down there and it felt good for them like when we boys jerked our cocks off and came. And I knew that both of these experiences, for boys and girls, were called orgasms. My senses began to return and I now had a goal. Sara had told me on the beach that she didn’t think she had ever had an orgasm. My goal now was to help her have her first.

My hand now completely covered her young pussy and I continued to run my fingers thru the wet slit, hitting the pearl occasionally and evoking more and more juices flowing. I finally applied some pressure and my middle finger began to penetrate the slit. Sara began pushing against my finger, attempting to get more of it inside. Now her breathing was fast with short breaths, and the moaning was louder and constant. I looked up from her tits and her head was thrown back and moving from side to side. Her grip on my hair was tight as my finger slowly sank into her up to my second knuckle where it reached an obstruction.

I started moving my finger in and out as Sara bucked her hips to the same rhythm. By accident my thumb ran across the pearl while my finger was buried in her now very wet slit. Sara jumped, raised her head and let out a soft scream. “Ohhhh… Yes… Oh God…” Sara said uncontrollably. I began rubbing the pearl and continued pushing into her as her motions became more rapid along with her breathing. Again by accident on my part, my very slippery index finger slid down to her asshole as I tried to get a better grip on her pussy. Her movement made the tip of the finger rub right against the tight little opening. Sara went fucking ballistic.

Her head shot up, her whole body started trembling violently, her pussy began to tighten around my finger as I felt juices starting to run around my finger and down her ass crack. She bucked strongly and her movement made my index finger slide right into her tight asshole. Sara began screaming. I immediately moved up to cover her mouth with mine. I mean shit, we didn’t need to wake the parents at this moment. It was like she was having a seizure. She bucked forcefully under my grip. She was oblivious to the world around her.

My thumb still rested on top of her pearl, my middle finger remained about two inches into her pussy slit and my index finger was sunk into her asshole up to the first knuckle. I didn’t remove my hand, but I stopped all movement and let her control the feeling. The goal had been achieved. Sara had her first orgasm, and I did it. My first time to provide pleasure to another person. I was quite proud of myself. Sara’s orgasm went on for about a minute, then she started to slow down and eventually reached down and removed my hand. We kissed and held each other while she caught her breath. Finally she looked into my blue eyes and said, “That was absolutely unreal.” I kissed her nose and said, “For me too. That was fucking awesome”.

We then laid there silently for a few more minutes before I brought my hand up to my face. I tentatively smelled it and was surprised that it didn’t smell like old fish, which is what I had been told. I then licked my finger. It tasted good, but there wasn’t much there to taste. I thought for a moment then began to slide my body down along Sara’s torso. I stopped briefly and kissed her tits, then continued down to her belly. There I kissed and licked, tasting the salty moisture from a sweaty orgasm. Sara just laid there motionless as I explored her belly button with my tongue. Her hands again moved to the back of my head as her fingers intertwined through my hair. She gently pushed me further down.

I ran my tongue down across her stomach and just before reaching her pussy, moved to the left and licked down her thighs. I started moving between her legs, still licking and kissing her inner thighs now. Sara remained silent and opened her legs as wide as she could. It was fairly dark so I really couldn’t see very well, but my senses of taste, smell and touch were acute. I could see the glistening of her juices around her pussy lips and down her ass. I slowly dove in and took a big tongue swipe from her asshole, through the slit and up to the pearl.

It tasted great! Sara’s body stiffened and her hands grasped more tightly in my hair as I heard her whisper to herself, “Oh my God”. I stopped for a moment after that first swipe to savor the taste and very briefly reflect on the fact that I just tasted my first pussy, and only minutes ago I had touched my first pussy and sucked my first tits. And all this with my naive cousin who was starved for sexual knowledge and experience. But let’s not reflect too long. We’re not done yet.

The taste of Sara’s pussy juices almost made me crazy. This was so intimate. I covered her entire pussy with my mouth and started exploring with my tongue, slowly sliding it in and out of her tight love hole. More juices flowed as I ran my tongue over the pearl and gently flicked it with minimal pressure. Sara started moving her hips and pushed her pussy more tightly against my mouth. I began to suck the juices out as I continued to flick my tongue. Sara was really beginning to move now and just like before, here breathing became fast and she started moaning uncontrollably. I knew she was going to cum again soon.

It occurred to me that I hadn’t even thought about my rock hard cock throughout this entire episode. When I slid down to get to Sara’s pussy, my shorts rode up my thigh; my cock was sticking out of my pant leg and was hanging down between the hammock netting. It was throbbing now all by itself with no help. I thought about reaching down and stroking it, but both of my hands were full of Sara’s ass holding her legs up while I devoured her wonderful pussy.

I made another long tongue swipe to get some of her juices that ran down her ass crack. When I hit the puckered hole, Sara went off again. She shuddered and stiffened. I covered her pussy again and juices started flowing fast as I darted my tongue in and out and sucked as fast as I could. Each time my tongue hit the pearl, she jumped and screamed and the flow seemed to increase. She held my head tightly and continued to push herself into my face.

Then I came like a volcano. I spewed cum all over the ground through the hammock. I shuddered and sucked Sara’s pussy as hard as I could. I wanted every fucking drop of her. I wanted to taste and drink it all. I wanted her to love my tongue because I wanted to lick her for the rest of my life.

I licked every bit of her bottom and pussy as she calmed. I then slowly kissed my way back up her body until we were face to face once again. Sara looked into my eyes and kissed me. She then licked her remaining pussy juices off of my mouth, chin and cheeks. “I taste pretty good, huh?” she whispered as she ran her tongue across my ear. I responded with, “You taste incredible. That was the sexiest thing. Your pussy is so nice”. Sara giggled and said, “Your tongue is incredible. My first two orgasms. Isn’t that what you called it earlier tonight down by the water?” “Yea. That’s what an orgasm is. How’d it feel?” Sara peered at me for a moment then said, “Like nothing I’ve experienced before, and something I want to experience again and again and again.”

Sara reached down and grabbed my cock, which was lying on top of her thigh. “You don’t seem very excited.” She said with a grin. I laughed and told her I shot my load on the ground the same time that she came. She pouted and said, “That’s a shame. I love the taste of your cum.” With that said, we kissed again and Sara said, “We better get to bed. I can’t wait to see what tomorrow brings.” I nodded and we both jumped off of the hammock and headed to the cottage.

I jumped right on my couch and Sara went into the bathroom. I guess I fell asleep immediately since I don’t remember Sara coming out or going to bed. Suddenly I awoke. I looked down, a bit startled coming out of a sleep, and saw Sara with my cock in her mouth. I was semi-hard, but gaining ground very quickly. She furiously jacked her hand up and down my cock and sucked hard with a rhythmic bobbing of her pretty face. I filled her luscious mouth within a couple of minutes with all the come I had left in my balls. It couldn’t have been a lot since it was the forth time I came tonight, but Sara seemed to enjoy it.

Sara nor I said a word. She let my limp cock fall from her mouth, gave me a kiss and went to her couch and went to sleep. I closed my eyes and did the same.

Getting to know my step-bro parts two&three

hopetheangel on Incest Stories

Part two

I woke up to soft fingers roaming over my body, tracing every inch of my skin. I opened my eyes to see Ollie smiling down at me. I was still topless from the night before, then suddenly realised that everyone would have seen my tits! I kneeled up on my elbows only to see that the room was empty, and the mid-morning sun shining through the window.

‘where is everyone?’ I asked.

‘gone out for the day.’ Ollie replied. ‘it’s alright, I covered you up so they wouldn’t stare at your tits!’ I smiled, grateful. If he hadn’t, we could have got into a lot of trouble!

‘what time is it?’

Read More
p>

‘nearly 11.’

‘did you sleep well?’ I asked him.

‘hmmm…I haven’t slept a lot.’

‘what have you been doing then?!’ I asked.

‘ummm…just watching you sleep.’

‘ahh, that is so cute!’ I smiled, lying down again and patting the bed next to me. He lay next to me and slowly entered his tongue into my mouth. I stopped him.

‘You know what? I honestly cannot believe we never got these cute little hot pants off of me!’ I said, innocently flicking the elastic around my hips.

‘Well, that can be changed,’ he said, hooking the elastic round his thumbs and dragging them down my legs, then flinging them on the other side of the room. He took one look at my hairless mound and moaned. He buried his face into my crotch, smelling my scent. He moaned again. Then he licked all the way from my ass hole to my clit, which he took into his mouth and nibbled lightly. It felt amazing, and I moaned loudly. He lapped up my juices like a cat laps milk, before slowly inserting his tongue into my burning hole.

‘oh shit Ollie! don’t fucking stop…oh god!’ I screeched. He felt amazing. His finger pinched, twisted and pulled at my clit, sending electric pulses running through my body as his tongue plunged deep into my pussy. My hands were groping my boobs, pinching, twisting and pulling at my nipples in synchronisation as he mauled my clit. It wasn’t long before I reached my climax.

‘oh fuck bro, I’m gonna fucking cum all over you fucking face. Ahhhhhhh…I’m cummmmmming! Lap it all up bro, oh shit! Oh sweet mother of…ahhhhhhh!’

Ollie’s head popped up from between my legs, looking like the cat that had got the cream. He crawled up to me and I plunged my tongue into his mouth, tasting my own cum. It turned me on so much!

‘that was incredible!’ I said to him. ‘you are so good!’

‘thanks, you weren’t bad last night either!’

I was so hot now that I didn’t care if he was related to me, I was gonna fuck him!

‘lie down,’ I told him. He lay on his back, his cock stood rock solid in the air.

‘what are you gonna do?’ he asked me.

‘you’ll see…’ I smiled.

I straddled his waist, and lined up my pussy over his cock. Then without warning I sat down, shoving the whole 8 inches deep inside of me.

‘shit!’ Ollie yelled. ‘your not a virgin!’

‘fuck no! Can you honestly see me surviving without a guys cock?!’

He moaned his agreement and gripped onto my hips, forcing me up and down his hard member. I squealed my appreciation, tilted my head back and rode him like a horse. Both of our hips were clashing in mid-air, our crotches forcing his dick further into me than I thought possible. When he left me, I felt empty and craved him and when he invaded my tight pussy, it took all of my strength to accommodate him. But I loved every minute of it. After a while he pulled me off him. I moaned my disapproval.

‘what’s the matter,’ I asked, pouting my lips and reaching for his cock that I so dearly needed.

‘nothing, I just want to try something new.’

He told me to stand up and bend over the chest of drawers against the wall. I did as he said, and he walked up behind me, admiring my cute ass.

‘oh come on already!’ I yelled and backed onto his cock.

This new position took him deeper and deeper inside me with every push. Soon I was moaning like there was no tomorrow, bent over the drawers like the cock-whore that I was. Ollie was slamming into me, his balls slapping my clit every time, telling me that he was fucking me deep and hard.

‘oh shit, harder HARDER, I’m almost there. I’m gonna cum!’

Ollie began to pound into me each stroke going deep and harder like never before.

‘fuck I’m gonna come!’ he soon yelled and began to pull out.

‘NO!’ I said. ‘I wanna feel your cum deep inside me!’

He pulled out fully, much to my dismay, but then pulled me around and shoved me backwards over the chest of drawers before slamming into me one last time. I felt his cock shoot bullets of hot cum deep into my hot pussy. That was the last straw. I moaned loudly as I came, my pussy pulsating over his member lodged deep inside of me.

Part three

When Ollie finally pulled out of my burning pussy, we both collapsed onto the mattress on the floor and sighed.

‘that was amazing!’ I said leaning in to kiss him deeply, moaning through the kiss.

‘I agree, you are one hot little minx!’ he laughed. I smiled at him.

‘what time is it now?’ I asked.

He leaned over to the clock and told me it was ten to one.

‘what time did dad say they would be home?’

‘not before eight.’ he said, grinning.

‘mmmm…a whole afternoon of hardcore fucking,’ I giggled.

‘yes, but right now, I’m fucking starving!’ Ollie said.

We stood up and changed, although I’m not sure why. Ollie pulled on his no-ass jeans, whereas I had no idea where any of my stuff was flung so I wrapped myself with the bed sheet that lay crumpled on the floor. We went downstairs and looked in the fridge at what was for breakfast. The phone rang, so Ollie went to get it while I poured two glasses of juice for us.

‘That was dad,’ Ollie said. ‘The lads are in this football tournament that won’t finish ‘til later and then there’s a barbeque and stuff so he said they will be back later than planned.’

‘fine by me,’ I grinned, turning around to give him his juice, only to have it knocked all over me

‘Oh my god I am soooo sorry!’ Ollie said, laughing at my face. The juice, straight from the fridge, was ice cold and had just been poured all over my torso! I ripped off the wet bed sheet, leaving me butt naked and glistening with apple juice.

‘here, let me get that!’ Ollie said, leaning down and lapping up the apple juice from my tits and stomach. I moaned at him.

‘so much for breakfast!’ I said.

‘I’m having mine,’ he grinned, feasting on my tits. I leaned back against the counter and enjoyed the pleasure Ollie was giving me. He worked his magic with his tongue, leaving me squirming all over the place! As he licked off the remaining juice from my tits, I felt two fingers shoot straight into my waiting pussy.

‘Damn, sis, you’re still tight up here!’ he grinned at me.

‘I know, maybe I needed loosening up a bit,’ I said, biting my lower lip and smiling seductively.

‘but, sis I don’t know if my big cock that you love so much is thick enough for the job.’ he said to me.

‘oh I don’t know about that,’ I smiled at him. ‘I just love your huge cock, bro,’

‘no really, you need something bigger. Just trust me ok.’

‘alright then, have your way with me.’ I said to him.

He lifted me up and I wrapped my legs around his waist. I picked up his hard cock and began to rub it gently.

‘but bro, I just love the way your cock makes me feel…’ I said, looking sad. ‘I feel empty without it.’

Ollie ignored me. He carried me over to the island of work surfaces that was in the middle of the kitchen and placed me on top, telling me to shut my eyes and spread my legs. I did as he said. I heard his clattering around for a while. Then, without warning, I felt something icy cold rub against my slit, sending shivers down my spine. My eyes popped open, revealing Ollie rubbing me with an ice lolly!

‘oh shit, bro that feels soooo good! On my clit, rub my clit. Ahhhhhhh!’ the feeling was incredible as he rubbed my clit with the lollypop. It was a matter of seconds before it had melted though, due to the intense heat that my pussy was giving out. He bent over and licked up the melted lolly, mixed with my juices and I moaned in delight.

‘get another one!’ I said. ‘shove it deep in my pussy, bro!’

‘I have a better idea,’ he said mischievously. ‘close your eyes again.’

I did as he said, biting my bottom lip in anticipation. Soon, I felt Ollie’s presence, hovering over me.

‘I’m waiting,’ I said. ‘come on bro, do me! Right here, right now!’

Again my eyes popped wide open, in sheer pleasure as I moaned deeply. I felt my pussy being invaded my something much thicker that Ollie’s tool. I looked down to see him shoving a huge cucumber in and out of my burning love hole with all his might!

‘oh fuck bro, fuck me hard. Oh yea…’ I groaned and lay back, sprawled over the counter.

Ollie had his hand gripped around his cock, jacking himself off as he plunged that cucumber deep into my pussy, watching my eyes pop open.

‘mmmm…yeah bro. No, shit! Fuck me more!’ I slurred at him, dizzy with pleasure. The feeling was unbelievable. I just felt invaded, and it turned me on so much it was amazing. Ollie soon came, streaking his jizz all over my tits and mouth. He rubbed it in, then fed me his cum with his fingers. He tasted fabulous. Then he went back to working my pussy with the cucumber, his other hand flicking over my clit and occasionally sticking a finger in my asshole. That’s what finally took me over the edge, and I flooded the vegetable with my cum. As Ollie took it out of my cunt I collapsed, exhausted onto the worktop.

Clair Is Forced To Help Dad Out Of Debt.

bigboydaddy on Forced Stories

 

Claire is a typical 13 year old English schoolgirl, cute, innocent and sexy. She is 5' 1” has blond hair in a ponytail and slender figure. She is now starting to develop into an attractive women, her hips are growing and taking shape and her breasts are just budding and are tiny little lumps at the moment. The problem is she is also my Daughter.


Claire attends the All Saints Junior school and has a uniform of white blouse, blue jumper, blue school skirt (w

Read More
hich she wears mid thigh length), white ankle socks and black shoes.


We now live on our own as Emma my wife was killed in a tragic car accident 4 years ago and I have not had sex since. I don't know why but just lately I have started to look at Claire in a different light, like sexually and kept getting 'urges' thinking what would she be like in bed and that sort of stuff. I kept telling myself as long as I don't act on the urges it will be ok.


I have always had a liking for young girls in school uniforms I don't like them too young say about 13 years old. I drive buses for a living and when I do the school run in the morning if I am lucky I might get a schoolgirl sitting on the front seat and if I am really lucky I get a glimpse of her knickers as her legs drift apart and I can see up her skirt using the rear view mirror. Once I had a young girl on the bus going to school she was sitting next to her friend and her legs were slightly apart and I could just see her knickers when all of a sudden she looked up and saw me looking at her in the mirror. I thought she would close her legs but she didn't she opened them further and smiled at me before closing them again. When she got off at school she said “Thanks driver did you enjoy the view”. “yes thank you” I later found out her name was Becky.


Today and tomorrow is my day off and I was looking forward to a nice relaxing couple of days. I normally leave Claire to lock up in the mornings as I start work at 7.00. I pick my bus up at the yard then start my run picking up the school kids. Claire gets on my bus as my route is for All Saints junior school. She normally says “Hi Dad” before going upstairs with her friends. Today at 8.00 she said “Bye Dad see you later, enjoy your day off” gave me a kiss and hug and was out the door for school.


At 12.00 while I was sitting in the garden, being a warm day just chilling out when the phone rang “Hello” I answered “Good afternoon Sir can I speak to Mr Ryan please” “speaking” “Hello Mr Ryan it's John Kennedy here from UKCapital Mortgages I need to speak to you urgently about the arrears on your account. Could we arrange to visit you” “Er ok how about tonight” “that would be fine say 7.30” “OK” “Thank you Mr Ryan we will see you tonight at 7.30 hopefully we can arrange something to clear this debt” “OK Goodbye”.


Later that evening Claire was upstairs talking to her friends on the phone leaving me with John from the mortgage company and another man called Steve who John said was from Regal solicitors and was here to check any legal documents.


“Right Mr Ryan” said John “Please call me Dave” “ok Dave as you know you owe us nearly £3000 in arrears how do you intend to re pay it” “I can't I don't have the money I could give you £50 a month” “thats not good enough we want it ALL now” “well I am sorry I just don't have it” “It's the £3000 or we will evict you and make you homeless”.


This debate was going on for nearly an hour with no results I kept noticing John was glancing a the family photos on the side unit. “Dave, Steve and I are going outside to discuss somethings we will be back in a few minutes. Think long and hard on what you want to do ok”. I was left sitting there thinking what to do. After a few minutes John and Steve returned. “Look John I am sorry there is no way I can get the money” “OK”.


After a few moments silence John said “Perhaps there is an alternative means we could agree on”. Desperate to try anything to get me out of this mess I just said “O yeah whats that then?” “Sex” “Not with me your not” “NO not with you” “who then” “think about it” it was then it clicked with me “NO FUCKING WAY not Claire she's only 13 NO bloody way” “think about it Dave just let us have some fun with your Daughter and we will clear the debt” “No way get out go on fuck off the pair off you” “Just think about it here's my card with my private number on it” “Get out”.


Later that evening Claire came back downstairs and stood in front of me, she was dressed in her night cloths which was just an over sized T shirt, white and pink with a teddy bear print on the front and comes down to mid thighs. I could just see her small breast and knickers underneath. I enjoy seeing her like this and it causes a stirring in my groin. “who were those men Dad” she asked “oh just people who want money thats all “nothing bad I hope” “no just the arrears on the mortgage” “ok anyway I am off to bed now Dad see you in the morning” “night love”. I was left sitting there thinking what the hell do I do there's no way I could get the £3000. There's no way out of this mess or was there. In my hand I had Johns' card and I kept thinking of his offer of Claire and no more debt. But I couldn't allow it I wouldn't let anyone hurt Claire. I kept thinking of my own fantasies with Claire but no I wouldn't do it. If I did it would mean that I allowed her to be raped to bail me out. After an hour of struggling with reason I had made my mind up.


I picked up the phone and dialed John's personal number “John here” “John it's Mr Ryan” “Ah Mr Ryan have you decided” “Yes promise me you won't hurt her” “No we wont all we want to do is have some fun that's all presides you will be watching” “what about the debt” “as I said I will make it go away” “ok when?” “how about tomorrow say 3.30 that way she still be in her school uniform?” “ok ok tomorrow it is” and I put the phone down.


What the hell have I done how do I tell Claire. In the morning Claire came downstairs dressed for school “Hi Dad you ok” “yes honey I am fine are you coming straight home from school tonight” “Yes” “ok see you later love you” “love you too”.


At 3.00 John and Steve turned up as planned “Look is there another arrangement we could make” I asked “no, it's Claire or the house” “ok ok her rooms upstairs on the left she will be home soon”


At 3.30 Claire came home “Hi Dad you ok” “hi honey, yeah Me's fine” “good” “Claire I need you to help me out “sure Dad how” “let's go to your room” “ok” “you know those men that where here last night they want there money but I don't have it so they said they will kick us out of our home” “no way Dad they can't do that can they” “yes honey they can but there is an alternative” “what that” as I led Claire into her bedroom I said “Claire this is John and Steve as I don't have the money they want some fun with you instead to clear the debt then we will keep the house” “what do you mean fun Dad” “you know sexy fun, have sex with them” “No dad i don't know much about sex” “It's ok sweetheart they will teach you” “No Dad I don't want to please don't” “sorry, just let them have there fun and it will be ok” with that I just nodded to John who walked over to where Claire was standing.


Standing in front of Claire John said “Are you going to be a good little girl and do as your told” “yes”. With that John put his hand up under Claire's school skirt and started to rub her pussy “no mister don't touch me down there it's wrong” “Don't you worry little girl I will be doing more than just touch you down there” “No please don't”


John then said “Knell in front of me” “No don't” “do it” and pushed her down onto her knees and Claire was staring at John's crouch crying. Undo my trousers pull them and the boxers down” “no please” JUST DO IT”. Claire just looked straight at me as much to say 'please Dad don't allow this' but I just knodded at her and said “Don't worry honey just do as he asks I am right here”. What I didn't say was that I was enjoying it.


Claire then unzipped John's trousers and pulled them down to his ankles followed by his boxer shots and for the first time in her life Claire was staring at a fully erect cock “now stroke my cock” “I don't know how to” so john took hold of her hand and placed it on his cock and showed her how to wank a cock. “there's a good girl now suck it” “no way that's dirty that's where you wee comes out of “just do it” “but I don't know how” “just put it in your mouth and suck it like a lollipop” so that's what she did “For an amature you sure are good at this you sure you haven't done this before” and then John shot a load of come into Claire's mouth causing her to cough and choke “just swallow it”.


Kneel on the bed John ordered so Claire climbed on the bed kneeling head down. John then climbed on the bed behind her and flipped her skirt up over her back and pulled her white knickers down so they were stretched between her knees and for the first time since she was a baby I had a lovely view of my Daughters arse

and I could also see her pussy and lips which had a sparse covering of blond fuzz. I immediately got a hard on and felt like exploding in my shorts. Claire was just crying, mumbling “no no no stop it”.


On the bedside cabinet there was a jar of hand cream which John picked up and opened. He then spread Claire's arse checks apart and scooped a big dollop of cream onto his fingers then pushed a finger into her arse hole then another finger went in “NO stop it”. After working his fingers in her arse for a few minutes he took them out then lined his cock up with her arse hole and started to push it in “Noooooooooooooooooooo, Arrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr your hurting me get it out” but John just carried on fucking her arse. In the mean time Steve not wanting to be left out climbed onto the bed and knelt in front of Claire and demanded she suck his cock which she did. After several minutes and John coming in her arse and Steve in her Mouth they swapped positions. I am glad we live in a detached house otherwise the neighbours might have called the police thinking there was murder go on as Claire was screaming so loudly.


After several more minutes John and Steve having both come again climbed off the bed and John asked me “Got any beers” which I had so we left Claire crying curled up on the bed while we drunk the beers.


Right back to work John declared “Claire, pull your knickers up and straighten your skirt and then lay on the bed” which she did “what are you going to do to me know I can't take any more” “never you mind what we are going to do just shut up and enjoy it”. I know I was I thought.


John climbed onto the bed knelt across her middle then promptly ripped open her school blouse reveling for the first time her small tits and bra “very nice” he then ripped apart her bra and started to suck on her small tits “no don't please no”. John then worked his way down her body and when he got to her school skirt he just ripped it open pulling it off then ripping her knickers off so Claire just laid there with nothing on apart from her white ankle socks, shoes and torn blouse. A very erotic site it was as well and I felt like wanking there and then but I restrained myself.


John then pushed her legs up so that her knees where on her chest and started to tongue her pussy “tasty” “NO Please No”. John then pushed a finger into her pussy. I tell you that was a sight I will never forget the sight of my own Daughter nearly naked on the bed with someone liking out her small pussy with her slender thighs either side of his head. I kept wishing it was me down there.


“Blimey your tight I am going to have to loosen you up down there so you can accommodate a real man” and with that he took some more hand cream on his fingers and started to work them in and out of Claire's pussy “NOOOOO” “right I think she's ready now” and John lined his cock up and started to fuck Claire “NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO”. I know I should have stopped this but I couldn't I just stood there watching him slide his cock in and out of my Daughters pussy.


After a few minutes John groaned and shoot a load of come into Claire's pussy. “come on Steve your turn” called John so Steve started to fuck Claire “God she tight” and it didn't take long for Steve to come either.


They both took several more turns to fuck Claire, John having fucked her up the arse once more followed by Steve. They both climbed of the bed and dragged Claire onto the bedside rug and made her knell in front of them and they both started to wank off and came over her face. “Don't worry princess we'll clean you up” said John and then they both started to piss in her face. I watched as the piss ran down her face into her mouth, down her tits and between her legs. “That's it all done”.


John and Steve got dress and walked out the room. As John went by he said “see you downstairs”. Claire honey take a shower I'll see you soon I told her. I went downstairs “that was fun” said John “We will be same time tomorrow for some more make sure you got your camcorder ready” “No way, wait a minute you said if I agree to this you will wipe the debt off” “yes I did BUT I did not say how many time did I, it will take more than one night of fucking your Daughter to settle this debt”. And with that they both walked out leaving me standing there.


What the hell have I done, I can't tell Claire this. I went back upstairs and Claire was in the shower so I left her and went to make a cup of coffee. I just sat there thinking how the hell do I get out of this mess.


After about an hour Claire walked in wearing her T Shirt nighty which gave me an erection. “Why did you let those men hurt me Dad” “I am sorry I had no choice” “But you let them rape me why”. “I had no choice” I repeated. I was sitting there looking a Her getting aroused and I thought to myself why not and what I did next well I just had to “Claire take your knickers off” “What” “you heard me take your knickers off” “No Dad” so I grabbed her around the waist and put my hand up under her T Shirt and started to stroke her pussy through her knickers “No Dad don't please”. I then pulled the knickers aside and started to finger her pussy “NO Dad not you as well it wrong “Sorry Sweetheart but since mum died I've had no sex and seeing what those men did to you tonight I am very aroused and need this, sorry” and with that I pulled her down onto the sofa and ripped her knickers off.


“No Dad please don't I am your own daughter” “I know honey but that what makes it more exciting, knowing I am going to be fucking my own daughter” “how could you Dad”. I pushed her legs apart and up and I was looking at her young pussy. I started to tongue her pussy at the same time as working my fingers in and out “NOO Dad please”. After a few minutes I sat back and pulled my shorts and boxers off “suck my cock” “No dad” so I grabbed her hair and pushed her down to my cock “SUCK IT NOW” so she did and seeing her head bob up and down I came in her mouth.


I demanded she strip off which she reluctantly did and was left standing in front of me naked and what a beautiful sight she was, very small tits, small pussy with just a light covering of blond fuzz, slender hips she was my Angel.


I pulled her down onto the sofa and pulled her legs open and up I lined my cock up and thought here go's and started to fuck my own Daughter and as Steve said she was tight. After a few minutes I shot my come inside her I then told her to suck me again and for a second time I came in her mouth. Get dressed and go to bed I told her which she did without saying a word.


I just sat there for hours thinking what have I done how could I have allowed it. But I justified by the fact there will be no more debt to pay and the extreme pleasure I got from it. I never told Claire they will be back tomorrow afternoon. It will be a surprise for her.


TO BE CONTINUED...............


Getting to know my step-bro

hopetheangel on Incest Stories

It was a Friday evening, about nine o’clock. I was a the park with a few of my friends, near to wear my mum lives. At the weekends, me and my two brothers, Callum and Liam, go to stay at my dads house. My mum picked me up from the park and drove me down to my dads house, where my brothers were already staying, having gone down earlier in the day.

At the time, my dad was having all of the bedrooms redecorated, with only one able to be in use, the loft conversion. He had re-married after my mum, to a nice lady called Ali, who already had two sons, Ollie and Josh. I’d seen Josh regularly and we got on well, even though he was my brothers age, at least 5 years younger than me. I had never seen Ollie before today

Read More
, apart from the wedding! And even then, I always got the impression that he was avoiding me. So, let me tell you, I was a bit surprised to see him here!

So anyway, at about eleven o’clock, Callum, Liam, and Josh went up to the loft to bed. That left me, Ollie, my dad and Ali. I thought it might be nice if we left my dad and Ali alone for a bit, so I asked Ollie if he wanted to go upstairs and listen to some music. I wanted to make an effort to get to know him, for my dad.

Before I get carried away, I should describe Ollie. He is 16 too, about 5ft 8”, blonde hair, blue eyes. He’s a bit of a rocker, and was wearing a tight t-shirt with a band on it that showed his muscles, and a pair of no-ass jeans so big that you could see his boxers!

So anyway, we climbed the two flights of stairs to get to the loft, the only room, apart from the ground floor, that was accessible. When we got to the top, I realised that if we played music, or something similar, we would wake my brothers.

‘hmmm...bummer,’ I whispered!

‘yea.’ he whispered back. ‘so, what are we gonna do?’

‘I don’t know about you, but I’m gonna go to bed,’ I said, quietly.

I turned around and walked back down the stairs to the first floor. Ollie was behind me. The bathroom was at the other end of the landing, a short sprint away. We both glanced at each other. I began to run, but he rugby tackled me to the ground and started tickling me. Now I have to admit, I am the most ticklish person on the planet, so I was wriggling around and screaming at the top of my voice! It took me a while to get my senses back, but once I did, I realised that Ollie wasn’t just tickling my stomach; his soft hands were skimming over my breasts and going as low as my thighs. Once he realised that I had stopped laughing, he looked up at my face. I gave him a fake ‘what the hell do you think your doing’ look, and he immediately let go of me. I grinned, and legged it to the bathroom laughing out loud, as he chased me down the landing. I got there first and jumped around to slam the door in his face, but he stuck his foot between the door and its frame so it wouldn’t shut, then shoulder barged it open, then closed it and locked us both in.

‘Ollie, what do you think you’re doing?! I need to get changed!’ I yelled at him.

‘Its alright, I’ll turn around,’ he said back, turning around.

I took my top off, revealing a black lace bra before realising that the little git could see my reflection through the mirror that hung on the wall! ’right,’ I thought. ‘That is it!’ I bent down and slipped off my jeans, revealing a matching pair of black lace French knickers. I heard him gasp. My hands snaked behind my back and unclipped my bra, letting it fall to the floor. My tits bounced, my nipples immediately hardening due to the night air. I traced my fingers over them, then down to my abs, then hooked my thumbs under the elastic of my knickers and pulled them down. I heard Ollie gasp again and caught his gaze through the mirror. I smiled, seductively and watched him turn around, in awe of my naked body. I rocked my hips as I walked towards him. I saw his bulge through his jeans. A few feet away from him, he reached out to touch me. I stopped, bent down and picked up a pair of hot pants and a strap top from my bag on the floor, put them on, reached up and kissed his cheek before stalking out of the door and up the stairs to bed. Half way up the stairs, I felt Ollie grab my hand. I turned around.

‘Yes?’ I smiled sweetly.

‘I just wanted to say that…ummm...your beautiful,’ he whispered, hoarsely.

‘yea, I know,’ I said, before walking up the stairs again. He pulled me back..

No, really. You are really beautiful.’ I stopped. For some reason, I thought he was joking. Now I knew he wasn’t. And I knew for definite when he leaned in to kiss me.

He shoved me up against the wall and planted his lips onto mine. I kissed him back and let his hands roam over my body. I felt his tongue sneak an entrance to my mouth and dance with mine. We collapsed up the stairs, still attached by our mouths, and found our way to the mattresses that had been lain down for us. He fell onto them, and I jumped onto him, pulling him close, shoving our mouths together. He was making me so hot I didn’t even care he was my step-brother. I broke the kiss to rip off my top. Again, he looked in awe at my tits. I lowered a nipple to his mouth and moaned softly as he kissed, licked, sucked, and nibbled on it. I gave him the other one whilst massaging the first. It felt so fucking good! I could never give myself pleasure so intense. I climbed on top of him, and I could feel his hard dick rub my slit through his jeans and my hot pants. I sighed, before looking up at him and grinned seductively. I slid to in between his legs and my hands began to fiddle with his belt and zip. I tucked his jeans off him and slid down his boxers revealing the most gorgeous dick I have ever seen. It was about 8inches long, quite thick, and rock solid. I moaned loudly, before realising that shit! My brothers were asleep on the other side of the room. To be honest, that just turned me on even more. Ollie didn’t seem to mind as I lowered my lips to his cock. I showered his tool with kisses and then sucked its head like a lollypop, letting my hand massage his balls. He managed to stifle a moan, as I relaxed my throat and let him enter. I felt my nose being tickled by his pubic hair and then used my tongue and throat muscles to stimulate him. My hands fondled his balls, until I felt them tighten.

‘I’m gonna cum!’ Ollie whispered hoarsely, his head tilted back breathing heavily. He tried to pull out of my mouth but I held him there. I ticked his head with my tongue, as I felt jets of hot salty cum hit the back of my throat. I swallowed it all, before moving my head away and licking my lips.

‘mmmm,’ I whispered. ‘just gorgeous!’

‘oh my god! I can’t believe you just did that!’ he whispered, looking over at my brothers who were still sleeping. I laughed, sleepily. Id suddenly become really tired.

‘now its time for me to return the favour,’ he said.

‘mmmm, but not now. We’ve got all of tomorrow and I’m tired.’ I replied.

‘alright. Well, thank you!’

‘its alright.’

As I drifted off to sleep, I felt strangely contented and happy, curled up on Ollie’s mattress. I could tell he wasn’t tired, but I liked the way he was looking at me so I didn’t tell me to stop. He played with my hair and showered my neck with kisses as I fell asleep…

Part two coming soon.

I need a favor

Sphenix on Incest Stories

    One night I was downstairs sitting on the couch doing my home work when I heard a 'Knock Knock' from the door way. It was my little sister. Out of instinct my eyes did not go straight to her face. I took a quick once over of her body and saw that she was wearing her dance clothes still. The way she dressed when she went to dance was almost slutty. But she was innocent enough for a 13 year old. That was not the look that she was really going for. But provocative it remained to my 17 year old mind. She was barefoot and was wearing her grey and white...sweats I would call them, more like pajamas, that were tight against her slender legs and little butt. As she started to walk toward me I looked a little higher and noticed she was wearing her white tank top over her
Read More
little training bra covering her protruding B cup breasts. She had shoulder length brown hair swishing back and forth across her face as she sped up to a run and jumped over the back of the couch and landed next to me. Finnally looking her in the face she started to speak.
    "Brian I need you to do something for me" she said.
"Ok, what do you need?" I asked.
    "I need you to cover for me tomorrow night"
"What for?" I asked.
    "Well Ashley and I are... going somewhere tomorrow night and I already know mom and dad wouldn't let me go if I asked them so will you please cover for me." She then started to give me the puppy dog face and looking into her sweet eyes I could not say no.
    "Well I do have something going on tomorrow night that I kind of need to be there for. I could lose I lot of money." I said already deciding to say yes.
    "Oh PLEASE! Please I really, really need you to do this. Umm...I don't have very much money really. How much would it take to pay you?"
    "More than you have." I replied.
"Uhh... Well I there anything else I could do for you. Like chores or something?" Then just when I was about to say OK I will, she said "Well how about If I played with your penis for a while? Or well no that was stupid. Not tha-, I mean well I heard-" I was totaly shocked. I had never thought she would go to that extreme.
    I started to get images and flashbacks running through my mind. My little sister's lips sliding up and down on my shaft. Me cumming in her mouth. And then I remembered the time when I caught a look at her in the shower last year. Her naked body wet, and covered with soap. Her budding breasts begining to become visable. I had thought about her sexually more than once but never acted on those thoughts. It wasn't my fault when I happened to glance down and see her little camel toe or get a slight hard on when she would walk around in the morning in her underwear out in the open.
    But before she was finished babbling, I had already made up my mind that it would be wrong to take advantage of her. "Look Jamie you don't need to do that, there has got to be something else-"
    "But there isn't" she said placing her hand on my thigh. "And why wouldn't you want me to do that anyway? Are you saying you have never thought about me that way even once? Come on I know you. I am not a little girl anymore Brian. And I promise I won't tell anyone about it."
    Her hand stared to slowly slide up my thigh closer and closer to my hardening prick. I could not resist her anymore especially when she was insisting like that. "Ok, just for a minute" I said.
    "Ok" she said sliding down onto the floor in front of me "but I have never done this kind of thing before. I have only heard the other girls talk about it so tell me if I am not doing it right" I was relived that she hadn't done anything before with other guys. If it is going to be with anyone I guess I would want it to be me I thought. She reached her hands up and undid my pants, slowly pulling down the zipper. My cock was throbbing anticipating her touch. As soon as my pants were down my dick shot up and made a tent in my boxers. I saw a little smile on Jamie's face as she reached up and pulled down my boxers making my cock spring back into the upright position. She slowly reached out her hand and touched the tip with her fingers. My whole body jerked from the sensation. She was the first person to touch my shaft besides myself and it felt wonderful. Soon she completly took hold of me and started rubbing slowly. Her soft fingers were smooh against my skin. I started giving her directions on what to do. Soon she was doing it like a pro. Sliding her hand up and down at just the perfect speed. I was trying to hold off my orgasm for as long as I could to make this last. I was turned on more than I had ever been in my entire life. "Put your mouth on it" I said breathing heavily. Without question she dropped her head down, pulled back her hair and put her lips to my shaft. Just like in my vision she was perfect. Her soft virgin lips sliding and licking everywhere on my dick. After a couple of minutes it was finnaly to much to bear. I let my stream go. The first gush startled her and she stopped sucking as it hit the back of her throat. "Don't stop!" I said and then she went back to sucking, licking up every last drop of my hot cum.
     I laid back on the couch and stared at the ceiling. After a minute I looked back down and saw my limp cock still wet with my little sister's saliva and her face still covered with my cum.
    "So... how did your little sister do for her first time?"
"She did...excellent, couldn't have done better."
    "Thanks I am glad you liked it" she replied "But listen can you do me one more favor?"
    "Ya anything you want sis."
"I want you to give me an orgasm."
    "What! Hey I don't know If we should go any farther. I mean I am your brother."
    "I just gave you a blowjob Brian. Can't you do this one thing for me please. I can't get myself to climax with my fingers."
    After a momnet of hesitation I said "Alright take off your clothes. "She stood up and lifted her shirt off over her head and then she reached behind her back and unclasped her bra. Letting it fall to the ground she looked up at me, but I wasn't looking at her face. She then put her hands on her hips and slowly slide down her pants and kicked them off ont the floor reveling her silkly, black panties covering her wet cunt. "OK.....lay down on the couch" I said. She got herself comfortable. I  placed my hands on her feet and moved them up to her hips. Grabbing hold of her panties I slide them down off her legs, down to her ankles then she kicked them off onto the floor with her feet. Not taking my eyes of her nude body I positioned myself between her legs. "What do you think of me?" she asked. The devilsih look I gave her answered her question. Immediatly I slide my hand over to her pussy and inserted a finger. Ohh she was soo tight and wet. My fingers had no trouble moving inside her virgin folds. She started to moan soflty and play with her erect nipples. I reached up and took one of her breasts in my hand and fondled her at the same time. Her boobs were so soft and smooth and I was able to cup the whole thing in my hand at once.
    After about five minutes of fingering, Jamie could not take it any longer. "Fuck me Brian, do me now, I want you inside me Brian."
    "What.. I can't. You will get pregnant Jamie."
"No you won't I am on the pill, that is where Ashley and I were going tomorrow, for a check up."
    "Really"
"Ya really, so go ahead take me"
She didn't need to tell me again. I pulled my cock back out of my boxers and lifted both her legs onto my shoulders giving me a clear view of her bald, little pussy. Moving in closer I touched the head of my cock to her pussy lips. "Push it it Brian!" Jamie moaned. Slowly inch by inch I slide my hard 8 inch member into her wet vagina until I was completly inside her. Calmly I started pumping her slamming my balls into her hips after each push. Soon I was able to go full speed on her. In and out, in and out I went with Jamie pushing her hips into me at the same time. "I have to cum" I yelled.
    "No wait just a minute longer I am almost there" She screamed.
After about five more pumps I felt her female jucies squirting out onto my cock and dripping off my ball sack. "Now" she screamed. Then with all my energy I exploded deep inside her. Gush after gush I pump my hot liquid in my little sister's pussy until I fell on top of her exhusted with my penis still in her. My head laying on her breast as I fell asleep. Next PART 2 if you like it.

Emily II: An Incestuous Commitment

Neurotica on Incest Stories

Emily II: An Incestuous Commitment
Written with true love and explicit lust.

 

            The moans were very loud. Every single inch of my penis was sliding in and out of her lubricated asshole at a very aggressive pace. The pace went faster after every thrust. As she was holding on her pillow for dear life, my hands were glued to her waist making sure she kept herself steady in the doggy position. The sweet smell of candy apple coming from the candles helped me stay in the mood and keep me fully erected as I plunged deeper and deeper inside her anus. Emily’s moans became screams. Her screams pro
Read More
truded both pain and pleasure but she kept telling me to go on. I went on until I felt my cum reach the tip of my penis. I quickly pulled out of her ass and sprayed my semen all over her butt cheeks. She collapses on the bed letting out a sound of relief. I feel my body weaken and lean as well on the bed right next to her. My cock was extremely sore and red. The light smell of vaseline coming from Emily’s bum found its way to my nose and made me smile with complete satisfaction. But the dream would soon end…

I opened my eyes and stared at the ceiling for a few minutes. I had trouble believing it was only a dream since it felt so real. For sure it had to excite me during my sleep as it felt quite sticky in the front of my boxers. But it didn’t bother me at all. It was my first erotic dream I had about my sister since the last time we actually made love. That first time we got together was the only time ever. It happened exactly a month ago. He haven’t spoken to eachother about it since, but every night we kiss before going to bed. We promised to us both that it would be a one time deal, yet I hunger for her pussy once again. Her nice, sexy, juicy vagina covered with a gorgeous bush of black pubic hair.  I get up and decide to take off my boxers. Here I am standing in the dark, naked and fully erected. I reach down to touch myself and began thinking about Emily.

As I rub my penis roughly with my left hand, my memory was set on sight of her twat. I remember staring at my cock slowly sliding inside of her inch by inch. The tight walls of her then virgin pussy and the bucking of her athletic hips made me cum hard. I would give anything to feel it once more. Everytime we kiss at night I wish she would spontaneously drop on her knees and make me ejaculate in her mouth.  The excitement became too much and I suddenly have an idea. I jump on my bed and lay flat on my belly. I pull one of my pillows and place it right under me in my crotch area. I begin humping my pillow as if I was making love to a woman. Of course that woman in my mind was Emily. It’s been about 10 minutes as I continue to fuck my pillow and make my bed squeak. My body froze in place as I felt a hand grab my naked butt. I lift my head to check around me and spotting my sister came to my surprise.

There she was just looking at me through the dark. Emily then leaned to my night table and lit the new candy apple scented candle I bought a few days ago. With light now glowing around the room, I could now see my sister perfectly. Perfectly topless that is. Her long brown hair was untied and her beautiful hazelnut eyes looked at me with lust and desire. Her free-floating breasts seemed firm as ever not to mention that her cute puffy nipples were already rock hard. I get off my pillow and lay on my back, exposing my penis to welcome my sister. Emily stood next to my bed for about five minutes, staring at my cock while anxiously licking her lips. I stretch out my right arm to put my hand behind her soft neck and slowly guide her towards me. She leaned over me, opened her mouth wide as her lips were just a few inches away from my cock. The moment the tip touched her lips, she stopped and pulled away. Emily grabs the edges of her tight white panties and slips it off completely. It seemed like a split second as she jumped on the bed and got on top of me.

I now have a perfect view of her slim body. Her long legs were spread across me and felt the heatwave from her pussy on my rock solid cock. She still has her massive black bush which is absolutely gorgeous. I could feel my mouth salivating by looking at my own sister’s hot unshaven pussy. I do prefer women who trim their pubic hair, but there is something about Emily’s that I simply idolize. I begin touching her clitoris with the tip of my fingers and eventually rub my whole hand on her twat. Emily fondled her breasts while I continue masturbating her clit. My fingers got her wetter by the second as she aggressively crave for me to fuck her insides. The look in her eyes said it all and without any hesitation I let go of Emily’s twat, and I lubricated my penis with the wetness she left on my hand. I pull my cock upwards and slide it in her.

I surprisingly penetrated her vagina with ease. Emily has definitly been practicing with a dildo or some sort of sex toy as I began to pump her cunt without any trouble. Once again I am making love to my lovely, sexy, athletic sister. She was riding my cock like she missed it for years. Every movement of her hips make me feel her voluptuous pussy lips suck in my penis, like it wanted to swallow it. At every stroke I felt the tip of my cock rub against Emily’s spongy g-spot and ignited her on fire. I still can’t believe how well I fit inside of her. But it sure convinced me that she was the perfect woman for me. She stayed on top of me for several minutes, then made the quick switch to the mercenary position, continuously moaning out how we love each other very much with all our hearts.

Pumping her from on top, I pulled both her legs over my shoulders for maximum penetration. Her firm breasts bounced at every stroke. Our eyes gazed eachother as we savoured more and more pleasure. It was great to fuck my sister again, but all great things must come to an end... I was about to ejaculate!

Approaching my final strokes, I looked her straight in the eyes and asked her if she was ready for this... Ready to take the risk of being insiminated with a load of hot, fertile semen once again. She took her time to answer as I felt my testicles become tense and my cum rising in my penis. But to my ultimate shock, she came up with this reply : « Will you marry me, dear brother? »

I answered back with a loud « Yeeeesssss! » and came hard inside of her.

To be continued...

Snakes (part2)

RenaRena on Incest Stories

............So there I am hiding away in the barn as my brothers girlfriend is sucking on Boonies cock and my mom is now walking through the barn.  I just sat there, as my mom is getting closer to finding out the truth about Becca.  I was scared, worried and my heart was throbbing so fast in what was about to happen next.  In a way, I felt guilty because I could just see it now.  mom was going to have a heart attack and I was going to be the cause of it because I didn't stop her from coming in.  I could tell my breathing was getting more heavy, any heavier, and Becca was going to know I was there.  I crouched down more and there it was, the explosion was about to happen.  Mom just opened the gate to the pin quietly

Read More
and is watching as Becca slurps down my dogs dick.  Becca didn't even notice that she was standing there.  Mom, didn't say anything, which I had to believe that she couldn't have truly known what was right smack in front of her face.  Gees, she really was that naive.... or what?  WHAT???

There is mom approaching them both and not saying a thing.  She can't be that dumb, and then it happened.  Mom, MY MOM, leaned down and spread Beccas legs wide open.  I don't understand what the heck is going on, but I was utterly confused and mad as hell as my mother stuck her head between Beccas legs and started licking her pussy.  I didn't know what to do.  All I know is that I wanted to get the hell out of there and quickly.  I didn't even care to be quiet at all.  I just didn't want to see anymore of this sick shit.  But I was stuck.  I couldn't move and neither did my eyes.  I was almost in tears and I watched her bury her head deep between those legs and her head bobbing up and down.  Then Becca pulled her mouth away from Boonies cock and said "Martha, there you are, I thought that I was going to have to do this alone this morning.  Where have you been?  Any later and Dwights cum would have been licked up by Boonie".  My mom replied with, "I know Becca, I wanted to get out here earlier but Sarah had gotten up not feeling well and so I had to tend to her first".  To me, I had to be dreaming this all up.  There is no way mom would do such a thing.  She is so innocent, so MOM.  But she was there, Becca was there, and Boonie too.  Dwight had been there, he did cum in her pussy and mom was knowingly licking it out of her.  I still wanted to get out of there, but stilll....I was frozen.  They started kissing and fingering each other as Boonie was taking turns licking them both.  My dog is now licking on my mothers pussy as Becca is sucking and fondling her breasts.  I was wrong about mom having a heart attack only to think it was me who would probably end up having one.

I stayed through the whole thing.  I watched now as Boonie got  behind my mother.  As it was, she was on all fours digging her tongue into Beccas cunt and moaning about how good her son's cum tastes.  How it always tastes so good and better each time she eats it from Beccas insides.  Meanwhile, Boonie mounts my mom and starts thrusting forward at my mom.  "Martha, let me help Boonie real quick, he is so thrilled to see you I can tell.  I don't think he wants to wait anymore to get inside of you again".  Again?  Mom has done this before?  Becca gets up and gets to the side of mom, gripping Boonies cock (of course taking a quick lick at it)she guides it towards moms pussy.  Boonie pumps more and more and then I can hear him rip through her wet pussy.  My dog is now fucking my mom and I was watching the whole thing happen.  As shocked and almost in tears as I was, I could feel my nipples getting hard.  I am watching a threesome between mom, Becca and my dog and I was getting confusingly excited about it.  I could tell that I myself was getting wet down there.  I watched as thrust after thrust my mom is getting closer to an orgasm and Beccas too with mom eating her pussy out.  Maybe I'm wrong, maybe this was normal and I was weirded out for nothing.  I don't even know what I know anymore but all I know was that I wanted to cum and by each moan from my mom, the sight of Beccas cunt being eaten out by mom and seeing Boonies huge cock, I was getting really close and by the way I was feeling dizzy, I could tell this orgasm was going to be the best I ever felt so far.  Boonie started moving faster and deeper inside mom and after all the times I have watched him fuck Becca, I knew he was going to start cumming real soon.  Did Dwight even know what was happening here?  How long has this been going on?  I didn't know, but I wouldn't doubt it if she's fucked Jeremy too.  That was turning my on as well.  Then Boonie stopped and I knew it was happening, he hit it deep and was going real fast, he rammed his baseball size balls inside her and she yelped in pleasure. Moms huge breasts were swaying back and forth and it was getting my so excited to see them do that. I knew that she was small there, but I never really noticed how huge they really were.  They were actually rather sexy. He started cumming in her and she was backing into him for more.  She wanted all of his dog cum inside of her.  Becca got up and got under mom in a 69 position.  Mom, tried to lick Becca as much as Boonie would allow, as it was hard to keep her head still enough to continuously keep licking her while he was ramming himself into her hole.  Becca was now licking moms cunt and you could see her getting hit in the head by Boonie everytime he thrusts again and again against mom.  Mom started crying out in joy as she started cumming and she's fingering Becca.  Becca was getting moms tongue and the touch of her fingers moving inside of her and she was now cumming.  Mom saw it squirting out of her and put her head down to suck it up.  Right there, the view of all three of them caused me to also cum.  I cummed so hard I thought for a moment they heard me moan.  I'm not sure if they did or not, but I just kept going.  In a way, I almost hoped they did, then the next time.....maybe they would include me in on it.  Boonie was now restless as he was trying to get out of her.  Becca just held him close to her as so not let his balls rip out of her.  After about 15 minutes of Becca licking around mom and Boonie down there, his balls started shrinking and it slid out of her gaping cunt.  His cum started flowing out and Becca quickly opened her mouth under her pussy and started swallowing all that poured out of her.  It seemed endless.  After all, mom turned around and laid on top of Becca and they shared the cum that remained in her mouth.  Watching the two of them as their bodies lay together as one was so appealing and I was getting a little envious watching Becca and her carress each others breasts and bodies the way they did.  I licked my own cum from my fingers and quietly left the barn before they saw me.

As I was walking in the house all I could think of was that nothing would be seen the same.  I went from being disgusted by all that I was spying on to being turned on by watching them.  Thinking mom as my mom to thinking that I loved the way her body moved in sync with Beccas body and Boonies too of course.  I went in the house, took a shower and got ready to start on preparing breakfast.

That afternoon, from all that my eyes had seen and my mind had learned I was exhausted.  I had finished with all my chores and I was ready for a nap.  I went to my room and closed the door.  I had to be laying down for quite some time because when I heard Samuel frantically asking if anyone had seen his snake.  I was groggy from my nap.  I had to have been because normally I would have been freaking out.  I  guess I just subconsiously told myself I was just going to stay where I was and then I didn't have to worry about running into that nasty thing.  I started to fall asleep again when I had felt something moving under my covers.  As tired as I was, I just laid there.  I certainly didn't think anything bad.  It must have been nothing because it stopped.  I fell back asleep.  As I laid there, I started having a dream about my mom and Becca, of course, let's not forget Boonie.  I started rubbing my breasts and getting excited from it.  At least that is what I thought.  Somewhere in there, this felt like more that a dream.  I started dreaming that Boonie was mounting me, it was some dream because it felt like Boonie was actually inside of me.  This was the best dream I think I have ever had, nothing could have felt so real.  I was actually having a wet dream.  Haven't you ever thought that while you were dreaming?  Where you were in the dream but you knew that it was a only a dream but it felt real at the same time?  It was so weird. 

 Although, I think that I would have rather had my first time in real life rather than in a dream.  I know laying there for real, I was spreading my legs, as if I was really getting fucked my Boonie or something.  As I spread my legs, I could feel that dreamy feeling that it was getting deeper and just filling my insides.  I never thought that it would feel squirmy though.  But what did I know, I've only had my fingers inside of me.  I was so excited and I knew that not in my dreams, but in my sleeping body I was going to cum.  I was touching my breasts and squeezing them hard.  I had moved one of my hands down to my cunt and rubbing my clit, I could feel over my belly it moving.  This was the greatest dream ever.  I was starting to cum now and I wanted to keep it going.  I started rubbing it harder, until finally, I was cumming.  I started moaning and from all the pulsating I felt, I felt like I was truly for real full of something.  I felt like something was inside of me and then I started to wake up.  I propped my head up and felt movement in between my legs.  I didn't know what was going on but it felt good and I was loving how it had made me cum.  All of a sudden I looked down and saw the head of my brothers snake poking out of my pussy.  I started to freak out and then realized I needed to calm down because I was afraid I would freak it out and it would bite me.  I nervously laid there with my legs spread wide open and waited for it to slither out of my hole.  It didn't really move much more than just getting it's head out for air I guess. It just remained coiled up inside of me and as grossed out as I was about even being in the same room as one of these things, I didn't feel in a rush as for it to come out of me either.  The way the slithering movements were inside of me, I realized that it wasn't my dream so much that was turning me on but the fact that this snake had crawled up inside of my pussy and made me cum.  Moving it's slithering body slowly inside of me until it was completely inside of me.  I was actually starting to throb down there thinking about it.  Then I heard my brother knocking on the door for me.  As it startled me, I jumped a little in my place and it caused the snake to bury it's head back into it dark and dank cave, so to speak.  I quickly put my legs together, pulled the covers over me and turned to my side.  I called him in and he had asked me if I had seen his snake that he couldn't find it anywhere.  i told him that I had no idea where it was and that he knew he had best find it before I left my room.  I told him not to come back to my room until he did find it. ( I thought, that should keep everyone out for a while.)  As he was mumbling about something, I could feel this thing moving around inside of me and it was making my want to cum.  I could feel that it's fork like tongue was going in and out of its mouth and it was hitting me in that one area that one "spot".  I tried to think of other things as I didn't want to cum with my little brother standing next to my bed, talking about his lost snake, when all the while it was his precious snake that was squirming inside of my pussy about to make me cum.  I was fucking his pet and my special spots were loving it.  I was starting to get dizzy and  I knew that if he didn't leave soon it would be too late and it was going to happen anyway.  He kept going and I heard him say that it was one of his rough green snakes and it was the 12 inch one.  I told him to get the heck out that I was trying to sleep and not to disturb me anymore.  He shut the door and it all let loose.  I kept my legs together and I noticed that it was more intense when I did that.  I started thinking of the fact that I have a 12 inch snake completely hidden away in my pussy.....Then it happened, I was cumming all over the thing.  I could feel it squirming more in me by now as it was definitely feeling me squeezing in on him.  I just laid there.  I spread my legs and just fell asleep from being now exhausted from that deep intense orgasm. 

......more to come

Triplet X Love Times 2 - Book 3 - The Pleasures of Camping

DoubleDxxx on Incest Stories

Triplet X Love Times 2

Book Three – The Pleasures of Camping

 

Chapter One – Uncle Harry and Aunt Susan

"So we’re really moving out of here and back to our old rooms," Hannah asked as he fucked her doggy-style on the giant circular bed in the attic room of their house.

"Well, officially we don’t live here, so I don’t know if you can call it moving out," Ron said between humps. "But yeah, or rather, we won’t be up here every night."

"Why," Hannah asked, but in no way disappointed.

"Honey, I know you want me to be

Read More
your mast—well something I can’t be up here, a lot more. So from now on we stay downstairs and we’ll only escape up here to play equals every other weekend. Except the last Saturday of course, when you still have to work for the Mistress."

"I like it," Hannah said excitedly as she gave a small cry and started to cum.

"Mom looked pretty nervous after receiving that telegram today; any idea what it was about?

"She wouldn’t tell us, she only said she had to make a phone call and left. I hope there’s no real trouble, school ends in 3 days, (well officially anyway since we’re already pretty much out), and we’re suppose to start our camping trip a week after. I’d hate for it to be delayed."

"I’m about to cum," Ron said, "where do you want it?"

"Oh, my mouth, please, I’m really hungry."

"Okay, turn around quick," Ron said pulling his cock out of her cunt.

Hannah made a 180 degree turn and sucked Ron’s cock into her mouth just as he started to cum. Hannah, who loved cum as much as she loved pain, sucked and sucked, drinking every bit of her beloved Master. Even after he finished cumming she kept sucking and sucking, refusing to surrender his cock.

"Whoa girl," Ron said, "that’s enough, not even I can take that much pleasure."

"So is it dinner time yet," Hannah asked unexpectedly.

"You really are hungry, aren’t you?" Ron said surprised.

"I missed lunch today, remember?"

"That’s right," Ron said, "you never did tell me where you disappeared to."

Hannah put her hand under a pillow at the end of the bed and pulled a notebook out from under it, she opened it and handed it to Ron. "I couldn’t wait ‘til next week to get these."

Ron looked over the paper and after reading it twice and understanding what Hannah meant by it he said, "You got all your final grades; ‘A+’ in every class." Smiling he said, "Looks like someone has been following orders." He gave her a big kiss and was about to start screwing her again when the phone rang.

Taking his cell phone off the bed Ron opened it to see his father looking very serious, "Ron, can you and ‘the Pet’ come down to the family room right now; your mother and I have something to discuss before dinner."

"We’ll be right there Dad," Ron said, and quickly closed the phone. Looking at Hannah he said, "We’ll come back to celebrate your grades later."

"To tell you the truth," Hannah said with a bit of a wicked grin, "I was sort of hoping we could celebrate them in the bomb shelter." She gave another smile as she said this and Ron understood what she meant.

"Let’s go see what Mom and Dad want," he said; not making any promises. The signs and bruises from his last bomb shelter celebration with Hannah had just finally, completely, vanished, he wasn’t sure she was ready for new ones yet.

*****

In the family room they found everyone waiting for them and Stan and Laura looked very anxious to say what they had to say.

"What’s wrong," Ron asked worried, "this is about that telegram isn’t it?"

"Listen kids," Laura said, "everything is fine, but I wanted you all to start getting ready, we’re going to have some visitors soon."

"Visitors," everyone echoed.

Lana opened her eyes wide and said, "But we’re supposed to leave for our camping trip in just over a week."

"Hopefully this will not delay the trip, but it’s important," Stan said.

"So Mom;" Ana asked, "Who was the letter from?"

"Harry, he needs to take care of some very serious business and he needs us to keep Robert and Sandra while he’s doing it."

"Who are Harry, Robert and Sandra," John asked.

"Are they old enough to screw," Ron said with a smile.

Laura ignored the last question and said, "Harry is my brother, you might remember him from the wedding last year."

"Dad’s best man," John said, "yeah, I remember; he looked like an okay guy."

"So does he know about our special habits," Don said. "I mean if he’s coming over does that mean we’ll have to start doing horrid things, like wear clothes, while he’s here?"

"Oh my God," Lana said, "that’s it isn’t it; that’s what this meeting is about, to tell us we have to start wearing clothes. That’s what you meant by starting to prepare, isn’t it?"

"Among other things," Laura said, "we should all start getting used to that, yes. We also need to decide where they’ll be sleeping. We don’t really have a guest room."

"How old are—what were their names," Ron asked.

"Robert is 16 and Sandra is 15," Laura said and throwing Lana a look said, "And before you ask; no, I don’t know if they are safe to fuck!"

"I don’t remember seeing them at the wedding," Ana said, "as a matter a fact, I can’t remember them at all, and I’ve seen Uncle Harry lot’s of times."

"Your cousins were living with their mother in Texas. She had an accident of some sort, I’m not certain what the details are, well the thing is, she’s not there any more," Laura said sadly, "so they’ve temporarily awarded the kids to Harry and he needs to start making some changes and preparations in his life before they make the custody award permanent, and before they can start living with him; up to now he’s been happy living in a one room apartment in New York City, obviously he has to change that."

"Their mother is dead," Hannah said sadly, "that’s terrible. Do you know what she was like?"

"I never got along with Gloria very much," Laura said, "she was a minister and didn’t approve of a lot of things in my life."

"Wait a second," John said, "PKs, Robert and Sandra are PKs?"

Laura and Stan threw John a ‘what the hell is that look’ and Ana said, "Preacher’s Kids; in our house? This is not good."

"I don’t know," Lana said, "I’ve heard most PKs are just dying for someone to come along and properly educate them. I think we owe them a true life lesson."

"I don’t want any of you forcing yourselves on them in any way," Laura said, "if they ask for comforting, by all means give it to them, but remember, their mother just died and they might not want to instantly give up her ways."

"So where were you thinking of putting them," Don asked.

"Well," Stan said, "since Ron and Hannah have sort of moved out of their beds; I was thinking there is room in each of those for someone, but I haven’t decided where to best put Harry yet."

"But—" Hannah began but then seeing the look in her Master’s eye kept quiet. She had been a little excited about things finally returning pretty much too normal with them and was now upset that their move out of the Mistress’ bed chamber might end up being delayed.

"Wait a second," Lana said horrified, "You want to put a preacher’s kid that we’re not even allowed to fuck in bed with us all? No way, it’s bad enough we’ll have to wear clothes everywhere in the house, I do not want to have to wear sleeping clothes too!"

"I double that Mom," Don said, "I’m sorry for them and all, but I do not want an untouchable cock in bed with me."

"Why don’t Don and I just stay in the studio," John said, "they can stay in our room; all of them together."

"Is that okay with you Don," Stan asked.

"Absolutely, anything not to have to sleep with someone I can’t screw."

"Okay then," Stan said, "It’s settled; now go get some clothes on everyone, they’ll be here tomorrow afternoon; you should start getting used to it."

"Tomorrow," Lana said shooting Hannah a worried look.

"What’s wrong," Stan asked.

"Nothing, it’s just that, well tomorrow is the last Saturday of the month."

"Oh," said Laura, now also looking at Hannah, in fact, everyone now turned their heads toward Hannah.

A little nervously Hannah said, "I’ll talk to her, I can’t promise anything, but I’ll try to make her understand not to bother them."

*****

The next morning seemed a bit strange to the Anderson family as they sat around the large table in the dining room eating breakfast, all fully clothed.

"This is so weird," Lana said suddenly.

"It is not us," Don exclaimed.

"At least we were able to get in a great morning fuck before coming down," John said.

"Yeah, but with you guys in the studio for a while, when will we have another," Lana said glumly.

"You can come by the studio at any hour," Don said. "What’s more, I’m declaring the studio private property of ‘Triplet X Love Times 2’ right now, ‘Authorized Personnel Only’, no one else enters except us and our fellow club members, therefore—"

"Everything in the studio remains the same," Lana said excitedly.

"That sounds great," Ron said entering with Hannah, "it’s good to know there will still be one place were we can be ourselves."

Sitting to eat, they were soon joined by Stan and Laura who had some last minute requests. A few minutes later, they heard the front door.

"Did someone just come in," Ron asked trying to listen hard, "that can’t be them already!"

A few minutes later the Anderson’s gave a small gasp and a shocked look as the Wilson kids entered the dining room, totally naked. The Anderson’s then broke out into laughter at the shocked looks on Debbie, Katrina and Jason.

"You’re all—you’re all—" Jason couldn’t quite bring himself to say it so Katrina finished his thought.

"You’re all wearing clothes; that is so—well it’s different." Katrina said smiling.

"You guys are here early," Lana said pulling Katrina onto her lap and giving her a kiss.

"We were supposed to spend all day at the beach today," Debbie said going over and kissing John.

"Yeah," Jason said, every now and then throwing Don some weird glances. "We were going to celebrate the unofficial end of classes." Finally getting up enough nerve to ask he added, "So any particular reason why you are all in clothes?"

"Oh," Ana suddenly said, "the beach, I have to call Patty and let her know." She got up and ran out of the dining room.

"Listen guys," Lana said wrapping her arms around Katrina and squeezing her boobs a few times, every now and then giving her neck a light lick, "you won’t be able to come into the house looking all ‘here I am fuck me’ like for a while; but nothing has changed in the studio. In here, however, we’re going to have some guests, and they get here by this afternoon so we won’t be able to go to the beach, sorry." Lana dropped her hand and let it start rubbing Katrina’s pubic area.

Debbie, who was now sitting face-to-face with John, on his lap, his cock in her cunt said, so who’s cumming," she heard Katrina give a soft scream and added, "besides my sister and me in a little while."

"Very funny, Debbie, ha ha; but seriously, it’s a bit of a grim situation, very un-Anderson, it’s my cousins they’re—" John shut up as he heard the front door open again.

Stan and Laura looked up worried and Lana said, "Do you think Ana went out to meet Patty after all?"

"Oh good, an available cocktail," someone said rushing into the room and kneeling in front of Jason’s erect cock, sucking it quickly into her mouth.

The Anderson’s hardly had time to register who the young, naked, older teen girl that had just burst into their dining room was when an equally naked young man entered and, looking around the table and spotting Katrina, rushed over to her and presented his rock hard cock to Katrina’s mouth saying, "do you think you can help me out, I have a little problem."

"Looks incredibly big to me," Katrina said smiling and devoured the cock in front of her.

Lana made an angry face and said, "Who—are you—you can’t be the PK can you?"

"If PK stands for ‘Perfect Knuts" that’s me." He pointed to his balls as he said this.

"Jenny! Lenny! What did I tell you two when we got out of the car? Didn’t I say to at least say hello before you tried fucking someone!"

"Sorry Mom," the boy called Lenny said, "it’s just that when we walked in there was this giant pile of clothes at the door and it really turned us on. Someone had obviously stripped pretty fast; we just had to join in."

"Stan, Laura, I’m sorry about this, I promise to try to keep them under control while we’re here."

Stan, who had gotten up the second the woman walked through the door was now at her side hugging and kissing her.

"Susan—what—I mean this is a—Lenny? Jenny?" He said turning to look at the two kids. "God they’ve gotten big!" He was especially looking a Lenny’s cock going in and out of Katrina’s mouth.

"Hi Uncle Stan," Lenny said, "it’s been a while ehhh? Is Amy still here; I’d like to fuck her later, I doubt she’s still 15, but I bet she’s still hot as ever."

"Stan dear," Laura said, "don’t you think we need a proper introduction, I mean I know Susan, but I never knew—I mean I didn’t see anyone with her at the wedding."

"Right," Stan said, suddenly back in the real world. "Well, like you say, you’ve met Susan, she was the maid-of-honor at the wedding, but I doubt even my boys remember their cousins Jenny and Lenny, they’re mixed twins, a year older than the boys.

Jason started cumming in Jenny’s mouth and the Anderson kids watched as Jenny absorbed every drop of Jason’s sperm right into her. "Awesome blow job," Ron thought, "and I thought my Hannah and Katrina were cum whores but this girl really loves cum."

As Katrina got Lenny to start cumming, and got a good taste of his cum, she went just as crazy drinking him up, not letting a single drop go to waste. "Wow," Lenny said, "you love cum as much as my sister, don’t you?"

"If there was nothing left in the world to eat but cum, and nothing left to drink but cunt juice, I would be very happy," Katrina said.

"Really," Jenny said standing up, "I’m going to have to try you out, you; you sound just like my kind of girl. She then noticed the wrathful look in Lana’s eyes and said, "then again, I wouldn’t want to upset my cousin too much, it’s bad enough us barging into their lives unannounced like this. Life’s a bitch," she said frowning.

"So true," Lenny said, also frowning, but then smiling added, "but then again, so are you Sis, and I wouldn’t have you any other way."

"Susan," Stan said suddenly worried, "What’s wrong? What’s going on?"

"Can I talk to you and Laura in private a moment," she said sadly, "and in the meantime," she said turning to Jenny and Lenny, "you two get dressed!"

"Hey, we’re not the only naked people here. You said as long as there was one naked person we could join them."

Debbie, who had gotten off John when she felt him close to cumming and knelt to finish sucking him off, now got up and said, "We have to get dressed too. I guess we should really leave, I’ll call you tonight," she added looking at John. She then stepped out followed by Katrina and Jason (who threw Don another strange look).

Ana came in and stopped shocked as she saw Lenny and Jenny standing there naked. "Who are you," she asked.

Now that it was just the twins and the Anderson kids in the room they looked around at the two sets of identical triplets and Jenny said, "Doesn’t it get confusing around here at times?"

"We have ways of telling each other apart," Lana said smiling, deciding it best to be hospitable; after all, Lenny’s cock was big, and Jenny did have a beautiful cunt, then remembering something she said, "hey have you two been classified ‘safe to fuck’?"

"We’ve been STD tested and the result was negative, if that’s what you mean. Uncle Stan had called Mom a few months ago and gotten her to test us all; it’s actually what led to the mess we’re in now."

"Mess," Ron said coming over and hugging his cousins.

"Ron, right," Jenny said looking at the red stone in his necklace and his red belt. I remember now!"

"Maybe you should get dressed and meet us in the family room," Lana said, "I’ve a feeling we need to here about this mess. I’m Lana, by the way, that’s Ana in front of you and sitting at the table is Hannah. If you’re ever unsure who you’re talking to, just look for the letter on our blouse or tops," she pointed out the ‘L’ on her blouse, "or on our necklaces." She pulled her necklace from under her blouse and showed them.

*****

15 minutes later, the kids were sitting in the family room with everyone once again fully clothed.

"So Mom found out that this guy we were living with had just started having an affair with this other guy from his office," Jenny explained, "luckily it must have started after we began the ‘safe sex’ checks at home. He at least had the decency not to touch any of us until he updated his test, only—"

"—only his updated test showed him positive," Lana said understanding.

"The stupid idiot shot himself," Jenny said almost crying, "his cum was so good too."

"So you all updated your tests, right," Lana asked.

"Yeah, just to make sure," Lenny said.

"Well it sounds more like a tragedy than a mess," Lana said, somewhat perplexed.

"The mess came later," Jenny said, "first of all, since he killed himself the insurance company refused to pay any type of benefits and since Mom and he had joined their medical coverage—"

"Oh no," Hannah said, "don’t tell me they stuck her with all the bills."

"On top of that," Jenny said nodding, "Howard had never updated his will in the five years he lived with Mom, and since the house and pretty much everything in it except for the car was in Howard’s name, everything has been awarded, and I do mean everything, to Howard’s ex-wife whom he hadn’t seen since she abandoned him seven years ago."

"She had been his beneficiary in his old will," Lenny explained.

"God what a mess," Ana said. "You know it’s true what they say about people that commit suicide, they are the most selfish people on earth. All they think about is a momentary escape from their problems and they don’t bother to think for one second about all the problems they’ll leave behind for others."

"I hear you," Lenny said.

"So, will it be much of a bother for us to crash with you a while until Mom can get us on our own feet again," Jenny asked. "If there’s one good thing about this it’s that it’s happening now, when the school year has pretty much unofficially ended."

"Mom managed to get us excused from the last 3 days," Lenny said.

"Crash with us," Lana thought shocked, "do we even have the room," she thought aloud.

"What my sister is going over in her head is that we’re expecting their Uncle and his two kids later today. He telegrammed yesterday that he’d need to crash here a while, they just had a bit of a tragedy too," Ron explained, "The kids mother had some sort of accident and is dead."

"That’s horrible," Jenny said, "at least we still have our Mom."

"Maybe we can find a motel," Lenny said, "those kids are going to need to be closer to family than we do."

"Nonsense," someone said from the door. Turning they saw Stan, Laura and Susan enter.

"You’re all in a bit of need at the moment, and you’re all welcome," Stan said. "It’s just a question of finding the right place for everyone."

Hannah was whispering something to Ron and he nodded.

"Dad, we may have an idea; are Pietro and Amy downstairs, I need to ask them something first."

"Yes," Stan said, "they were getting ready to share Amy’s room if necessary."

"I may, or rather," he said looking at Hannah, "we may have a better solution."

Running downstairs he took around 10 minutes before returning and saying, "Okay, it’s all set up; Aunt Susan, you, Lenny and Jenny will be in Amy’s room." Looking at his Dad he said, "When they arrive, Uncle Harry, Robert and Sandra are to be taken to Pietro’s room." Looking at his brothers and sisters he said, "We’re all in our own beds on the 2nd floor."

"And Pietro and Amy," Stan questioned.

"They’ll be happy to take the Mistress’ room; they can’t wait to use the bathroom."

"Well that works out great," Lana said smiling, "Well except for the Mistress, she’s left without a special bed to sleep in."

"She never leaves the torture room anyway, so she won’t miss it," Hannah said smiling.

"The only question now is will we ever get to go on that camping trip," Ana said sadly.

"Camping trip," Lenny said excitedly, "you’re going camping?"

"Well we were," Stan said, "we were suppose to leave in just over a week but—"

"—but nothing," Susan said, "listen in no way are we ruining any of your plans, you should go!"

"And you should take us," Jenny said.

"And you should take those kids that lost their Mom too," Lenny said, "that would be a perfect way to get their mind off of recent tragedies."

Stan was trying to think of a proper response to the ridiculous idea of taking 10 kids camping, 13 if you counted the fact that the Wilson kids had already invited themselves when they heard a knocking at the door.

"What’s this," John said, "someone actually knocks before coming in here?"

"I’ll get it," Ana said and she ran out of the room only to return a few minutes later with two red-headed kids, a boy and a girl, and both very hot looking, or they would be if their bodies weren’t hidden in such prudish clothes. They both seemed deeply grieved.

"Robert, Sandra, is that you," Laura asked, "I’d forgotten Gloria was a red-head," she said smiling. Then suddenly she said, "oh kids, I’m so sorry," and she went over and hugged them.

"Hi Aunt Laura," the girl said, "You are Aunt Laura aren’t you? I mean it’s been a long time, but I remember a little."

"Yes, I’m your Aunt Laura," she said, "and this is your Uncle Stan, your Aunt Susan, and these are all your cousins. These are Jenny and Lenny, they’re Susan’s and the rest are mine and Stan’s."

The sight of so much family, young people, especially, brought a smile to Robert and Sandra.

"Hi," Lenny said, "we were just talking about the camping trip we’ll be taking soon."

"Camping," Sandra said excitedly, "really, we’re going camping? Oh, I always wanted to go, Mom never had time to us though."

Robert also looked very excited, "Wow, when do we leave?"

"Umm…" Stan said unsure what to say, then said, "Where’s your Dad?"

"He’s getting some things out of the car," Ana said, "He said he’ll be right in."

"Already here," Someone said from behind them, "Well, hello again, maid-of-honor."

Everyone turned to see that Uncle Harry was greeting Susan and she said, "Well, if it isn’t the best man at the wedding, after my brother of course." Susan winked at him and gave him a big smile.

 

 

Chapter Two – Last Minute Additions

An hour later, after everyone had been settled into their rooms Laura, Stan, Susan and Harry talked in Stan and Laura’s room.

"You have to go on that camping trip Laura, and you have to take Robert and Sandra. They’re really excited about it; they haven’t been excited about anything since I got them. They’ve just been sad, but when I left them, they were actually laughing, talking about marshmallows."

"Lenny and Jenny are really excited too. They haven’t wanted to admit that this mess we’re in has upset them, but I’m their mother and I know. They’d really like to take this trip and just forget about everything for a while."

"Listen," Stan said seriously, "we’d love nothing better than to take all your kids with us on an escape reality trip for awhile, but there’d be one reality we would not be able to escape, and that is the reality that Laura and I can’t possibly supervise 13 kids on our own. Not to mention that the cost would bury deep into our kids plans for the second half of the summer. They all want to go to summer camp."

"Summer camp," Harry and Susan said together.

"Camping and summer camp," Harry added.

"The first part of the summer was supposed to be a family get-away," Laura explained, "and the second a get-away from family. Stan and I were planning a repetition of our honeymoon during that time."

"Another Caribbean cruise," Susan said excitedly, "I was telling Stan at your wedding how much I wished I could have been with you. I’ve always dreamed of just being able to get-away like that. Now with this mess I wish it even more."

"I know what you mean," Harry said. "God I envy you two right now."

Stan and Laura were looking at each other in deep concentration and Stan finally said, "You know you two, looking after 13 kids can’t be much harder or expensive than looking after 9. I’ll make a deal with you, we’ll find a way to take the kids with us on this camping trip, but you two have to have resolved all your problems by the time we get back in around a month-and-a-half. At that time you send the kids with ours to summer camp and come with us on a little get-away of your own."

"Summer camp and a Caribbean get-away at once," Susan said doubtfully. "Stan the over-abundance of money is not exactly my problem at the moment."

"I’ve got a good bit put away," Harry said, "I’d be willing to help out."

"Oh Harry I couldn’t--" Susan began.

"No, don’t say it, being around so much young family helps my kids, and" he added smiling, "I’ve a strong feeling being around you after all this is over will help me."

"Well that was subtle," Stan said smiling.

"Harry doesn’t believe in subtle," Lana said, "It’s sort of a miracle he’s gone this long without asking your sister if she’d like a cocktail." To Susan she said, "and he has the most incredible tasting cum too."

"Really," Susan said, her eyes flashing at the mention of cum. "Can I taste it," she asked Harry.

"Now who’s being subtle," Laura asked Stan ripping her clothes off and fishing out Stan’s cock. Harry was already standing with his pants down and presenting his cock to Susan’s mouth.

"I knew it wouldn’t take them long," Lana said lifting her head momentarily from between Hannah’s legs. "All we need is to get Harry’s kids fucking, if they’re not doing it already, and life in this house can go back to normal."

Ana pressed a key on the computer keyboard and said, "Well Robert doesn’t look very interested in fucking at the moment, in fact, he just keeps staring at the wall. Hey, what’s he up to?" The girls watched as Robert moved close up to the wall and bent to attach his eye to it.

"Is there a hole in that wall," Hannah asked.

"Yeah," Lana said smiling, "Amy told me she drilled it there to get a peak at Pietro’s cock from time to time without bothering him." Seeing Robert suddenly drop his pants she said, "Wow, whatever is going on has him seriously excited; quick, check Amy’s room; what’s going on there?" Pressing another key the girls’ eyes popped and Lana screamed, "Those bastards! How can they be having a ‘welcome to our home’ party without us?" She stared angrily as John, Ron and Don were each drilling one of Jenny’s, at the moment, very happy holes."

"Man she has a beautiful pussy," Ana said admiringly.

"That’s probably what Robert is thinking," Lana said. "Hey, so where are Lenny and Sandra?"

Ana pressed several of the keys until she said, "Oh, they’re taking a bath."

"As in together," Hannah said amazed.

"As in a cum bath; look at that, Lenny is covering her from head to foot in his cum. Good thing that they’re in the bathroom, she won’t have to go far wash it off," Lana said.

"What," Hannah said horrified, "and let all that wonderful cum go to waste?"

Lana and Ana looked at her and then suddenly, all smiling, they ran out of their second floor room where they had been watching, all the way down to the bathroom in the servants’ quarters. Sandra looked up shocked when the door of the bathroom suddenly burst open, but not as shocked as she was when Ana and Hannah pulled her to her feet in the bathtub she’d been lying in and started licking the cum she had just been bathed in off her body.

Sandra gave a small yelp when Hannah inserted her tongue straight up her pussy while Ana licked the cum off her boobs. Hannah stuck a finger up Sandra’s butt and started to pump while her tongue started moving in and out of her red-haired, fiery cunt at a rapid speed.

Smiling, and his cock suddenly hard as a rock again, thanks to the exhibition, Lenny jumped in the tub also and standing behind Sandra, pulled Hannah’s finger out of her butt and substituted his pumping cock.

In the meantime, Lana had taken a detour after bursting through the door at the end of the game room, she figured Sandra would soon have enough people cheering her up, and Jenny was certainly getting a good amount of attention, but there was one person that was being forced to take matters into his own hands, and in the Anderson household, that was in no way acceptable. Lana burst into Pietro’s room and as Robert turned a shocked face toward the door, he suddenly found his hard cock engulfed in the mouth of a very horny Anderson girl, and he found himself in heaven.

As she sucked, Lana slowly maneuvered Robert away from the wall and back to the bed. When she had him at the edge of the bed, she suddenly released his cock, pushed him back on the bed and quickly mounted him, riding him like a professional cowgirl.

In the bathroom, Sandra had already cum once in Hannah’s mouth, Lenny now grabbed her and turning her so she was facing him, he now stuck his cock deep in her red cunt, she bit her lip so as to muffle a scream of delight. Hannah and Ana had changed positions, and as Hannah stood at Sandra’s side licking most of her body, returning every few minutes to give special attention to her tits, Ana was now kneeling at Sandra’s ass with her tongue pumping in and out of Sandra’s rosebud.

In Amy’s room, the boys were playing ‘ring around the whore’ with Jenny; each one taking a turn pumping at one of her holes until one was about to cum, that one would then take position at Jenny’s mouth and feed her, while the others continued their pumping at her other holes.

In the main bedroom, everyone was looking to make Susan feel better about her current situation, as she lay face up on top of Stan (his cock in her ass), Harry stood at the edge of the bed pumping his cock in her blond cunt; Laura, in the meantime, was on top of Susan in a 69 position, she was really getting to know her sister-in-law as Susan sucked her cunt and she sucked at Susan’s clit, licking Harry’s cock every now and then as it worked furiously in and out of Susan.

In the attic room, by the way, Amy and Pietro were laying the ground rules on their temporary cohabitation.

"There’s really only one rule," Amy said after a while.

"And what would that be," Pietro queried.

"Sex, lots and lots of it, that fair to you?"

"Very fair," Pietro said smiling as he dropped between Amy’s legs and started to suck her cunt.

It was definitely an afternoon to forget all problems, all over the house.

*****

"We haven’t quite figured out how to let Dad know yet," Sandra said looking a little guilty.

It was coming on evening and all the kids had moved their partying to the studio where they could truly be themselves and where no parents were allowed.

"But why," Lana said pulling her head up a minute from between Sandra’s legs, "it’ll only be telling him that you’re truly a part of this family, even if you had been raised in another country rather than just another state."

"It’s not that easy," Robert said, "Dad has this strange idea of who Mom was, simply because of the work she did, and he’s sort of proud of that image of her, even though they hadn’t been together for years."

"Mom wasn’t bad for wanting to personally teach us some things," Robert said, "but I doubt anyone will understand, all they’ll think is ‘and she was a Minister’?"

"Well they have to know that you’re part of us," Ana said, "because right now the adult’s belief that you’re different is the only thing that has us all wearing clothes in the house."

"That is a drag," Sandra said, "we never had to wear them at home. How are we supposed to let him know, though, without shattering his ideas about who Mom was? All of them."

"What you need is a super sexual encounter, one that will make everyone believe you are just now discovering your true nature as part of the Anderson family." Ron said.

"Wow," Jenny said, "that sounds cool, what do you have in mind?"

All the Anderson kids were looking at Hannah again; she hated when they did that. "I’ll talk to her when she contacts me later," Hannah said. "I’ll tell her Amy and my Master can’t be there tonight but that I can get her a lot of fresh meat tonight. She can then have Aunt Susan and Uncle Harry watch the kids fully enjoying themselves before having them join in."

Jenny, Lenny, Robert and Sandra were looking at the Anderson kids strangely and Lenny said, "What are you talking about?"

"You’ll see tonight," Lana said, "Believe me, you’ll love it, I know I would."

 

 

Chapter Three – Triplet X Love Times 2 on Tour

"What an incredible dream," Harry Irving thought as he began to wake up. "I must have cum around 10 times or more, and I don’t even believe in domination or rough sex. But man, that woman was exciting. I can still feel her mouth sucking away at my cock; I can still smell my lovely Sandy’s hot red cunt (just like her mother’s) from when that Mistress woman had her sit on my face so I could suck her clean."

Harry felt something moist on his face as he began to feel a pumping motion above him. Fighting his way back to total consciousness he was finally able to open his eyes, only to find his vision blocked by a young red-haired cunt just begging to be relieved of its morning juices. A little above it there was something moving in and out into the hole just beyond this sweet pussy. It was obvious his daughter loved anals (a true member of the Anderson-Irving lot); he knew this because every time his son pumped his cock in her ass, she took it out joyously on Harry’s cock, which Harry now realized was in his daughter’s mouth.

"I’m sorry Gloria," he thought, "but she’s my daughter too, and she’s in my world now!"

He began licking and sucking at her juicy, leaky pussy happy to be able to think, "My children are back with me."

*****

In the next room, Jenny was sitting on her mother’s mouth, occasionally bending over to suck Susan’s clit and lick the juices off Lenny’s cock as traveled in and out of Susan’s twat.

"When she rode me while she had me on that rack it felt amazing, with the rest of my body immobilized it felt like my cock was the only thing that had any feeling left at all, and was she making it feel some incredible things with those pussy muscles of hers. Then she had me sucking myself out of her after I came, I didn’t think I would like that, but my juices mixed with her juices tasted fantastic, not to mention she had Uncle Harry fucking Mom’s ass while Mom rode me."

"Mom really looked happy, I could see her from the wall I was chained to. She especially liked it when the Mistress had Robert fucking her ass, Uncle Harry fucking her pussy, you fucking her tits all while Sandra sat on her face and I sucked Mom’s clit. Susan gave a muffled scream as she came again, more from the memory of the previous night’s events than from her children’s early morning ‘exercises’.

*****

Stan and Laura came to the smaller kitchen table to have breakfast with the adults that morning only to find Susan and Harry both naked. Amy was at the stove in her usual birthday suit and Pietro was carrying a tray into the dining room, he too was in the buff.

Casting an eye toward the dining room, Stan and Laura saw all the kids there eating happily and, thankfully, not a bit of clothes anywhere. Giving a sigh, Stan and Laura dropped their clothes right there and sat to eat.

"So," Harry said to Laura, "who was that masked woman?"

Stan’s eyes popped a little as he realized the cause of everyone’s sudden sexual liberality. "Have a nice dream last night, ehh?"

"It seems to have been a linked dream in that case," Susan said in a questioning voice.

"Well take my advice," Laura said, "if you enjoyed the dream and want any hope of ever experiencing one like it again, ask no questions."

"Got you Sis," Harry said smiling, "sorry I asked."

They heard the front door open and after a few minutes Debbie, Katrina and Jason walked past them (hardly noticing the adults) and into the dining room.

"What’s that," Lana said angrily, studying the Wilson kids’ clothes.

"You know, this is getting a bit confusing," Debbie said as she noticed for the first time that everyone was back to ‘Anderson family normal mode’. "Maybe you should start hanging a sign on the door that says, ‘Clothes required’ or ‘Not required’ today depending on the situation." She and the rest of the Wilsons then stripped right there.

"You know," Katrina said, "I don’t think we’ve really been introduced."

Ana gave a gasp and said, "That’s right, we’re so sorry!"

Going over and hugging the Wilsons, she took the job of introducing, "Listen everyone, this is Debbie and she’s John’s number one pussy," Debbie gave a small bow and walked over to John were, after kissing him, kneeled and sucked in his cock as he continued eating breakfast. "This wild girl is Katrina (we call her the Wild Kat) and she and Lana—" Ana stumbled for words to describe Lana and Katrina’s relationship and not really finding any said, "Well Lana and her are more than friends. I can’t call them lesbian lovers because they’re both way too cock crazy for a true lesbian like myself to call them that." A little annoyed at the introduction, Katrina stuck her index finger furiously up Ana’s pussy and started pumping a few times while bending over and sucking Ana’s boob and nipple into her mouth. Ana gave a small moan as Katrina gently bit her nipple, then, pulling her finger out of Ana’s cunt she stood erect and brought the finger to her mouth and sucked, at the same time going over to sit on Lana’s lap. "Then again," Ana continued blissfully, "whatever they are, they’re both welcome to my body whenever they want." Jason gave a small cough to remind Ana she had not finished with the introductions and Ana said startled, "Oh, and yeah, this is Jason, and even though they think we don’t know, he and Don have been pretty serious for over half-a-year now."

Don and Jason both looked at her with a mixture of anger and relief; anger that she would just blurt out their secret like that, and relief that they didn’t have to hide it anymore. "So how did you know," Don said signaling Jason that it was okay to come to him.

"Harry Fuller was getting a little tired of waiting for you to tell us yourselves and he confessed that all those so called dates you went on with him were really secret meetings with Jason. I don’t know why you couldn’t just admit it, I mean you were supposed to be out with a guy anyway."

"I’m the one that wasn’t quite ready to come out," Jason admitted. "I didn’t want the news out before my graduation this year."

"I agreed with him that Junior High School is a crappy place to come out," Don said. Jason now leaned over and gave him a passionate full mouth kiss.

"Hey," Sandra said smiling, "isn’t introduction a two way street?"

"Oh yeah," Ana agreed embarrassed. "Wilsons, those are the Irvings, Robert and Sandra, the red-headed ones, he’s 16 and she’s 15; and these are fellow Andersons, Jenny and Lenny and they are both 17."

"Welcome to Riverdale everyone," Katrina said then added to Lana, "they are all safe right? I know I should have asked yesterday before sucking one of them off but—well you know."

"Well, luckily for you they are all safe, but never let your emotions control your actions again," Lana exhorted. "After you’re sure, you can lose all the control you want." Seeing that the guests were all looking a little confused Lana explained, "We’re all part of a club that is deeply into ‘safe sex’ and staying clean. We’re not supposed to hook up with anyone that doesn’t have documented evidence that they are safe."

"Well," Lenny said smiling at Katrina, "I have my documents so you don’t have to worry about sucking my cock whenever you want."

Katrina smiled at him and dropping to her knees between his legs took his cock in his mouth.

"Well," Jason said, "since both my sisters seem to have their mouths occupied at the moment, I guess I’ll ask the question we came to ask, is it still on?"

Don, who had Jason sitting on his lap now stopped kissing his neck long enough to ask, "What do mean Jace?"

"The camping trip next week, are we still going?"

"Actually," Stan said coming into the dining room, "I want to talk to you all about that in the family room when everyone finishes eating breakfast." Noticing a lot of sad looks, Stan added, "But to answer your question Jason, yes, for now no plans have changed as to the trip itself."

Everyone quickly looked up smiling again. "Great," Jason said happily and suddenly dropped to his knees in front of Don’s cock and suctioned it into his mouth.

*****

An hour later everyone in the Anderson house gathered once more in the family room for a meeting. With 13 kids, 4 parents and 2 servants, the room was a little crowded (to say the least); to attempt to more easily accommodate everybody, everyone simply sat somebody else on their lap. Besides the expected pairings of John and Debbie, Ron and Hannah, and Lana and Katrina, the other pairings included: Harry and Susan (who seemed to be getting along very well), Lenny and Sandra, Jenny and Ana, Don and Jason, Robert and Laura and at the very end Pietro and Amy.

When everyone was comfortable Stan talked to them all saying, "Now, like I said, we plan at the moment to go through with the trip, but we need to figure out how to go about it, seeing that we will have four additional campers along."

"Four more people," Debbie said shocked.

"That’s right," Stan said, "my nephews and nieces will be joining us. Susan and Harry each have a lot of arrangements and complicated legal paperwork to get through during that time so to make things simpler on them we’ve agreed to take the kids. What’s more, when all this over, Susan and Harry be joining Laura and me on that cruise we’re taking, they’ll need a little stress free escape from all the hassles."

"Wait a minute," Ron said, "if when we get back Aunt Susan and Uncle Harry are going with you, does that mean that the kids are coming with us?"

"With you," Jenny questioned, "where are you going when we get back?"

"SUMMER CAMP," the Andersons and Wilsons chorused together.

"Summer camp," Sandra said excitedly, "Dad is that true?"

"For now it certainly seems to be," Harry said, "but let’s start with this trip you are all going on now first."

"Now, naturally," Stan said, "the problem that is worrying me is the size of the vehicle we’ll need to rent, what it would cost to rent, not to mention to park. Plus, I might end up having to be the sole driver."

"Why do you say that Dad," John said puzzled, "we all have our licenses now?"

"A vehicle the size I’m talking about will need a special ‘large vehicle’ or commercial license; I’m the only one with one of those."

"Excuse me, Uncle Stan," Lenny said, "actually, both Jenny and I have commercial licenses. We were working last summer as the bus drivers of a summer camp."

"Really," Stan said smiling, "well that can certainly come in helpful."

"Would having free parking at all the resorts we visit help?"

Everyone turned a shocked head to Katrina as she said this. Lana, who had been rubbing her cunt lips on Katrina’s super clit while sitting on her lap suddenly turned around to look at Katrina and say, "Free parking at all the resorts, what do you mean?"

"You better let me explain Katrina," Debbie said temporarily stopping her grinding of John’s cock into her cunt. "It was Mom and Dad’s doing really, well Dad mostly."

Stan looked rather interested; in almost a whole year of screwing the Wilson kids the subject of their parents had rarely ever been touched, "and what idea is that," he asked.

"Jason," Debbie said, "go and get the disk."

Jason got up, letting Don’s cock fall out of his ass where it had been busy pumping away. Jason ran toward the dining room where they had left their clothes and quickly returned carrying a CD.

Getting up and letting John’s cock pull out of her cunt, Debbie grabbed the disk and walked over to the giant home theater unit against the wall. Inserting the disk in the player section, a menu of image files quickly appeared and Debbie hit the first one revealing a map of the mountain resorts.

"This is the trail that most tourists follow around the mountains and back" Debbie explained pointing out a road around the mountains. "Following this trail you can see most of the important and worthwhile sights in the area. I don’t know if I ever mentioned it, but Dad is a real estate agent and he’s done business with most of the resorts on this trail. He wanted to feel like he was donating something to the trip too, so he talked to eight of the resort owners that really owed him big time and cut a deal with them, if of course you accept it."

She moved to another picture, also of the trail, but this one with the eight mentioned resorts and their positions around the mountain highlighted. There were four on either side of the mountains and they were each numbered.

"These four resorts heading north and these four on the way back heading south are willing to give you two free nights. You would get there on one afternoon, spend that night, all the next day and night, and leave the next afternoon."

"Two free nights," John said suspiciously, "they would want absolutely nothing?"

"Well, you have to remember," Debbie said suddenly a little nervous about making them mad, "we’re talking about the business world, nothing is ever totally free, so there is one thing they want."

"And that one thing is," Stan said trying to hurry her.

She moved on to another picture, this was a picture of Triplet X Love Times 2 at their last concert. "Oh you’re kidding," Ana said.

"All they want is a two hour concert on the second night," Katrina said wrapping her arms tightly around Lana and licking her boobs.

"They really believe that you’ll help bring in customers those nights so they’re willing to give you the parking for that small concert," Jason said.

"Think of the money you’d save; not to mention the extra money you would make since you’d be allowed to set up a table to sell some stuff like t-shirts, buttons and caps," Debbie said. She brought up one more picture of the trail they’d be following; this one marked with arrows and above it a title, "Triplet X Love Times 2 On Tour!"

*****

"Well," John said looking at Lana’s eyes, "you sure look blissful enough, are you ready to make a decision?"

"Just two or three more orgasms and I’ll be calm enough to discuss it."

"Come on Lana," Ana said from under Don, "the six of us have been fucking in here non-stop for two hours, and don’t get me wrong, if it weren’t that I want to spend the night with Patty I’d go another 24 hours, but it’s time to make a decision."

"Is there really a decision to make," Ron asked as he pumped Hannah’s ass. "I mean we need extra money to rent an extra large vehicle and keep it well gassed for a month-and-a-half long trip, the money we’d save by having the free resort parking, plus the extra we’d make from selling fan memorabilia, is too much of a blessing to pass up."

"But we only have one week," Don said, "just one week to plan a month plus concert tour." He drilled Ana’s cunt violently and said, "Not to mention that we still have to find a vehicle."

"A vehicle big enough to hold 15 people, all our camping equipment and now all our band equipment as well," Hannah added.

"Personally," Ana said, "as leader of the band I have to vote against it. It is way too soon for us to go so public. We’re considered awesome in this town, but that’s only because they hadn’t seen any real excitement since Amy’s mom died."

"I’m with Ana," Don said, "We shouldn’t do it."

"So," John said, "that’s two votes for the tour, and two votes against with me and Lana still to vote. Personally, I am completely split on my decision. I can form as many arguments for it as against it, so therefore," He gave Lana’s twat a few violent pumps and leaning up gave her a long deep kiss, "little sister, I’m leaving it up to you. You’re vote is my vote, so what do you say ‘Queen’ are we going on tour or not?"

Lana pulled John’s cock out of her twat long enough to turn around in the same upwards position Hannah was in and inserted John’s cock in her ass as she stared at the ceiling in deep thought. Finally she said, "OHPF’s message goes on tour with us. We’ll do these concerts, but we’ll also take the time to spread a little awareness around. Is that okay with you Ron?"

Since Hannah’s vote was always whatever Ron’s was, and since John had delegated his vote to her, Lana new that Ron was the only one she had to bargain with for a majority vote.

Moving Hannah off him and getting Lana to move over onto him in face-to-face position, Ron inserted his cock in her pussy and after kissing her for a while he said, "It’s okay with me if you’ll meet me alone later for a private session."

"It’s a deal," Lana said leaning down and kissing him a few more times. To the others she said, "Okay everyone get ready because we are going on tour!"

 

 

Chapter Four – The Tour Mobile

Lana returned from her private fuck session with Ron later that evening with a big blissful smile on her face, and a very red, well spanked butt. In general, ‘the Orgasm Queen’ was no submissive, but Lana did have a very deeply buried submissive side that only ‘the Master’ new how to occasionally tap into. It was possible that Lana’s blissful smile was a bit too big because when she walked into her room to find Hannah there alone (Ana had spent most of the afternoon and evening at Patty’s) she was greeted with a very sour and hateful look.

"Oh Hannah, this is ridiculous, will you stop looking at me like I’m trying to steal your boyfriend!"

Hannah, realizing the look she must have had tried quickly to change the subject, "so everything is set for the tour?"

"Don’t change the subject," Lana said angrily, "it’s about time we talked about this—jealousy thing you have toward me and Ron."

"I am not jealous of you and Ron," Hannah said quietly, though her eyes told another story, "I can’t be jealous of ‘the Orgasm Queen’s’ relationship with ‘the Master of Love’ ever." And then with surprising anger added, "And maybe that’s what makes me so mad!"

As Hannah gave a few sobs Lana looked at her puzzled and said, "What do you mean you can’t be jealous of us? It can’t be because you’re his perfectly submissive slave, because you were pretty jealous of Louise and Marilyn, and you made them feel the wrath of that jealousy."

Hannah turned her back to Lana and wouldn’t talk or even look at her. Lana was starting suddenly to get really worried and upset. If it weren’t for the fact that she truly loved her relationship with Ron (mostly because of the way he could bring out her dominant side, which usually wanted to kill him, and that deeply buried submissive side that always seemed to end up on the end of a leash) she might have just promised Hannah right then and there never to be with him again.

Lana was actually opening her mouth to say something of this nature when suddenly remembering something she said instead, quite angrily, "You manipulating little whore; that’s what you want isn’t it, for me to promise never to be with Ron again! Well I’m sorry sister but I love Ron, and I love my sex life with him, but you have got to grow up and realize that it is nothing like the relationship he has with you. You are his one true love and even if you weren’t his beloved pet and slave that wouldn’t change! You are his true love when you are just brother and sister in school, you are his true love when you are playing equals in the Mistress’ bed chamber, you are his true love when the Mistress is dominating and humiliating him in her torture room and you are his true love when he is having some incredible private fuck sessions with me!"

"How do you know that," Hannah said finally turning and looking at her sister. "He talks about you as much as he does me. You and him even share the same sexual orientation; you think I didn’t notice that it was the day you both grabbed your red band ID bracelets that you really started getting close. But like I said, I am not and can not be jealous, and it has nothing to do with being a submissive slave, it deals with the fact that if it weren’t for ‘the Orgasm Queen’s’ relationship with my Master, me and him would never have truly discovered each other."

Lana suddenly gave a quick muffled laugh as the memory of Ron on his knees wiping the shit from Hannah’s ass with his tongue came back to her. But she then got serious and said, "That’s not true Hannah, even if what happened that day hadn’t happened, you and Ron would eventually have gotten together, it was destined. If you recall, even Mom and Dad, in the middle of the Caribbean somewhere, knew it had to happen, if anything I just sped up the inevitable."

Smiling for the first time Hannah said, "You know little sister, I’ve never told you how much I thank you for that day. I love you, you know, you’ll always be my first true master."

"Yeah, well I’ll believe that the day you get the Mistress to use me as much as everyone else. In the meantime, both my pussy and my ass are full of your Master’s powerful seed. Why don’t you show me your love by cleaning me up completely?"

Hannah gave Lana a wicked smile and pushing Lana on the bed dug straight into her cunt; sticking her tongue in deep and long Hannah sucked furiously and powerfully, hunting every last drop of her Master’s cum. Even after she was sure she’d gotten it all, she didn’t stop sucking Lana’s twat until she’d made Lana cum (and cum very hard I might add) and had a very nice drink of Lana juice before moving on to the Ron cream in her ass; Hannah took a very long time to clean out Lana’s butt, truly enjoying her younger sister’s (by 10 minutes) dirty little hole.

"Maybe Lana’s right," Hannah thought. "Maybe what I should be doing is asking the Mistress to hook them up every month while absolutely brutalizing the both of them. They might actually get so sick and tired of each other that they would never consider another ‘private session’ again." Smiling wickedly as she feasted on Lana’s ass she decided as she thought to herself, "Very well little sister, you want time with the Mistress, fine, starting next month, or rather next session since I don’t know when we’ll be back, you are now one of the Mistress’ official reserved toys. One of her prized three, enjoy your time with her, I know she will." With that thought, Hannah once more turned Lana around and climbing on top plastered her hairless pussy on Lana’s mouth.

*****

"Debbie," John said a little annoyed, "do you three realize that it is 3 o’clock in the morning! What could possibly be so important that you couldn’t wait until tomorrow morning to talk to us?"

"I’m sorry honey," she said going over and hugging him, upset that he was upset.

"Listen guys," Katrina said, looking nervously around the studio as if trying to find the best way to say this. The Wilson kids had called the Anderson kids and demanded that they meet them here in the studio immediately. "It’s just that it is going to get here in the morning and we thought you should be prepared before you saw it."

"It," Don said inquisitively, looking straight in Jason’s eyes, "and just what, pray tell, is it!" He said this last part very angrily.

"Your tour mobile," Debbie said looking in John’s eyes and smiling. "We thought you’d get a horrid shock when you opened your door tomorrow morning and just found it parked outside your house."

"Our tour mobile," Lana said suspiciously, "are you telling us that you got us a vehicle for the trip and didn’t even consult us?"

"Don’t get mad at us," Jason said nervously going over to Don and grabbing his hands, "it was Mom’s doing actually."

"Your mother," Ana said surprised, "what has your mother got to do with it?"

"Well," Katrina said, "I think she was a little upset that we seemed extra happy with Dad when we told him that you were happily accepting his tour offer, and she wanted to be involved just as much."

Taking up the story Debbie said, "So she called up a few friends that really owed her favors for ideas and they got her something and fixed it up. They’re on the road right now driving it here."

"And it will be parked in front by seven tomorrow," Jason finished, "don’t be mad, like I said, we were as surprised as you were when she told us."

"She wasn’t even planning to tell us until you had received it," Katrina said, "but I over-heard a message on the answering machine tonight from the guy making the delivery and we finally got her to tell us the truth."

Ron looked suspiciously at the three Wilson kids and said, "Is there something you three have been neglecting to tell us about your parents?"

"What do you mean," Debbie asked looking scared.

"Your father gets us booked at eight resorts, and not just any resorts by the way, I looked them up, they are the eight top resorts in the mountain area; your mother gets us a vehicle that will apparently suit our enormous needs in less than 24 hours."

Lana continuing, also suspiciously, added, "In a year of fucking all of you we have never been invited anywhere near your house or have you had your parents visit us here; and most curious of all, your parents are in no way interested in fucking the three of you themselves even though they are fully aware of your sexual activities and in no way seem to mind it. Maybe I’ve been around Randy too much this year, but if I were to make an analysis I’d say, there is definitely something we are not being told!"

Katrina walked up to her and hugging her tightly gave her a powerful kiss and then dropping to her knees pulled Lana down with her pushing her back onto the studio floor and lying on her rubbing pussies and tits with her. She then said, "You’re right, you’ve been hanging around Randy way too much." She then began kissing her as she fucked Lana with her clit moving in and out of Lana’s twat.

John was still looking suspiciously at Debbie and when he looked like he was about to ask her something she pulled him toward a corner that had been lined with mattresses for some time and pushed him down on them placing her cunt on his mouth and leaning forward to devour his cock.

"That looks like a good idea," Jason said before Don could even think of saying anything. Jason grabbed Don and before he knew what was happening, Don was lying in a 69 with Jason right next to Debbie and John.

"Do you get the feeling someone is trying very hard to avoid an issue," Hannah said to Ana, a big smile on her face.

"Absolutely," Ana said, "so let’s get over there and avoid the issues with them." When Ron stretched out his hand to take Hannah’s, Ana said, "Oh no you don’t, with you and Lana constantly emptying out the honey pot, I never get a drop anymore. I’ll handle the pot this time; you can have Ron Jr. scratch a little itch I’m having at the same time." Going over to the mattresses, Ana buried her face in Hannah’s twat while Ron speared her from behind and started very strongly scratching her itch, he suddenly realized that since her therapy to remember being bi- he could not remember once truly connecting with her and decided to truly make this rare time with her memorable.

*****

Everyone in the studio was suddenly awakened by the loud honking of a vehicle somewhere nearby. Being that this last sex party had started at 3 in the morning, everyone had just gone to sleep right there after having enough satisfactory cums.

Ron actually felt a little weird as he started to wake up, he knew that there was still a girl on him, and that his cock had remained pumping in and out of her even in his sleep, this was nothing new, and in no way weird, what was weird was to open his eyes and have Ana staring down at him and kiss him in the same way he had many times been kissed by his two favorite (if it was right to have favorites) Anderson girls, Hannah and Lana.

"What’s wrong brother, feel strange not to have your cock in Hannah or Lana for once," Ana whispered.

"A little," he confessed, "so why has it been so long since it has been here that it feels strange?"

"Let’s just say that whenever we get together in the way we did last night I get this serious urge to trade in my green ID bracelet," Ana said smiling.

Someone gave an angry false cough behind them and looking over they saw both Hannah and Lana staring at them with their arms crossed.

"Then again," Ana said, "all I have to do is remember Patty and I know my green ID bracelet will never leave my arm."

They heard the loud honking again and now a phone was ringing.

As everyone got up John reached for his cell phone and said, "Hello—Dad, wait up Dad what are you talking about? Outside this minute, okay—okay—right! I’ll tell them."

"Well," Ron said when John wouldn’t talk.

"He just wants us outside right now, and he wants us in clothes. I think there are strangers around."

After quickly forcing themselves up and getting some clothes that were always handy in the wardrobe right outside the studio door, the six Anderson kids and 3 Wilson kids marched out of the garage and immediately froze on seeing what was parked right in front of their house.

"OH—"

"MY—"

"GOD," said the three Anderson girls together.

"It’s huge," Don said in shock.

"It’s incredible," John said awestruck.

"It’s us!" Ron smiled as he said this while studying the mural painted on the side of giant tour bus before them.

"The Triplet X Love Times 2 Tour Mobile," Lana read out loud.

"Kids," Stan said soberly, "do you know anything about this?"

"Where did it come from," Laura asked as she stepped out the door of the house closely followed by everyone else.

"Apparently someone owed Debbie’s mom a favor and she got them to send it over but—" he was studying the incredible mural of the band on the side and was at a loss for words.

"She got someone to give you a fully decorated and completely operational 160 passenger tour bus for free?"

"Give us," Lana said her eyes popping.

"What exactly do you mean, give us," Ana said looking at the Wilson kids once more suspiciously.

"I mean," Stan said holding up a paper, "that this bus belongs to your band. This is a title of ownership and it names the six of you equal co-owners."

They noticed the two men by their father for the first time and one of them said, "The six of them will have to spend the day today and tomorrow practicing how to drive it and learning to fully control it. On Wednesday, Josh and I, names Herb by the way, will take them to have their licenses upgraded to commercial licenses."

"It took Don and me a whole year to get a regular license," Ana blurted out shocked.

"As long as one of you can pass the special ‘large vehicle’ driver’s test, there should be no problem with the ownership status. Wouldn’t you like to see the bus’ interior now," Herb asked.

Not knowing what else to say or do, the Andersons as well as everyone else followed Josh and Herb into the bus.

"As you probably know this type of tour bus originally held forty rows of seats, 4 seats per row," Josh said, "Most of the rows were removed from this bus and it’s been divided into four sections. This first section is the smallest, and as you can see it has been left pretty much unchanged 5 rows of 4 seats, 2 on either side of this center walkway."

"Well," John said, "20 people can definitely sit comfortably here." Just behind the fifth row a dividing wall with a door had been added. Following the two guides John was the first to cross to the next section and on getting a good look he screamed "Blockbuster!"

Curious about what he could mean the others quickly followed and found themselves in—

"The Recreation Room," Herb said, "this is the largest section; all the love seats, and recliners here are safely bolted to the floor. The giant screen, entertainment center and all the movies found in the refurbished baggage berths are also secure."

Lana looked up at the hundreds of DVD choices and said, "How are we supposed to find a movie in this place?"

Going over to a computer desk by the big screen Herb powered it on and then went to a program titled ‘Movie Index’, in a search space he typed, "The Sound of Music". They all watched amazed, not even questioning how he just happened to choose the girls favorite movie for the demonstration.

"A-3-55," Ana said when a message popped up on the monitor, "What does that mean?"

"The letter," Josh explained is the berth the movie is located in, they are clearly labeled ‘A’ through ‘E’." As he said this he pointed to the letters under each berth. "Each berth holds 4 rows also clearly labeled of 100 movies clearly numbered as you see." Actually smiling for the first time Josh said to Ana, "Do you think you can find me the Sound of Music?"

Going over to berth A and pulling movie number 55 from the third row Ana smiled and said, "Amazing," then turning to Lana and Hannah she said, "We watch it later, and remind me to add perfectly indexed movie libraries to my list of favorite things."

"Just remember to return them to their rightful place when you’re finished and you should have no problems." After saying this Herb added, "By the way, this computer can be used with the giant screen and has full high-speed internet capabilities." Looking at Stan who, like pretty much everyone else, was too amazed to talk he said, "It’s perfect for daily video-conferencing."

"What," Stan said suddenly, "how did—" he stopped himself deciding not to look a gift horse in the mouth.

"Shall we continue," Josh said and walked toward another divider wall and door at the end of this section.

"The BED room," Herb said, "it may be a little difficult walking here so be careful until you get use to it."

Everyone looked in awe as this section, or room as Herb had called it was revealed to be nothing but one giant bed from beginning to end of the section.

"It’s awesome," Don said, "but there isn’t much privacy ehhh?"

"Actually," Josh said, "anyone wishing a little privacy can use one of these," he went over and opened one of the luggage berths. "As you can see the berths in this section have been converted to sleeping berths and can as you see be closed for privacy, even locked from the inside. Two people can easily lie in each of them for a good nights sleep."

"Or something else," Lana said smiling.

"Actually I’d feel like I was in a coffin," Sandra said.

"She’s a little claustrophobic," Robert explained.

"Really," Lenny said, "me too, why don’t we get in one together later and try to conquer our fears?"

Sandra smiled at him and said, "You know that actually sounds like a good idea."

"Shall we move on to the final section," Herb said as he led the way through the last door. "As you probably know all these buses end with two restrooms, one on either side as you see. We replaced the seats on this side and added this large bathtub, several should be able to bathe at once, it will help conserve your water supply. Most of the more extensive bathing and showering though should be done at the resorts you visit. Now on this side as you see we’ve added this kitchen and pantry. He walked over to the refrigerator and opening it showed it full of food!"

"Oh my God, I’m suddenly extra hungry," Hannah said.

"Isn’t there one thing missing," Don suddenly said, "where exactly in this home on wheels do we store all our camping equipment, band instruments and extra luggage? They don’t exactly fit in the few luggage berths left in the first section."

"That’s a good question," Ana said.

"Let’s step outside and I’ll show you," Josh said. "We can step out through here." Everyone looked and noticed for the first time that there was a door right on the very back between the two restrooms. The man opened it and lowering some steps waited outside for everyone to join him. He led them around to the other side of the bus and everyone got a look at this side for the first time.

When Lana realized what was on it she gave a happy squeal and grabbing Katrina gave her a hug and deep kiss right there not caring about the two strangers watching them. "Katrina, it’s beautiful," she ranted. "I have to go and thank your Mom personally! I love it!"

Rather than smile, Katrina gave a worried look at the prospect of her Mom and her love coming together. "Actually," she said, "both Mom and Dad will be busy for the next week or so, a phone call or a letter will be fine."

Lana gave her another annoyed and suspicious look but then looked back at the mural on this side of the bus and smiled. On the left side it pictured a worried and obviously tense teen holding a broken and leaking condom; on the right side it showed the same teen smiling and happy holding an obviously totally clean STD report, and in the center, in big bold letters was the message, "Safe Sex is a Joke, Only through regular testing can you ensure your safety and safety of those you Love!"

Josh coughed trying to get back everyone’s attention as he demonstrated the side luggage panels that could definitely easily store anything the family planned to carry with them on the trip.

"So do you find it acceptable," Herb asked.

Everyone smiled and Stan finally said, "I think this will be perfect for our needs."

"This is awesome," Don said again.

"You said that already," Jason said smiling.

"Well do you know a better word to describe it," Don asked.

"We better go in and have breakfast," John said, "because after that I am not resting until I can drive this thing perfectly."

"I’m with you there big brother," Ron said, "come on, we have work to do."

"You know," Lana said suddenly, "we should hold a special ‘Anderson’ inauguration ceremony for it when we’re ready to go." Giving the others a wicked smile, they all smiled back and nodded.

 

 

Chapter Five – The Parent Trap

During the next two days the six Anderson kids were working strongly day and night towards one goal, get their commercial drivers licenses.

During these days Stan and Laura were finishing up all preparations at work; Laura was especially spending long hours with Annie Styles and Harry Fuller, making sure the summer interns would be able to handle any delicate situation they were presented with. She learned pretty quickly though that, being part of Lana’s OHPF club, the interns were already experts in pretty much anything they had to do, she therefore continued teaching them anyway and just called it a review.

The Wilsons kids had not shown their faces since the presentation of the tour mobile claiming to be in full charge of the tour (they had given themselves the official titles of tour coordinators).

So with everyone away doing something else, it left the guests in the house to tend for themselves, luckily, they were getting along just fine.

"Can I stay with you," Sandra asked Jenny as she was about to go into her room. "My brother is sucking off your mom again and he refuses to share her. She tastes so much like Mom; Robert never wants to take his tongue out of her. He knows I love her taste too but he can get so greedy sometimes, he was like that with Mom too."

"He sure has been spending a lot of time with her. But the extra attention makes her happy. Since the Andersons can’t give it at the moment, I’m really glad you and your brother are here to help supply it."

As they walked in Sandra took a good look at Amy’s room, she actually had not stopped in here yet. "Wow are those yours or Amy’s?" She was looking at the wall lined with just about every size and type of vibrator and dildo ever invented.

"They’re Amy’s; I guess sharing the bed with Pietro she’s had no need for them because she hasn’t come in once to use any."

"Well Pietro does have a pretty nice large cock," Sandra said smiling. "Who needs a false cock when you have a large warm-blooded real one with and endless supply of cum right next to you?" Sandra went over and studied one of the harnesses on the wall closely; it had a 12 inch by 3 inch cock on either side as well as a clit stimulator for the wearer on the inside. "Do you think anyone can really fit this in them?"

"Want to find out," Jenny asked smiling a little mischievously.

"Only if I’m the one wearing it," Sandra said smiling back as she grabbed it from the wall. She also grabbed several other dildos of various sizes and increasing widths as well. "If necessary we’ll work our way up to it," she said spreading the different dildos on the bed.

"This is so cool," Jenny said hugging Sandra and giving her a long and passionate kiss. "I love my brother and I love his cock—"

"Oh I definitely love that too," Sandra said giggling.

"—but I always wanted a sister," Jenny continued, "I’m so jealous of Lana, Ana, and Hannah. They’ve gotten to grow up with an endless supply of cunt juice to fill their mouths whenever they wanted it."

"Talking about filling one’s mouth with cunt juice," Sandra said, "Maybe that’s where we should really start; getting our pussies nice and slick by getting our juices to really flow."

"I like the way you think cousin," Jenny said pushing Sandra on the bed and sticking her tongue in her hole.

Sandra instantly had Jenny climb over on her so she could get Jenny’s pussy just as ready.

Since they had both been their respective Mom’s number one cunt suckers for years, they both found each other to be equally skilled and incredibly talented in the art of cunningulus. Neither of the two wanted to let the other out of her pussy ever. Finally though, after they had both had their third orgasm, Jenny pulled her tongue out of Sandra and said, "I’m pretty sure we’re ready to start trying some of those dildos now." Sandra in no way seemed willing to surrender Jenny’s pussy; Jenny finally had to force herself off Sandra and turning lay on her rubbing her boobs into Sandra’s. Sandra had a sad look in her eyes.

"You know," Jenny said softly, "everyone that has ever sucked both me and Mom say that it is amazing how we taste so exactly alike. If it’s true that Mom tastes like your Mom wouldn’t that mean that—"

Before she could finish Sandra grabbed her and pulled her down locking lips with her for a while as they continued rubbing their bodies, boobs and cunts in particular, together.

After a while Sandra finally released Jenny and said, "Let’s try it now. I don’t know about you, but I don’t think I’ll need to work myself up to the big one after all. Just help me on with it, slowly."

Jenny grabbed the harness and positioning the inner faux cock at Sandra’s opening pushed slowly into her red-haired pussy. Sandra, however, was right; after three cums, she could have easily gotten and entire salami into her wet and oily cunt. Much sooner than she could have expected, Jenny had the inner side of the harness against Sandra’s pubic area and, making sure the clit stimulator made constant contact with Sandra’s clit, she tied it tightly around Sandra’s body.

"Oh my God, this feel fantastic," Sandra said, "Lana fucked me with something like this the other day but it feels incredibly different being the one on this side of it."

"Think you’re ready to use it the way it’s supposed to be used?"

"You bet! Quick, lie down on the bed with your legs up and try to open wide." Sandra directed the tip of the faux cock to Jenny’s hole and started applying pressure, every time she did, her clit stimulator would rub hard against her clit and make her squeal happily. As she got more use to the sensations, she gave a stronger push at Jenny’s hole and finally penetrated it bringing the head of the faux cock past Jenny’s inner lips. Jenny gave a small scream and, worried, Sandra stopped and said, "Are you alright, do you want me to pull out?"

"NEVER," Jenny said, "Please just fuck me and never stop fucking me!"

Sandra smiled and started moving in again, still slowly though, wanting Jenny to completely adapt to the size. Even when her red pubic hairs and Jenny’s blond ones were kissing she still proceeded very slowly in and out at first.

Jenny couldn’t stand the slow teasing fuck anymore and finally screamed, "REALLY FUCK ME ALREADY WILL YOU!"

Sandra laughed and pushed all the way in hard then began to rapidly thrust in and out, in and out, faster, harder really loving the sensations in her own pussy and driving both herself and Jenny wild.

"Now that looks like fun," someone said from the door.

Without stopping her fucking of Jenny, Sandra turned her head and said, "Hi Lenny, yeah, it is way fun!"

"I know a way to make it even more fun," he said smiling.

"Well what are you waiting for," Sandra said, "do it!"

Lenny walked up behind her, as she returned her full attention to Jenny, and rammed his cock hard and fast into Sandra’s anal loving ass. She screamed and rammed her faux cock just as furiously into Jenny. Both Sandra and Jenny gave screams as they came together.

"Wow," someone else said, "hey how about letting me in on the fun!" Robert ran to the bed and squeezed himself under Jenny and positioned his cock at her ass. In mere seconds he was pumping his cock in and out of her.

They continued in this ‘fuck’ chain for another 20 minutes in which the girls came again and after they nearly passed out, the boys decided to give their sisters a rest and both came in the asses they were fucking.

They then lay exhausted in bed.

"So," Sandra finally said to Robert, "I can’t believe you finally released Susan."

"Where is Mom," Jenny asked.

"She said she had to take a bath, a long bath she said."

"Wow," Jenny said, "you must really have tired her out, how many times did you make her cum?"

"She lost count," Robert admitted, "and I was too busy drinking her up to keep score. I have to tell you I love your Mom’s cunt juice, if I could have her everyday I’d be in heaven. Not that I would ever find anyone to replace Mom, you know, but I know Mom would want me and Sandra to be happy."

"Susan’s juices are magnificent," Sandra said, "and Robert, you know Jenny tastes just like her?"

"Really," Robert said, throwing Jenny a sideways glance. "I’ll have to sample you later, when I have enough strength to move again."

"Well, I think your Dad tastes pretty divine also," Jenny said suddenly, "and God I love how he fucks me, but I love his cum most of all."

"It does taste great," Sandra said, "I’d never tasted it before this week of course, but now I make him give me a good mouthful when I wake up and one when we go to bed. And he knows he has to fuck me at least twice a day. One of those times has to be an anal, God I love it in the ass."

"Too bad you can’t stay with us forever," Lenny said, "I’d never take my cock out of your ass. It’s beautiful and I love the control you have over your anal muscles."

"Is that a promise," Sandra said smiling.

"Well you’d have to let me fuck that beautiful red-haired cunt of yours just as much."

"That’s a deal," Sandra said.

"If only it could really be," Robert said finally getting enough strength to pull Jenny onto him and bury his face in her cunt, she also mustered up the strength to swallow and suck at his semi-erect penis. Sandra noticed some of Robert’s cum leaking out of Jenny’s ass and leaning over started to lick and suck at her ass. Deciding he didn’t want to be left out, Lenny kneeled behind Sandra and started deeply sucking both her cunt and her ass (cleaning his own seed out of it). After both girls had cum yet again and begged for a break, Robert said, "Wouldn’t it be great if our parents decided to get married, or at least agreed to live together." He said this in an ‘I’m allowed to dream, right?’ tone, but suddenly a very mischievous grin came to his face, one that started spreading immediately to the other kids.

*****

"But Uncle Harry and Aunt Susan already get together," Lana said, "constantly."

"Yeah," Ana said, "they really seem to like each other."

"I think they make each other very happy," Hannah said throwing Ron, who was sitting across from her in the studio a happy smile.

"But we don’t want them just to get together to have casual sex and make each other happy for a few orgasms," Sandra said desperately.

"Yeah," Jenny agreed, "we want them together, together. Understand!"

The six Andersons threw their cousins a curious ‘what are you talking about’ look and Robert said, "Look, Sandy and I really, really like Susan, Jenny and Lenny really, really like Dad, the four of us really, really like each other, we don’t want to have to separate when all this is over, we want to be a real family, like you guys."

"Like you said," Lenny added, "Dad and Susan really make each other happy, they should stay together, you know ‘til death do them part and all that crap. But sometimes adults can be slow to see the obvious."

"So what you want is some help to get your parents to realize that they should get married," Ron said. "Have the four of you considered just going up to them and saying, hey you two really get along, the four of us really get along, what say we stay together and rebuild our lives as a family."

"Don’t be silly, Ron," Lana said, "You know how much parents hate to take their children’s advice. If they suggest that they may only delay rather than quicken any permanent get together."

"Well what would you suggest, ‘Queen’?"

"What they really need is some alone time together, to really see what is in front of their eyes. I mean sure, they’ve been fucking for almost a week now, but the truth is everybody has, they could see it as just going with the flow. I wonder how much time, if any, they’ve spent just the two of them, with no one else around."

"‘Queen’," Ron said smiling, "I think you’re right."

"Some alone time," Sandra said almost laughing, "where in a house with 16 people, 19 if you count that the Wilsons are almost always here, do two people find time to be alone and really fall in love?"

"What about the Mistress’ bed chamber," Hannah asked.

"I don’t think so Honey, not yet anyway," Ron was smiling evilly as he said this.

Noticing the look on his face Lana said, "So, does ‘the Master of Love’ have a plan he wants to share with the rest of us?"

*****

"So do you have anything to do tomorrow Uncle Harry," Ron asked as he pumped his cock into Susan’s ass as Harry pumped her pussy.

"Actually, I finally get a couple of days rest; the lawyers I’ve been working with are off for the next two days. I’ve had to meet with them almost every day to battle a challenge that was brought by Gloria’s parents to my keeping the kids. The kids don’t know, and I don’t want them told, but their grandparents are putting up a good fight to have them taken from me."

"That’s horrid," Susan said, "How could they even consider it?"

"Well their main case is built on the fact that the kids were raised in a different world from mine, they live in the same town as the kids were raised (they wouldn’t even have to change schools) and that at the delicate age that they are in, Sandra especially, they can provide both a father’s and a mother’s guidance."

"But you’re their father," Susan said upset, yet with a blissful smile due to the fact that she was cumming again.

"Well, according to their lawsuit, I haven’t been their father for close to a decade."

"Maybe you should get a wife," Ron said, "it’ll help you to demonstrate you can provide a full family environment for the kids."

"Oh come on—" Harry said leaning up and locking lips lovingly with Susan for a few minutes, "—where am I going to find a wife, am I supposed to mail-order one, not to mention that Robert and Sandra probably aren’t ready to have their mother replaced."

"A new wife isn’t presented as a replacement mother, Uncle Harry," Ron said as he started cumming in Susan’s ass, "She’s presented as a satisfactory substitute." Ron noticed that his uncle was also cumming, filling Susan’s twat with his warm cream.

When they’d all finished cumming Ron smiled and said, "You better hurry and get that to Jenny and Hannah in your room Aunt Susan, I know those two cum whores, they’re probably biting their nails going crazy waiting for it." He helped her up and she stepped out of the room to make her delivery next door.

"So," Harry said, "do you think you and your brothers and sisters are ready for that commercial driver’s license test tomorrow?"

"Well we’re all ready to take the test but only John, me and Hannah are going to pass it."

"Hannah," Harry said surprised.

"Yeah, she just saw the classes as another subject she needed to score an ‘A+’ in. She actually had it under control way before John or me."

"Well good luck to all of you on that test." Harry noticed Ron grab something and said, "What’s that?"

"A little cologne, I smell like cum and cunt juice. This is actually a ‘knock-out’ brand, Hannah got it for me, here take a whiff," and he sprayed his Uncle right in the face. As his Uncle slept peacefully he turned his head towards where he knew the hidden camera had been sending the entire scene to John, Don and Ana and nodded. They knew this was the signal to grab Pietro and Amy and get down there.

He quickly walked into the next room and found Susan in a 69 with Hannah who was merrily cleaning out Uncle Harry’s cum from Susan’s cunt. Jenny was behind Susan kneeling over her ass and cleaning it of all of Ron’s seed. Ron walked to where Susan’s head was busy in Hannah’s pussy and gave her a quick spray of ‘knock-out’, as she lost consciousness he said, "Make sure you finish cleaning her out completely."

Laying the mace like can of ‘knock-out’ by Hannah’s head he said, "Return this to the Mistress give her my thanks for letting me borrow it."

Ron then returned to where Harry was now surrounded by the others.

"Did Lana call," he asked.

"Yeah," Ana said, "Robert, Sandra and her have everything set up."

"Good, let’s just make the delivery. Ana why don’t you make sure his cock is totally clean before we wrap him up?"

Ana gave a happy nod and wrapped her lips around the unconscious Harry’s cock, sucking merrily and joyously away."

*****

Harry started to wake up slowly, the sound of the waves seemed so powerful he didn’t want to open his eyes. Not to mention his cock was very very happy where it was resting at the moment. He could feel it engulfed in a warm, moist vagina, could feel it being clenched and unclenched by powerful vaginal muscles and he could feel someone sleeping peacefully on top of him. "It must be Sandra," he thought to himself as he fought to open his eyes.

When he finally did, he was shocked, but in no way upset, to find Susan was the one lying on him. She looked beautiful sleeping there peacefully on him. He’d had her there before, but there was something different about this time, he couldn’t quite put his finger on it, all he knew is that for the first time he was really getting a chance to look at her, to study her.

Harry saw Susan begin to open her eyes and stare down into his somewhat confused. He leaned up and gave her a kiss and the confusion she was feeling about waking up ‘who knows where’ suddenly turned into true joy as she started pumping her hips wanting to feel Harry deeper and deeper in her. Harry continued fucking and kissing her in this gentle ‘it’s just you and me and I love it’ manner until Susan’s juices started to flow as she came for the first time (well the first time wherever they presently were anyway).

"Are you okay," Harry asked her lovingly.

"I couldn’t be better, but where exactly are we," Susan asked puzzled but also very happy. She got up and bending down grabbed Harry’s cock in her mouth and started to suck it, fucking her face with Harry’s cock. Susan had felt him tensing up and near cumming, and not knowing exactly where she was, she didn’t want to be there with a cum leaking cunt. She quickly got him off and drank every last bit of his cum greedily, finally releasing his fully cleaned cock and saying, "Jenny is right, she told me that you have the most divine tasting cum around. She said she’s so jealous of Sandra because she gets to drink you every morning and every night."

Getting on her feet she helped Harry up and for the first time they took a real look around at where they were.

"This seems to be some sort of chamber room," Harry said looking around at the cots, one of which he and Susan had just been lying on. Looking to the center he said, "Hey, looks like we’ve been left something to eat."

"Do you think we’re still in Stan and Laura’s house somewhere," Susan asked confused. "You know, like that first night when we were taken by Han—I mean the Mistress to a hidden room?"

"I don’t think so, unless the sound of waves I’ve been hearing is a recording and the smell of the sea simply some scented candles."

"But then how did we get here, and more importantly, why are we here," Susan said getting a little worried for the first time about the mysterious situation she found herself in."

Harry walked over to the table full of covered plates and noticed an envelope with the names ‘Harry and Susan’ on the front. He removed the letter in it and after reading it once said, "it’s a letter from the kids," and reading aloud said, "Dear Mom and Dad, we’re sorry to inform you that the bomb shelter you are in has been set on a timed locker and can not be opened by anybody for 24 hours. Luckily there’s plenty of food for the two of you to enjoy a quiet peaceful dinner together. Should you feel you’d like something else to do together, a working television and DVD with several movies are present, (Dinner and a movie are always a great beginning). P.S. Dad, if you ever feel yourself not up to the job, the cabinet by the refrigerator has a lot of helpful tools to keep the two of you occupied. Love, Robert, Lenny, Sandra and Jenny."

Looking over some of the choices for food Susan said, "Interesting menu selection: Oysters, mussels, truffles, caviar, French onion soup, almonds, peaches, avocado and chocolate, lots of chocolate I might add. Chocolate cake, chocolate donuts, chocolate éclair pie and a bowl full of chocolate kisses." Picking up a bottle she tasted it and smiling said, "Oh yeah, ‘Anderson Dressing’ to top everything off; God I feel horny to death already and I haven’t even started eating."

Harry was over by the cabinet checking out the ‘tools’ and said, "Would you like one of these egg vibrators for your cunt and a butt plug vibrator for your ass while we eat?"

"Oh yes please," Susan said excited; moving over to the TV and studying the movie selection on top of it."

"Don’t tell me," Harry said noticing the frown on her face, "triple X rated ‘to hot for any decent couple to watch’ movies."

"Actually no, well except maybe this one, but these other four are all g rated Disney type movies." Harry threw her a questioning look and she read the choices: "‘It Takes Two’, ‘The Parent Trap’ (original version with Hayley Mills), ‘The Parent Trap’ (revised edition with Lindsey Lohan), ‘The Parent Trap 2’"

"Do you get the feeling our kids are trying to tell us something," Harry questioned, "What’s the last movie?"

"‘The Mistress of Pain and the Loving Cousins’ looks home made."

"Well it definitely sounds the best choice for our needs; slip it in and come have dinner, we have 24 hours together and I don’t want to waste a single second of it."

She did so and the Mistress came on screen introducing Harry, Susan and their kids as her toys for the night, Susan walked over to the table where Harry had sat down on the one chair provided. Harry slipped the vibrators she had requested into her cunt and her ass and she looked frowning once more around the table.

"What’s wrong," Harry asked.

"Well where am I supposed to sit?"

"Well isn’t that obvious," Harry said pulling her onto his lap. She smiled and as she chose to start feasting on the truffles, Harry chose to start feasting on her boobs.

 

 

Chapter Six – Patty’s Goodbye

"Does anybody know where Harry and Susan are this morning," Stan asked as he looked over all the kids having breakfast in the dining room.

"Dad," Ron said, "we told you yesterday at dinner that they were going out together."

"You mentioned dinner and a movie," Stan said suspiciously, "it’s now breakfast time."

"Well obviously they’ve extended their date," Ron said a little annoyed, "I heard they both had the day off today and I guess they needed a special escape from the hassles of these last few days. Don’t be surprised if you don’t see them all day long."

Stan looked at him again and said, "Just out of curiosity, why are you the only one talking to me and everyone else is gulping down their food like they’re terrorized I might ask them a question?"

Just then Laura came in with a letter in her hand. "Honey look at this, it’s a letter from City Hall addressed to ‘The Anderson Family’; it just arrived by special delivery."

Stan took the envelope and opening it read the letter, with a puzzled look said, "It’s from the Mayor!"

"The Mayor," Lana said surprised, "What does she say?"

Stan read the letter aloud saying, "Dear Anderson Family; Speaking for the community of Riverdale, I want to congratulate you on being selected this years number one family. This honor has been bestowed on your family in recognition of ‘Triplet X Love Times 2’ amazing work this past year in bringing ‘safe sex’ awareness to the community. We may never truly know how many of our children truly owe them their lives. As you will be leaving on your camping trip in three days for a month-and-a-half and on returning will instantly be leaving again (the kids to summer camp and the parents on their Caribbean get-away) we would be pleased if the entire family were present this Saturday at noon at City Hall Plaza to receive a special plaque of achievement. Other invited quests include Dr. Randolph Lewis and Prof. Patricia Clark faculty advisors of the OHPF club. We would appreciate if Ms. Lana Anderson, president of OHPF, were to accept the plaque in the family’s name and at the same time say a few words. We would also be honored if Triplet X Love Times 2 would perform 2 or 3 songs after the presentation; they could consider it a rehearsal for their tour. Thank you greatly, Catherine Montgomery, Mayor of Riverdale."

Everybody, even the visiting cousins seemed shocked, proud and confused at once. No one knew what to say, but finally Lana said, "Oh my, I need to prepare a speech!"

"How does she know so much about us," Ron asked puzzled, "I mean to know that we’re the newest celebrities in town, or to know all the public work Lana and OHPF have been doing towards ‘safe sex’ awareness is one thing, but to know that we’re about to leave on a combination camping trip and tour (something we ourselves didn’t know until a few days ago) and to know our exact plans when we get back…"

"I didn’t read the P.S.," Stan said nervously, "Mostly because coming from an official letter from City Hall it’s a bit scary."

"What does it say Dad," Ana asked.

"P.S. Please wear clothes to the ceremony," Stan sounded worried as he said this and looked around the table of naked teens.

"Okay that is too weird," Don said, "who exactly is this Mayor Montgomery anyway; I’d never even heard of her?"

"Could the letter be a hoax," Ron asked.

"Well that was my suspicion the first time I read it," Stan said, "but all these seals and stamps on it seem pretty real and too authentic to be a hoax."

"Do we know any kids by the name of Montgomery," John said suddenly, "that part were she mentions ‘our children’ sounds very first person to me."

"Of course," Lana said, "she must be the parent of one of our members that would certainly explain a lot in that letter. Though none of the OHPF have ever mentioned being children of the Mayor."

Hannah had pulled out her PC cell phone and was busy at its screen. "Well she seems very highly respected," she said suddenly, "she’s been mayor now for four years and a half, she’s just starting her second term, and oh—" Hannah suddenly froze.

"What is it," John asked, "did you find something on the web to tell us how she knows so much about us?"

Hannah nodded her head looking somewhat sick.

"Well Honey," Ron said a little strongly, "tell us what it is!"

"Catherine Montgomery isn’t her name, not her full name anyway; it’s her maiden name. She used her maiden name to run and take office because she didn’t want her husband’s well-known name influencing voters. It says here that her husband is one of the richest and most powerful men in the world, he’s nicknamed ‘the man who owns the world’ because he’s owner of one of the most successful real estate businesses in the world."

"Wait a second," Lana said gulping, "real estate?"

John, who was a little white at the moment said, "Umm, what exactly is this super rich guy’s name?"

"Charles Wilson, making the good mayor’s full name Catherine Montgomery Wilson," Hannah said a little scared.

"Oh my," Laura said, just as three people stepped in from outside.

"Hi," Debbie said smiling and going over to John. "Honey," she said on noticing John’s face, "Why do you look so nervous?"

"Yeah," Katrina said going over and sitting on Lana’s lap as usual, "you all look way tense and worse of all your cocks and boobs are all down."

"I’ll tell you," Jason said going over and kissing Don, "the way you guys are all looking at us you’d think you’d never met us before."

"John, what’s wrong," Debbie said when he wouldn’t stop looking at her with a ‘who the hell are you’ look.

"Umm Debbie," Stan said, "We’ve just received an interesting letter; we’ve been trying to decipher its meaning."

"A letter," Debbie said a little nervously.

"A letter from whom," Jason said a little scared.

"It’s from the Mayor of Riverdale," John said looking directly into Debbie’s eyes.

"Damn that bitch," Katrina said angrily, "I told her to leave you all alone!"

"So you know the Mayor," Lana said pinching Katrina’s clit rather tightly.

"What," Katrina said suddenly realizing what she had just said, "I-I may be familiar with her, it’s a small town really," she said lamely.

"Oh shut up Katrina," Debbie said angrily, "they know; it’s over," she started to cry.

"Debbie, what’s wrong," John said suddenly coming out of the trance that the initial shock of finding out his girlfriend was the daughter of the Mayor and one of the richest men in the world had him in. "What do you mean it’s over; are you saying you’re leaving me?"

It was Debbie that was now wearing a shocked look, "Aren’t you dumping me?"

"I told you Debbie, they’re not like everyone else," Katrina said, and then to everyone else explained, "Most people find it a little hard to be around us when they find out the truth. I don’t know why, we’re the same as we always are."

"It has to do with a fear of power," Ron said, "remember how nervous I was when I ended up with my Dad’s boss’ daughter and his best friend’s daughter as my slaves."

"Well that was different," Debbie said, "Louise’s dad could have easily had your father fired if you upset his daughter."

"And your mom can’t easily have us run out of town if I upset you," John asked with a nervous smile.

"Mom and Dad can’t do anything to you," Katrina said, "they’re under our control; you have nothing to worry from them." She turned and sat around to face Lana and give her a kiss, "I promise you that!"

"Mom and Dad are very public figures," Jason said, "what their kids do or say can easily affect their careers and they know it."

"We sort of have a deal with them," Debbie said, "they allow us to have normal childhoods in a normal school and in return we behave like model kids in public."

"Why did she send you a letter anyway," Jason asked, now sitting on Don’s lap.

After giving the details of the letter Katrina said, "Well, I guess that was a bit cool of her, but she should have warned us about it."

"And why would she do that," Lana asked, Katrina hadn’t stopped kissing her and rubbing her cunt into Lana’s for a while.

"Because she knows that the three of us belong to your family, and anything that affects our owners affects us," Katrina said kissing her again.

Debbie smiled into John’s face and kissed him too. Even with his cock pumping in her twat as it had for the last few minutes he still looked a little worried and she asked, "What are you thinking about?"

John kissed her and said, "Actually I was thinking if I don’t hurry up and make you cum I might be late to that driving test later," and with that he kissed her again and started to pump a little harder and faster.

*****

"What time do you think it is," Susan asked as Harry’s cock pumped into her ass several times, "not that it really matters, but I was wondering how much alone time we still have left?"

"It’s 12 o’clock; the kids set the time on the DVD. As to how much alone time we have left, didn’t we agree we have the rest our lives together in which to find more alone time?"

"Have we really been fucking for 16 hours," Susan said blissfully.

"Well, not counting the several times that a few of those orgasms knocked us completely out for a while. But yeah, that’s about right."

Susan was lying on top of Harry as his cock worked non-stop in her butt hole. She leaned down and kissing him said, "I’ve really loved being with you like this, I feel so happy and relaxed when I’m around you.’

"Does that mean you are definitely saying yes to my offer," Harry said smiling.

"For now I think my plan is still the safest; we rent rather than buy a roomy house (but with the option to buy) we move in together and try being a family for a year. If it totally works out, and I have no doubt it will, next year at this time we have the official wedding."

"I still don’t see why we have to wait," Harry said.

"Harry, we are both still in the middle of complicated legal hassles. Completely merging our lives before they are over and done with could mean merging those legal problems and their consequences should one of us lose our case."

"That may be true," he said, "but I’m willing to face any consequences to have you as my wife right now."

Susan smiled and said, "Well at the moment I am, who needs a piece of paper to say that," she then smiled a little mischievously and said, "Isn’t it time to draw another of those position cards the kids left us?"

Smiling Harry reached under his pillow and pulled out the deck of cards with couples in various sexual positions on top and drew a card, "Spooning," he read and showed Susan a picture of a woman with a man spooned against her body, his cock deep in her pussy and his hand resting around her body on her tits.

"You know what," Susan said suddenly, "we should really get some sleep and that looks like a perfect position to rest comfortably in." She got off and they quickly assumed the position together; just lying comfortably listening to the waves outside.

*****

"So why are you so crazy with anals," Jenny asked as she took a turn wearing the harness Sandra had worn the previous day. Sandra had insisted that Jenny give it to her in her ass and Jenny had had much doubt about being able to get the 12 inch by 3 inch faux cock past Sandra’s little rosebud. However, after a long episode of tonguing, fingering and graduated dildo use, they had finally gotten the hole large enough to try to get the head of the faux cock through.

After much painful (for Sandra) pushing and pressure application the cock head finally gave a loud pop and made it all the way through her sphincter. Jenny had then began to slowly begin pushing in and out, each time going a bit deeper until now, she was finally up against Sandra’s pink butt cheeks and was ready to begin seriously fucking her ass.

"I really like the pain," Sandra admitted, "you wouldn’t believe how much it turns me on."

"Ho—ho," Jenny said, "I think we may have the birth of the family’s next super-submissive." As she said this, she put her hand around Sandra and finding one of her tits gave the nipple a strong pinch. Sandra gave a scream followed by a very happy moan.

"Mom use to spank me all the time when I was growing up," Sandra said, "I was never more happy than when she said I’d done something wrong and would have to punish me. I haven’t quite figured out how to get Dad to give me a good spanking yet."

"I’ll give you one later if you like," Jenny said.

"Oh yes please," Sandra said, a little too excited.

"Umm," Jenny said, "I better keep you away from Ron or I may lose you before I’ve really gotten to claim you."

Sandra wasn’t sure what she meant by that but she was too happy with the painful anal she was getting to question Jenny’s desires, instead she asked, "Talking about Ron, do you think his plan with Mom and Dad is working," then catching herself said, "wow did you hear that, I called Susan Mom, and it felt so natural. Does she like to give spankings?"

Jenny reached around her again, this time finding Sandra’s clit and pinching it just as hard as she had Sandra’s nipple, once more Sandra screamed, but this time it was more from the fact she was cumming buckets and in true ecstasy.

"Oh yeah," Jenny said excitedly, "a true submissive if I ever saw one, and you’re all mine. I discovered you and I’m claiming you." Jenny leaned over and licked Sandra’s ear a few times she then bit it and pulling forcefully out of Sandra’s ass—

SPANK! SPANK! SPANK! SPANK! SPANK!

"Guess what you red-headed BITCH; you’ve just become my official PROPERTY! I now own this sorry ass of yours, just like I own this beautiful red-haired twat of yours! Do you understand that my little whore, DO YOU!?!"

"Y—ye—yes," Sandra said this with joy in her eyes and even a few happy tears, "Yes, I’m yours!"

Jenny threw her on the bed and started to drill her cunt painfully with the monster cock, at the same time pinching and pulling Sandra’s nipples and her clit; every now and then easing up the brutalizing to fuck her with tender gentle strokes while leaning over to lock lips with her new happy slave.

They heard someone come in and turning they saw that it was Lana and Hannah; Lana looked pissed Hannah, however, looked very happy.

"So the tests are over," Jenny said pulling out of Sandra’s pussy and quickly returning to her ass, "Need I ask how the two of you did?"

"I got a perfect grade," Hannah said smiling, "My master is so happy with me. He promised to give me a special treat tonight."

Jenny looked at Lana who said, "Ask how I did and I’ll bite your clit off!"

"So how did the others do," Jenny asked.

"Exactly as my master predicted, he and John got their licenses, Ana and Don failed."

Sandra gave a loud scream as she came violently again and Lana said, "Hey, can I get some of that, I’m really thirsty?"

Jenny pulled quickly out of Sandra’s twat letting Lana just as quickly dive between Sandra’s legs and paste her mouth to Sandra’s gushing hole.

Hannah in the meantime was eyeing the monster faux cock, she’d been watching as it traveled painfully in and out of Sandra’s various holes and finally said, "You think you can stick that in me, it looks gloriously painful, and I do deserve an immediate reward."

Jenny smiled and pulled Hannah forcefully to the side of the bed and bending her down doggy-style just rammed right in taking a second to ask, "So where is Ana now?"

*****

"So you’re really leaving right after the award presentation tomorrow?" As Ana asked this she kissed Patty with a mixture of happiness and sadness. She continued kissing her more sadly a few times. She knew they’d be separated for a while, but the fact that they’d only have this one last night together before that long time apart was really making the reality of it sink in. "We’re not going to be able to fuck each other again for more than a month, how am I supposed to survive that long without a little Patty Juice every day!"

"Hey," Patty said, "don’t worry about it. We’ll talk every day via video-messenger; I promise to reserve at least 45 minutes a day to some hot cyber sex with you. As to not having any Patty juice, well at least you’ll have plenty of Hannah, Lana and Laura juice, not to mention, Debbie, Katrina, Jenny and Sandy juice; I’m the one that will be stuck with nothing to drink. Which, by the way, is why I want to fill up as much as possible tonight," as she said this she pulled Ana into a 69 on top of her and they sucked away at each other, both quite joyous yet with a shadow of grief knowing they wouldn’t have the opportunity again for some time.

After they had both cum twice, Patty got Ana to turn around so they could kiss; their lips, their tits and their pussies all locked happily together and rubbed and rubbed against one another until they had both cum yet again. They quickly locked lips around each others twats again not wanting to let any of this nights juices go to waste.

After the mutual drink Patty got up and going over to her dresser returned with various bottles as well as a harness and various sized imitation cocks that could be attached to it.

"What are those," Ana said looking at the bottles.

"They’re special oils; I wanted to give you a little massage."

"Really," Ana said smiling, "do I get to give you one too?"

"Absolutely," Patty said having Ana lie flat on her back and beginning to rub the first oil on her legs, massaging it in gently, moving slowly up her body. When she reached Ana’s thighs she spent a while squeezing and massaging the inner thighs driving Ana wild every time Patty’s fingers would rub across Ana’s number one sex hole every now and then a finger actually going all the way up into it. Ana was desperate for more attention there, and was a little disappointed when Patty skipped over her vaginal and pubic region and began massaging the oils into her waist and slowly moved up. Ana however quickly felt blissful again as the oils were gently rubbed around her belly button and up the soft areas of her right and left side. Patty then slowly worked her hands up Ana’s stomach toward Ana’s boobs, and Ana was happy to see that Patty didn’t skip this area, she in fact spent a good long time massaging, squeezing, pinching and pulling Ana’s boobs until Ana gave a small happy scream and began cumming strongly again. Patty quickly pasted her mouth to Ana’s twat to drink up all her goodbye present. When Ana’s orgasm subsided, Patty continued applying the oils to Ana’s chest and front neck. She then had Ana turn around and lie on her stomach, Patty also took the opportunity to put on the harness, attaching a 9 inch dildo to the inside and sticking it deep in her own pussy as she secured the harness around herself. She then began to work the oils into Ana’s back massaging gently down the back and sides toward her waist. On reaching her butt, she once more skipped the area completely and began at the bottom of Ana’s legs, slowly working her way up. When she reached the inner thighs, she pause temporarily after teasing Ana’s twat and butt hole a few times, she attached a 12 inch faux cock to the outside of the harness and finally started to truly apply the oils to Ana’s twat, ass and butt cheeks, kneading them in. Ana had another minor orgasm as Patty began to work the oils into her twat rubbing them in with two and at times three fingers; then doing the same for Ana’s butt hole working the oils deep into her anus. Ana was in heaven, she didn’t know if it was the tingly feeling the oils left on her skin, the peppermint and almond like aroma of the oils, the sudden cold to hot and hot to cold feeling shooting through her pussy and ass, or just the fact that it was Patty’s fingers in her; whatever it was, she loved it and wanted more; and more she got when Patty suddenly positioned her so she could work the faux cock into her pussy and started fucking her seriously.

"God this feels beautiful," Ana thought, "I never want it to stop."

Patty fucked Ana to two more powerful orgasms, before switching to fuck Ana’s ass. Patty herself had also come several times as the harness she was wearing had a constantly vibrating clit stimulator and the dildo in her own pussy would rub against her G-spot with every thrust she gave into Ana’s pussy or ass. Patty, like Ana, never wanted this time together to end, but when Ana passed out after her next powerful orgasm, Patty decided that maybe it was time to take a break before Ana took her turn giving Patty a massage and fucking her until she passed out.

*****

Harry once more started to slowly wake up, he quickly realized he was still spooned against Susan and couldn’t resist leaning over and kissing her neck a few times. She moved and he realized she was awake too so he started pumping into her pussy.

He heard a movement behind him and turning to see saw Sandra and Jenny leaning against the center table with Lenny and Robert working their cocks into the girls’ twats. Smiling, he got Susan to sit up and watch the show. The kids had not yet noticed their parents had woken up. Harry sat Susan on his lap and continued pumping her twat as they watched their kids with pride.

Robert finally looked over and noticing them awake said, "Mom, Dad, you’re awake, did you spend a nice night together?"

Susan smiled, she had noticed how easily Robert called her ‘Mom’ and she realized that she liked it very much. "We had a great time son," she said.

"So," Jenny said, "do you have anything to tell us?"

Getting off Harry Susan said, "Come here kids." She sat Robert on the cot and quickly sat on his lap positioning his cock at the entrance of her ass and having him push in hard and deep, she then had Sandra kneel before her and eat her cunt. Jenny and Lenny were motioned to sit on either side of her and each encouraged to take a breast in their mouths.

After several minutes of them all enjoying a piece of her, Susan said, "Your father and I (she was obviously talking to all four kids and not just Harry’s two) will be moving in together this fall. After you return from summer camp and we return from our voyage. We both still have too much legal baggage to immediately get married, but if everything works out fine, by this time next year we’ll really be one family, how does that sound to you?"

They all gave happy smiles and nods, but since Robert was the only one without his mouth busy, he spoke saying, "That sounds great Mom, we love you." He then started kissing her neck.

Harry smiled at this and not wanting to be left out said, "Hey don’t forget me, we’re all in the family," and going over to Susan he presented his cock to her mouth and leaning over slightly she swallowed it thinking, "What a beautiful family I have."

 

Chapter Seven – On the Road at Last

Stan was concerned again the next day when not only Harry and Susan but all of their kids as well, were missing. Ana also was absent from the breakfast table but at least he knew where she was; Ana had taken her costume (the more g-rated version one) to Patty’s house and would be going directly to the ceremony with her later on. But, as to where all his guests were, he had no idea.

"Look Dad," Ron said, "trust me, they’re okay; Robert emailed me last night that everything was perfect."

"He emailed you," Stan said surprised, "how exactly did he email you?"

"Ana left me her phone to lend them. Ana wanted absolutely no disturbances during her last night with Patty so she wouldn’t need it."

"Are you going to tell me what you kids have up your sleeves," then smiling he added as he looked over the bodies of his five naked kids "if you had any sleeves that is."

"They should be back within the hour," Ron said, "you’ll find out then."

Sighing and a little mad about the secrecy Stan said, "And don’t you think your pet should be sitting in a chair rather than on your cock while she eats breakfast. Didn’t you spend most of last night rewarding her for passing her test!?!"

"That’s sort of why I’m avoiding hard chairs at the moment," Hannah said smiling.

"I had to spend most of the night licking and sucking her ass cheeks and butt hole just so she could sit on a soft surface today," Lana said angrily.

"By the way," Ron said to her smiling, "thanks for that I owe you an extra special private fuck session later; just you and me."

"Really," Lana said suddenly smiling, "it’s a deal, though it has to be tonight, I have a big threesome planned for after the ceremony with Randy and Katy. I especially want to be with Randy since his 10 inches will be away from my cunt for more than a month when we leave."

They heard the front door and a little later the Wilson kids entered the dining room, "Great," Katrina said, "we haven’t missed breakfast. We were worried we had and we were all pretty hungry. With all of you studying and preparing for those tests yesterday, we haven’t had a decent meal in days." She went straight to Lana and dropping between her legs started to eat. Debbie and Jason didn’t even say anything, they just walked over to John and Don respectively and dropping to their knees started feasting also.

Realizing there was no way he’d get the kids’ attentions back before they had all completed breakfast, Stan went back to the kitchen table to eat with Laura.

Just then they heard the front door again and in a few minutes they were joined by Harry and Susan at the kitchen table as their kids went on to the dining room.

"You two look happy," Laura said, "when you didn’t show up for two nights we were worried one of our kids might have you in chains."

"Then again," Stan added smiling, "that would probably have them very happy also."

"Well," Susan said, "no one had us in chains; we were locked in a bomb shelter with no way of escaping for 24 hours. We then decided to spend another complete night there with the kids, mine and Harry’s kids," then looking at Harry and smiling she said, "Our kids!"

Laura and Stan looked at them questionably and Susan held out her hand to give them a good view of what was on it.

Stan’s eyes popped, "Susan, you’re wearing a wedding ring!"

"I have one too," Harry said holding out his hand.

"Are the two of you—" Laura couldn’t quite say it.

Susan however answered anyway, "Officially no, we don’t have any paperwork, but we made a deal to merge our families and if everything works out, next summer you and Stan will be our best man and maid-of-honor."

Laura shot up and running over to Susan gave her an incredible congratulations kiss saying, "Susan, Harry, this is fantastic, I’m so happy for the two of you!"

"So where did you get the rings," Stan asked, still a bit in shock.

"There’s a jewelry store in the mall we passed walking back from the beach, the owner was just opening up when we passed and we decided we may not have the paperwork to show we’re husband and wife now, but there was no need not to have the symbols." Harry kissed Susan passionately and added, "Because that’s what Susan is now, my wife, whether the law says so or not."

"And the kids are all okay with this arrangement," Laura asked a bit concerned.

"Who do you thing arranged to have us kidnapped together with a bunch of ‘The Parent Trap’ movies in the first place," Harry said.

"Really," Stan said smiling, "sounds definitely like one of Ron’s plans."

"Oh yes," Susan said, "he was definitely the mastermind; I have to remember to thank him later."

*****

At the ceremony that afternoon, the Anderson family finally got to meet the mother of the kids they’d been fucking for almost a year now. However, the event was pretty well programmed from start to finish and there wasn’t very much time for personal conversation. During Triplet X Love Times 2’s final song, though, the mayor did lean over and whisper to Stan and Laura, "Your kids are amazing, and I think your relationship with them is wonderful. I often wish I could be allowed to be as close with my kids as you are with yours and with mine for that matter," she added smiling happily.

After the ceremony Lana went with Katrina to Dr. Lewis’ house, while Ana drove Patty to the airport; Patty had listed Ana as an official driver of her car and given her the paperwork so she could drive back home after Patty’s plane left. Patty’s small two passenger car would then remain in the Anderson garage with Stan’s small two passenger car over the summer. Being that in two days they would be on the road and without much hope of private moments, several of the others vanished after the ceremony as well. John and Debbie had reserved the bomb shelter for the night; Ron and Hannah kicked Pietro and Amy out of the Mistress’ bed chamber for the night; Don totally vanished with Jason, no one knew where at the time; Jenny took advantage of the fact that the boys’ room was to be totally empty and dragging Sandra up there (literally) Jenny continued training her new toy; Susan and Harry decided to spend one more night alone together so they had Robert and Lenny take Pietro’s room while they took Amy’s (they wanted this night together because they would both be leaving the next day to their respective cities to continue their legal battles and might not be back for a week or two).

The only person left alone in the house that night was Ana, who had finally gotten back from the airport. She didn’t like the idea of being alone much so using the houses surveillance system she searched for a room in which she might be welcome. After checking all the rooms she made a decision and making a stop at the family room (where she had noticed Pietro and Amy on sofas) she said, "Why are you two in here?"

"The rooms are a bit full," Amy said, "and I don’t really like using the studio."

"And I did not want to leave Amy alone," Pietro said, "my cock would be very unhappy if it didn’t wake up near her."

"Well why don’t you two go to my room, it’s going to be empty for the night," Ana said smiling.

"I appreciate that;" Amy said, "out of curiosity, where will you be sleeping?"

"Oh I saw a cuntless room I’m pretty sure I can squeeze into. Have a good night you two." Ana then went down to Pietro’s room where she had seen Robert and Lenny kissing and rubbing their cocks together and said, "How would you like some holes to put those big cocks in?" Without a word they made room for her between them and filled her holes from opposite sides.

*****

The next day Dr. Lewis brought Lana and Katrina home early and Lana gave him a tour of the bus.

"Wow," Lana said, "is it just me or does this bus smell like Anderson cream already, before we’ve even inaugurated it?"

After passing the first two sections and reaching the BED room they found Jason sleeping on top of Don in a 69 position.

"Wow," Katrina said, "have they actually spent all night with their cocks down each others throats?"

"Looks that way," Lana said, "Wake them up and tell them breakfast is about ready, I’ll show Randy the last section."

"It looks to me like they’ve been eating all night," Katrina said giggling, "Do you think they need breakfast?"

"Just do it, come on Randy; look at our kitchen and bathroom."

After showing Dr. Lewis the ‘safe sex’ awareness mural Lana asked Dr. Lewis to join the family for breakfast, she wanted to introduce the extended family which he had not yet met."

"By the way Lana," Jason said as they walked toward the front door. "It’s about time I officially exchange this." He handed Lana his blue OHPF ID bracelet; the blue band signified he would eventually be looking for a serious relationship with a member of the opposite sex.

"I was wondering when you’d turn that in," Lana said smiling, "I have some in my room; I’ll get you a green one right now."

"No," Jason said, "not a green one."

Lana looked at him a little surprised and Don looked at him a little pained and said, "he says he’s not ready to give up on the possibility of one day finding his true love in a cunt. I guess it is a little early to decide."

"I have however accepted that my true love can easily be a cock and if it is," he said leaning over and kissing Don, "let it be."

Lana smiled and said, "I’ll bring you down a red one immediately, and welcome to the truly bi- party."

Lana ran into Jenny and Sandra coming down the stairs and gave them a long and curious look. Sandra’s nipples and clit were all very tightly clamped, she was wearing a collar and Jenny was leading her to the breakfast table on a leash; Lana also noticed several impressions of the word ‘SPANK’ on Sandra’s very red and swollen butt cheeks.

Lana looked back up the steps and saw Ron and Hannah descending, Hannah looked like she’d been beaten by and entire gang, she was badly bruised on several parts of her body and as well as having her nipples clamped, her tits were badly bitten in several parts. Ron also had her on a leash and when Lana noticed impressions of hearts on not only her butt cheeks but also all over her back, she lost it and jumping Ron started to beat him badly.

"How can you treat her like that you scum!" BAM! "Look at her!" BAM! "Look what you’ve done to her she’s—"

"Very happy Lana," Hannah said, "I’m very happy." She said this with a truly joyous smile.

Lana controlled herself a little and said, "I thought you two were supposed to be spending the night as equals in the Mistress’ bed chamber, what happened?"

"We were checking to see what everyone was doing," Ron said massaging his face where Lana had struck him, "when we saw Jenny braking in Sandy, it was an incredible beating and it really turned both of us on."

"I really needed it right then and there," Hannah said smiling.

"So you broke your ban all things ‘dominating’ in the Mistress’ bed chamber?"

"Of course not," Hannah said looking insulted. Quickly smiling again, though, she said, "I used the Mistress’ ‘knock-out’ spray on her and after chaining and gagging her I locked her up in her wardrobe and we took over the torture room for the night. It was glorious even if my Master still refused to beat me as much as I wanted."

Lana threw Hannah’s badly bruised body another look, but Hannah was looking at the angry look on Ron’s face and realizing what she had just said quickly added respectfully, "Not that I in any way have a say in how my Master wishes to treat me." She kissed him a few times on the face where Lana had just hit him.

To better explain, Ron said, "My bitch here was begging me to give her 2 black eyes, a bloody nose and a split lip; I made it clear to her that outside of an occasional—" SLAP! SLAP! SLAP! "She is in no way to ever bring that subject up again. I love her face just the way it is." He leaned over to her and kissed her pulling Hannah onto his lips with the leash he was holding.

Lana smiled and said, "Isn’t her face my face too?"

Ron smiled at her and grabbing Lana by the back of her neck pulled her to him and gave her as deep and passionate a kiss as he had just given Hannah. After finally releasing her Ron shook his head a bit and said, "‘Queen’ your face may be my Honey’s, but you are definitely not my Honey."

He walked away to the kitchen dragging Hannah behind him.

Lana rolled her eyes and continued up to her room. She was surprised when she walked in and found Pietro in the bed. "Pietro, what are you doing here; where’s Ana?"

"The sweet ‘Sugar’ chose to sweeten someone else’s bed last night so she left this one to Amy and me."

Lana walked over to her dresser and as she got a red band ID bracelet she asked, "You know who she was spending the night with?"

"I believe in my room with Leonard and Robert."

"Good," Lana said strongly. Catching an eye of Pietro’s boner as he pulled the sheets off himself and prepared to get out of bed she added, "With Patty gone for awhile I was afraid she might instantly fall into another cock depression mode like the last time. Talking about cocks," she added smiling, "let me give you some help with yours," and jumping on the bed she devoured Pietro’s cock.

*****

When Lana finally came back down, she saw John and Debbie adding their clothes to the pile left by her Don, Katrina and Jason when they entered; she had not been able to get Dr. Lewis out of his clothes though.

"So, the two of you enjoy yourselves last night," Lana asked smiling, "you saved me a little juice for later right?"

Smiling Debbie went over to her and gave her a very long tongue sucking kiss, and after finally releasing her Debbie said, "Hi Lana, we had a great time together, and as for the juice, you know there’s always juice in my machine for you." She kissed her again and added, "You know I consider you my true bi-sexual mentor and awakener of my bi-sexuality. Katrina had been forcing sex on me for years, but you forced your love of all sex on me and I’ve never been happier." She leaned over and bit Lana’s nipple before giving her one last kiss and following John into the dining room.

"I think I’ve created a sex monster," Lana thought smiling as she massaged her bitten tit.

"Lana," someone said as they climbed the steps, "you’re back."

Turning, Lana saw Ana coming up the steps closely followed by Robert, very closely followed. "He couldn’t pull his cock out for some reason," Lana questioned smiling.

"I wasn’t ready to feel empty yet. I keep thinking that as soon as the cock is gone I’ll break down in tears thinking about Patty being gone."

"Are you saying that you slept with his cock in your cunt all night," Lana said, somewhat amused.

Smiling Robert said, "Actually it was Lenny Jr. that spent the night there, mine was in her ass."

"You know, everybody here seems extra-horny this morning, even by this family’s standards," then in shocked voice Lana added, "I don’t believe I just said that!"

"I think it has to do with the fact that we finally leave tomorrow and won’t be back for so long," Ana said, "we’ll all miss the house and want to make sure we’ll leave it well fucked."

They entered the dining room where there were two people on almost every chair. Stan and Laura as well as Harry and Susan were also there each couple taking a chair. Lana was also happy to see that the family had managed to convince Randy go get out of his clothes as he sat there. Since Katrina was giving Lenny a lap dance, Lana walked over to Randy and sat on his lap, leaving the last available seat to Robert and Ana who were able to make themselves comfortable on it without ever extracting Robert’s cock from Ana.

"Well," Stan said, "Now that we’re finally all here we can have one last meeting before hitting the road tomorrow. Both Harry and Susan leave for the airport this afternoon and this is the last chance for all of you to talk to them, live anyway, until we get back."

"So will you be getting any sun on those California beaches Aunt Susan," Ron asked giving Hannah’s neck a few kisses.

"I doubt I’ll have time to look up at the sun; my lawyers say that they can get a good shot at releasing me from all of Howard’s medical bills as well as get me and the kids a good part of our income back, but it is going to be a long nasty fight."

"Sounds like what my lawyer told me," Harry said, "do you think it is some sort of rehearsed speech? My lawyer also said the new problem I mentioned has escalated to an all out war, they say in the end there is no doubt I will come out ahead, but they say the road will be very bumpy. The good thing is that everyone has agreed to keep Robert and Sandra themselves away from all the court hassles. They can therefore totally enjoy this trip with you."

"I expect to talk to you both daily," Stan said, "You both have the email address and IM ID I gave you right?" They nodded and Stan said, "I want the rest of you to double check that you have everything you’re taking packed, your band equipment and the camping gear is already in the bus, but all of you try to have more than one set of clothes for the month and a half trip, we will be in public daily you know."

"Dr. Lewis," Laura said, "what were you saying about renovations to your house?"

"I was saying that my house is being almost totally rebuilt over the summer, rather than renovated. It’s an old plan Mabel and I once had (the house I live in was actually hers); she left everything she owned to me in her will, as well as a request that I remember that plan. I had been asking if you could suggest a good motel for long stays in the area."

"You don’t need to go to a motel," Lana said almost insulted, "Randy; you’re family, if you need a place to stay while this house going to be almost totally empty, I know a place you can stay."

"She’s right Dr. Lewis," Stan said, "you’re welcome to use any of the empty rooms here during that time."

"I have to admit, it would sure beat any motel, but are you sure," Dr. Lewis asked.

"Absolutely," Laura said, "Like Lana said, you’re family."

"And we expect to hear from you every day too," Lana said turning around on his lap to face him and giving him a kiss.

"Well," he said kissing her back, "I guess cyber-sex can be considered safe sex." He smiled at her and squeezed one of her boobs.

"When are we inaugurating the tour mobile and giving it a good Anderson family anointing," Ana asked.

"Tonight," Lana said, quickly turning around to face everyone.

"Actually," Don said, "Jason and I gave it a pretty good anointing last night."

"Well it needs a full anointing," Lana said, "for that it needs as much female juice as male cream in every single section. I want everyone that’s going on the trip in there tonight. I want that bus smelling like nothing but pure sex by tomorrow morning and I don’t want that smell to ever go away!"

"Who put you in charge of this trip," Ron asked angrily, and then quickly smiling added, "not that I dislike your suggestion in any way."

"No one is in charge," Lana said, "we’re just going to have fun on this trip, and can you think of a better way to start having fun?"

Just then Amy and Pietro entered with the trays full of food for everyone; once served everyone ate silently, the only sounds being those of food being eaten, kisses being given, cocks sloshing in and out of pussies and asses and much much moaning.

Dr. Lewis looked around the table and thought, " I can see why so many people enjoy eating breakfast here, what a magnificent way to start the day," and he continued driving his cock in and out of Lana’s cunt as he ate some banana pancakes.

*****

That night, after breaking a champagne bottle full of cunt juice and officially inaugurating the bus the "Triplet X Love Times 2 Tour Mobile" the fifteen people going on the trip stepped inside and prepared for the official anointing ceremony.

Lana placed an Anderson girl at the center of each section and the anointing was to revolve around them.

Laura was being fucked on the driver’s chair (which Lana separated as its own section) by Stan (the official first driver): Hannah was in the first section of the bus; she was being brutally pile driven by Ron in her twat, and Robert (who loved to give painful anals) in the ass: in the Recreation Room Jason and Don were fucking each other through the small membrane that separated Ana’s pussy and her ass; Ana was going crazy every time she felt the two guys rub their cocks inside of her: in the BED room Lana was lying face up on top of John, his cock plunging in and out of her ass; on top of Lana, Katrina was rubbing her super clit in and out of Lana’s twat while Debbie plastered her cunt on Lana’s mouth and her ass positioned so that Katrina could occasionally bend over and give it a good sucking also: Jenny Anderson was in the center of the action in the final section with Lenny’s cock in her ass as she was lying on top of her new pet Sandra in a ‘69’.

The orders were that no one was to stop having sex until they had passed out from pure exhaustion, everyone happily followed these orders.

By morning the smell of sex truly dominated the tour mobile, cum, cunt juice, sweaty cocks and open twats could be smelled in every section and after a quick shower and breakfast in the morning, the group set out, on the road at last.

 

 

Chapter Eight – Wood Nymphs

"CUMMMMINNNG! Ahh, oh-oh-oh," Jenny tried to take control of her body a little and she was trying to get her toy to ease up a little on her pussy; as usual, however, her slave was finding it very difficult to separate her mouth from Jenny’s overflowing love cup.

The other 3 female couples: Ana and Katrina, Lana and Debbie, and Hannah and Laura, as well as the one male couple, Ron and Robert, all started following Jenny’s lead.

As she finally started coming down from her sexual high for a moment, and she finally managed to get her slave to sit on her lap for awhile while Jenny played with Sandy’s tits, Jenny said, "God, I hate you two so much! I want to fuck you to death until you fill my mouth with some of those rare juices."

They were sitting in the Recreation Room and they had just watched three movies (actually two movies and one video clip): ‘The Mistress of Pain and the Loving Cousins’, ‘The Master’s New Look and his Pet’s Special Gift’ and ‘A Rare Gusher’ (all homemade, which, considering they were sitting in one of the largest library of professional movies any of them had ever been in, seemed strange).

"Yeah, well you wouldn’t believe what my brothers and I did for two hours straight after we first watched ‘A Rare Gusher’," Ron said smiling.

"Let me guess, you busted into the girls’ room and each grabbed a sister and fucked them non-stop trying to get them to ejaculate for you," Jenny said smiling.

"How did you guess," Lana said as Debbie continued drinking her juices from her kneeling position between her legs.

"Because that’s what she wants to do," Hannah said bringing her head up from Laura’s twat for a second to answer.

"God, it is exciting," Sandra said, "I promised my master I’ll dedicate my life to trying to get her to ejaculate for me."

"Yeah," Jenny said kissing Sandra’s neck a few times, "Just remember you can’t live with your tongue in my pussy." Sandra actually dropped her head sadly when Jenny said this and she added, "But I promise you a good breakfast, lunch and dinner as well as a midnight snack every day for the rest of our lives together."

Sandra raised her head and smiling happily turned around to face her master and lock lips with her. "Thank you so much Master," she said as she continued kissing her, "I love you so much."

Watching them Katrina said (moaning every now and then as Ana refused in any way to give up sucking her amazing clit) "Wow Ron, I can’t believe that you missed the presence of a true submissive in your house."

"Who said I missed it; I admit I wasn’t the very first to recognize Sandra for what she was, but by her second night at home I had confirmed the suspicions."

"Wait a minute," Jenny said, "you’re saying that not only you, but someone else knew about my Sandy and neither of you wanted to claim her?"

Ron saw Sandra look sadly to the floor on hearing this and said quickly, "It’s not that we didn’t want to claim her, it’s that we couldn’t; I learned at the beginning of last year with two additional pets I picked up (Louise and Marilyn) that one slave at a time per master" (he looked directly at Jenny as he said this, as if trying to pass on some wise old advise to the rookie master), "is the best way to go for both to be truly happy. As to the first person to discover Sandy, well she’s actually only around once a month, but she passed her suspicions on to my slave while Hannah helped prepare that DVD we just watched. I’m sure everyone noticed Sandra’s joy as the Mistress whipped her butt."

"It was beautiful," Sandra said excitedly and looking at Hannah with true love said, "if you ever see the Mistress again will you tell her that I’ll never forget that she is truly the first one to show me what I truly am, and that I will never stop loving her for that as long as I live?"

"I’ll be sure to tell her," Hannah said smiling.

"Hey," Lana said suddenly, "are we slowing down?"

"Oh I hope so," Debbie said raising her head once more from Lana’s twat. "It’s been almost 24 hours since our last rest stop. Without my motion sickness pills," she threw Katrina an angry and hateful look, "which so mysteriously vanished, I’ve had to use a non-stop flow of cum and cunt juice to keep me from getting sick."

"Well," Laura said smiling, "I guess it’s lucky you’re making the trip with this family. I’m sure no one has denied you a drink."

Debbie smiled and said, "No, no one has denied it, but a few were starting to complain that I’ve already drained them out of a weeks worth of fluids."

Just then a message came over the buses intercom system: "We’ll be pulling into the first resort in fifteen minutes," John (who was currently driving) said, "Everyone should start getting into some proper clothes now."

"Oh no," Robert said, really upset, leaning over and kissing Ron’s neck a few times as he continued to pump his ass.

"What’s wrong brother, aren’t you excited about reaching our first destination," Sandra questioned.

"Well yeah," Robert said smiling, but then added sadly looking at Ron in front of him, "but it means I’ll have to pull my cock out of your ass," he hugged Ron tightly as if not wanting to let go of him ever, "and he is not ready to be let out yet!"

"I’ll tell you what," Ron said turning around so they were facing each other, "just keep pumping until you cum then two of the girls can clean us up,"

"I’LL DO IT," screamed Katrina, Jenny and Hannah all at once.

"See," Ron said, "how long can it take to put on a pair of shorts and a t-shirt anyway," he leaned over and locking lips with Robert began sucking his tongue fiercely as Robert continued pumping.

Lana, who had gotten up with the other females when the announcement was made, walked over to Katrina and kissing her whispered, "Oh yeah, red is his color."

*****

"It’s even more packed than they expected," Debbie was telling everyone in the Recreation Room of the tour mobile, "They’ve actually had to start turning some customers away for the next two days. But our parking has been reserved for a while; they say they know you are the reason for all the last minute additions."

As official tour coordinators the Wilson kids had insisted on going in first and talking to the resort’s owners.

Jason now got up and said, "They’ve reserved a table at the very entrance for us to put the stuff we want to sell as well as all those info tracks you brought Lana."

"Great," Lana said, "I’ll get the stuff now."

"You don’t do anything," Katrina said angrily. "Remember, you’re one of the stars, you don’t do anything but: perform, get waited on hand and foot, and supply me with an endless supply of Lana juice as my salary for taking care of that part! UNDERSTAND!"

"Wow," Lana said looking deep into Katrina’s eyes, "I almost feel like I should say, ‘yes Master’, but I got you."

Debbie continued, "Now we’ve divided the tour coordination duties into four: Vehicle, Location, Memorabilia and Stage. I’m in charge of location so I’ll be the one dealing directly with all the resort owners and bringing you all the information on where you’ll be parked, where to set up the table—"

"—where the bathroom and showers are," Ron said questionably.

Debbie smiled and said, "yeah that too. Stan, I’m placing you in charge of the vehicle duties, your team will be in charge of keeping the tour mobile up and running; besides driving that includes keeping it gassed and when we get to these resorts emptying the waste section and refilling the water containers."

"My team," Stan questioned a little amused with Debbie’s sudden ‘I’m in charge’ attitude.

"Yes, Laura, John and Hannah are on your team, and since my job as location coordinator is pretty simple, I’ll be available to help your team also. Now, like Katrina said, the group members shouldn’t do much to strain or over-exert themselves, but they should be available to help if necessary."

"Jenny, Sandy Lana and Ana," Katrina said, "you four are with me at the memorabilia table. There should be at least one person at the table at all times and we’re in charge of keeping it well stocked."

Jason then said, "Lenny, Robert Ron and of course Don you four are on my team, we’re in charge of setting up the equipment, making sure everything on the stage is in working order, and keeping the show going."

"So are there any questions," Debbie asked.

Ana raised her hand and when Debbie called on her to speak asked, "When do we pitch our tents and start roasting marshmallows over an open fire while telling ghost stories?"

"Right after every single one of you pays me for my efforts as location coordinator," Debbie said very seriously as she started stripping, "Come on, you can all pay me in the BED room, the sooner I am overflowing with cum in every single hole, the sooner you can get to those marshmallows."

Everybody looked at her and starting to shrug they all stripped and John said, "Come on, let’s follow the leader."

*****

Three hours later Ana and Lana found themselves I charge of the memorabilia table; Katrina, Jenny and Sandy had all gone to restock the supplies. In the first three hours they had completely sold out everything they had set out and only a few stacks of the info tracts remained including one special tract written by Lana Anderson entitled, ‘Safe Sex is a Joke’.

"Lana, what do you mean by, ‘Safe Sex is a Joke’," a tall brunette woman asked.

"How did you know I was Lana?"

"I figured those individual letters on your tops are there for a reason," the woman said smiling.

Lana looked at her shocked and said, "You’re not a sexologist are you?"

The woman was now the one looking surprised and said, "Well I did minor in it at medical school, but my specialty is Infectious Diseases, STDs in particular. So what does it mean," she repeated holding up the tracts front page. "I mean I plan to read it but I’d be interested in having a summary from the author herself."

"It deals with the beauty of true sex and how if you truly want to enjoy it, no mere condom can ever protect you. Being a doctor you know that STD infections, HIV and AIDS especially, can be gotten through a simple exchange of body fluids. For a mere condom to protect you, you’d have to do nothing during sex but have the guy drill you slowly, probably only in missionary, to guarantee it doesn’t get so hot and intense (which sex should always be by the way) that the condom ends up breaking. As for the other beauties of sex: cunningulus, analingulus, a little exchange of golden juices now and then, those are definitely out; what are you going to do, put a condom on your tongue? Even sucking a beautiful boob is a risk because what if the girl lactates (something a lot of girls would love to do during sex); you know of course that the infection can be passed through breast milk. Hell, who can truly say that it isn’t found in our spit and in our sweat, they’re bodily fluids also. What we can’t exchange spit anymore? Anyway, what it comes down to is that true beautiful sex is always a risk and as someone asked me at the beginning of this past school year, have you ever heard of a ‘safe risk’?"

The woman had been listening intently to Lana’s explanation and now smiling said, "But you have a solution for sex lovers like yourself to stay safe don’t you?"

"The solution is pretty simple, test yourself regularly and don’t have sex with anyone that doesn’t have documented proof that they’re safe. Once you’re with a person you know is truly safe, not only can you freely participate (without the need of a condom even) in every single sexual position, maneuver and kinky idea ever invented (not to mention that you can invent yourself) but you can truly enjoy it knowing you have no worries of contamination."

"That sounds pretty logical and straight-forward," the woman said, "hell, a giant group of totally clean people could even form a club or something making a pack to be faithful only to other club members and it would guarantee them all the sex they wanted and all the protection they ever needed."

Lana smiled at the woman and said, "What is your name doctor?"

"Joyce Livingston and I’m very happy to meet you; both of you," she said, suddenly realizing that Ana had been very attentive also and she had not once said a word to greet her. "Will you be offering free STD testing during this tour? It’s actually a very simple thing to test for all STDs: a simple blood test, a quick delivery to a hematology lab, and a computer to email those wishing to be tested their results is all you’d need."

Speaking for the first time Ana said, "Well, we’d have the computer, but as well as the connection to a hematology lab, the test tubes and the needles a person would need for something like that, I think we’d also need a licensed doctor don’t you?"

"Well I’m a licensed doctor," Joyce said, "one with two months vacation time due her because she never wants to take a vacation from helping people. My co-workers pretty much kidnapped me to bring me to this resort. I’d be honored to help with your awareness campaign by providing the blood tests. Samples could be kept fresh and sent to the nearest hospital where they’d actually be tested by the hematologist; results would then be listed for us to quickly email those tested."

"List the results where," Ana said suspiciously.

"On a medical network that could be set up in a few minutes and which we would be able to access from any computer with internet capabilities," Joyce said smiling.

Lana was listening attentively and smiling said, "You’ve done this many times before haven’t you?"

"Yes, but I’ve never had the backing and promotion of an awesome rock group to help stimulate interest before."

*****

After much discussion with the Anderson Tribe about the last minute plans, plans which both John and Hannah insisted begin with a full confirmation of Dr. Joyce Livingston’s identity, they all accepted the use of the tour mobile (the first section only) for the blood tests. John and Hannah, after having confirmed that Dr. Livingston was not only real, but very well known and respected in her field, volunteered to help her with the data work necessary to keep track of those tested.

"Dr. Livingston I presume," John said when she first came aboard the bus.

Smiling she said, "You know Mr. Anderson I’d actually sworn to kill the next person that greeted me like that, but since you’re going to be my Neo during this project, I’ll let it go." Seeing Hannah, she said, "I here you’re going to be my Trinity."

Hannah smiled and said, "You’re pretty," then asked, "Do you know how to give an orgasm while taking someone’s blood?"

"So Doctor," someone said behind her, "has any real thought been given to exactly how these tests will be handled?"

"It will be done very simply and should have little if any impact on your regular plans. Starting at 9 in the morning on the day of the concert I’ll be offering a maximum of 100 free tests at each of the resorts. As extra incentive for people to get tested, your Location Coordinator has arranged to reserve 100 front row seats at each of the concert locations; those tested get a special ticket to one of those seats. As well as Hannah and John, Lana and Ana have also offered to take a clerical shift if the testing extends past the expected three hours. That way none of them need to lose more than 2 hours from their regularly scheduled activities."

Dr. Livingston had been talking to everyone there, but she now turned to talk specifically to the person that had asked the question, "Does that sound okay with YOU!" Dr. Livingston was staring in wide-eyed amazement at Laura.

"Are you alright Doctor," Laura asked, she then noticed the doctors eyes and said suddenly, "have we met?"

Controlling herself and trying to sound normal the doctor said, "No, no," she said smiling, "of course not, it’s just that you looked like someone I used to know. However she’s dead now so I very much doubt you’re her. Are you Mrs. Anderson?"

"You can call me Laura."

Turning to look once more at Hannah, Ana, and Lana but with a much different look in her eyes she thought, "Did you really think it was just a coincidence?" Out loud she said, "So these beautiful girls are yours. They look just like you."

Just then the Wilson kids, as well as Harry and Susan’s kids came in and Robert said, "The tents are all ready, we found a real nice spot deep in the woods. We tested all the tents out and made sure they are all nicely anointed and smell just like home."

"Everything okay here," Katrina asked.

"Yeah," Lana said going over to her and kissing her passionately right in front of the doctor. "I think we’re finished here, why don’t we go look at one of those tents now?" Then, looking at Dr. Livingston she said, "We are finished, right?"

"Absolutely," Joyce said, still giving her a weird very tender and loving look. "The equipment will be here early tomorrow morning."

"Great, see you then Dr. Livingston," Lana said as she lead Katrina to the door.

"Joyce," Dr. Livingston said, "Please call me Joyce. That goes for everyone," she added looking at all the people around.

"So Joyce," Ron said, "You’re a sexologist. We know one very well, can I show you the rest of the bus. I’d like to hear about your work, our BED room is especially interesting."

Joyce’s eyes twinkled and she said, "I think I’d enjoy seeing that, I can tell you about some of my skills."

Robert, John and Lenny quickly said, "Why don’t we go with you and help you with that tour Ron. We’d like to hear about those skills too."

*****

With the majority of the cocks interested in making a connection with the female version of Dr. Lewis, all the girls decided to join Lana and Katrina in that tent exploration. Only Stan and Laura were left to watch the bus and (since their stage duties didn’t actually start until the next day) Jason and Don offered to cover the memorabilia table for Katrina.

When they reached the campsite the girls found the giant tent that could hold up to 5 or 6 people comfortably (double that if the occupants are lying on top of one another), with two smaller tents (both capable of holding up to 3 people) on either side of the big one. In front of the tents, wood had been gathered and prepared for the starting of a fire.

"Are we going to roast marshmallows now," Sandy asked.

"The marshmallows can wait Sandy," Jenny said, "right now you and I have unfinished business in the smaller tent."

"Yes Master," Sandy said as she followed Jenny into one of the tents. She could instantly be heard giving screams of pain and joy.

"Katrina," Lana said, "you and I are taking the other small tent. I haven’t had some private time with the ‘clit of my life’ since way before we started planning the trip."

"We could have a lot more if you would drop Randy and just make it you and me forever," Katrina said following her into the tent.

"I guess that means the three of us are sharing each other in the group tent," Ana said to Hannah and Debbie, "come on it means we can get double the cunt juice."

Once inside the girls stripped and Hannah said, "God I hate clothes, I wish we could just be totally nude everywhere we go."

"Well it will be a long time before anything like that is allowed," Ana said smiling. "Come on let’s play ring around the lesbo first; I’m first in the center. Debbie you can suck me while I suck Hannah. After both Hannah and I cum the two of you switch places and while I drink Debbie’s beautiful juices, Hannah you get the sugar pot."

"Sounds great, but I have the center next," Hannah said.

After each of the girls had taken a turn sucking and being sucked by each of the others, Debbie asked, "Can we do that again, it was great and I’m still thirsty."

"Later," Ana said, "it’s time to start round two of the game. In this round the lesbo gets screwed in both the pussy and the ass. After everyone cums, the screwers change holes for the next cum."

"Then we change the lesbo and start all over again," Debbie said smiling with anticipation.

"Go get your equipment girls; they’re right in those toy bags. We go in the same order as before: me, Hannah and then Debbie as the center girl."

Going to the bags both Hannah and Debbie pulled out strap-ons with large 12 inch by 3 inch faux cocks on one side and 7 inch vibrators and clit stimulators on the other.

In the meantime, Jenny and Sandy were making great use of an eighteen inch double sided dildo. As Jenny (on top) would go up and down, she not only gave her slave an incredible and at times joyously painful screwing, she also screwed herself. Jenny had clamps on Sandra’s nipples and clit as usual, but she had also forced a string of around 20 medium sized anal beads into Sandra’s ass and every now and then would give the recovery leash a violent and unexpected tug forcing one or two of the beads out painfully. Sandy would scream joyously begging for more.

In the last tent, Lana and Katrina had been having a simple toy free sex session for some time. Lana had naturally started by having Katrina fuck her and fuck her and fuck her some more with her magic clit until they had both cum around 3 times. They then assumed a ‘69’ position for the next two cums and Lana was now on top of Katrina rubbing her pussy lips and boobs against Katrina’s as she kissed her non-stop and said, "I love you Katy, you know that right?"

"I know," Katrina said, "but I’ll know it more the day it’s just you and me."

"I’m not going to lie to you," Lana said between kisses, "that may never happen. So do you love me enough to be a part of my triangle for life if necessary?"

Katrina kissed her and admitted, "I do think I’m falling in love with Randy, so yeah, I’m in." They both began to cum again.

*****

Meanwhile, on all having well sampled Dr. Livingston’s amazing skills: vaginal, oral, and anal; as well as all having gotten a sample of her tits (both through a fuck and a suck) the guys finally let a very exhausted Dr. Joyce Livingston fall asleep right there in the BED room of the tour mobile. They weren’t quite so sleepy yet and went into the Recreation room to talk.

"So Lenny, Robert did the two of you do what I asked while you were putting up the tents," Ron asked.

"Absolutely," Lenny said smiling.

"The girls were nearly peeing as they worked when we mentioned the wolves and bears," Robert said.

"Then Katrina and Debbie said we were making it all up and just trying to scare them," Lenny said, "But it was obvious they weren’t sure."

"Good," Ron said smiling evilly, "we’ll rest a while longer then at exactly midnight we’ll pay the girls a little visit. Jason and Don should be back soon, the memorabilia table closes at 11:30."

*****

Lana and Katrina were still kissing passionately when—

"Howwwwl, how how howwwwl!"

"What was that," Katrina said suddenly.

Lana, who had frozen at the sound too said, "That sounded like a wolf, like more than one actually."

"Oh no," Katrina said suddenly scared, "Robert and Lenny were talking about packs of wolves living in these woods as well as bears, we thought they were joking!"

In the big tent Debbie was telling Ana and Hannah who had jumped at the sound, the very same thing.

"Wolves, what are we going to do," Ana said nervously.

"I didn’t read about any wolves or bears in this area," Hannah said.

"Howwwwl, how how howwwwl!"

"AHH!" The girls in the big tent screamed as it was suddenly zipped open and someone ran in.

"My God Lana, Katrina," Debbie screamed, "You scared us!" Someone else ran in and she said, "hey this tent only holds six people; Jen, Sandy what’s wrong?"

"What’s wrong, haven’t you been listening to the wolves; Lenny and Robert were right! They’re all around us, what do we do?"

Suddenly they saw shadows coming from all around the tent.

"Oh no," Ana said, "They are all around us!"

"Katrina," Lana screamed, "zip up the entrance fast! Everyone stay very still and quiet please!"

They continued to see shadows circling the tent outside and they huddled together shivering. Suddenly, they saw the shadows all converging rapidly on the tent and felt the tent being hit from all sides.

"AHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!" They all screamed terrified and suddenly they realized the tent was being unzipped and four of the girls were suddenly pulled out, two dragged to each of the side tents. The girls pulled out were Jenny, Sandra, Debbie and Katrina: Jason, Lenny, John, and Robert had taken these, respectively. Ron and Don now walked in the tent with Hannah, Ana and Lana and howling Ron said, "We are wolves looking for some hot female meat to eat, know where we can find some?"

The girls jumped the guys and then pulling their hair and slapping their faces they eventually enveloped the guys’ cocks in their cunts.

*****

As the girls showered early the next morning they talked over the incredible night of sex (first with each other and then with the boys) they’d had.

"They may have given us some incredible cums at the end," Lana said, "but we still owe them one. And it has to be a good one!"

"What are you planning ‘Queen’," Katrina asked.

"I don’t know yet, but Hannah, I want you to research our next stop carefully; find something for us to base our revenge on."

"I’ll check ‘Queen’ but what do I do if my Master asks me to tell him our plans?"

"Don’t worry, you won’t be told our plans until we’re ready to spring it. For now you just research the place. Ron isn’t stupid he’ll know we’re going to get revenge, but he’s crazy if he thinks I’d let his pet know how and when it’s coming."

"So did you talk to Joyce yet today," Hannah asked.

"Yeah, she was going to get freshened up too, but she says all the equipment is here already so we’ll be starting on time."

"I actually saw a line starting to form when I headed here," Jenny said.

"So is it weird that we are in here showering together and not one of us has tried to suck the other off yet," Katrina asked.

"Love," Lana said rolling her eyes, "save it for after tonight’s concert, we’ll have a celebration fuck, a fuckabration, when it’s over."

*****

As the applause died down and Debbie took the podium she waited another few minutes for the lingering cheers to die down. Finally she was able to say, "We thank Triplet X Love Times 2 for this fantastically awesome and incredible night of music." Debbie waited as statement produced more cheering; as it died down she said, "Now I give you Lana Anderson with some final words."

As Lana took the podium she said a little nervously, "I just wanted to thank the first 100 volunteers of our ‘Only Safe Sex Awareness Project’. Your test results will be sent to you as soon as we receive them. We apologize for not having the resources to test everyone, but we greatly recommend that those that were not able to be tested here find the time in the near future to visit a local hospital and get tested. It is the only true way to guarantee the safety of those we say we love. Thank you again for your presence."

As she walked away she was happy to hear a loud rain of applause and cheering for her simple statement.

Debbie retook the podium and said, "As a final note, I invite anyone that wishes to purchase an item to remember this day by to the memorabilia table at the entrance of the main resort building and I thank you also once more for being with us."

As all the stage lights shut off some final cheering and applause could be heard.

*****

"I think your first tour stop was a big success," Debbie told TXLT2 as they took a breather on stage while the crowd cleared away.

"So what’s the next step," Don asked.

"Well," Katrina said looking proudly and lovingly at Lana, "someone promised me a fuckabration."

"Fuckabration," John said, "why do I get the feeling I won’t find that word in any dictionary?"

"It’s a celebration fuck," Katrina clarified.

"That sounds great," Ron said, "but remember tomorrow we spend the morning rafting. I loved the fishing and hiking we did earlier today and I’m sure that celebration fuck we’re about to have is going to be exciting, but I want a different type of excitement tomorrow; that a deal?"

Everyone echoed their agreement and Lana said, "It’s a deal. Now let’s go celebrate!"

 

Chapter Nine – The Backyard Project

Dr. Lewis walked up to the front door of the Anderson house and just stood there a few minutes. He had just gotten off the web with Lana and Katrina and they had had a very satisfying chat together. In the end most of the other, if not all of the other females, on the trip had come into, or maybe the proper phrase is ‘CUM in’, the tour buses Recreation room. He had left them preparing to watch some movies Ron had just brought in with that red-headed cousin of theirs. The point was though that they had all once more encouraged him to spend the time the construction crew would be working in his house here. Strangely enough though, the exact same construction company (there weren’t many in Riverdale) would be working here too. The difference was that where they would be working throughout the interior as well as the exterior of his house, they’d only be working outside this house.

Finally knocking (Lana had actually left him a set of keys before they left, but he didn’t feel too comfortable using them yet) he waited and wondered if Pietro or Amy would be wearing clothes when they answered the door. Making a quick analysis he decided they will both be wearing clothes to answer the door, but if it is Amy, she’ll strip the minute he got in, whereas Pietro may well keep his clothes on for as long as he was there.

The door opened and Amy smiled at him. The doctor had actually never really seen her, he’d met her, yes, especially that day he had breakfast there, but he had never really taken an opportunity to look at her. He didn’t want to piss of Lana, especially while nearing PMS mode. He looked deep in her eyes and two words instantly popped into the sexologist’s head, ‘SEX STARVED’ and it’s only been a day since the Andersons left.

"Dr. Lewis, welcome. I just talked to Stan and Laura and they said I should be expecting you this morning. Have you eaten something?"

Dr. Lewis studied Amy’s clothes for a few seconds and almost laughed out loud, he was able to control himself though and keep his cold stern look, his cock was having a little difficulty keeping calm too. He had no doubt he’d be constantly fucking this gorgeous red-head while he stayed here, but he would not let any female have mental and emotional control over him. It was a lesson he had demonstrated to his Lana on the first day of the previous school year.

"Yes Ms. Bradson, I had a little something on my way over. Is that a nurse’s uniform you’re wearing?"

"Please, call me Amy," Amy smiled mischievously at the doctor as she said this. "And yes, this is my volunteer nurse’s uniform. I heard the bell and I couldn’t just come answer in my birthday suit without being sure who it was so I grabbed the first thing in my closet and threw it on."

Dr. Lewis threw another look at her ‘volunteer nurse’s uniform’ and giggled within; the suit was around 2 sizes too small for her, her boobs (and beautiful boobs they were) kept popping out of the extra-low cut top, the uniforms skirt did not even reach the bottom of her pubic area (a lovely bald pubic area) so her dripping pussy was always in view.

"Let me help you with that," she said bending over.

The doctor got an incredible view of her perfect ass as she bent down and his cock must have grown to full size as for a second it believed that beautiful mouth was heading straight for it, but then she grabbed the suitcase Dr. Lewis had dropped by his side and standing slowly she said, "You’ll be in the boys’ room. Please follow me."

"This woman is an expert tease," Dr. Lewis thought, "if I don’t fight for control I’ll be in bed with her the moment we enter the boys’ room."

Amy was walking slowly in front of him making sure that as they climbed the steps he had a very clear view at every second of her winking cunt as it opened and closed with every step she took.

Dr. Lewis looked back at the trail of cunt juice that had been left and when he turned to look forward again his face crashed right into the moist pink beauty that was Amy’s pussy.

"Oh, I’m sorry doctor, just picking something up from the steps; I shouldn’t have stopped so suddenly."

"That’s okay Amy, it’s really my fault, I should have been looking forward at all times." As she was still bent down right in front of his face, Dr. Lewis appeared to be talking directly to Amy’s open pussy. A few more drops of cunt juice leaked out and fell right into the Doctor’s mouth. As he tasted the drops of Amy juice in his mouth the doctor almost went wild with desire and wanted to bury his tongue right then and there in Amy’s so obviously needy cunt. But he was able to resist saying to himself, "No, the first time will be on my terms. I have to lay down the law. Not to mention, I have to talk to Lana and Katy and get their okay first. I know they won’t mind but since this will obviously be a daily and probably even more than once daily thing while they’re away, I should have they’re official blessing."

As they finally reached the boys’ room Amy put the suitcase down by the bed and she suddenly sat down right on the edge of the bed spreading her legs wide open and lying back with her eyes closed.

"I can’t believe how tired I suddenly feel," she said. She stayed lying down as if resting, but she was obviously waiting for something. When after a few minutes what she most desired hadn’t CUM she finally opened her eyes and raised her head to see what the doctor was doing.

"Dr. Lewis, what are you doing," she said when she spotted him sitting on the desk chair which he had rolled to right in front of Amy’s open and hungry pussy. He was pumping his 10 inches of extra thick meat rapidly and Amy stared at it with a lust beyond what she’d ever felt before.

"What does it look like I’m doing? I’m relieving a little tension someone left my cock with."

"But why—why don’t—why not—well you know what I’m trying to say!"

"I’m not going to fuck you yet Amy."

Amy looked seriously disappointed, "but I’m safe," she said, "I have my documentation!"

"I know Amy, I did the test myself, remember? The truth is that your mouth, pussy and ass are all beautiful and I can’t wait to be pumping my cock into them all, but I have to talk to with my ‘Queen’ and my ‘Wild Kat’ first. I know they won’t mind, but since we want to build a triangle of trust it should be discussed first as you see these 10 inches of mine that I’m pumping," he got up and started pumping right over her; she was going crazy because she could smell the pre-cum and she was so hungry, Pietro had left very early on some errand that day and had not given her a little breakfast, "once I get the okay, this warm hard piece of meat of mine will be pumping in you two or three times a day."

"But I’m hungry now," Amy said almost begging.

"I’m aware of that, that’s why you’re going to open your mouth and wait patiently and I’ll give you a good sample of what to expect on a daily basis. Now, Nurse Bradson, open wide and say ‘Ahh!’"

Amy opened her mouth and Dr. Lewis started cumming and cumming and cumming right into Amy’s mouth, every now and then she would have to close her mouth and swallow she would then end up with a face full of cum which, when the Doctor had finally finished cumming, she pushed into her mouth and sucked wildly. Her eyes showing she was in heaven.

"Are you feeling better Amy? Did your medicine help a little," the doctor asked.

"A little," Amy said smiling, "but you better get that permission slip to examine me completely fast, or I’ll just go to another doctor, understand!"

"Absolutely," and helping Amy up he suddenly squeezed he hand while with the other hand he suddenly pulled her clit triggering and unbelievable (for such minor contact) orgasm in Amy from which she was still recovering when she stepped out.

After completely settling into the boys’ room Dr. Lewis took a quick shower and changed into his work suit, the STD clinic wasn’t opening that day until 11 and he had wanted to take advantage of the free morning to become familiar with the Anderson house, now however, he truly had to leave and he told Amy, whom he stopped to say goodbye to in the kitchen, "I have to leave for work now," he bent over and gave her a warm kiss, "I don’t know what time I’ll be out tonight so don’t wait up for me, Lana left me some keys so I’ll let myself in." Leaning over he gave her another kiss and said, "Love you dear."

Amy smiled at him and said, "Love you too honey, bye now."

As he walked out she had to laugh and she definitely felt a lot better than she had just been feeling. Even though the doctor had given her the two things she was most craving (a mouthful of hot cum and an incredible orgasm) she had been feeling a little depressed about not having been able to get him to break all reserves and just fuck her silly, she felt it meant she was losing it. However, there was something about this ‘I’m your loving husband on my way to work, you’re my beautiful wife staying to tend to the home’ manner with which the doctor was leaving that made her feel not only that she still had it, but that she definitely had him.

"I guess Lana is right," Amy thought, "there is no one better to have sex with (or even not to have sex with) than a professional sexologist."

She suddenly called behind him saying, "Honey, call me if you think you might make it for dinner!"

"I’ll do that dear," he called back from the door which he opened to find a very beautiful young brown haired woman in construction clothes about to knock.

"Mr. Anderson," the woman said questionably.

"No, I’m sorry; the Anderson family is on vacation. You must be in charge of the backyard project," he noticed the name tag over her very full and lovely right boob which read ‘Project Manager – Lisa Wise’.

"Oh," she said; Dr. Lewis noticed the sad look in her face that told him she had very much been looking forward to dealing with the Andersons in person.

Just then Amy came out having heard the conversation and saw Lisa at the door. Feeling it best not to draw any attention, if in fact any more needed to be drawn, to the fact that Amy was for some reason still in her nurse’s costume, Dr. Lewis simply said, "Amy this is Lisa Wise, she is in charge of the backyard project," to Lisa, who looked startled by the fact the doctor knew her name, he said, "Amy will be supervising the project for the family." Then as a sort of explanation as well as to satisfy his curiosity he said, "I notice that your name is Wise," he said this looking straight at her name tag and she suddenly smiled, "I was wondering, are you in any way related to Martha and Henry Wise?"

"They’re my brother and sister," Lisa said in a ‘do you know them’ tone.

"They were both former students of mine, and they are part of the OHPF club of which I am faculty advisor. My name is Dr. Lewis by the way."

"So you’re the famous Dr. Lewis everyone talks about," Lisa said smiling and holding out her hand, "you know, your teachings have not only my whole household, but my entire work crew, at least two others of which are also related to OHPF members taking regular STD tests. Every one of us is One Hundred Per—" suddenly stopping what she was about to say she finished lamely, "all of us are negative."

"I’m glad to hear that," Dr. Lewis said smiling inside, quite sure that this entire crew she mentioned had brought their documentation with them in hopes of finding an Anderson boy or girl to show it to. "Good day now," having said that he stepped out leaving Lisa in Amy’s hungry hands.

Once alone with her Amy said, "come in please; we can discuss how it will go better from in here."

Now that her eyes weren’t on the delicious doctor, Lisa took a good look at the scrumptious red-headed ‘naughty nurse’ bombshell before her. She studied her tits that had popped out of her uniform long and hard before letting her gaze travel down and study her completely exposed beautiful bald cunt.

Amy noticed Lisa’s tits, her nipples especially got so hard they almost bust through her uniform’s top. "Is something wrong Ms. Wise," Amy asked in a seductive voice.

"Lisa, please call me Lisa. I’ve heard of you too," she suddenly said smiling. Amy looked at her surprised and said, "heard of me; from whom?"

"Henry, he still talks about the most incredible pussy his cock was ever in. He was one of your prizes in a Pokeno game toward the beginning of this past school year."

Amy looked a little upset and said, "I don’t think he was supposed to talk about that."

"Oh don’t worry, my brother and sister and I are very close (much closer since they joined that club) and we just don’t keep any secrets from each other, but we know how to keep things quiet. The rest of my crew won’t be here for another hour to an hour-and-a-half; I’m supposed to fill you in on some boring details of exactly how we’ll be working and what the different materials we’ll be using mean." She took another look at Amy’s pussy and seeing a drop of cunt juice about to drip to the floor she suddenly stuck her fingers in Amy’s twat, swirled it around and pulling it out brought it to her lips sucking it off. She then dropped her clothes (revealing no underwear whatsoever) and standing in front of Amy in the nude said, "Will you just believe me if I tell you we’ll do a good job? We can then use the time we have together for something more entertaining."

"What did you have in mind," Amy said studying Lisa’s perfect orbs and her perfectly trimmed brown haired twat.

"Well, Henry and Martha spoke of a game room with a very multi-use pool table, I’d love to see them if it’s okay."

Taking her by the hand Amy said smiling, "right this way!"

*****

Amy heard a bell ringing and she frowned bitterly, she did not want interruptions now, she certainly didn’t want to have to cut short the fun she was having with Lisa.

They had spent the first 45 minutes together in a ‘69’ on the pool table sucking each other to orgasm after orgasm, Amy especially was overjoyed because without a single cunt in the house she thought she’d have to be servicing herself daily to get a taste of warm delicious cunt juice, at least until Susan returned. This was why she now had this girl that would be working daily at the house (and who tasted beyond fantastic) in her room right now fucking her silly in every possible way, wanting to form such a strong connection with her that the girl would never want to break it. She leaned over and kissed her intimately again and again and was happy to feel Lisa kissing her back with just as much passion and love.

As well as the doorbell, a cell phone could now be heard ringing somewhere and Lisa stopped kissing Amy long enough to say, "We’re going to be together every day during this project, but for now we better get that, it has to be my crew." Amy kissed her once more and getting up extracted the giant strap-on dildo she’d been pumping in Lisa’s twat, taking a minute when she totally extracted it to bend down and once more suck her tasty juices. Finally she got up to look for some clothes and answer the door when Lisa said, "Don’t worry about it. I’m not going to bother with any." She then headed out of Amy’s room.

Amy looked surprised but after shrugging followed Lisa upstairs and to the door.

Opening it a dozen people walked in, all of whom, on seeing Lisa in the nude dropped their clothes right then and there revealing 9 hard multi-color cocks and 3 moist beautiful pussies.

"Amy," Lisa said smiling, "this is my crew: this is the foreman," she said grabbing a large afro-American cock and sticking it in her still very open cunt, she let him pump her a few times before saying, "this is Jake Wesley, his daughter Jan is an OHPF member also." She kissed him and dislodging his cock from her cunt said to all her crew, "this is Amy Bradson, she’ll be supervising the project; I’m sorry to say that the Anderson family will be away while we work," Amy suddenly noticed a lot of sad and disappointed faces, "but don’t worry we can still have fun while we work; Jake give Amy a proper hello, while I introduce the rest." Jake smiled and going over to Amy stuck his 12 inches of dark meat straight up Amy’s twat and started pumping while Lisa said, "Amy try to stay with us while I finish the introductions. This is the heavy machines operator Enrique Reyes; you may have met his son Roberto also. That’s Samuel Adams he’s the plumber, Jerry Jones the electrician, that young man with the giant hunk of tasty black meat swinging between his legs is Godfrey Brown, he’s a soil analyst, his younger brother Aaron has been here often. The rest are all diggers and foundation layers, normally we wouldn’t have so many on one job, but they paid to have this done within three weeks or earlier." Some disappointment must have shone on the blissful look in Amy’s face because Lisa quickly added, "But we only guaranteed that it would be done in a month."

Amy threw a special look at the three girls on the team and Lisa said, "Oh yeah, these are Jackie Tate, Sallie Ramos (you might know her sister Jennifer), and Betty Right as well as working clean-up they help provide a lot of relief to the rest of the crew sometimes." Lisa winked at Amy. Just then Jake started cumming in Amy’s cunt and on finishing he pulled out his cock and Sallie Ramos dove for it sucking it deep and hard, at the same time Jackie dug into Amy’s twat sucking and licking, cleaning out all the cum left there and she didn’t stop sucking until she’d given Amy’s clit a gentle bite and made her cum."

"Enrique," Lisa said mischievously, "why don’t you start using that heavy machine and do some digging in Amy’s backyard?"

Smiling Enrique walked behind Amy and grabbing his ‘shovel’ he dug right in, pulling quickly out again only to go in deeper and continued this way until he had dug as deep a hole as possible and then continued simply going in and out of the hole he’d dug, fast and hard.

"Samuel," Lisa said smiling, "I think she’s sprung a leak, why don’t you try to plug that up."

Smiling, Samuel walked in front of Amy and after giving her a hello kiss, began hammering a stopper (9 inches by 2 1/2 inches) into her dripping leaky faucet. As he worked on fixing that problem Lisa gave Amy another long wicked smile and studying her eyes said, "Jerry, the lights in her eyes seem to be blinking strangely, you better plug into her top floor and check it out." Amy had lost a bit of her strength and as not to stumble, the construction crew working on her now had her on her knees (and since they’d never stopped working so were they) Jerry simply walked up to her and after a preliminary study of the blinking lights in her eyes plugged right into the open socket under them and felt the electricity flow as he pushed in and out testing the different levels of energy.

"Marco, Julio" she called to two of the diggers, "why don’t you provide some extra digging," as she said this she went over and grabbed on of Amy’s beautiful boobs and added, "just dig right in."

Smiling, they walked on either side of Amy each then dug into one of her boobs.

"Oh," Lisa said suddenly, "I almost forgot, Richie and Jaime come here. Amy," she said as if Amy were anywhere near understanding anything besides the beautiful feelings running through most of her body, "these are Richard Styles, he’s the painter, both his daughters work for Mr. Anderson, and that’s Jaime Hendricks, he’s the plasterer. Okay guys, start painting and plastering." They walked over to where Amy was kneeling and, standing one behind her towards her right and one in front of her towards her left, started masturbating.

"Freddy," Lisa said to the last digger, all of these introductions have left me a bit thirsty, how about digging me a well so I can have a drink?"

As he walked to her she kneeled and began enjoying a little cocktail just as she started hearing explosions all around Amy and actually felt one in her own mouth.

"Explosions," she thought, "must be some bad connections we might have to go through this whole construction job again. Well," she thought smiling, "we’ll just repeat it every day if necessary until the job is perfect."

"WHAT’S GOING ON HERE!?!"

Everyone turned their heads nervously to see who had spoken so angrily from behind them.

Amy, who had cum flowing out of every hole and was bathed back and front in it, froze. Lisa turned worriedly to face the obviously very angry person. Since Amy was still connected to all the construction workers looking to do a good complete thorough job, Lisa got up and said, "Hello, my name is Lisa Wise, I’m in charge of the backyard project, this is my crew."

"Then shouldn’t you all be working in the BACKYARD," Pietro said truly disgusted.

By now all the crew started dislodging from Amy and lining up against the wall. Amy, whom they’d helped to her feet couldn’t even look at Pietro. Seeing her leaking cum Lisa signaled Jackie, Sallie and Betty; Jackie quickly knelt in front of Amy sucking out her twat, Betty knelt at her rear cleaning up her ass and Sallie began licking every inch of Amy’s body, cleaning up cum deposited on her back, front and face."

In almost no time the girls had Amy completely cleaned up and she now faced Pietro prepared to face the music.

"Ms. Bradson," Pietro said angrily, "I am shocked beyond belief that—"

"Please sir," Lisa said, "this isn’t her fault, it’s mine."

"No Lisa," Amy suddenly said, "I didn’t exactly resist anything. By the way everyone, this is Pietro Partridge, my co-worker here."

"Oh my," one of the girls suddenly screamed, "someone needs relief!"

Before anyone could say anything Jackie had leapt at Pietro, pulled down his pants and taken his 9 inches down her throat.

"Oh dear," Sallie said, "that looks like a big job, we’d better help Betty!" Running around Pietro, Sallie knelt at his back door and stuck her tongue up his ass. Betty ran up to him and putting her arms around him started to kiss him and suck his tongue strongly. In no time at all Pietro had forgotten his anger and was in as blissful a place as Amy had just been. In mere minutes Jackie’s amazing deep throating skills had Pietro blowing one of his enormous loads in her mouth and she drank happily not letting a single drop get lost.

When the girls finished their relief and clean-up duties they went back to stand by the rest of the crew and Pietro looked at a loss for words but definitely a lot calmer.

Finally he said in a calm voice, "I trust this will not happen again. I expect you to come each day for one thing and one thing only, to finish this job as soon as possible." He noticed Amy and Lisa throw each other some sad looks and then added. "Of course I can’t expect you to work non-stop, you need some time to rest and find relief. During those scheduled breaks, either Ms. Bradson or I will be happy to be of service to you in any way possible. Now maybe you should start working."

Lisa and Amy, as well as the rest of the crew were smiling appreciatively at him and Lisa finally said, "Okay, suit up everybody let’s go check out the backyard."

When they had all stepped out Pietro gave Amy a ‘and what have you got to say for yourself’ look and smiling nervously she said, "You see what happens when you leave without feeding me in the morning?"

Smiling Pietro said, "I apologize for that; I promise never to leave again without first being sure that you are set for the day."

"I appreciate that," Amy said going over and giving him an intimate kiss, taking the opportunity to give Pietro Jr. one final squeeze.

 

 

Chapter Ten – Always Connected

Dr. Joyce Livingston was in the small restroom labeled ‘female’ in the back of the tour mobile; the first night of e-mailing results and taking statistical data for some personal polls she planned to run had been a little tiring, it had, however, in the end become much simpler when Hannah, "Hannah," Dr. Livingston repeated, "my beautiful wonderful Hannah," she sighed and continued thinking, yes thanks to Hannah and of course John, "Damn those Anderson boys are hot," she thought again. Anyway, thanks to them and the incredible program they had developed in less than 24 hours, now all data was automatically and systematically separated into categories such as: ‘age group’, ‘gender’, ‘race’ and ‘city’ with of course the ‘negative’ or ‘positive’ result. If positive, the program automatically added data to a list of exactly what STD the person tested positive for. Finally, the program automatically mailed the results directly to those tested under the heading: "The Results of Your Free STD Test at Triplet X Love Times 2 Concert". It used an official government email address that should penetrate all spam guard protection and automatically mailed back a confirmation when it had been accepted. Not of course that she herself had any understanding of what any of that truly meant. As she felt the relief of her golden juices flowing, she thought how incredibly lucky she was to have been allowed to stay on the tour mobile for the duration of the project; to be able to be near them for more than a month.

As she grabbed some toilet paper and began wiping herself clean she noticed that the small garbage can for throwing the paper in was almost empty, "It must have been changed quite recently," she thought as she threw the paper in; she suddenly noticed something though at the bottom and picking up the trash can pulled out three things, all exactly the same. She knew Hannah, Ana, and Lana had just been in there before her and they were all trying to get over their PMS. As she held the three bloody tampons she brought them each to her nose wanting to smell the girls and truly form a memory of them. After smelling each tampon, she gave it a kiss and returned it to the waste paper basket. On getting up she noticed in the mirror that she looked a bit flushed and had tears in her eyes, she therefore washed her face and freshened up as she stepped outside.

"Joyce," Laura said, "are you alright, you look a little depressed?"

"No, no Lorrie, I’m fine, just that the first days work was a little tiring; things should be much easier though from now on. Do you know how far away the next stop is?" Joyce suddenly realized that Laura was looking at her shocked and with much suspicion. "I’m sorry," Joyce said, "is something wrong?"

"What did you call me," Laura asked.

"Laura, that’s your name right," Joyce said nervously, "Laura?"

"No, you didn’t call me Laura, you called me Lorrie," Laura said trying to picture what the woman before her might have looked 15 years in the past.

"Did I," Joyce said sweating a little, "I had a friend at Medical school named Laura; we all called her Lorrie as a pet name. I must have been thinking of her, I’m sorry."

"No," Laura said still suspicious, "it’s just that Lorrie was my nickname all through Junior High School and the beginning of High School."

"Really," Joyce said smiling, "I guess it is a common nickname for Lauras."

"Yeah," Laura said suddenly smiling though still suspicious for some reason. "I guess it is, your welcome to use it if you feel more comfortable with it. By the way, the next resort is still a day away."

"Really," Joyce said smiling, "thank you Lorrie, you’re a doll," and she quickly turned and headed toward the BED room.

Laura had been smiling, but Joyce’s last words suddenly brought a frown back on her face. Stan stepped out of the men’s room and seeing the look on her face said, "Something wrong Honey?"

"Do you believe in reincarnation," she said a little too seriously; then suddenly catching herself said, "It’s nothing dear, I just can’t shake the feeling that I’ve met Joyce before; and I’m not talking about casually having come across her, I am talking about really, really knowing her."

"Have you asked her where she’s from, possibly you come from the same neighborhood or something. You’re both the exact same age; if you do come from the same place then it’s very probable you once went to school together."

"I wouldn’t want to start asking her too many questions, she might think we wanted to investigate her or something; because we don’t trust her, I mean. However, the information of where she comes from should be in her records, maybe I’ll ask Hannah or John to take a deeper look into them, when they looked them up before they just did it to confirm her identity and nothing more. I can have them do it quietly."
"Yeah," Stan said smiling, "she doesn’t need to know you’re investigating her."

*****

In the BED room Joyce was unsurprised to find people having sex in all corners; not to mention hear moaning coming from at least 2 of the closed sleeping berths. Those that could be seen were Hannah and Debbie (who were in a ‘69’), Katrina and Lana (Lana was once more having her twat drilled by that magic clit), and Don and Jason (Don was fucking Jason’s ass like there was no tomorrow).

As for the two couples who chose a little private time, Joyce knew that the girl called Jenny was screwing Gloria’s girl Sandra ("I can’t believe how much she looks like Gloria"), in the first berth, as for the second she had heard a rumor that Ron had been in there all night with Robert ("He doesn’t look anything like Harry") and since she hadn’t seen either of them for hours, she didn’t doubt it was true.

"Joyce," Lana said on seeing her enter. "Why don’t you join us and please, please take those clothes off when we’re on the road. You have noticed that you’re the only one wearing any right?"

Joyce smiled and said as she dropped her clothes, "You know you just sounded very pissed at me when you said that, you get cranky around this time don’t you?" Lana gave her a cold stare and smiling Joyce added, "Well that answers that question."

"So are you going to join us," Katrina said smiling at Joyce.

"Oh, Katrina, I don’t think I can," Joyce said smiling kindly.

Hannah suddenly broke down and started to cry. Joyce saw this and feeling bad asked, "Hannah, baby are you alright, what’s wrong love?"

"How can you call me love when you won’t show us any love. The boys all got a piece of you. Why don’t you like us?"

Lana gave a laugh inside as she saw her sister at work doing what she did best, manipulating a situation to her best advantage.

"Oh Honey, I do love you, I love you more than you can possibly know. But you don’t have to have sex with someone to prove that."

"In this family you do," Debbie said, "I learned that the first week I met them," she had temporarily raised her head from Hannah’s pussy to say this, she now returned it to the flowing honey pot.

Hannah gave another sob and Joyce considered her actions, one thing kept coming to her mind, "Lorrie has a special connection with the girls, Stan (who’s just their step-father) has one, even their step-brothers had an incredible connection with them, didn’t she deserve one also?"

Going over to Hannah she petted her head and said, "I’ll have sex with you and your sisters if you promise to remember one thing for me."

Looking up Hannah asked, "What’s that?"

Very lovingly and with a smile Joyce said, "That the next time you want to use false tears to get your way, you don’t try them on a sexologist that can easily tell a manipulative bitch when she sees one."

Hannah suddenly broke into what were obviously real tears and quickly pinching Hannah’s clit painfully and making her scream and then cum violently Joyce leaned over and after kissing her on the forehead said, "but most people love the manipulative bitches around them just as they are," and Hannah smiled as Joyce kissed her again.

*****

"I miss you so much Sugar. I’m dying without the taste of your sweet, sweet nectar to wet my lips."

"You think I’m not dying every moment I have to not feel that warm Patty juice rushing down my throat?"

Ana was looking at Patty on the big screen. Patty was totally naked, she was squeezing her boobs with one hand and she had a butt plug vibrator running on full power in her ass.

Ana had inserted a thunder vibrator bead in her ass and was sitting dead center in front of the camera above the screen with her legs up and a 10 inch by 2 inch vibrator pumping in and out of her pussy.

"So how are your parents treating you," Ana said, unable to mask the bitterness in her voice.

"They say they’re fine, but there’s no mistaking how cold they are toward me." Patty looked really sad and Ana couldn’t help look angry. "You don’t need to be mad, Sugar, I’m not mad at them, just a little disappointed. You expect parents to be mature."

"I’m mad because I can tell how sad you are; and how can I not be mad at anyone that makes you sad!"

"The only thing that makes me sad is Dolores, what this is doing to her I mean," Patty said.

"Dolores," Ana questioned.

"Stay right there Sugar, exactly as you are," Patty said and quickly got up and ran from the screen. About 5 minutes later Patty returned and Ana was shocked to see that she wasn’t alone. The young girl she was with (around Ana’s age) was as naked as Patty and Patty sat her on her lap and began pumping two fingers into her twat.

She was obviously as nervous as Ana to suddenly find herself so exposed in front of a stranger.

"Can you guess who this is," Patty asked Ana smiling as she kissed the young girl a few times on the neck to calm her.

Since the girl was basically a younger version of Patty it wasn’t hard to guess. Smiling Ana said, "Hi, so you’re Patty’s younger sister, you’re beautiful just like her." Giggling she added, "God, you look so much like my Patty I just want to bust through the screen and plaster my mouth to that beautiful cunt of yours. Has she told you who I am?"

The girl was smiling now and definitely looking more at ease. She nodded and said, "You’re Ana, she talks about you all the time, especially when we’re fucking. She misses you a lot. I can see why, you’re hot and gorgeous, if I could fuck you every day at lunchtime I sure would."

"Dolly (that’s always been my pet name for her since Mom and Dad brought her home from the hospital) found me crying in my room on just the second night I was here; I was holding that picture of us in a ‘69’. She got me to tell her how much I missed the only love of my life and how much I missed your sweet sugary cunt juice. She saw I was really sad so she offered to keep me well supplied with cunt juice while I’m here."

"Really," Ana said smiling strongly at Dolores and looking deep in her eyes, "how does she taste?"

"She tastes a lot like Hannah actually, the first time we shared a drink I kept cumming to memories of the Mistress in that super hot costume of hers forcing me to suck that lovely bald pussy of hers."

Dolores laughed and said, "Patty wanted me to shave my pussy."

Ana found this news a little upsetting, "Patty, you never told me you enjoyed a bald pussy, I could have started shaving long ago. Hannah has wanted Lana and me to do so for months. She says we won’t really be exact triplets again until we do."

As she watched the hand job Patty was lovingly giving her sister and Dolores’ blissful, glossy-eyed look Ana suddenly remembered how she had come to be in the conversation in the first place and said, "Why does your parent’s attitude toward you have you sad for your sister?"

"Oh," Patty said suddenly grabbing one of her sister’s boobs and squeezing gently while her fingers continued working rapidly in Dolores twat. Ana grabbed her own boob and pinched a nipple; she also increased the speed of the vibrator in her cunt and the rate at which she was pumping it. Patty now continued talking. "By our third glorious fuckfest, I was convinced Dolly’s cunningulus and analingulus skills were too perfect for her to be the beginner she claimed she was, not to mention her pussy fucking and boob eating skills; I decided it was time to talk to her about it and she finally confessed that she and her best friend have been sexually active together for the past 3 years, since they were 13. What’s more she confessed that the two of them are truly in love."

This news brought a worried frown to Ana’s face and Patty said, "I know what you’re thinking, but don’t worry. I talked to Randy and he set up an emergency appointment with a colleague of his here in Hawaii the very next day. I took both Dolly and Melissa (that’s her friend) and everyone was OHPF material. But you’re right, I should have checked before hooking up with anyone, even my own sister. But anyway, the point is that Dolly is definitely like Sally and me. My parents attitude towards me has her scared to come out, however, something she says she’s been ready to do for a year."

Looking puzzled Ana said, "Was Sally—"

"Yes she was," Patty said quickly, not letting Ana say it, "and Mom and Dad still blame her death on the fact she was a lesbian."

"Which is why they are so against us," Ana said sadly looking directly at Patty, "that is so unfair!"

Dolores suddenly gave a small scream and Ana saw her juices flowing as she trembled a bit in orgasm. The sight of this made Ana, who had been on the edge for while now, explode and Dolores watched in awe as gusher after gusher of cunt juice exploded from Ana’s pussy.

"Didn’t I tell you she was a gusher," Ana heard Patty tell her sister.

"It was great," Dolores said excitedly, "I wish I could be there drinking her."

"Well I’m just going to have to do," Patty said pushing her sister down between her knees where Dolores quickly glued her mouth to Patty’s pussy. "Well Sugar, I’ll talk to you tomorrow, same time. I love you, and I miss you."

"I love you too Patty, bye, and bye Dolores I’m glad we could CUM together. Maybe some day we could truly meet and share a nice drink."

Dolores raised her head from Patty’s pussy long enough to say, "I’d really like that a lot, thank you, and goodbye." She was about to bury her head in Patty’s pussy again when she suddenly stopped and looked up long enough to add, "Would it bother you if Patty were to let me CUM again some time, when the two of you are talking?"

"Not at all, and next time I’ll have my sisters join me. We can all CUM together like family; Bye again, bye Patty."

"Bye love."

The screen went blank for a few minutes and suddenly Dr. Lewis was looking at Ana and saying, Hi Ana, now that you and Patty are finished talking, can you tell ‘The Queen’ and ‘The Wild Kat’ I need to talk to them?"

"Dr. Lewis, were you listening," Ana said disapprovingly.

"Not really, I’ve had you on screen for a while (very impressive cum by the way) but I muted the volume so as not to listen to your private conversation. I’ve merely been looking in every few minutes checking for when you finished."

"I’ll get Lana and Katrina now; wait up; oh and by the way, it’s good to see you."

"Good, not to mention exciting, to see you too," he said smiling with a mischievous glow in his eyes.

*****

In the BED room Dr. Livingston was truly getting a taste of the Anderson girls, however to Debbie and Katrina’s disappointment she didn’t want a taste of anyone else, which isn’t to mean they weren’t allowed to have fun with her.

Joyce was lying in the center of the room face up with Lana on her face and Hannah eating her cunt. The Wilson girls had been permanently glued to her boobs and they had been sucking them non-stop since the action began. Every time the Anderson girl on Joyce’s mouth came, she would switch places with the one sucking Joyce’s twat. When Katrina complained, after the Anderson girls had each already cum two times, that Debbie and she needed to cum also, Don and Jason offered to help out a little. Don went behind ‘the Wild Kat’ and started pumping his cock deep and hard into her twat while playing with her boobs (he might not have been dating her anymore, but he still knew what best stimulated her); Jason in the meantime did the same for Debbie (they had been much less reserved about screwing together in public since a certain Pajama Party incident).

As Lana came once more in Joyce’s mouth and Hannah prepared to change places with her Ana came in the room and seeing the action said, "Cool can I join in?"

As Lana took her position at Joyce’s twat she said, "I’m not sure there’s room, unless you can squeeze under her and suck her butt."

"I’ll do that later, but actually you and Katrina are needed in here. Dr. Lewis is on the line and wants to talk to you two. I left you a little something on the table by the center seat."

Quickly getting up Lana headed for the Recreation room followed by Katrina; Ana in the meantime took over Lana’s position at Joyce’s cunt, and Don glued his mouth to the boob abandoned by Katrina.

*****

Once in the Recreation room Katrina picked up the butt plug vibrator and the large vaginal vibrator Ana had been using from the table. As she licked Ana’s juices off the vaginal vibrator and stuck the butt plug in her own ass, she powered it on and sat in front of the screen. Lana then sat on her lap and while Katrina kissed her neck and began pumping the vibrator softly in and out of Lana’s twat while squeezing Lana’s boob, Lana greeted Dr. Lewis angrily, "Where have you been? You haven’t contacted us since before we reached the first resort. We’re now on our way to the second! And what the hell are you doing talking to us with clothes on!"

Dr. Lewis smiled and said, "Yes I noticed Ana was a little jumpy." He began stripping and told Katrina, "Katy make sure to kiss her ears and neck and every now and then also, and give her clit a few gentle rubs with your thumb every time you plunge the vibrator all the way in."

Katrina looked at him a little annoyed and said, "I know how to keep my ‘Queen’ calm, I don’t need lessons thank you, and where have you been?"

"We had an emergency situation at the hospital. This is actually my first time back here in the boys’ room since I moved in two or three days ago." He was now totally naked and started masturbating for the girls, getting his full 10 inches hard and hot for their viewing pleasure.

Much calmer and a bit concerned now Lana said, "An emergency, what was it?"

"Lizzy’s baby died three days ago," Dr. Lewis said grimly.

"Oh no," Lana said sadly, "what happened, and how does the death of one baby lead to a three day emergency?"

"The baby just couldn’t fight the disease, since he wasn’t born with it he didn’t even have the temporary resistance some HIV babies are sometimes born with. As to how it led to an emergency, well, Lizzy finally broke down on realizing her baby was really gone. You know she’d been in a sort of depression and denial since she was analyzed, she refused to give the names of any of the kids that had participated in that classroom orgy."

Lana gasped as Katrina, realizing this news was upsetting the ‘Queen’ rammed the vibrator as deep in Lana’s pussy as possible and turned it on high. Katrina then began to pinch, rub and draw circles around Lana’s clit while continuing to use the other hand to massage Lana’s tit.

Finally, putting her head around Lana’s side, she grabbed Lana’s other boob between her lips and started sucking. Lana in the meantime glued her eyes to Dr. Lewis’ giant piece of meat as the doctor’s hands moved back and forth on it. She also watched as his balls jumped up and down with every thrust.

Once more very calm she said, "She finally gave you their names, how many were there?"

"It turns out it was not an unused classroom after all. It was her entire Spanish class of 25 students and 1 teacher, one infected teacher I might add."

Lana’s eyes flashed angrily, "Their teacher, their teacher had sex with the entire class!"

"You sound very angry at that," Dr. Lewis said calmly. "Need I remind you that I was your teacher and Patty is Ana’s?"

"That’s different, the relationship all of us share is real, and my parents know about it and most important of all I truly understand it and voluntarily accepted it. I’m sure that in a class of 25 eleven or twelve year olds not all of them were ‘non-children’!" Non-children was a term Lana had adopted for people who’s age and looks might say ‘child’ but whose sexual maturity and expertise far surpassed many adults. Trying to calm down once more she asked bitterly, "How many?"

"Three," Dr. Lewis said.

"Is that including Lizzy," Lana said as she felt a tremor and minor orgasm took over leaving her a little happy but desirous of more.

"Actually when I say 3 I mean 3 that are still OHPF valid. Apparently this wasn’t the guys first party in that class."

Lana was suddenly wide-eyed and in horror even the fact that she was now cumming a lot more strongly and her orgasm was completely taking over could not shake the dread of what she was hearing.

"22 infected Junior High School students," Lana said almost in tears.

"That we know about," Dr. Lewis said, trying still to use his super calm voice, but unable to hide his own anger and disgust. "The police are investigating his past activities as a teacher and have even considered some murder charges in the case of Lizzy’s baby. It turns out he’s known about his HIV positive status for several years."

Katrina now looked up and talked for the first time, "He knew, the scum knew he was infected and he was still having sex with whole classrooms! They should sentence him. He may not have held a gun to that babies head and shot him, but he did kill him!"

Seeing they were now depressed, the Dr. decided it was time for a change of subject and said, "I talked to Patty a few days ago, she seems to truly be enjoying her little sister, has Ana told you?"

"Actually Ana just finished talking to Patty," Lana said, happy also for a change in topic, "she hadn’t been able to talk to her for a few days either. Lack of proper connection, but they fixed it now. Hey, how did you talk to her?"

"Old fashioned long distance telephone call."

"Time for a trade ‘Queen’," Katrina said, pulling the vibrator out of Lana’s pussy and letting her know she should get up.

As Katrina pushed Lana into the chair Lana said annoyed, "Hey, don’t I even get the butt plug?"

"No," Katrina said sitting on her lap and positioning her butt hole with the vibrator working furiously right over Lana’s clit and instantly bringing a joyous smile to her face. As Lana then began to suck one of Katrina’s boobs, massage the other and play with the over-sized clit that had won her heart for life, Katrina began pumping both their pussies with the vibrator in her hand on full power; she would stick it all the way in her cunt, pull it out, stick it all the way in Lana’s and pull out and continue back and forth with a steady rhythm.

Seeing Lana truly calm once more Dr. Lewis said, "Amy actually wanted me to fuck her the moment I came in the door." Laughing he said "and I won’t lie to you I desperately wanted to get into that bald dripping pussy of hers, but I told her I would have to get your permission first."

"Our permission," Katrina said questionably and Lana’s eyes were asking the same question as she continued sucking Katrina’s boob, "why do you need our permission, you’ve fucked Amy before."

"Yes, once or twice, but always quickly and in a casual ‘hi nice to meet you manner’; living here with her, though, it will be very different. I know I’ll be fucking her and sucking that beautiful bare twat of hers daily, probably more than once; it will in no doubt eventually become more than casual. You can’t have daily multiple sex sessions and it not move on to something—"

"—intimate," Lana said raising her head from Katrina’s boob and kissing her neck. "You’re worried you’ll fall in love with Amy."

"Well I wouldn’t go that far," Dr. Lewis said wondering if it were possible.

"Well don’t be surprised if you do," Lana said smiling, "I had decided at the beginning of last year to make Katy my ‘Fucking best friend’ and started fucking her every day, before I realized it, well you know—" she said smiling, then added seriously, "but you can have Amy all you want, we trust you. That you waited to get our okay shows that, right Katy."

Katrina was starting to cum and said strongly, "He has my blessing if he cums for me RIGHT NOW!" Saying that she started to cum; violently rubbing the butt plug vibrator back and forth against Lana’s clit and suddenly triggering a second orgasm in Lana. To seal the deal Dr. Lewis, who had been holding back for a while, let himself go and the girls could see strands and stands of cum shooting out and onto the floor.

When they had all recovered a bit Katrina smiled and said, "I guess it’s okay, go fuck Amy all you want and suck her pussy a few times for us too."

"By the way," Lana said suddenly, "Randy, I haven’t told you, we’ve expanded the awareness project to include free STD tests, we have an STD specialist and sexologist traveling with us, Dr. Joyce Livingston, I’ll tell you more next time we talk, I can’t talk any more now. Bye, love you."

"Dr. Joyce Livingston," Dr. Lewis said suddenly looking shocked, "has she told you—" he suddenly stopped.

Katrina looked at him suspiciously and said, "Has she told us what?"

Returning to his calm voice Dr. Lewis said, "That we studied together, you have mentioned me haven’t you?"

"We’ve mentioned that we’re very close to an STD specialist and sexologist," Lana said, "but we hadn’t really told her your name. Would you like to talk to her?"

"No, no I’m a bit spent at the moment, and want to rest a few minutes before hunting down a bald pussy. Maybe next time, for now merely pass my greetings. Bye now and I love you two very much."

"Love you too Randy," Katrina said, "bye!"

"Bye again," Lana said as the screen went dead.

"Did watching that get you hungry for some nice hot cream?" Katrina asked with a twinkle in her eye.

"Actually, smelling you is making me thirsty for another helping of delicious cunt juice," Lana said, "plus I suddenly have a desire to lock my lips around Hannah’s pussy."

"Why do you say that," Katrina asked surprised, mostly because she herself was having the same craving.

"Because Randy mentioned Amy’s bald pussy so many times I just have to get one myself, and at the moment Hannah is the only one among us that has one."

"Let’s get back in the BED room, everything we need is there." As Katrina said this she jumped up and removing the butt plug form her ass ran into the next room.

*****

Lana had followed Katrina much more slowly into the next room. Having just cum twice, she was a bit more drained of energy. In the BED room she found Katrina had grabbed Don and was in a ‘69’ with him trying to get that mouthful of hot cum, Jason and Debbie were also in a ‘69’ sharing some very strong brother/sister love. In the very center of the room Joyce was still lying face up, her eyes closed, Ana and Hannah were each at her sides sucking one of her boobs and rubbing their cunts against Joyce’s legs. They were obviously somewhat tired as well as dried out. "Well, I still have at least one good orgasm in me," Lana thought going over and getting in a ‘69’ position with Joyce. Looking up Joyce saw Lana’s pussy blinking at her as Lana’s tongue dug deep in her pussy and sighing she pulled Lana’s pussy lips onto her mouth’s lips and started deeply kissing them. At the same time she wrapped an arm each around Hannah and Ana and thought, "Yes, I’m connected with all of them now; always connected!"

 

 

Chapter Eleven – Ghost Stories

Stan and Laura stepped happily into the BED room to find their 3 girls totally connected to the mysterious (well in Laura’s mind anyway) new passenger. Stan had taken advantage of the fact that (with Lenny and John in charge of the driving shift) not only was he free from driving duties, but everyone else seemed to have something to do, to do a little connecting with his wife on a one-to-one basis. They hadn’t had a lot of that since the trip started.

Stan signaled an upset looking Laura to leave everyone alone and follow him to the Recreation room.

Once there Laura said, "They shouldn’t be so connected to her, at least not until we find out more; but not only have they connected, everyone in that room obviously sexed themselves out so much no one woke up as we passed by!"

"Laura, don’t worry. The kids are in no immediate danger. Whoever the woman is, she’s on a bus surrounded by 15 Anderson-Irving-Wilsons, there’s not much she can do except fuck and get fucked and since she has her documentation, even that is totally safe."

"Still I don’t want anyone forming any strong bonds with her, not yet anyway, not until we’re sure someone won’t end up getting hurt, if not literally then emotionally, if it turns out she’s not exactly what she claims to be."

"Well I’m sorry there Laura, but from the extremely happy faces on the girls as they slept connected to Joyce, I’d have to say we’re a little late to stop any bonding. Don’t worry, we’ll talk to John about that background report you want. Hannah may be a bit resistant at the moment."

Laura nodded worriedly, agreeing it the best course to take then said, "Is it time?"

Stan looked at his watch and said, "Just about, let’s tune in and be ready."

*****

They went to the computer and clicking some buttons on the computers IM program immediately focused on a scene. Stan’s eyes came together and he scowled a little angrily at the scene before him. George Fuller was lying on the conference table with his cock plunging in and out of Annie Styles’ ass, at the table edge Harry Jackson was feeding Annie’s cunt violently while she chewed on Ernie Webber’s cock, he was kneeling above her head. On the other side of the table Annette Harris was lying face up with Harry Fuller ramming his cock in and out of her pussy, wearing a harness Margaret Anders was at the edge of the table pumping a very large faux cock in and out of Harry’s ass and Cristina Ross was at Annette’s head getting her pussy sucked by Annette while Harry bent over and sucked her ass. Though the scene infuriated him a bit, it also got Stan a bit hot and he grabbed Laura and sat her on his cock deciding to wait a minute or two before actually saying something. There was someone missing, and he wondered where she was, there was no way she would miss a party like this.

Finally he said, "I’m sure everyone has those reports ready for me."

Everyone suddenly froze and slowly turned their heads towards the big screen.

George was the first to finally say, "Boss, Laura hello," he had a nervous smile on his face, he could see that if Stan didn’t look a lot madder it was only because his cock was pumping in and out of Laura.

Slowly everyone got up and echoed the words, "Hi boss, hi Laura."

"Where’s Maggie," Stan said calmly but strongly.

George looked under the table and said, "I think she’s still a little out."

"No, no, I’m back now," they heard someone say from under the table and standing up they saw a cum bathed Maggie from head to foot, dripping cum from both her pussy and her ass.

"Those are not your office clothes Maggie," Stan said angrily. "Just because I am not there does not mean any rules have changed. Now explain what’s going on?"

"Yes Sir," Maggie said still smiling blissfully, "it’s the day of our ‘End of Reports Celebration’; Mr. Jacobs initiated this holiday 3 years ago as a day to celebrate the end of stress for a whole a year. I’m sorry you and Laura missed it, but it looks like the two of you are doing a bit of celebrating yourselves."

"What about the copy of the final reports you were supposed to give me," Stan asked easing up a bit (mostly because Laura’s powerful cunt muscles were sending his cock to heaven).

"Haven’t you received them, Sir," Maggie asked, "I e-mailed them yesterday; there’s a copy of everyone’s final report."

"I haven’t really been checking my e-mail, hold on a second."

He picked up a miniature remote control keyboard from the table by the seat and after checking his email program, quickly returned to the IM where he found Annette Harris glued to Maggie’s pussy, Cristina Ross to her ass and Margaret Anders and Annie Styles were completely licking clean Maggie’s front and back.

On seeing Stan Maggie said, "Stan, you’re back, I just thought I should get cleaned up a little, you don’t mind do you?"

Stan, who had been frowning again, suddenly smiled, especially as Laura came all over his cock and it exploded in her, "No Maggie it’s fine, and all the reports look fine also, you can continue celebrating," Then suddenly speaking like the boss he said, "but I expect everyone back at their cubicles tomorrow working until their scheduled breaks, is that understood?"

"Yes Sir," everyone echoed.

"Good," Stan said, "now get back to partying, bye all."

"Goodbye Sir," Maggie said, "and goodbye Laura."

"Goodbye Maggie," Laura said, "and bye to the rest of you. By the way, I’m a little pissed I wasn’t informed about this celebration, we may have to have another when we get back so I can attend."

"We can’t wait," Everyone said, "bye."

Stan signed off and said, "You know, Mr. Jacobs was actually a very incredible boss, how am I supposed to compare?"

"Just keep being you," Laura said getting up and kneeling between his legs to swallow his semi-erect cock.

*****

"Dead Man’s Creek," Lana said doubtfully, "we’re spending the next two nights at a place called, ‘Dead Man’s Creek’?"

"They actually say it’s the most beautiful of all the resorts we’ll be playing at," John said.

"But why do they call it that," Sandra asked.

"The name comes from an interesting local legend," Joyce said, "I’d tell you the whole story but it’s actually best saved for telling while roasting marshmallows over an open fire."

"A ghost story," Ana said smiling, "oh please tell us on our first night there."

"Isn’t that tonight," Katrina said, "I mean aren’t we supposed to be there in half-an-hour?"

"Okay," Joyce said smiling, "I’ll tell you the story but you can’t get me to sleep outside by that creek for anything!"

"Were you able to talk to that friend of yours from the local hospital," Lana asked.

"Yes," Joyce said smiling, "and he’s happy to help. He says everything we need will be here by tonight."

"Great," Lana said jumping on Joyce’s lap as everyone watched a movie and giving her an intimate kiss, "thanks so much for all your help."

*****

Once they’d arrived at the second resort, the different teams: Vehicle, Location and Memorabilia worked quickly to take care of their respective jobs, Jason’s Stage team worked to set up camp, pitching their tents right by the creek that was found in the center of a dense forest.

Besides a few of the activities offered and the different sights to see, not much was changed from the routine they had used at the first resort, for the most part everything had worked great, so why change it? The only real difference was an addition to the memorabilia table; a form that was to be filled out by those wishing to be tested, the pre-filled out form would be handed in as their blood was drawn the next day and cut the time used in data gathering.

All the material for use the next day arrived by evening and Ron looked curiously at one box labeled, "Extremely Fragile, Handle With Extreme Care!"

"What’s that," Ron asked, "it doesn’t look like anything we used last time."

"It’s a special hematology sensor," Joyce said smiling excitedly, "I’d show you how it works but it’s best kept packaged up until one is prepared to use it."

"Ron, Joyce," Ana said, "Come on, it’s time for that marshmallow roasting and I want to hear some stories!"

Joyce smiled at Ron and shrugging said, "let’s go tell some frightening tales."

Except for Stan and Laura (who accepted to guard the bus) and Hannah, who volunteered to watch the memorabilia table, all the rest gathered around the fire to hear the stories. All the kids had a scary story to tell, yet strangely enough (or maybe not so strange for this family) every single scary story also had an erotic theme that made the front of the boys’ shorts bulge and the girls’ tops push out.

Finally it was time for Joyce to tell her story before they all went to bed (or at least to get relief since by now they were all horny, much more than usual that is).

"Well the story of this place is rather simple, but very strange. It started with a man named Chris Carbine; Chris was a sexual predator you see."

"Oh, our kind of guy," Lana said giggling.

"It’s not funny Lana," Joyce said firmly, "never compare a sexual predator to descent sex lovers like you!"

"Sorry doctor, you’re right, it’s not funny."

"Anyway," Joyce continued, "Carbine had left a trail of raped victims; men, women and children from the east coast to the west and was now working back in the other direction."

"He hadn’t killed anyone though right," Ana said.

"He didn’t believe in killing, what he enjoyed doing after he raped a victim was to castrate them, he wanted it known that he was their last true sexual experience, he cut off the guys’ cocks and sliced off the girls’ clits."

"Creepy mean," Katrina said, "I can’t even dream of not having my clit."

"I can’t dream of not having your clit either," Lana said smiling.

"So," Joyce continued, "it was right around here; maybe right here where we’re sitting now, that Carbine met his final victims. It was a family of five; a man named Clarkson and his four boys. Usually Carbine didn’t go for large groups, but they say he saw one of the boys urinating and fell in love with his cock. He snuck up behind him as he usually did and putting his hand over the boy’s mouth started ramming his cock in and out of the boy’s ass. The boy struggled at first, but by now Carbine had brought out his extra large blade (a real blade that is) and put it to the boy’s neck making it clear that if he made a sound he was dead. Just as he started cumming in the boy’s ass, two of the boy’s brothers came around and saw what was happening, they had been chopping fire wood and were therefore naturally carrying an axe. Since Carbine was still lost in the heaven that is orgasm, the two brothers easily over powered him and getting his knife dislodged him from their brother. As they held him with his hand behind his back ready to take him to their camp and tie him up for the authorities, the young brother that he had raped lost it. He grabbed the axe his brother was carrying, swung it at Carbine’s head and—" Joyce passed a finger quickly across her neck signifying beheading.

"Oh my," Jenny said gulping, "I’d understand if he had cut his balls off, but wasn’t that a little extreme?"

"His father and brothers thought the same thing," Joyce said, "they didn’t believe the police would understand, and fearing their brother would be given a life sentence in prison for the murder of a psycho rapist the family opted for trying to keep it quiet. They took Carbine’s head, and his body and I’ll give you one guess what they did." As she said this she looked out at the creek.

"They threw him in there," Lana said looking over and gulping.

"Dead Man’s Creek," Ron said smiling, "Interesting history lesson, but what’s scary about it?"

"Oh, nothing about that is scary, what happened to that family and several others since then is," Joyce said, "the father kept a journal, and he wrote everything in it, that’s why this much of what happened is known. The final entry that night though has always been a mystery, the father wrote, ‘There’s something strange happening in the creek’ followed in big bold letters by the phrase, ‘HE’S BACK!’ In the morning the police found 5 heads around the camp fire and absolutely no bodies. The creek was dragged of course but they were never found. Since then, around every 5 years there’s been a case where entire families have disappeared, right here."

"Haven’t there ever been witnesses," Sandra asked.

"Well, there was one family survivor around 15 years ago, but they locked him up in an asylum and labeled him a nut job."

"Why," Ana asked, "What did he say happened?"

"He gave some crazy tale about headless guys with large cocks, long knives and cut off cocks. He had said that they came out of the creek and circled the family. He was never able to explain exactly how he escaped though."

With her eyes wide open as if in terror Debbie said, "Umm doctor, do you—well do you know when the last attack was?"

"I don’t think there’s been anything strange reported around here for the past six or seven years." Joyce said calmly.

"So they’re overdue," Katrina said scared.

"Like I said," Joyce answered getting up, "I won’t be sleeping out here. I’ll see you all in the morning."

As she left the girls kept staring at the creek and Ron said, "BOO!"

"Don’t do that," Lana said nervously, "You know, there are a lot of mosquitoes out here; I think I’ll sleep inside."

"Hey wait for me," Katrina said as Lana ran off, "I go where that pussy goes."

"Master," Sandra said a little scared, "where will we be sleeping?"

SLAP!

"Never ask me a question, I’ll tell you myself what we’re going to do! And what I am going to do is take you back to the bus and spank your sorry ass for your ignorance!" Jenny pulled Sandra to her feet by her hair and led her to the bus.

"Umm, Debbie," Ana said, "Do you think you can give me some juice, I’m sort of thirsty."

"In the tent," Debbie questioned with fear.

"No, the bus will be more comfortable, I’m thinking of a very long drink."

As they left John, Ron, Don, Lenny, Robert and Jason cracked up laughing.

After a while John said, "So Ron was your bitch able to tell you what they’re planning?"

"No," Ron said, "she says she doesn’t know of any plans. She wouldn’t lie to me so she probably doesn’t know. It doesn’t mean there aren’t any. The ‘Queen’ wouldn’t have been as dumb as to let Hannah in on it."

"You mean your bitch wouldn’t be so dumb as to let them tell her," John corrected.

"Yeah," Ron said smiling, "That too."

"Well since they all left it will probably be tonight," Jason said, "that ghost story might have Debbie nervous, but ‘the Wild Kat’ wouldn’t be running from a legend."

"Actually she was running to a pussy," Don said smiling, "and she would very much do that."

"Well whatever they try we just have to not let them scare us," Ron said, "we have the advantage, we know something is coming."

"Talking about cumming," Don said, "looks like it’s a boys’ night tonight." He grabbed Jason and led him to one of the small tents.

"Come on Robert are you cumming with me," Ron said heading for the other small tent.

As Robert followed Ron, John said to Lenny, "I guess that leaves us in the big tent."

"Well CUM for me," Lenny said leading the way.

About half-an-hour later, as the boys were cumming for their second or third time, they all began to hear a strange howling in the wind. They all thought the same thing and stepped out of their tents.

"The girls are coming," Ron said, "I’ve been dying for them to CUM."

"What exactly is that sound?" Lenny asked nervously.

"A recording probably," John said, "What is it saying?"

They listened carefully and tried to decipher the ghostly howl.

"CUUUMMMM, CUUUMMM, CUUUMMM"

"It says, CUM," Ron said smiling.

"Can you tell where they are cumming from," Don asked.

"It sounds like its cumming from the creek," Robert said gulping.

"I’ve got to hand it to the girls," Ron said, "that recording sure sounds scary."

"What’s that in the middle of the creek," Lenny asked nervously.

They all looked curiously at the red glow that had suddenly sprung in the middle of the lake.

"You know," Robert said, "maybe we should go get some cunt juice in the bus."

"There’s no cunt juice there, except for mom, the doctor and if she knows what’s good for her, my pet," Ron said angrily, "the rest of the cunt juice is around here."

"Is it in the middle of the creek," Jason asked shivering as the water started bubbling.

"CUUUMMM WANT CUUUMMM SMELL CUUUMMM"

"You know Ron," Don said, a little green, "not that I believe in ghosts, but, do you really think that’s the girls in the creek?"

"Who else can it be," Ron said getting angry.

Suddenly someone popped out of the creek and Robert said, "IT"S HIM!"

They looked at the headless man with the giant cock (a very erect cock) between his legs holding a knife and a castrated cock.

"Could this really be one of the girls," Lenny asked seriously frightened.

"That doesn’t look like a cunt machine between its legs," Jason said preparing to run.

"Don’t run," Ron ordered, "we will not give them the satisfaction of making us run!"

Suddenly another headless body, then another and another popped out of the creek; they kept popping out until there were six and they started to circle the boys, and slowly close in.

"Ron, how are the girls supposed to have been under that creek for so long," John said getting nervous.

"And how are the girls supposed to have dicks pointing right at us," Lenny countered.

As the questions started to fly and the headless bodies kept closing in one question in particular came to Ron, "You know, how are the girls supposed to have set a prank like this up in half-an-hour? We just heard the Carbine story," suddenly a little nervous and worried he thought, maybe playing safe wouldn’t be a bad thing, there was hole in the closing circle of headless bodies still big enough to run through, "Okay," he said, "RUN!" and he led the way through the hole and they all followed running like crazy until—

"AHH," Ron screamed as he saw someone chained and hanging to a tree on the path they had to run.

"It’s one of the girls," John said suddenly running to her.

"She’s gagged," Lenny said, "Ron, I think it’s your bitch."

Ron had stopped running when John said it was one of the girls and now ran to see if she needed help. He ran even faster on hearing it might be Hannah.

Seeing that it in fact was her, he removed her gag and said, "Are you alright? What happened?"

Hannah tried to talk completely seriously though she was cracking up inside, "I found out what the girls are planning. They’re going to use some local legend to scare you silly. They tied me up so I couldn’t get to you and warn you. They said if you ran by here I should give you a message, to get back to the tents, they’re waiting to fuck your asses silly; they don’t have those realistic faux cocks for nothing. I don’t know what it means. Do you?"

"And you had nothing to do with any of this," Ron said angrily.

"No Master, you know I’d never lie to you," Hannah said, "By the way, they mentioned a key to these chains on that rock over there."

Don saw it and picking it up said, "So how did they do it?"

Ron took the key passed to him and said, "They did it with outside help." He unchained Hannah and ordered, "Go to the bus and sleep."

"Outside help," John questioned.

"Yeah, the good doctor was in on it all along. Come on guys, lets get our asses fucked, but we’ll be taking a ton of cunt juice after that’s over."

When they got back they found the headless bodies waiting and Ron said, "Okay ‘Queen’, we give you this one, just tell me how you did it?"

One of the bodies began opening the black shirt it was wearing and the boys noticed holes in the shirt for the first time. Once off they saw one of the girls with what appeared like a hospital neck brace on her head and wearing a wet suit and mini-breathing tank, she was also wearing dark glasses which is why no eyes were seen looking out of the holes in the shirts. She completely undressed leaving only one thing on, the harness with the very large and real looking faux cock.

"Come on ‘Master’," she said, "time for another private session."

"After you my ‘Queen’," Ron said smiling and leading the way to one of the smaller tents.

By now the other girls had stripped also and with their faux cocks looking for somewhere to go, each grabbed a guy, Katrina pulled Robert into the other small tent: Debbie and John, Ana and Lenny, Jenny and Jason and Sandra and Don all crowded into the big tent. The girls fucked the guys asses for nearly an hour before agreeing that it was time to start feeling their holes just as filled and letting the boys have total control of their bodies; they felt this the ultimate reward for their victory.

*****

Early the next morning Laura and Joyce found themselves discussing the night’s activities with John, Ron, Hannah and Lana as preparations for the days blood tests were being completed in the first section of the bus.

"So no more jokes from now on," Laura said.

"We’re even, one on one, and we’re staying that way," Lana said.

"Yeah," Ron said, "we both agreed that the victory celebrations can get a bit intense."

"Hey," Lana said, "we did not agree to that! We agreed the planning and the scheming can get tiring; we expect to continue celebrating at all times!"

"Well not at this moment," Ron said smiling, "at this moment you have to get back to the memorabilia table with Katrina, I have stage setup duties with Jason and the rest have to take shifts organizing and controlling that line that’s forming outside."

"Right," Lana said, "the faster we finish the blood tests the faster everyone is free to enjoy the activities together." Both Ron and Lana quickly stepped out of the bus.

"Hannah," John said as he sat at a computer notebook preparing to enter data, "you seem as tired as the rest of us this morning; how did you spend the night after you were unchained from that tree?"

"Fucking me," Joyce said smiling, "she wouldn’t stop violently drilling my asshole with a very large strap-on, I never would have thought she could be so aggressive."

"You wouldn’t believe," John said smiling.

Hannah grabbed a second computer notebook and also prepared for data entry, she then said shyly, "I don’t know what my brother is insinuating but as for last night, I admit I wasn’t myself. I guess I was upset at being cut out of all the fun."

"I believe everything is ready," Joyce said, "we still have half-an-hour before the first person is supposed to be let in; I’m going to have something to eat real quickly."

As she walked back towards the Recreation room to head to the kitchen Hannah said, "You know what, I’m a bit hungry myself, I think I’ll get a quick bite too."

John was left with just one other person in the first section and she walked over to John now. "So I heard Joyce helped the girls with that joke yesterday," Laura said.

"Yeah," John said smiling, "it was all the ‘Queen’s’ planning of course, but Joyce helped get them the equipment they needed."

"So I guess you boys owe her one," Laura said inquisitively.

"Well we have a deal, like Lana said, no more retaliation."

"You have a deal with the girl, not with Joyce," Laura said smiling.

"Mom, what are you thinking," John asked.

"Nothing, it’s just that I have this feeling that she hasn’t been totally honest with us, or at least with me. I can’t shake the feeling that I’ve met her before and yesterday she called me by a nickname I haven’t used since Junior High School."

"You want me run a more thorough background check on her and see if she was actually an old friend or acquaintance of yours," John questioned.

"It’ll help settle my nerves," Laura admitted.

"It will have to be later, that kind of thorough background check can take time, and it might go faster if Hannah helps me."

"No, please; I don’t want the girls involved; they seem to be forming a strong bond with Joyce and I don’t want them thinking there is anything wrong."

"Okay, but like I said, it’ll be a while."

"Take your time, and thanks, remember don’t mention it to anyone." With that Laura turned around and walked outside to help line up the crowd that was forming.

*****

At the fuckabration after the concert that night Lana rode Ron’s cock excitedly saying, "I can’t believe people were asking us for our autographs, it’s almost as if we were celebrities or something."

Katrina, who was riding Ron’s face while sucking Lana’s tits looked up long enough to say, "Well what did you think you were silly? You know we sold out the memorabilia table completely and have to stop to pick up new supplies at the next town?"

"Sold out," Don said from behind Hannah, "as in there is nothing left?"

Hannah raised her head from Sandra’s pussy and said, "I believe that’s what sold out means." She quickly returned her tongue to Sandra’s wet hole and continued lapping up the juices that where continually pooling there.

"Didn’t we have 1,000 of each of the 5 items we were selling," John questioned, "as well as 1,000 of that homemade CD?"

"Yes," Katrina said, "and since we sold each of the items; shirts, buttons, caps, posters and tour map at 3 dollars and the CDs at 5, that’s $20,000 for the band. We’ve been depositing the money at banks during rest stops to add electronically to the account Jennifer Ramos set up for you last year, it now has and please don’t anyone faint this time, $40,000."

"Wow," Ana said from her seat on Sandra’s mouth, "So where are we re-stocking?"

"There’s a printing company in the next town," Lenny said as he fucked Debbie doggy-style, "John sent them all the info over the web and we just have to pick it up."

"They should have it ready when we get there," Robert said slowly driving his cock in and out of Debbie’s mouth.

"Can you imagine the money we would make if someone would let us sell copies of those Mistress home movies," Lana said.

"Like I said before," John added, "I’m sure I could get between 15 to 20 dollars a piece."

"And like I said," Hannah said angrily, once more abandoning Sandra’s sweet pussy, "those are her private journals and if you don’t want her to just move out of our lives forever you won’t bring the subject up again!"

"Okay," Lana said, "sorry, and I thought I was the one that gets cranky."

"Where’s Joyce," Ana asked suddenly, "I didn’t see her when we came in."

"The adults have taken over the camp site," Lenny said.

"That’s why Jenny is so mad; she says we all get to play and she’s stuck alone in section one doing guard duty."

"She has to learn it can’t all be fucking fun," John said.

"But it can try to be," Lana said smiling.

"Yeah," John said smiling, "You know what, I’m doing some late research tonight, I’ll go in and do it on one of the section one notebook computers, that way I can throw her a bone at the same time. I’ll tell her since she’s working guard duty, I just have to deposit my cock in her cunt for safe keeping."

There was an echo of laughs followed by an echo of moans and screams of "I’M CUUMMMING," after that statement.

*****

"What’s wrong with you today John," Don said worried, "the entire family has been enjoying themselves today and you’ve been lost somewhere. Come on row a little faster, the girls are catching up and the Wilsons boat is right on their tail."

"Yeah," Ron said a little annoyed. "We should be in the lead and instead Dad, Lenny and Robert are. Now either help us win this race or come clean."

John looked solemnly at them and taking the oars started rowing as strongly as possible across the creek, trying to catch up with Stan’s boat just ahead.

"It was nice of Joyce to volunteer to watch the tour mobile all morning until we leave," Don said, "we hadn’t all been able to be together like this once."

"Yeah," John said suddenly slowing a bit once more, "that was nice of her; whoever she is."

Ron and Don now suddenly slowed down too and the girls’ boat passed by them easily.

"What’s wrong, catch a cramp or have your oars suddenly gone so soft it feels weird!" The girls all laughed as Lana shouted this and they continued rowing on.

Ron took a second to scream back, "I’ll show you how soft it is when we get on the road later!"

The Wilson boat now went by them and Jason took a second to ask in a more concerned voice, "Everything okay guys?"

"Yeah," Don said smiling, "we just wanted to enjoy the center of the creek a while. Go on; don’t let the girls beat you!"

"Yeah," Katrina said, "hurry up Jason, row! They’re pulling away and my cunt is in there!"

As they left Ron and Don looked strongly at John and Ron said, "Okay, start spilling; what did you mean ‘whoever she is’ and this better be good because we are forfeiting control of this evening’s fuckfest to the girls and I think they enjoyed screwing our asses the other night just a little too much." He rubbed his butt as he added, "I tell you, I don’t mind a big warm true cock that will eventually splash some soothing cream being in there, but what the girls enjoy so much about those faux cocks is beyond me."

"I need you to do me a favor Ron," John said seriously, "I need the ‘Erotic Psycho’ under my control for a while."

This statement left both Ron and Don in total shock, not only did he say it so bluntly and seriously that it was almost scary, but both knew that since John was absolutely non-domination of any kind, there was only one thing he shared with Hannah.

"What do you need her to look up," Ron said.

"Mom asked me to do a little something for her, she asked me not to say anything, but I know she was just talking about the girls. She wanted me to do a complete background check on Joyce."

Ron and Don continued looking at him questionably letting him know they wanted him to explain.

"Mom believes she may have known Joyce from somewhere, maybe Junior High School, what’s more, and she didn’t exactly say this but it was easy to decipher, she believes Joyce knows exactly where they were acquaintances from and for some reason is just not being honest about it. She’s worried about the bond the girls are forming with a woman that is not being completely honest."

"Is that what you were doing last night, when you suddenly told Jenny you could take over the guard shift completely and sent her in with us?"

"All he was doing when he was with me was letting me fuck myself on his cock while he looked over my shoulder at that computer screen." Jenny said a bit annoyed as the boat with her Sandra and Laura pulled up beside the boys. "I may as well have been fucking a dildo; the only reason I didn’t get off and go find one was because I knew no dildo would eventually fill my twat with that hot delicious cream I wanted. I was so happy when he told me I could join you guys and he’d take over if I just sucked him off."

"What’s wrong boys," Laura asked a bit concerned.

"Nothing Mom, we just decided to trade control of tonight’s fuckfest for a relaxing moment in the center of a beautiful creek," Ron said smiling.

"Well I still want to at least control that ‘Wild Kat’ clit for a while; I never get it," Jenny said, "so row slave, ROW!"

Sandra started rowing fast and strongly and Jenny got to work helping.

Once they were out of range John started talking again, "Here’s the thing, Dr. Joyce Livingston does not exist; or rather, she did not exist until her second year of medical school."

"What do you mean," Ron said both shocked and very curious.

"I can trace a good portion of the doctors life up to her second year, by the way, she has done some incredible work since then; she’s authored and co-authored some prize winning essays and even a book or two. Joyce graduated second highest honored student of her graduating class giving the salutation speech at the graduation; by the way, guess who just barely beat her out for first place and got the valedictorian speech."

"You’re kidding," Don said smiling. It wasn’t hard to guess since they only knew one other STD specialist and sexologist.

"So her and Dr. Lewis were classmates," Ron said, "bit of a coincidence isn’t it?"

"Anyway," John said, "the point is; before that she is totally non-existent. There are no school records, no hospital records and not even a birth certificate before that second year of Medical School."

"So she changed her name," Ron said puzzled.

"That’s what I suspect," John said, "and there aren’t many good reasons why a person would wish to totally start a new life. This seems to go even farther than a simple name change, usually when a person changes their name you can still easily find some connection to their old self, I haven’t found anything at all."

"That’s why you need Hannah," Ron said.

"I need her full help and I need her to not feel guilty about breaking any bonds and most of all I need her not to mention this to anyone else."

"I’ll order her to help you out completely and keep her mouth shut."

"Hey," Don said suddenly, "It looks like everyone has stopped for a bit of a breather and a relaxing moment in the middle of a beautiful creek!" He looked at the line of four row boats a bit ahead of them.

"QUICK!" As Ron screamed this he grabbed his oars. "Time for a sneak attack!"

*****

"Oww! Oww! Oh Ahh!" As Lana rubbed her butt she said, "That feels painfully good!"

"I think it is super awesome," Sandra said.

"It’s the greatest thing on earth," Hannah said, "though it would be better if it gave me some cum as well."

"Ouch! I think it hurts too much, and I love them," Ana said.

"Where did you guys find these monster cock extensions," Lana said throwing a look behind her shoulder at Lenny.

"I brought them at ‘Sex Toys R Us’ before we left," Ron said, "I was saving them for a special occasion."

"Damn this thing hurts," Katrina said smiling, "doesn’t mean I don’t love it though, so, Donny don’t you dare pull it out of my ass!"

"If I hadn’t lost control to you guys, I’d never let you stick that thing up me," Debbie said smiling, "though your real cock can live there forever John."

"I still can’t believe you guys beat us, even after you had pretty much dropped out of the race," Lana said frowning. "So how much longer before we get to feel your real cocks in our main sex holes?"

"Don’t you want to feel these in there," Ron asked.

"I do Master," Hannah said.

"I actually would love it there," Lana said smiling, "but I’m dying to feel some hot cum in there more."

"Give me a good drink of cum first and you can keep this monster in my pussy forever," Katrina said excitedly.

"Any idea how long before our next stop," Ana asked making a painful face.

"At least a day-and-a-half," Ron said. "With Dad and Jenny handling the driving this shift, we still have a while to play. Okay you guys on three; One—Two—THREE!"

"CUM AND GET IT!" As the six guys screamed this they pulled almost completely out of the asses in front of them and then rammed them just a quickly back in causing six mouths to scream and six cunts to start flowing.

 

 

Chapter Twelve – Susan Cooks With Amy

"Beep, beep, beep, beep."

"I’d better get that Honey, it can be important," Dr. Lewis said lovingly.

"Doesn’t that mean you’d have take this beautiful cock of yours out of my hungry cunt," Amy said horrified.

"It has to come out some time." Amy gave him an almost defiant ‘NO IT DOESN’T’ look but he said calmly, "I’ve let you keep it there for a whole 24 hours, and believe me if it were up to me it would never come out, but the weekend is over and I have to go to work, and so, by the way, do you; Pietro was nice enough to give you all of yesterday to be in bed with me, but you have responsibilities to get back to."

"Can you just give me one more, please?"

Dr. Lewis looked in her eyes and saw they were still truly hungry and smiling said, "Okay, one more then it’s back to our regular lives, if you want you can sleep with me every night."

He then began pumping his 10 inches deep in and out of Amy’s ‘never stop dripping’ cunt at a violent rate; Never missing her G-spot either on the way in or the way out. He kissed her intimately several times and felt a bit of guilt, even if his ‘Queen’ and his ‘Wild Kat’ had given him permission to get as intimate as he wanted with Amy he still felt like he was crossing some line. To hurry the process he stuck the index finger of one hand deep in her butt and now pumped her strongly from both sides, and seeing that she was resisting cumming (wanting obviously more time) he brought his other hand to her bottom front and pulled tightly then gently rubbed her clit, this triggered a double orgasm (one clit stimulated and one G-spot stimulated) that made Amy scream and after much violent shaking, eventually pass out.

Smiling Dr. Lewis said, "Well, she’ll be out for a while. I better take advantage of it to get out of bed."

When he was finally out of bed he checked his beeper and saw a cell phone number he was unfamiliar with. It didn’t seem like an emergency so he just jotted the number down and decided to call later in the day.

"Now all I need is a bath," he thought, grabbing some clean clothes he decided to use the bathroom on the first floor. "That should give Amy more time to sleep peacefully."

Just as he reached downstairs he heard, "knock, knock, knock."

"Hmm, someone is in a hurry to get in," looking at his watch Dr. Lewis thought, "It’s too early to be Lisa and her crew." Going over, not even thinking about the fact his clothes were in his hands and not on his body, he opened the door.

A very hot and somewhat upset looking young blond woman that he had met briefly one morning ran in. She took one look at the doctor and without saying a word stripped and knelt at his still fully erect cock, sucking it deep, wanting to absorb every last taste.

Normally the doctor would not so quickly jump into any sexual situation with someone he hadn’t even said hello to, but he could tell the young lady was very distraught and more importantly, he knew that she (like all of the Anderson-Irvings) was safe to fuck. He therefore let her have full control hoping very much she could be calmed before Amy awoke and came down.

After sucking on him for a while the young lady suddenly got on her hands and knees in front of the doctor with her cunt aimed right at his cock and spread wide; giving a small sigh the doctor plunged right in, instantly beginning his well practiced habit of massaging all of a woman’s erogenous zones and bringing her to much needed calm and bliss before ever even bringing her to orgasm. Finally, however, he did allow her a true and powerful orgasm, and since he was now overdue for one himself he said, "I’m going to cum now Susan, where do you want your medicine?"

"Oh," Susan said, suddenly dislodging his cock and turning around to grab it once more in her mouth. She sucked and sucked and he exploded in her mouth, "Oh yes," she thought, "calming medicine, just what I needed, God it’s good to have a doctor in the house!"

After she finally finished drinking him up he helped her stand and hugging her said, "Susan, what happened, I doubt you could have lost your case already."

"They’ve put it on some sort of hold for another two weeks while they debate if it should even be in court. The other side’s lawyers painted me completely as some sort of gold digging hussy that has no right to anything in Howard’s house (even though I paid for a lot of it). What’s more, they feel now that the car should be taken as well since the insurance paying it was in Howard’s name even if the car was registered to me. They also had the nerve to mention 5 years back rent!" Seeing her getting upset again he began to gently rub the back of her neck.

Dr. Lewis said calmly, "You can’t let them do what they want to you; they want to upset you so much and make the whole thing seem so hopeless that you will simply back out and drop the case. But 5 long and faithful years of ‘non-marriage’ counts for something. If you want, I’ll talk to a friend of mine later, he’s a California lawyer that specializes in ‘Common Law’ marriage cases. He can review your case and tell you exactly what you’re up against and what your regular lawyer may be missing."

"Really," Susan said, her eyes shining excitedly, "yes please do, I’d appreciate it very much, thank you! Oh, and doctor, thanks for that medicine, I really needed it, and now, I really need a cup of coffee."

She smiled and headed toward the kitchen. The doctor smiled back at her and went to take his bath.

*****

Thirty minutes later, Dr. Lewis came out of the first floor bedroom fully clothed (just in case he ran into any more needy women, he knew Lisa, Sallie, Jackie and Betty were due soon; Pietro could handle them) and headed toward the kitchen for a quick bite before leaving. He found the kitchen table set with plates and choices of food such as pancakes, scrambled eggs, sausages and home fries. Not to mention what he most wanted (no, not cunt juice, not now anyway) COFFEE! Amy entered and he smiled at her.

"I see you really woke ready to work," Dr. Lewis said.

"Are you kidding, I just got up, whose been in my kitchen?"

"Oh please don’t be mad," Susan said coming in from the dining room (still very much naked) "I just felt an incredible rush of energy after that incredible CUM the doctor gave me and needed to do something."

Amy looked at the doctor a little surprised and maybe angry too and trying to sound cheerful said, "Incredible cum, ehhh, he does know how to give those."

"Oh yes," Susan said unconsciously, "and his cock and cum are divine!"

"His CUM!" Amy definitely forgot to sound cheerful as she screamed this. "He fed YOU his morning CUM!"

"Yes," Susan said, still blissfully ignorant of any hostility in Amy’s voice, "and his cock tasted just like you for a long time. As if he’d been in you forever, I never wanted to let him out of my mouth but I needed an itch scratched really badly." Smiling at Amy she said, "Maybe later I can get a more direct taste of those juices."

Smiling as she now looked at Susan’s recently fucked cunt and saw some juices pooling there Amy said, "Absolutely, we can share a nice long drink."

Dr. Lewis smiled once more at both of them and began choosing among the breakfast selections wondering where Pietro and his 8 inches were. He ate quickly and when he finished said, "I’m leaving now Honey, I’ll see you later."

"Okay Dear," both Amy and Susan said together, and then looking at each other they began to giggle.

Dr. Lewis smiled (worriedly) also and gave them both a kiss on the cheek as he left.

When he was gone Susan said to Amy, "I think we made him nervous."

"Actually only two girls in this entire world can make that man nervous. Don’t be surprised if the next time he fucks you he tells you he talked to Lana and Katrina about getting official permission to do it."

"You’re kidding," Susan said smiling, "he actually got permission to fuck you?"

"Yes, the stupid faithful jerk," then added smiling, "who knows what a woman’s orgasm is truly supposed to be like and knows how to give it."

Susan was now looking at Amy’s cunt as it dripped small drops of cunt juice, smiling she said, "Do I need permission to fuck you?"

"Not at all," Amy said smiling mischievously.

"Good, the dining room table is completely cleared, why don’t we eat there?" Grabbing Amy by the hand she led her to the table where, after lying down herself she had Amy lie on top of her in a ‘69’ and they settled down to some good eating.

*****

"Knock, knock, knock!"

Amy heard the continuous knocking at the door after half-an-hour of non-stop fine dining. As the knocking continued Susan temporarily unglued her mouth from Amy’s twat and said, "Maybe you should get that?" She then returned her mouth to Amy’s cunt.

"Actually," Amy said separating her lips from Susan’s twat lips long enough to reply, "It’s really the butler’s job to answer the door." She then quickly buried her tongue in Susan’s still flowing river.

A few minutes later Pietro entered the kitchen and spotting the action on the dining room table walked in and said, "Hmm, Ms. Wise is here, she said she is looking for an early morning drink before starting work today, she claims she brought a special treat for you."

Suddenly Amy lifted her head as she returned to the real world and said, "Oh shit, Lisa, she’s going to kill me! She’s going to be expecting a good drink and I think you actually dried me out for a while!"

"Oh," Susan said worried as Amy got up, "well I still have a good amount left if your friend is really thirsty. I hadn’t had a drink, nor had anyone drink me, since I left a week and a half to two weeks ago."

"That’s a good idea," Amy said, "Stay right where you are. Pietro, bring Lisa in here now!"

"By the way," Susan said suddenly, "I take it for granted your friend is safe."

"Yeah, she has her papers; her entire crew does by the way. She’s in charge of the work their doing in the backyard."

"Oh yeah," Susan said suddenly, "I had forgotten about that, how is it coming along?"

"Well for now there’s still mostly a lot of digging going on," someone said from the dining room door.

Susan’s head turned and she saw the lovely young brown haired woman checking out her body on the table. Amy went over to her and gave her a very long and deep kiss that said a lot more than ‘glad you’re back, friend’.

"Oh love," Amy said, "I know you were expecting a nice long drink of cherry juice before you start working, but the supply has gone a little dry for now." Lisa stuck her finger in Amy’s pussy and turning it around a bit and bringing it to her mouth tasted.

Looking somewhat depressed she said, "Yeah, I see what you mean."

"Don’t worry though," Amy said, "I promise by lunch there will be a hot new supply especially for you. In the meantime, please join us here at the dinner table and have a nice drink of lemonade."

Lisa smiled and said, "I think I would like that." With Amy’s help she got on the table and assumed the same ‘69’ position with Susan that Amy had just abandoned, she instantly glued her mouth to Susan’s juice machine. Susan did the same on her end but quickly unglued her mouth to say, "You’re full of CUM!" She said this rather joyously.

"Yeah, it was a special treat for Amy, but I actually have two giant helpings so you can share." She returned her mouth to Susan’s hole claiming all the morning juices she could still find there. Susan in the meantime joyously returned to the special treat she had found in Lisa’s cunt and sucked, licked and ate wildly.

Looking on enviously, Amy suddenly spotted where the second helping of her treat was located and going over glued her mouth to Lisa’s ass and sucked just as joyously thinking, "Well at least I got some cum to keep me from breaking down for a while. But Pietro better not be wasting his supply!"

Around twenty minutes later Pietro returned and still finding Susan and Lisa glued to each other in the ‘69’ and Amy glued inseparably to Lisa’s ass he said, "Hmmm, Ms. Wise, if you’ve finished your drink, the rest of your crew has started to arrive." They all turned to look at him a little annoyed, but Lisa finally got up.

"Sallie and Betty," Pietro said, "please come in here a minute."

As Susan finally abandoned the table as well, she saw two more naked and scrumptious looking beauties enter. "Amy and Susan," Pietro said, taking the girls over and sitting them at the edge of the table, "these two need to start work immediately but they have a small problem. Do you think you can give them a FAST cleaning?"

The girls raised their legs and Lisa actually giggled at the look of joy on Amy and Susan’s faces when they saw a bit of cum ooze out of both girls’ twats. In a flash they had both had their mouths glued to one of the girls and was drinking merrily as Lisa stepped out to start the morning’s work.

*****

Dr. Lewis took some time to look at the cell phone number he had been sent that day. The aftermath of recent events was in no way over, but at least for the moment it seemed calm enough for him to take a while and make a private call. He decided to do it from his private office. He used his computer rather than a phone to call, deciding that most cell phones these days have video-conferencing capabilities. When the phone was answered he saw what looked like a combination kitchen and bathroom in the background and he saw a woman he had not seen for a few years talking to him.

"Hello Joyce," he said calmly, "I was wondering when you’d call me."

"How much do you know," she said in no way surprised by his words.

"Only that you’ve managed to attach yourself to the Andersons and are doing a rather incredible job," He smiled at her and continued to observe her depressed look.

"Talk to me Joyce," Dr. Lewis said, suddenly in full sexologist mode, "tell me everything."

"What can I say, it’s hard, much harder than I ever imagined."

"And what exactly are we talking about," Dr. Lewis said sternly.

"Volume 2, Chapter 17, Section Three." Joyce said seriously.

"Oh no," Dr. Lewis said suddenly opening his eyes and not looking at all his calm self, "does anyone know?"

"I think Lorrie suspects something, and I’m not sure but the boys have been giving me some suspicious looks of late, and now my Hannah—"

"SHE IS NOT YOUR HANNAH!" Dr. Lewis screamed trying to jog Joyce back into the real world. "Joyce, you have to cancel the rest of the project and separate yourself immediately from all of them. And I can not stress this enough, NEVER SEEK THEM OUT AGAIN!"

"You think I don’t know what has to be done, Randy! It’s not as easy as that. This project has become very important to my—your ‘Queen’—my backing out now would devastate her. I can’t do that."

"I can fly out and meet you at the next resort, take over the project."

"I was thinking of that, but then I heard about the tragic situation in your hospital. You have a lot of new patients that need the special counseling that only someone like you can give them; Randy, you can’t leave them, not for personal reasons."

"Why then did you call me," Dr. Lewis asked, obviously very concerned.

"Because you can help us all by just promising to be there and talk to me whenever I might feel myself losing it." Smiling Joyce then added, "See, I feel better already."

Dr. Lewis nodded and as the screen went blank he frowned.

 

Chapter Thirteen – The Horse Ranch

"And you’re sure everything is okay with you personally," Dr. Lewis said as he sat on the edge of the bed with Susan on his lap and thrust his cock in and out of her pussy as Amy kneeled between their legs presently sucking Susan’s clit but prepared to drink up all the juices when the mixture was ready.

"I think I’ve said things couldn’t be better several times now," Lana said blissfully (thanks to the pussy sucking she was getting herself from Katrina) but still annoyed at having had to repeat this a third time. "Why do you seem to think there would be a problem? The trip has been great, the concert tour has been amazing and the project had been super successful (200 people personally tested so far by us with hundreds more promising immediate testing at their local hospitals)."

"Well that’s why I’ve been asking about your private life, the three very tiring and time consuming events you just mentioned to me are all public affairs."

Smiling as she understood the logic of this Lana said, "True, but don’t worry, we all make sure to make time for personal fuckfests between each stop as well as most nights and a giant fuckabration after every successful concert."

Lana started cumming again in Katrina’s mouth as she saw Dr. Lewis’ cock expanding and pulsing as he brought it almost completely out of Susan’s cunt, only to quickly bury it to the deepest depths and hold it there for a while. From the overjoyed look on Susan’s face Lana knew the doctor was filling her to the rim."

"We better get ready to set up that memorabilia table," Katrina said as she finished her drink.

Lana saw Susan starting to cum and Amy pulled Dr. Lewis’ cock out of Susan and glue her mouth to Susan’s hole at the same time.

Dr. Lewis drilled his amazingly still hard cock deep in Susan’s ass further intensifying her orgasm.

"Bye Randy, Amy," Lana said, "bye Aunt Susan, Mom and Dad will be sorry they missed you CUM, but they will probably cum and talk with you later."

Susan nodded blissfully, unable at the moment to form any words and Amy who was in no way going to separate her mouth from Susan’s pussy any time soon simply waved.

"Bye ‘Queen’, bye Katy," Katrina who had once more glued her mouth to Lana’s pussy waved also, "love you both." As he said this, the screen went dead."

Lana looked down at Katrina between her legs and said, "Not that I am in any way complaining, but what happened to setting up that memorabilia table?" When Katrina neither answered nor unglued her mouth from Lana’s pussy Lana petted her head and said, "Okay you can have one more drink but then we have to get to work."

Deciding she might as well do something productive while she waited for Katrina to finish her drink she checked her email server and saw one new note. OHPF members mailed her daily at this address, but she had actually already answered all that mornings mail, she was surprised to see a new one so soon.

"Hmm, I don’t recognize the address, ‘Poisoned Lover’," she questioned.

She would have instantly rejected the letter as spam but it was clearly labeled ‘To Lana Anderson, Leader of the STD Awareness Project’

She opened the letter and gave a yell both from the contents of the letter and the fact she was cumming strongly again in Katrina’s mouth. She stayed frozen looking at the message and when Katrina finally finished drinking she turned to see what had her ‘Queen’ so upset.

"Oh my," Katrina said angrily, "I thought we had a deal, no more scare tactics. I’m going to kill them!"

Suddenly feeling a little calmer Lana said, "Do you really think it’s them?"

"Absolutely, this has ‘Master’ + ‘Computer King’ written all over it!"

Lana stared back at the skull and crossbones, the six pictures of her 3 from different locations at their first 2 stops and the small message in bold letters under them:

"THANKS TO YOU SHE NO LONGER LOVES ME: THANKS TO ME NOONE WILL EVER LOVE THEE!"

*****

"And you swear you guys didn’t send this," Stan said looking nervously at a printed copy of the email.

"Dad, do you really think we would have brought this to you and Mom if we had, our games with the girls are between them and us," Ron said grimly, "this is not one of our games."

"I don’t like this," Joyce said looking at the letter, "it’s obvious who it’s from and why he sent it. Maybe the rest of this trip should be cancelled; the project continued without your presence."

"NO!" Lana screamed, "Do you know how many lives have been saved from just our first two stops. How many infected people are now getting the help they didn’t even know they needed?"

"One too many apparently," John said also looking at the copy of the letter.

"Well I’m not letting some wacko who may well be nothing more than a practical joker stop my work!" Lana said this very defiantly. "We go on as if nothing happened and from now on I don’t touch any more emails from anyone I don’t know! THE END!"

She walked out of the Recreation room (where only the Anderson family and by special invitation, Dr. Joyce Livingston, had been meeting to discuss the mysterious email) and into the BED room.

Katrina had jumped Ron when she first saw him and accused him of breaking their pact. He of course had no idea what she was talking about or why she was trying to choke him to death but through some of Katrina’s angry and meaningless and at times beyond triple x rated screams he was able to piece together that Lana had received a note that had really upset her and maybe even frightened her when she first got it and that they believed the boys responsible.

Ron of course denied it and instantly got John so they could examine it. Like everybody else that saw it, it was one specific thing that really stood out and made the note a bit more than a joke. The six pictures that showed that Lana may well, well actually definitely was, being followed at their first two stops and they hadn’t even noticed it.

"What do you think doctor, should we follow your original advice and call the whole thing off," Laura asked as Lana stormed out.

In deep thought the doctor thought about the reason she had given Dr. Lewis for not just stopping the project to solve her own personal problems. "It may crush her," she said very concerned staring at the door through which Lana had just run, "and it wouldn’t really solve anything. It would just make it easier if this wacko is tailing her to have her sitting at home. At least here she is constantly surrounded by people, what can he do?"

Stan listened to this and said, "She’s right, and Lana is right too, we only let the scum win if we cave in to his scare tactics," to the boys he said, "but I don’t want her alone for a single second, understand?"

"Got you Dad," Ron said, "and we’ll keep our eyes out for anybody suspicious."

"Shouldn’t we at least report it to the police," Laura asked.

"They won’t be able to do much if they do anything at all (well anything beside start investigating our family)," John said, "Hannah and I already traced the I.P. address and it was one of the public computer at the last resort we were in. The email address itself was just developed for this one letter and then cancelled."

"So what do we do now," Don asked.

Ana looked at the door of the BED room and said, "Mom and Dad why don’t you two go help the Wilsons, and our dear cousins with the different tour duties. Dr. Livingston can you handle the preparations for tomorrow’s blood tests alone for a while?"

"Sure, there’s not much that needs done," the doctor said.

"Good," Ana said, then looking at her brothers and sisters said, "You four follow me, we’re about to have a fuckfest to end all fuckfests! If the show is to go on tomorrow, I’ve a feeling we need to start getting relaxed right now."

Everyone nodded their agreement and understanding; they then set off to get the orders fulfilled.

*****

"Lana," Ana said nervously, "maybe we should just stay here."

"Ana, we’ve been in here fucking for 3 hours, don’t get me wrong, I could live the rest of my life doing nothing but fucking, but we’re here to vacation and see new things. We’re on a horse ranch for God’s sake, let’s go enjoy some horses."

"But with all the boys setting up camp and working on the vehicle duties it’s just us three."

"Yeah," Hannah said, also a bit nervous, "We’re not supposed to leave you alone."

"I’m not exactly alone if the two of you are with me," Lana said rolling her eyes, "Anyway, we’ll stop at the memorabilia table and pick up Jenny and Sandra; Katrina should be able to handle the first flow on her own."

After getting her sisters to finally follow her out of the tour mobile and picking up her cousins as she had said, the 5 girls took a tour of the resort they were at.

"There sure are a lot of people around," Jenny said.

"We see people all the time," Lana said, "I want to see those." As she said this she pointed at some horses and a few people lining up to ride them. "Come on, let’s get a ride, I want to see what it is really like to be a cowgirl!"

After waiting on line for a while and finally each getting horses, they were met by two very pretty young ladies (girls really, no older or just a bit older than them) who took them riding on a designated path around the resort.

Lana was very interested in the fact that the two girls were riding in very short skirts and it had not escaped any of their attention that they were wearing nothing else under them. Every now and then they would notice the girls grounding their bare twats into the backs of the horses they were riding, needless to say that the girls were starting to get hot, especially when they noticed a steady flow of liquid running down the sides of one of the horses. There was no mistaking were the flow was originating.

"Okay," one of the girls said, "time to head back. You were our last customers today so we can ride the horses right back to the stable."

The girl, obviously the older sister, led them toward a building where the horses were kept. There was no one else around and Lana was almost near exploding (cumming that is) and she was horny as hell. She desperately wanted to know so she asked, "What does it feel like to have your pussy grinding into the horses back like that, because it looks incredible?"

The younger sister giggled and said, "It feels incredible," lifting her skirt she said, "and just look at how it makes your juices just keep flowing."

"Wow," Ana said noticing only one thing besides the non-stop flow of cum juice, "You shave! It looks beautiful; I am definitely going to start shaving soon."

"Really," Hannah said happily. To the girl she said, "I’m the only one in the family that has been shaving, up to now." Hannah dropped her shorts right there to show her bald pussy.

"Wow," the older girl said, "you’re beautiful," then laughing she added, "which I guess means you’re all beautiful since you all look the same."

"Actually," Lana said dropping her shorts, "that’s the one place we are different, for now, but I think I’m going to start shaving to, I sort of noticed when I talked recently to my boyfriend that bald pussies really turn him on."

"Yeah," Ana said, "Patty too, I can’t believe I never noticed before. Soon this," she said dropping her shorts "will look exactly like that!" She pointed at Hannah’s bald pussy as she said this.

"Don’t sell yourself short, "the older girl said, "You’re still beautiful. I can’t really think of any activity besides bareback riding that would really require a bald pussy. By the way, my name is Carla and this is my sister Carmen."

"That’s right," Ana said suddenly, "Here we are trading cunt views and we haven’t even introduced ourselves. That’s Lana, miss bald pussy there is Hannah, the tall girl in the back is Jenny, the red-head next to her is Sandra and I’m Ana."

"Man you’re getting me thirsty," Hannah said as she continued to watch the flow between Carmen’s legs."

"Don’t get any ideas Honey," Lana warned, "It might look damn delicious but we don’t know if it’s safe."

"What do you mean," Carla asked puzzled.

"I think my sister wants to start lapping up your sister’s juices. But we have rules about that kind of activity and people we just meet."

"Oh," Carla said as if suddenly understanding, "oh, we don’t do anything like that with people, only Enrique and Fred. They’re all we’ll ever need."

"Those are your boyfriends," Lana said smiling.

"Boyfriends," Carmen said puzzled, "No, no, they’re our pets."

"Oh," Jenny said, "fellow Masters, this is my pet," she said hugging Sandy. She then dropped her shorts and said, "Lick me girl; come on lick me."

Sandra dropped to her knees in front of Jenny and started sucking her twat right there.

"Wow," Carla said, "I’d never seen a person do that, she looks just like Enrique doing that." She suddenly gave a loud whistle and after a few minutes a large German Shepherd came by and Carla ordered, "Lick me; lick me boy."

The five girls looked on shocked as the dog started passing its long tongue over, under and many times deep in Carla’s twat. They kept writhing as after several minutes of the dogs long, long tongue pumping in and out of Carla’s pussy she obviously started to cum furiously and the dog continued happily lapping up her juices.

Suddenly they saw Carmen drop on all fours with her twat facing the dog and without her having to say a word they saw the dog mount her and start plunging a giant cock in and out of Carmen’s hole. They saw it push its large nuts right into her so that it looked like he would not separate from here even if she wanted him to, which given her moans and shouts of ecstasy every time the dog plunged in and out, there was no way she wanted him to separate.

"So do you think that’s why they call it doggy-style," Ana said suppressing a laugh.

Lana, who she had been whispering to, was really on the edge now, she didn’t know why but this ridiculous sexual display was really getting her hot, "Hannah, suck me now!"

Hannah (family pet that she was) obediently followed orders and began lapping at Lana’s pussy just like Sandra was still doing at Jenny’s. Suddenly they saw Carmen shaking as she was obviously in heaven. They saw pools and pools of white cream escaping from around the dogs cock (still deep in Carmen).

"Oh shit," Ana said, "the dog is cumming in her!"

"Well of course," Carla said in a ‘what do you think would happen’ tone. "What is a dog for if not to give its master an occasional treat?"

The dog finally pulled out of Carmen and to everyone’s shock, if not disgust also, Carla dropped behind her sister and started to suck the doggy seed right out of her sister, she sucked and sucked at her sisters twat until she triggered another orgasm in her sister and drunk all the juices that again began to flow.

This proved too much for Lana and Jenny who now started to flow in their own pets’ mouths. Their cums were so huge that they lost all voice and with Ana still mesmerized by the sisters perverted partying; no one was able to warn when Enrique started sniffing at Hannah’s bald pussy and—

"OWWWWWWW—Oh God Yes!" Hannah had screamed when in on instant the dog had mounted her and rammed its cock and nuts straight into her, just like it had Carmen. She had tried to pull it out a few times at first, but quickly learned that the theory that once it was in there, it was in there to the end, was dead right.

"Oh God!" Ana said nervously, "Your dog is fucking our BITCH—I mean sister."

Being reminded she was the family bitch suddenly triggered an orgasm in Hannah, "yes," she thought, "that’s me, THE BITCH! The female dog! That’s why I’m wearing a dog collar. This is my mission in life, to be stopped on every street corner and fucked by every stray dog that cums around!" She suddenly started barking and happily sucking and licking at Lana’s pussy once more and the Anderson-Irving girls could all tell she was lost in ecstasy and there was no getting her back until it was over.

"I think she’s turned into Honey again," Ana whispered to Lana. "Any chance we can get Hannah back before the concert tomorrow?"

"I don’t know," Lana whispered back, "it took almost six days to get her back last time. And she wasn’t being screwed by a dog then."

With what was happening to their own sister, the girls didn’t notice that Carla had finished Carmen’s clean-up and had gone into one of the stables and brought out a very handsome totally white horse. Only when they saw Carmen go and help Carla position the horses giant cock at the entrance of Carla’s pussy did it register with them what was about to happen.

"Oh no!" Lana thought, still not completely able to speak. "This is way beyond even the Anderson world!"

As Carmen held the horses cock steady, Carla slowly backed her pussy into it thrusting back and forth each time getting more and more of the horse’s super cock into her. Eventually it was so deep that Carmen no longer needed to help support it and the horse was pretty much fucking Carla without her help.

In the meantime, the dog fucking Hannah finally came and came and came in her, she herself had already cum several times. Lana, by the way, had not been able to stop cumming and Hannah refused to stop drinking every last bit of her up.

The dog finally dismounted and hurrying behind Hannah, Carmen dropped to her knees and started sucking the doggie cum out of Hannah’s cunt, she refused to stop sucking Hannah’s hole until she had gotten every last bit of dog cream and had triggered another powerful orgasm in Hannah supplying her with a large and unending supply of Hannah juice.

They suddenly heard Carla giving some powerful screams and moans, as well as the horse giving some very happy sounding ‘nays’ and looking over they confirmed that both the girl and her horse were cumming.

The river of cum flowing from Carla’s cunt and bathing her legs gave testimony to just how much a horse can cum.

With Hannah now clean, all the Anderson girls had gotten their shorts and were all dressed again. Carmen was walking over and helped her sister finish extracting the horse cock form her twat. It left a wide open cum dripping hole between her legs that would obviously take a while to completely close.

As the Anderson-Irving girls watched in amazement, the sisters began licking every bit of the giant horse cock they were holding, taking turns sucking the hole at the tip and drinking the still flowing cum.

"I think it’s time we go back," Ana said, "I think I have enough of a picture of what it’s like to be a real cowgirl."

Before leaving they said goodbye and Lana took the opportunity to confirm that she had understood correctly when the girls had said that except for each other they had never touched another human being before helping to clean out Hannah. They also confirmed that though they didn’t do it regularly they had been tested less than two years before for STDs and been found totally clean. They’d apparently been playing with their pets a lot longer than that.

"You’re probably safe," Lana told Hannah, as they started out, "but you are taking a damn good bath before I touch that pussy again."

She looked back over her shoulders and saw that Carmen had dropped to her knees and was now licking the horse cum off her sister’s legs and directly from her still very open and flowing pussy.

*****

All the way back to the tour mobile Hannah was begging Lana (leader of the girls’ sexual lives) to be able to visit the sisters, Enrique and Fred at least once more before they had to move on, she kept giving Lana her sad puppy dog look and Lana finally said, "Okay, I’ll talk to Joyce and get some information on bestiality, also, first thing tomorrow you get your blood drawn and we send it in with the guys that bring in the last deliveries from the hospital in the morning, we’ll put an emergency rush on it and should have the results by late morning. If and only if everything is okay (including the info I get from Joyce) we’ll come back and spend the whole morning with them the next day before we leave."

"What do you mean we," Ana said.

"While Honey plays Enrique’s bitch, I think it’s time someone introduces those girls to what true human sex is about," she gave a wicked sort of laugh as she said this and Ana smiled mischievously and lustfully back at her.

As Lana, Hannah and Ana entered the tour mobile (Jenny and Sandra had gone straight back to the memorabilia table) they found two parents, three brothers and a sexologist all pacing nervously; when everyone saw them they exploded in exhortations of anger.

"Where have you been!?! What were you doing!?! How can you go out alone!?!"

They were all asking so many questions at once that Ana and Hannah got a bit nervous and Hannah actually started to cry.

Lana though put on her angry ‘I’m really getting pissed’ face as well as her ‘if everyone doesn’t shut up I’m going to bite you’ look but rather than lash out she remained calm and controlled (I guess being Dr. Lewis’ love for a year was teaching her something) and she said, "We went to do what you come to a horse ranch to do, we went riding, there was a group of 5 of us plus the two guides made 7, I’d say that’s not alone, wouldn’t you?" Lana smiled at everyone, all of which had suddenly quieted down; to Hannah and Ana she then said, "Come on girls let’s go take a bath before the next activity." She then led the way through the Recreation room door towards the Kitchen & Bath.

All the other occupants of section one had been left stunned silent and watching behind them as she passed by. Stan was finally the first able to talk and he said to Joyce, "So what do you think?"

"Well she’s definitely in control of her emotions (more than I can say for all of us) and that’s a very good thing."

After that they all decided to follow Lana’s lead and (while still keeping a watchful eye) not let any fears control them.

*****

They all shared another night around the campfire that evening telling a few more stories, cooking over an open fire and just enjoying the outdoors. When it came time to go back into the tents for another fuckfest Hannah looked for an excuse to stay out of it. Lana had told her to do the rest the decency of not having sex with them until her updated results were back late the next morning. Since she had asked all the girls not to mention the incident to the boys she needed an excuse that wouldn’t make them suspect she might have had any type of unsafe sex, let alone sex with a real dog.

"John isn’t tonight a good time to work on that project you mentioned?" Hannah asked this casually as she saw John about to enter a tent with Debbie, "to tell you the truth my brain cells seem to be on overload tonight", this was actually a true statement.

"Really," John said turning toward her and leaving an angry faced Debbie being claimed by Lenny for the night.

Ron, who had been thinking of a good one-on-one with his number one cunt also did not look happy, he however knew that Hannah’s moments of true super-genius could not be wasted during a task like the one she had been ordered to work on. Ron instead turned and seeing Ana grabbed her. "Why don’t I try to tempt you to abandon that green band ID some more," he said smiling.

"It won’t happen," Ana said smiling back, "I’ll just keep Patty in my head the whole time we’re together."

"You wouldn’t have to stop thinking of Patty if you grabbed a red ID bracelet." This last statement was actually delivered by Ron very seriously.

"Come on," John said, "since the Recreation room will be empty, we can work on the big screen and really analyze all the data together.

*****

"Like you said," Hannah said after an hour of trying everything she could think of to connect Dr. Livingston to her former self, "this is not just a simple change of name. Joyce didn’t just transfer into someone else; it’s as if she 100% began to exist at this point."

"Any more genius ideas," John asked. In the last hour Hannah had come up with some fantastic and promising ideas, but they all lead to the dead end that was Joyce’s sophomore year in Medical school.

Hannah was studying Joyce’s very, very impressive transcript saying, "incredible grades, ‘A+’ straight down except there," she pointed to a class "Male VS. Female Sexology, she only got an ‘A’. That’s the class that left her in second place; Dr. Lewis got ‘A+’ all the way down."

She was now looking oddly at the transcript and she began isolating five classes in particular.

"You on to something genius," John asked.

"Look at these 5 classes, they’re first year classes and there is no record of her having any transfers into the classes that means—"

"—that she must have taken first year there, though under a different name," John said, this is actually a theory they had talked about already, "so what’s new?"

"Not everyone gets grades like these in their first year," she started to enter some data and said, "I’m cross-referencing these grades with Joyce’s graduating class and see what we get."

After only a few minutes a list of 10 names appeared.

"Her name isn’t on the list," John said looking at the list of names of 3 females and 7 males. "Dr. Lewis is there though, could Joyce be one of those 3 females?"

"Maybe," Hannah said, "we could try searching every single one of them individually to see what became of them, but I have a better idea." She deleted Dr. Lewis’ name from the list, leaving only the other nine and said, "We know Joyce was a close acquaintance, if not a good friend, of Dr. Lewis’; I’m going to cross-reference these nine names with both Dr. Lewis and Dr. Joyce Livingston and see if we get any links."

As she finished the search only one name was left.

"Hank Sawyer," John questioned doubtfully.

"Hank Sawyer coauthored a book with Dr. Lewis that was published at the end of their first year; apparently they’d been doing some research all year for it. Interesting title," Hannah said smiling, "Cumming In VS Cumming Out."

John smiled saying, "I may just read that. How is this Sawyer guy connected to Joyce?"

"He’s not, not directly anyway. Towards the end of his graduating year Dr. Lewis coauthored a second book after 3 more years of research, ‘Cumming In VS Cumming Out, Vol. 2’ and the coauthor was—"

"—Dr. Joyce Livingston," John said puzzled, "what ever happened to Hank, why didn’t he coauthor the second volume as well, I mean it’s obviously a project he and Dr. Lewis started together?"

Hannah did a quick research check and said, "I can’t find him, he’s nowhere after that first year, not even a death certificate, it’s almost as if—"

"—he stopped existing?" John said throwing a suspicious look at the door that connected the Recreation room they were in to the BED room where Joyce was asleep, resting for the next mornings long series of blood testing. "Just out of curiosity," John said slowly, "these two books, what exactly were they about?"

Hannah punched up some more information and after reading and rereading what was before her she said, "Oh my, they were documentaries, the first documented the emotional and psychological behavior of a person living the mental anguish of the knowledge they were born the wrong gender, and their lust, need and desire to have the situation fixed."

"Cumming In (as in a woman) Vs. Cumming Out (as in a man)," John said, more to himself than to Hannah. "And the second volume?"

"A documented account of what it’s been like for a person to live 3 years as the opposite gender after having lived their whole previous life as the other," Hannah read.

"Her cunt juice tastes so real," John said suddenly, "and I just love her boobs."

"Her cunt juice is real," Hannah snapped suddenly, "it doesn’t matter what she once was, with the exception that she probably can’t have any children, she’s 100% woman now!"

"Still, if it weren’t for the fact that I’m bi— and don’t really care what sex my partner is, I think I’d be going through a serious mental depression right now."

"Well I think that shows why she doesn’t go around saying, ‘by the way I was born a man’."

Shaking his head and trying to finish the job completely he said, "So, this Hank Sawyer, where did he come from?"

Running a quick check Hannah said, "Oh, his school records show he was from Mom’s home town, and—oh Mom was right, not only did he go to school with her," Hannah suddenly raised her head and looking shocked at John said, "he lived next door to her for 15 years!"

*****

"So you found nothing strange in her background," Laura said a little relieved.

"She is definitely who she says she is," John said. He and Hannah had debated a long while about what to tell Laura, and in the end they decided that they had absolutely no right to reveal Joyce’s secret to anyone. So they opted to ease Laura’s suspicions by telling her several half-truths while omitting several personal facts.

"Did you find out where she comes from," Laura asked.

"Dr. Joyce Livingston was born in Cleveland, the same city she went to Medical school," John said thinking, "well that is true, that is where Joyce was born (began to exist)."

"Hmm," Laura said, "I guess I’ve just been a bit paranoid." Then she thought, "Or maybe I’ve been jealous of the almost parental bond that my girls have been forming with her."

"Well," John said, "the important thing is you have nothing to worry about. By the way, have you tried actually connecting with her? Her cunt juice is beyond belief."

Laura smiled and said, "You know, maybe that’s exactly what I should try doing," she said smiling. "It would have to wait though," she thought as she threw an eye to the door that connected to the first section where Lana, Hannah and Ana were with Joyce, "but I think it is definitely time."

*****

In section one Dr. Livingston was quickly drawing Hannah’s blood and was saying, "I promise; I won’t say a word ‘doctor/patient confidentiality’ you know. But you probably do have to worry more about the girl’s tongue than the dog’s cock. Animal viruses are rarely, if ever, transmitted to humans and vice-a-versa."

"That means I can fuck all the dogs I want," Hannah said excitedly.

"Well, try not to make it a habit," the doctor said smiling nervously, "you’re supposed to be a human bitch not a real one."

"I wonder what doggie cum tastes like," Hannah thought as she finished getting her blood drawn.

"It tastes like cum," Joyce said and all three girls looked at her curiously.

"You’ve tasted doggie cum," Lana said shocked.

"Just once, in Medical school, my roommate came home late one night with her pussy overflowing with cum and dripping on our rug. When I complained she told me to do something about it so I cleaned her out. When I asked her who had such exquisite tasting cum, she waited until I was totally finished to tell me it belonged to her boyfriend’s Labrador."

The girls giggled and Ana said, "What did you do when she told you that?"

"I grabbed a strap-on and fucked her silly for three hours in every single hole, she kept begging me to let her stop cumming but she needed to feel my wrath!"

"Because you were so angry," Lana questioned, feeling a tinge of excitement as well a familiarity with Joyce’s method of unleashing her wrath.

"Well that’s what I told her, but the truth is that cum tasted so incredible it took me three hours to pull out of the horny mood it had left me in."

"You enjoy having sex with women a lot don’t you," Hannah suddenly said.

Joyce suddenly looked at her curiously and said in a ‘what does that mean’ tone, "Well yes, I would think that’s a bit obvious by now. Why do you ask?"

"Nothing, it’s just that I wondered why if you enjoy cunts so much you—" she suddenly stopped realizing what she was saying and holding back said, "—why you never came out. Ana was still 15 when she officially came out."

"Oh, I’m not lesbian Honey. I’m bi— and not totally bi— either. I may love a juicy cunt, but a big fat cock is number one for me. One day I still have hopes of finding a good man to walk me down the aisle."

"I can’t believe you haven’t found anyone," Lana said, "You’re beautiful and you’re and incredible lover, I’d think you would have been fighting prospective husbands off."

"Not to mention prospective wives," Ana said smiling at her.

"Yeah," Joyce said suddenly very sadly, "there were a few, but there was only one I truly loved, around two years ago, I really thought he was the one."

"What happened," Lana asked.

"I realized you can’t hope for a happy marriage without starting with total honesty. He wasn’t able to handle that." Joyce said grimly.

Lana wasn’t sure what Joyce meant but she saw the subject was depressing to Joyce and she changed it saying, "So we can get the results of that by this afternoon?"

"Yeah I’ll—" she stopped as she looked at the entrance where two young ladies entered.

"I’m sorry," Carla said, "we have to start working at the same time you start your tests, is there any way we could get the tests now?"

Lana smiled and said, "Sure you can," nodding to the doctor she said, "These are the girls I was telling you about, you think you can put a rush on their tests too?" She gave Dr. Livingston a wink and a mischievous smile.

"Absolutely, you’ll know by noon just how much time you can spend with them."

*****

"So Carmen and Carla are supposed to meet us in the stable at noon," Lana said to her sisters, "that’s in 15 minutes."

"I can’t believe it took so long to ditch the boys," Ana said.

"Yeah," Lana said annoyed, to Hannah she said, "Are you sure your Master doesn’t have a tracker on that collar of yours?"

"I’m just glad Jason finally got them to help him with the stage setup; if it weren’t for that they’d probably still be at our side," Ana said.

"Hey," Hannah said, "there they are." Smiling she added, "and they remembered to bring Enrique!" She ran toward the stable dropping to all fours mid way there and barking happily.

Lana and Ana looked at each other worriedly as they continued to walk, but suddenly broke out into laughter and shrugged, "So Honey wants to come out and play a while," Lana said, "don’t we love having that bitch around?"

When they walked into the stable they found Honey completely naked, except for her collar, and on all fours sniffing at the ground. Enrique was behind her sniffing at her twat and occasionally making her give a happy yelp by licking it with his long tongue.

"Were you able to get the whole afternoon off," Lana asked Carla.

"Yes, and we did just like you said, we took complete baths and no one or no thing," she said casting an eye at where Enrique was now pretty much tongue fucking Honey non-stop, "has touched us since."

"Good," Lana said going over and hugging Carla, giving her a passionate kiss. "Well all results are in and you two are definitely one hundred percent fuckable so it’s time we taught you what human love can be about."

They heard Honey give some happy barks and looking around saw that Enrique had mounted her and was once more fully driving his cock violently in and out of her, the bitch gave some happy yelps between some almost human sounding moans of joy. Looking back at the sisters Lana began stripping and signaled for them to do the same.

Ana who had already stripped was searching in a bag they had brought and fished out four butt plug vibrators. She instantly stuck one up her own ass and another up Lana’s, handing her one of the remaining two.

"Carla, come here," Lana said as Ana went to work with Carmen.

"What’s that for," Carla asked.

"It’s for feeling good; bend down on all fours, since you two are new to this we’ll have to work your butts up to it a bit."

Carla did so obediently but nervously and parting her ass cheeks Lana began to tongue and rim her asshole, she cast an eye to where Ana was doing the same for Carmen and listened for the moans that told them the sisters were enjoying the treatment.

After several minutes of this they started truly pushing in with their tongues, fucking their dirty holes to the deepest length possible with their tongues. Carmen actually came after ten minutes and Ana took a few minutes to move down to her pussy and sample her juices.

Lana had now started fingering Carla’s ass with her index finger, pushing in deeply, widening Carla’s hole as much as possible as she finger fucked her ass, pushing in and out, in and out; at one point she realized Carla was about to cum and without extracting her finger from Carla’s ass glued her mouth to Carla’s cunt deeply swirling her tongue in and out of her pussy and gently biting her cunt lips, never giving up on finger fucking her ass. Carla had a violent orgasm, it took her incredibly by surprise. She had no idea that another person could make her feel the way her beloved horse or loyal dog could make her feel.

After drinking her first offering, Lana was ready to start to work on her ass with the butt plug vibrator. Ana, by the way, had already gotten hers into Carmen’s ass and Carmen was moaning loudly and happily as it hummed in her ass.

In the meantime, Enrique had cum once in Honey’s twat, but the bitch, needing more, had turned and started licking and sucking Enrique’s cock, getting the dog hot and hard again until, turning around and once more presenting her twat to him, Enrique mounted her again and once more began drilling her.

By now Ana was doing some impressive twat drilling herself, in Carmen’s twat that is. She had brought a harness each for her and Lana, 10 inch by 2 inch interior faux cocks and on the outside, for the sisters’ pussies, 15 inch by 3 inch faux cocks (considering they were used to fucking a horses cock, this would probably seem small to them). She began slowly pushing into Carmen, giving her time to adjust each time she pulled out and then pushed in a little harder, faster and deeper. She cast a look at Lana and found her in the same process with Carla, since Carla’s orgasm had been so large though, she was definitely swallowing the faux cock faster. Finally, having her pubic hairs against Carmen’s ass cheeks, Ana started really fucking Carmen for all she was worth driving Carmen to screams of ecstasy and beyond joy. She heard Carla giving similar screams and easily guessed she had reached this stage too. Casting a look over at Honey, she saw Enrique was cumming in her a second time, her cunt was overflowing with cum, but she obviously still needed more because as soon a Enrique separated she once more started licking and sucking the dogs cock, wanting more than anything to get Enrique to mount her at least one more time. Feeling Enrique was ready, but her cunt was a bit too full, she temporarily abandoned Enrique and running in front of Carmen presented her overflowing twat to her face. Carmen instantly dug in as Ana continued drilling her from behind. Carmen sucked and licked merrily at Honey’s cunt emptying all the juices found there and triggering another orgasm in the Anderson family pet. Barking happily Honey, feeling herself now as ready to continue as Enrique, once more ran to him and presented her twat to him. After tongue fucking Honey to still another orgasm, Enrique mounted her and for a third time started violently drilling her hole.

Carla was cumming once more as Lana was now not only drilling her, but with her arms around Carla, had started playing with her breast and nipples, and every now and then moved down to squeeze and rub her clit. When she came down from the latest sex high, Lana turned her around (without ever removing the faux cock from her cunt) and continued her drilling of Carla in the Missionary position where she could regularly lean over and either passionately kiss Carla or suck her boobs. She looked over to see if Ana had followed her lead, and seeing that she had, continued her sex lesson.

After the two girls had been brought to new body shaking orgasms, Lana nodded at Ana as if saying, "time to teach them what a girl really tastes like without a cunt full of animal cum."

Finally getting rid of the harnesses, the Anderson sisters mounted the other sisters in a ‘69’ position and as they buried their heads in the girls’ twats and started eating and pleasuring them in a way no animal could know how, the sisters both brought Lana and Ana’s cunts to their respective mouths and started eating them fully.

Lana cast a look towards Honey and saw she was now lying on her back with her legs spread wide in a very human, rather than dog like position, signifying no doubt that Hannah was probably fighting her way back to the surface and control again. Enrique was still lapping at her pussy and at times her clit, its head not wanting to move from between Hannah’s legs.

After they had had two more orgasms, Lana and Ana repositioned Carla and Carmen on them in a pussy, breast, lip connecting mode and after spending a few more minutes kissing and rubbing pussies with them Lana asked, "So, now that you’ve sampled human sex, how do you feel?" Lana smiled at Carla but quickly frowned when she noticed Carla shed a tear.

"I feel horrible," she said bitterly.

"Didn’t you like it," Lana said confused.

"I loved it," Carla said leaning down and kissing her again, "but now I thing I love you, and you’ll never be around to make me feel like that again will you," she said sadly.

"But the two of you have each other," Ana said, "we’re going to leave you some toys, including one of these harnesses so you can pleasure each other more and won’t need to use animals so much, okay?"

"But we like our animals," Carmen said confused.

"But your animals will never know exactly how best to pleasure you," Lana said sticking two fingers in Carla’s twat and rubbing her G-spot while with her thumb she massaged Carla’s clit, triggering still another orgasm in her.

"Umm," someone said, "I think we better get ready to go," Hannah said, "but maybe one of you two will lend me your girl a while first, not only am I dying for a good drink before we leave, I still have a cunt full of doggie cum I’d like cleaned out before getting to my Master."

As everyone laughed, Carmen got off Ana and pulling Hannah back to the ground sat on her face, Hannah instantly began to enjoy the juices flowing in her mouth; at the same time, Carla got off Lana and dove between Hannah’s legs gluing her mouth to Hannah’s cunt and sucking everything she could find there. Lana and Ana shrugged at each other as if saying, "there’s always time for one more orgasm" and assuming a ‘69’ position with each other, dug right in.

*****

"You smell like an animal," Ron said disgusted as he went to hug Hannah after the girls finally turned up.

"We’ve been riding most of the morning," Lana said as Hannah lowered her head in Ron’s presence.

"Yeah," Ana said, "not to mention we fell in the stables when returning the horses. Here’s a tip big brother, a horse stable is no place to end up rolling on the ground."

"We’re on our way to take some very powerful showers now, Lana said, "we promise to give your pet an extra strong perfumed bath as well."

"Do that," Ron said, grabbing Hannah and passionately tongue kissing her and saying, "do it fast." As they started to walk away Ron said, "by the way, that stable girl’s cunt juice tastes fantastic, think you can get her to meet me tonight after the concert?"

As they walked to the shower Lana threw Hannah and angry look and said, "You couldn’t have waited until you watched your mouth to kiss him?"

"He kissed me," Hannah said, "I couldn’t refuse him, at least Carmen’s cunt juice washed away all of Enrique’s cum."

"Yeah," Ana said laughing, "Let’s definitely never mention to the Master that he gave you a kiss like that after you’d sucked a dog’s cock several times."

They both suddenly became aware that Lana (who would normally find anything that was the least bit humiliating to her arch rival the Master hilarious) was not laughing and she had abruptly stopped walking.

"What’s wrong Lana," Hannah asked worriedly.

"Nothing, I just thought I heard something for a second, and I had an eerie feeling someone was watching us." Suddenly realizing she was starting to weird her sisters out Lana said, "You know, maybe we should ask Ron what it was like to kiss Hannah after she’d drunk a ton of doggie cum straight from the source." She smiled as she said this and continued walking towards the showers.

"And have him permanently disown me," Hannah said smiling, "I think not, remember what I had to go through to get him back last time."

As her sisters walked into the shower room, Lana gave a nervous look around before following them in.

*****

"Super incredibly awesome concert last night guys," Debbie said as they were packing up the final equipment from the memorabilia table and getting ready to hit the road again."

"Super incredibly awesome fuckabration afterward," Lana said smiling.

"I can’t believe we got Carla and Carmen to join us," Ana said.

"Well they knew it might be our last chance together," Lana said, and seeing the sad look in Hannah’s face whispered, "Hey at least you got a quick goodbye fuck from him this morning. No way was he going to allowed at our fuckabration."

Debbie and Katrina wondered what they were whispering about but Katrina suddenly spotted an envelope on the table they were clearing and said, "wait, we forgot something." Grabbing the envelope she passed it to Lana noticing her name on it.

"Katrina," Debbie said, "help me carry these boxes to the bus."

Lana had opened the envelope and was looking at it intensely.

"What’s that," Ana asked suspiciously and maybe a little nervously.

"The notes for the speech I gave yesterday," Lana said calmly, "I was seeing if I could have made it better."

"No way Sis," Hannah said, "that was an incredible speech! Don’t change a thing."

Lana put the note pack in the envelope and said, "I need to go fast before we hit the road, you two finish here."

She entered a woman’s restroom right in front of her and ran right into Carla.

"Lana, are you okay, you look upset," Carla said.

Getting a good look at Carla, Lana said suddenly, "Carla, can you do me two favors real quick?"

"Anything Lana, what do you need?"

"First of all I really, really need a drink." Dragging her into a stall she said, "I’ll tell you what else I need after this drink."

After having taken a good long drink to calm her nerves and having told Carla what else she needed, Lana sat on the toilet bowl in the stall fully clothed and Carla hurried out. After a few minutes of being alone Lana broke down and started to cry bitterly and nervously. She took the note out one more time and after studying the same skull and crossbones symbol at the top, she studied the six pictures including 3 from Honey’s three different encounters with Enrique, 1 of Lana at her memorabilia table shift, 1 of Lana giving her speech the night before and 1 of her and her sisters walking to the shower when she felt she was being watched. She studied the written message, "Life’s a BITCH, well it is for me thanks to you. And thanks to me it will be for you too, SOON! But I never knew your sister was a bitch too."

After a few minutes she regained control of her emotions, sighed and putting the note away, washed her face and tried to look cheery.

"There you are," Ana said smiling, "we thought you’d been sucked into the bowl, it’s time to go."

"Great," Lana said smiling, "I’m just waiting to give Carla a final goodbye kiss, and then we can keep this show on the road!"

 

Chapter Fourteen – Dolores Means Pain

"Patty, tell me what is wrong, I want to know the truth," Ana said strongly.

"I told you Sugar, there’s nothing wrong, I just terribly, terribly miss you."

"Patty," Ana said looking real hurt, "please don’t lie to me. We’ve always been totally honest with each other."

"Why do you think something is wrong," Patty asked trying to sound cheerful.

"Patty, you haven’t talked to me in almost four days, and now that we’re finally together again, well virtually anyway, you’re sitting there in front of me fully clothed, and I can see that your eyes are red and puffy. You’ve been crying, more even than when you thought you’d lose your job last spring."

"You know Sugar, I know you too, I can see something is going on with you also, you’re very upset and it’s not just because of me. And by the way, you’re not exactly in full Anderson dress yourself."

Ana looked down and remembered for the first time that she was in fact still wearing the large oversized t-shirt she’d been wearing for the last 24 hours. She suddenly looked very sad again and broke down again.

"Sugar, Sugar please what is it? What’s going on?"

"I don’t know," Ana admitted, "there’s—there’s something really strange going on with the ‘Queen’. She hasn’t been herself since we left the last resort and she won’t let any of us know what’s wrong."

"Why are you so sure something is wrong," Patty asked.

"Because I know her, like I know you," Ana said, "but anyway, anyone that even casually knew my sister would know. Just the fact that she hasn’t had an orgasm in a day and a half would be enough to let people know she wasn’t okay. But the thing is that when we got on the bus after the last resort she went to the restroom and locked herself in for almost two hours. We finally talked her out, but it wasn’t her."

"What do you mean, it wasn’t her," Patty asked.

"The person that stepped out was wearing long thick jeans, a long sweater, thick socks and sneakers. We all laughed and told her it was a great joke and I went to unzip the jeans and stick my finger up her twat, but I couldn’t because she was wearing panties, and then I noticed she had on a bra!"

"Panties and a bra," Patty said shocked and suddenly just as worried for Lana as Ana was, "does anyone in the Anderson household even own that kind of stuff? Where did she get it?"

"We figure she got it from these two girls we were screwing at out last stop. One of them was pretty much our size. Before we left Lana was waiting for her, saying she wanted to give her a final goodbye kiss, when she finally got there she not only gave ‘Queen’ that kiss, but a bag as well. Lana wouldn’t tell anyone what was in the bag, but we figure now it had to be those clothes."

"She hasn’t explained what’s wrong," Patty said, now clearly upset.

"No, when I tried to get my finger in her twat she looked at me almost terrified and ran into the BED room, she locked herself in one of the private sleeping berths and won’t talk to anyone."

"And she’s been there for more than 24 hours," Patty said shocked, "hasn’t she even come out to use a restroom?"

"Well," Ron made a deal with her a few hours ago; he promised we’d all come to the Recreation room here for a full twenty minutes and if she wanted to do anything she had our word we wouldn’t bother her. We believe she took the deal."

"Maybe you should cancel the rest of the trip, maybe the pressure of the mission is getting too much for her."

"That’s what we all wanted to do, but that’s the one thing she’s made clear she does not want. No matter what, she keeps saying, the mission is to continue."

"Sugar, someone has to get her to talk and confess what’s wrong! Something is seriously very wrong and keeping it bottled up is not what Lana should be doing!"

"That’s what Joyce says, we have 2 more days before reaching the next stop. Ron says he’ll give Lana half-a-day more, if she hasn’t come clean he wants all of us out of the way and he’s going to let the ‘Master of Love’ take total control."

"Well tell him I wish him luck."

"Okay," Ana then suddenly said, "you’re turn; I came clean with you, now it’s your turn."

"Actually," Patty said smiling, "my problem is quite similar."

"Dolores," Ana said suddenly, "what’s wrong?"

"Well, after talking to you the other day she went and had a serious talk with Melissa. Melissa agreed that it was past time they both came out; she went and talked to her parents right then and there."

"So what’s wrong," Ana said, believing this a good thing.

"Melissa’s parents kicked Dolly out of the house and she hasn’t heard from Melissa since. Finally, yesterday, she couldn’t handle it anymore and she tried sneaking into Melissa’s room through some secret way she and Melissa always used; she found Melissa gone."

"Gone as in not there," Ana said confused.

"Gone as if she never existed; Melissa’s room was completely cleaned out, from the smallest poster on the wall to the biggest piece of furniture, everything was gone and Melissa’s closets were emptied out. Dolly confronted Melissa’s parents and they threatened to call the police if she didn’t get out of their house. When she got here, she found that Melissa’s parents had called Mom and Dad and told them everything except what they’ve done with Melissa. Seeing however that my parents were talking about sending Dolly to a boarding school in Switzerland for her own good, we have a theory."

"That’s horrible," Ana said almost in tears, "How can they hope to separate two people that love each other like that!"

"Unfortunately they don’t have the luck we had, both of them are still minors, and neither have Stan and Laura for parents."

"I just can’t believe they would do that," Ana said.

"I’m thinking of leaving early, and if need be, I’m leaving with Dolly. My only problem of course is that I’ve sublet my house for the entire summer."

"Patty that’s no problem, you know our house is there for you. Just like it is for Randy and Dolores is more than welcome too."

Patty smiled and said, "You know Sugar you really should get out of that t-shirt." She herself started to strip and grabbing a large vibrator on the bed said, "I think we could both use a good orgasm, don’t you?"

Smiling Ana pulled off her t-shirt and grabbing a large vibrator that was always kept on the side table plunged it furiously in her cunt turning it on full blast. Patty, she saw was doing same.

*****

"Dolly, stop that," Patty whispered, "we’re in a public airport right now; you can’t suck my pussy or my tits right now."

Dolores looked like she wanted to break down and start crying again and Patty said, "Okay, there’s the restroom, if we were able to get away with it in that planes restroom, I guess we can do it here too, but you have to be quick, we still need to find a cab as soon as possible."

Taking her sister in one of the stalls she quickly raised her skirt and Dolores kneeled before her pussy and started to suck and lick and slurp in Patty’s cunt for a good while until she felt Patty’s juices flowing into her mouth. As she drank happily a smile temporarily returned to her face. When Dolores had finished her drink, Patty sat on the bowl and removing her blouse let Dolores sit on her lap to suck her tits, at the same time Patty lifted Dolores skirt and inserting 3 fingers in her sister’s twat began finger fucking her as Dolores sucked away at Patty’s boob.

Patty looked sadly at her sister and said, "Come on Dolly, talk to me already, it’s been almost a week and you haven’t said a word. Aren’t you at least happy that Mom and Dad agreed to let me have temporary custody of you? Oh come on Dolly, I know your name means pain, but it doesn’t mean you are cursed to live in pain for the rest of your life."

Her sister didn’t say a word, but when she felt Dolores give her tit a strong bite, she knew she was getting near so standing her up, Patty dropped to the floor between her sisters legs and gluing her mouth to Dolores pussy used her tongue to finish the job her fingers had started. Soon she was drinking up her sisters sweet young nectars and she could feel her sister reaching total calm again. She sighed and knowing she had at least another two or three hours before Dolores would need this natural anti-depressant again hurried to dress and leave the restroom.

Walking out of the airport they searched for a place to find a good cab when they heard someone calling.

"Patty, Patty is that you," the person said.

Turning Patty smiled and said, "Randy, what are you doing here? You couldn’t have come to pick us up, I’m sure, because no one, not even I knew I was arriving today."

"Us," Randy said studying the younger version of Patty glued to her side and saying, "Hello, what’s your name?"

Dolores dug her head into Patty’s chest and tried to grab her breast again.

Dr. Lewis noticed Dolores’ action as well as the look in her eyes and said to Patty, "Lana told me when I spoke to her today that you might come to stay at the Anderson house a while also, is that where you are heading?"

Patty nodded as she fought to keep Dolores away from her breast.

"Why don’t the two of you get in the car, there’s plenty of room, I’m just waiting for someone. I’ll just make a call and confirm his arrival time." He pulled out a cellular phone and hit a speed dial number.

"Thanks Randy," Patty said and directed her sister into the back seat of Dr. Lewis’ car. Once the door was closed and shaded windows hid what was happening, Patty allowed Dolores to once more glue her mouth to her tits.

Around 15 minutes later Patty saw someone heading for the car and was about to try to unglue Dolores from her breast when she recognized him and decided it was safe for Dolores to stay as she was.

After the man’s suitcase was in the trunk with hers and Dolores’ he got in the front seat and looking back smiled saying, "Ms. Clark, right?"

"Yes, but please call me Patty; you’re practically my Uncle-in-Law you know. This, by the way, is my sister Dolores. Dolly this is Ana’s Uncle—Harry, right?"

"Yes, that’s right," he said smiling as Dr. Lewis got behind the drivers wheel after finally closing his cell phone.

"Are you staying at the Anderson house also," Patty asked.

"Yes, will you and your—sister did you say—be there also?"

"That was my plan, but will there be room?"

"Harry and Susan are going to be sharing Stan and Laura’s bedroom," Dr. Lewis said, "Pietro and Amy are in their own rooms for now, and I’ve been using the boys’ room. So that still leave the girls’ bedroom for you and your sister and the Mistress’ bed chamber for anyone else that may decide to drop in." He smiled encouragingly as he said this.

"So you spoke with Lana today," Patty said suddenly, "I guess that means she’s okay, last time I talked to Ana, Lana wasn’t quite herself."

Dr. Lewis didn’t say anything, he just continued to observe Patty’s sister through the rear view mirror. Finally he said, "We’ll be neighbors, come over later and I’ll discuss Lana, and you can tell me about anything that may be happening in your life."

*****

"Dolly, we’re here, you’re going to have to let me get out of the car."

As they pulled into the Anderson driveway and got out of the car Dr. Lewis said to Dolores, "I promise you that there is a lot more comfort inside, and an incredible variety of flavors."

Dolores looked at him doubtfully and followed his sister to the front door.

Dr. Lewis looked at his watch and said to Patty, "The evening shift just ended, I suggest you take your sister directly to the Family room, and don’t forget the Anderson House Dress Code; they may not be here but their house rules should still be followed."

Dr. Lewis walked into the house (regular guests new the door was always open to them) and as Patty, Harry and Dolores followed, only Dolores was a little shocked and concerned to suddenly see Dr. Lewis strip right there before them. Looking over at her sister, she saw that Patty had also started stripping and her eyes popped. The other fellow that came with them was doing the same; she was unsure what to do.

"Dolly," Patty said annoyed, "take those clothes off, we’re not in my house!"

Dolores was a bit confused but she started to comply and soon all four were in their birthday suits.

"I’m going to take a shower before greeting anyone," Harry said smiling.

"I’m actually a bit tired to face them at the moment," Dr. Lewis said also smiling, "maybe a shower will help me recuperate."

As Harry headed towards the main bedroom and Dr. Lewis went upstairs, Patty looked towards the Family room and grabbing Dolores’ hand said, "Come on Dolly, let’s meet everybody, there should be something warm for you to drink there. It will help you with your nerves."

As Dolly followed Patty into the Family room, her eyes were captured and locked to the scene inside and smiling she tried to make a choice between the red-head sucking a blond woman’s right boob, the blond herself, or the brown haired woman sucking the blond woman’s left boob. All the women were sitting side by side with their legs wide open, and they all three had their eyes closed, blissfully enjoying the moment.

Dolores finally gave a small laugh (which Patty was happy to hear) and decided to just have a strawberry-lemon-chocolate sundae and starting with the strawberry quickly went over and kneeling between Amy’s legs locked her mouth to Amy’s pussy. Amy didn’t even open her eyes to see who was bringing her this new joy.

Loving the fact that her sister was actually smiling, Patty went up behind her, she was dying to try some of the choice herself, but decided to let Dolores have them all for now, she knelt behind her sister and once more sticking 3 fingers in her twat, began sucking at Dolores asshole.

After several minutes Amy started cumming in Dolores mouth and as she happily lapped up and drank merrily, she moved on to Susan (Patty always moving with her) and began the process again. Susan did open her eyes to see the owner of the tongue now frantically working in her cunt. On seeing Patty she was about to say something but noticing Patty’s ‘please don’t ask any questions’ look decided to just re-close her eyes and enjoy that not only did she now have a mouth on each boob, there was a beautiful young mouth on her twat.

Finally, after finishing with Susan’s juices as she came strongly, Dolores moved over and dug into Lisa Wise’s already flowing cunt. Patty didn’t know Lisa, but she had no reservations about letting her little sister suck her pussy, she knew no one in the Anderson home would have anyone connected to them in this manner if they had not first shown proof that they were safe.

Lisa also opened her eyes and on seeing Patty smiled at her while Dolores continued sucking wildly at her cunt. She also had no reservations about letting these new-comers near her honey pot, especially since she recognized the brunette-hazel eyed young lady from Martha and Henry’s many accounts of OHPF fun.

Finally, when Lisa too had given Dolores a healthy and calming supply of cunt juices, Patty (who had had Dolores on the edge for some time but hadn’t allowed her to cum yet) reached around her sister with her free hand and finding her clit gave it a violent pull while biting her ass and continuing her pumping of Dolores’ twat. Dolores began cumming massively and non-stop.

After a few minutes, Patty stood; helping Dolores up also; Dolores suddenly threw her arms around Patty and after giving her a long passionate and happy kiss, said loudly, "Oh Patty, I know I’m going to love it here, thank you, thank you for bringing me!"

Patty smiled and said, "I’m so glad you like it, Honey!"

Amy suddenly got up, finally releasing Susan’s boob and said, "I’m glad you like it here too missy, but we still have to decide if we’ll let you stay."

Both Patty and Dolores gave Amy confused looks, and even Susan and Lisa looked up at her strangely.

"What—what do you mean," Dolly asked.

Patty was so happy to hear her sister talking to someone else she decided to stay out of it for now.

"We have a rule in this house, no new cunts allowed unless it passes the two part taste test. You’ve passed the first part, now it’s time for the second."

"Taste test," Dolores questioned.

"Yes, all new cunts must first taste all cunts present when they first arrive, and can you guess what the second part is," Amy asked suddenly smiling mischievously at Dolores and petting her hair.

Giving a look of understanding and an equally mischievous smile of her own Dolores said, "All cunts present must first taste the new cunt before she’s allowed to remain."

"You’re a smart girl aren’t you," Amy said smiling, "come on everyone the kitchen will be an easier place for this part."

She led everyone to the kitchen and pointed Dolores to the round kitchen table making clear she wanted Dolores on it. Grabbing a remote control to the entertainment system she tried it out to make sure it worked on the system in the next room from there.

"Okay, a quick game of musical cunt here. Round and round the table while the music plays girls; when it stops dig in to the closest choice near you, with the closest to the cunt getting it. The other choices are mouth, right boob and left boob. When the cunt stops flowing that contestant drops out and the music goes back on. The last contestant left wins a special bonus. So let’s start." She hit the button and as the music came on, Dolores watched, almost laughing as the four different hair-colored women circled and circled her, their cunts open and giving off a mesmerizing aroma as they went by. Suddenly Amy hit the off button and the music stopped Susan got first shot at the cunt, Patty got the right boob, Amy the left and Lisa went to work on sucking the life out of Dolores tongue. They continued glued to their posts until they felt Dolores cumming and Susan slurping and sucking, drinking her dry. When she was finished Susan dropped back, out of the game, and Amy started the music again; Dolores blissfully and joyfully watched as the parade of cunts once more started round and round her; when Amy hit the off switch again, she had possession of the cunt, Lisa the left boob and Patty the right.

When several minutes after Dolores next orgasm she finally went dry, Amy dropped back to wait with Susan while Patty and Lisa marched to the newly restarted music. On stopping, Patty fell between her knees to suck, while Lisa went to work on her right boob. While they worked, Amy hunted under the kitchen cabinet for something. When the round was over Amy said, "Lisa as final contestant standing you not only get to finish her off, you get that bonus I mentioned," on saying that she held up a harness with a 10 inch by 2 inch faux cock on either side.

Smiling, Lisa grabbed the harness and after securing it in place began pumping into Dolores’ pussy madly.

To the rest of the girls Amy said, "We can all claim a consolation prize while she’s at work," and going over she glued her mouth to one of Dolores boobs, Susan claimed the other and Patty, looking at the overjoyed, content smile on her sister leaned down and began passionately kissing her.

As Dolores began to cum for the last time Lisa quickly pulled out and glued her mouth to the girl’s cunt in an effort to complete the taste test. She drank and licked at the flowing river and when there finally was no more, Lisa got up from kneeling between Dolores and Patty and Amy helped a wobbly and still sexually high Dolores stand.

"So girls; what’s the verdict," Amy said, "Does she pass the test?"

There were echoes of: "Yes!" "Absolutely!" and "She can stay forever if she wants!"

Dolores smiled happily and thanked them all as Patty led her upstairs to the room they’d be staying in. In the hall, outside the boys’ room they saw Dr. Lewis and when he smiled at Dolores and she smiled back he said, "I’m glad to see you’re looking much happier; you know, you never did tell me your name."

"Dolores," she said smiling, "but I want everyone to call me Dolly. I don’t want to be Dolores anymore; Dolores means ‘pain’ in Spanish. I’m everyone’s Dolly from now on," she said happily.

Dr. Lewis smiled strongly after her as Patty shuffled her into the girls’ room, but Patty herself suddenly turned around and going back to Dr. Lewis gave him a deep and passionate ‘thank you so much’ kiss. Letting him breathe she said, "I don’t know what you did, but thank you."

"Don’t thank me; all I did was make a small phone call before getting in the car." He then went back in his room and Patty went to join Dolly in theirs.

 

 

Chapter Fifteen – The Big Catch

Lana was starting to feel a strong need for another quick bathroom break from her letter sanctuary. She could still, however, hear a big crowd outside, she didn’t want to talk to anybody yet, maybe never. She’d been hearing a lot of noise (besides talking, fucking and moaning that is) for the past one or two hours and she was starting to wonder what her family was up to. She had heard what sounded like drilling, hammering and even sawing. Could they be building something, Lana wondered. Then she finally heard it, what she had been dying to hear, silence!

"They’ve all left," she thought. Slowly opening the private sleeping berth she was in she took a quick look around and confirmed no one could be seen. She then jumped down and headed quickly for the kitchen and bath section. On reaching it and turning the door knob though she thought, "Oh no, some idiot left it locked and I really have to go." Looking back towards the Recreation room door she thought, "I have to get the key!" She considered just returning to her sleeping berth and waiting for the next opportunity when she spotted something under it and it made her jump. It appeared to be a pile of blankets, but she was sure it had just moved. She made a run for the door that connected to the Recreation room and grabbing the knob turned to find—

"Oh no, it’s locked too?"

"What’s wrong," someone said, "I thought you wanted to be locked in."

Lana turned to where the blankets had been and suddenly looking wrathful said, "YOU! What are you up to?"

"I just want to talk, I need some answers, and if I can’t get them from ‘the Orgasm Queen’ then I’ll get them the submissive bitch you keep buried deep inside of you," as Ron said this he bent back down to the blankets and pulled out a ‘SPANK’ paddle, some clamps and a large bump filled vibrator. He also grabbed a scissor.

"I told you the last time if you ever tried to treat me like that again against my will I would castrate you," Lana said looking at Ron’s cock as if she could bite it off with her teeth.

"Did you notice the little gift I built for you by the door," Ron said, not the least bit moved by Lana’s threat.

Lana took a quick look at the door and noticed for the first time the chains that were now hanging there, "You BASTARD!" she screamed as she turned back to him, but he was already at her side pushing her against the wall and chaining one of her hands, she dug the other one into his hair and tried to pull it out. Grabbing her free hand—

SLAP! SLAP! SLAP!

After slapping her three times in the face she looked at him angrily but in a bit of shock. She didn’t resist when he took the hand he was holding and also chained it. However, the ‘Queen’ shook he head violently and brought herself out of the trance the Master’s mistreatment had momentarily put her in and tried to kick him in the balls. Growling he grabbed first one leg, then the other and chained them. She was now completely immobilized staring at the wall.

"What do you want," Lana screamed.

"I want my sister back; to do that we have to start by getting rid of these!" With the scissor he started to cut the clothes Lana was wearing right off her.

"NO! No you can’t," Lana screamed breaking into tears. "Please, please don’t; they’re my protection."

"I am your protection SLAVE! You need nothing more!"

After cutting her sweater and jeans to threads and removing her socks and sneakers, the Master observed Lana in panties and a bra.

"Sister, I have to admit, seeing you in lingerie, even dull colors like that, sort of turns me on. However, it is not you!" He cut the bra and panties right off her and stared at her naked ass. "Now that is you." Observing some drops of Lana golden juice leaking out he said, "Oh dear, do you have to go Sister? Well, we can’t have you messing up the BED room, why don’t we start by emptying out that bladder." Diving between her legs and gluing his mouth to her urethra he tickled it with his tongue and sucked at her hole until he felt a steady flow of Lana golden juice going down his throat, when he was sure her bladder was empty he wiped her clean from her cunt up to her clit with his tongue. He could tell her reserves were already breaking down.

Getting up he said, "You’ve had this whole family worried for two days now. Are you going to tell your Master what happened?"

"You’re not my Master!" Lana screamed this hatefully.

SPANK! SPANK! SPANK! SPANK!

"I am your Master; you know that, I know that, even my number one pet Hannah knows that, it’s why a part of her can’t stand you!"

Lana turned and looked at him worried when she heard that.

"Oh don’t worry," The Master said, "she keeps that hate well buried in her sub-conscious, and she only allows it to manifest itself in her continued denial of making you one of her play things."

"THE BITCH!" Lana said this under her breath.

"Funny you should say that, I heard an interesting story about my bitch the other night after the concert while I was fucking that Carmen chick. She truly was lovely and her cunt juice marvelous, but I think she was more pinched in the head than even my beloved Honey. She kept talking about how incredible it was that a cock as small as mine could give her as much, if not more, pleasure than her beloved horse’s or loyal dog’s. She mentioned how appreciative she was of you and Ana for showing them what human love could truly be; she then mentioned the extra beauty of having it happen while our family pets were breeding over and over again."

Lana gulped and said, "You know? It wasn’t her, you know that don’t you? The first time it happened it was purely accidental and it triggered Honey. Please don’t be mad at her."

"The only thing I’m mad about is that she thought she could hide it from me. She knows quite well that I have nothing against either her super dominant side ‘The Mistress’ or her super submissive side ‘Honey the loyal family bitch’ taking complete control of her every now and then."

Lana actually forgot she was in chains a few minutes and laughed saying, "She wasn’t exactly sure how you’d take the news that she’d fallen in love with a dog’s cock."

SPANK! SPANK! SPANK!

"That, by the way, was for laughing without permission," he took advantage of Lana’s shock and confusion to quickly attach the nipple clamps and the clit clamp vibrator. Lana screamed painfully and he gave her a few more spanks before moving on to the pleasure.

He bent before her now tender ass and all it’s impressions of the word ‘SPANK’ and started licking and sucking her butt cheeks and her rosebud.

Lana had been fighting an orgasm for a while, she knew that if she let him make her cum just once, that submissive bitch she kept so well buried would slip right out with all the flowing cunt juice. When he penetrated her butt hole with his tongue and started rapidly fucking it, she couldn’t hold back any longer, that damn clit vibrator already had her on the edge.

She started cumming and he said, "Oh good, lubricant!" He grabbed the large bump filled vibrator and plunged it straight up her main sex hole and pumping furiously screamed, "Tell me who your Master is! Tell me!"

Lana bit her tongue so as not to say anything and he buried the vibrator as deep as it would go and turned it on high. Leaving it there he got up and SPANK! SPANK! SPANK!

"Who is your Master bitch? Who will keep you safe and protected? Tell me you stupid WHORE!"

"YOU!" Lana finally screamed, "You’re my Master, you’ll protect me! You’ll keep me safe, always!"

"Damn right I will!" SPANK! SPANK! SPANK! "That’s so you never forget it!" He went back to the blankets and got two more things before returning to Lana. "Read that! What does it say, whore?"

Lana looked at the item in his hand and with true love and relief said, "LANA: Property of Ronald Anderson"

Giving her a kiss on the cheek he whispered in her ear, "and I always keep my pets safe." Putting the collar on her and attaching the leash he had brought with it he looked in Lana’s love filled and almost reverence filled eyes and knew beyond a shadow of a doubt that the submissive bitch he loved to play with was now in complete control.

Ron removed her chains and led her on all fours to the center of the room where, with the vibrators still working in her cunt and clit, he fucked her doggy style in the ass for almost an hour before removing all the clamps and the vibrators and directing her with the leash to lie flat on top of him so he could slowly fuck her cunt for awhile while they lovingly sucked each others tongues.

After she had had a few more orgasms in this position, Ron finally said, "Now it’s time, don’t you think? I’m ordering you to tell me what freaked you out so much."

He was looking deep in her eyes and she nodded; getting up she walked back to the sleeping berth and pulled out the envelope with the last note. Taking it Ron studied it angrily for a few minutes when—SLAP!

Lana bowed her head, "You shouldn’t have kept something like this hidden from us!"

"I’m sorry Master, please forgive me, please protect me."

Once more grabbing the leash and leading her to the center of the room, he once more began to slowly fuck her intending to give her one last orgasm before having her buried once more in ‘the Orgasm Queen’s’ sub-conscious.

As he fucked her lovingly she leaned down and kissing him said, "You know I truly love you don’t you Master?"

"Yeah, I know, unfortunately this is the only part of you that will ever admit it, once I take the collar off; ‘the Orgasm Queen’ will try to castrate me again."

*****

Fifteen minutes later, Ron reached for the collar and was about to remove it when Lana said, "Please, not yet, it makes me feel safe, for now."

Ron looked at her worried but nodding, grabbed the end of the leash heading for the Recreation room door knocked several times using a special rhythm.

"Secret knock," Lana said smiling.

When Ron led Lana into the next room on a leash everyone looked worried and shocked, but for the most part they were happy to see Lana at least partly herself and not locked in a sleeping berth.

Hannah noticed the engraved collar and bowing her head looked as if she wanted to cry. Lana noticed her and going over said, "it’s only temporary, there’s something else I’d only like temporary so if you can give me a hand, or better yet a tongue." She turned her ass to Hannah and on seeing it Hannah instantly dropped to her knees and started kissing, licking and sucking Lana’s ass cheeks and rosebud.

"Jenny and Lenny have the driving shift," Ron asked.

Stan nodded and was about to say something but Ron let him know to wait.

"Irvings and Wilsons," Ron said smiling at Robert, Sandra, Debbie, Katrina and Jason; "Why don’t you all keep Jenny and Lenny company a while."

They all threw him an angry as well as worried look but took the hint and stepped out.

"I guess you would like me to keep them company too," Joyce said smiling.

"No," Ron said, "I need your opinion on something."

Ron sat in front of the big screen and separating her ass from Hannah’s tongue, Lana went over and sat on his lap sticking his cock deep in her cunt.

Smiling at her he said, "I’m going to miss you tomorrow." To John he said, "Scan this and put it on the big screen."

Taking the note Ron handed him he frowned and looked worried while at the same time resisting the urge to break out laughing on seeing Hannah’s newest love.

As the note was put on the screen—

"HANNAH!!!!!" Laura screamed in shock.

"It wasn’t me!" Hannah said frightened, looking especially to her Master who seemed to be enjoying his temporary pet too much. "Master you know that isn’t me don’t you!"

"Can we get back to the note itself," Ron said somewhat annoyed, "Joyce what do you think?"

"Well I thing Hannah looks cute," Joyce said smiling.

"About the writer," Ron said strongly.

"Oh," Joyce said laughing, "right, well, it’s like we said before. He’s obsessed with making Lana feel the type of rejection he’s felt. The good news is that he doesn’t want to kill her (not directly anyway) he wants to infect her so no one will ever want her again."

"And that won’t kill her," Ana said shocked at the thought of Lana without sex.

"Listen Honey," Stan said to Lana, "I think this has gone too far, maybe it’s time to—"

"NO!!!" The Orgasm Queen screamed taking the collar off her neck, jumping off Ron’s lap and punching him in the face. "We are not quitting this trip, we are going to finish this with this creep before we go home. I do not want him having to show up at Riverdale! How long before we reach the next resort?"

Ron was rubbing his bloody nose and said, "Just less than 24 hours ‘Queen’, by the way, good to see you back."

"What’s good for you is that I appreciate your help or else you would not have any balls right now! Come on everyone, I have 48 hours lost fucking time to make up!" She led the way into the BED room leaving everyone shrugging and following her.

"You better get the Wilsons and our loving cousins," Ron said to John, "She’s hungry; she’s going to need a lot." Then after rubbing his nose again he said, "On second thought, you get in there too, I think she’s had enough of me for awhile, I’ll get the others and take over the driving for now." Smiling John nodded and followed the others into the BED room. Seeing the collar on the floor Ron picked it up and said, "Until next time pet." He then went to get the others in section one.

*****

"So this resort we’re going to now is basically an open area on a giant lake; Dad and the boys are pretty excited about it because of the fishing, and the girls can’t wait for another boat race, they want to try and even the score."

"What about you Lana," Dr. Lewis said as Susan sucked his cock, "aren’t you excited?"

"Not really, I hate fish and I’m not really anxious to get back on the water. I was thinking of just sitting this resort out. Maybe watch some more of these movies, or even read a book." She looked down at between her knees where Ana was sucking her twat and said, "Ana wanted to talk to you about something."

Lifting her head on hearing her name Ana said, "You can tell him, I can’t pull away from here for long." And she instantly dove back into Lana’s pussy.

"Well," Lana said, "she just wanted to know if you could prepare the house for a possible visitor. She says Patty may be going to stay there any day now and that she may not be alone."

"Not alone," Dr. Lewis questioned.

"According to Ana, Patty may be dragging around a very depressed young cunt and she was hoping if she does go there that you might help her in some way."

Dr. Lewis nodded and as he started to cum in Susan’s mouth he said, "I promise to try and help. Harry is supposed to be back later today, I offered to pick him up after work. Any suggestions where I should put everyone?

"If they arrive," Lana said starting to cum in Ana’s mouth, "put Patty and her sister (that’s the young cunt) in mine and my sisters’ room. Harry and Susan will probably be together in Mom and Dad’s room so that works out."

"Yes," he then looked at her suspiciously and said, "are you sure you’re alright?"

"Yeah, yeah I’m fine. I’ll tell Katrina we talked; she is going to be so pissed she missed you but that last orgasm knocked her out for another hour at least, bye now."

"Bye, love you, and bye Ana."

The screen suddenly went blank as Ana bit Lana’s clit and with a small scream she started to cum even more strongly and quickly as Ana returned her mouth to Lana’s love cup.

*****

"A book," Hannah said laughing, "‘the Queen’ wants to read a book?"

"I do occasionally read you know," Lana said somewhat annoyed, "Do you have anything?"

"Well I’ve been reading these two books I downloaded and I find them incredibly fascinating," Hannah said, "but apart from the fact that they were coauthored by your secret love, I don’t know if you would like them."

"Randy, the books were written by Randy," Lana questioned, "why didn’t you tell me before, let me get them."

"I need your pocket PC cell phone; you read them using the e-book reader."

After copying the books onto the SD disk of Lana’s phone and demonstrating how to reach the e-book library, Lana studied the titles of the two books in the library, "Cumming In VS Cumming Out, volumes 1 and 2, hey," she said suddenly, "Joyce helped him write the second one, you didn’t tell me."

Hannah smiled guiltily and said, "It must have slipped my mind, well, enjoy your reading, I’m working this shift at the memorabilia table with Katrina."

Watching suspiciously as Hannah hurried off, Lana eventually shrugged and turned to chapter one of volume one, "What is Gender?"

*****

"So you really think she’ll be okay," Don asked as he cast his line once more into the waters.

"I told you she’s fine, she was just spooked for a little while but believe me, ‘The Queen’ is back and I feel sorry for anyone that tries to mess with her." As Ron said this he once more rubbed his still swollen nose."

"If she’s so alright why is she lying in the bus reading a book while all of us are out here fishing, swimming and rowing," John asked then added, "though she definitely is fucking at more than 100% capacity again."

"I’m telling you," Don agreed, "She was harder to satisfy and more a bottomless cum sucking pit than even the Mistress."

"Talking about the Mistress," John said smiling, "did your pet have anything to say about her recent mating ritual?"

"She was a little eager this morning to prove that my cock is still her number one, but outside of that she accepts no blame for what Honey might have done," Ron said smiling.

"You do know that your pet is a fruitcake don’t you," Don asked.

"Aren’t we all just a little," Ron said, then spotting another row boat drifting near them said, "I think we’re about to get another invitation."

"Hey," John said, "they’re cute; maybe we should accept an offer for once."

The boat pulled up along side them and a strawberry blond with a nice complexion said, "Hi, I was wondering at what time those blood tests start tomorrow?"

"9 in the morning," John said, "You should have an information form filled out."

"Thanks, not that me or my sisters really need testing, we already have our updated documents that we’re safe right here." She pulled out a paper and the three girls all ranging from 15 to 17 pulled out their papers.

"Sisters," Don said looking at the four very different girls, one that was afro-American, one Chinese, and two Anglo-Saxon.

"Adopted sisters," the afro-American added noting their puzzled looks, "I’m Trixie by the way."

"So why are you getting tested if you already have your papers," John asked.

"To get one of those reserved front row seats of course," the blond said, "and I’m Evita. That’s Jackie and our beautiful china doll here is called DP (it’s short for her real name that no one can pronounce) but to us it is short for her pet name ‘Dripping Pussy’"

"‘Dripping Pussy’ ehhh," John said smiling, "I wonder how you got a name like that?"

"We could show you," Jackie said, "if you really want to know."

John looked at his brothers and said, "They do have their paperwork, and we have been sitting in this boat for two hours waiting for a big catch."

"Sure," Ron said smiling at the girls, "we’d love for you to show us."

"Do you have some tents," Evita asked, "this isn’t exactly the best place to demonstrate."

"Just follow us," John said grabbing the oars of his boat and rowing.

*****

"Wow, great catch guys," Lenny said as the Anderson boys marched into the camp with the four hot girls.

"No one else here," Ron said looking around.

"No, I got the camp guard duty while everyone else is at the lake," Lenny said this a little bitterly.

"Well then consider yourself lucky," John said, "You can share our catch."

Lenny looked over at the girls and smiled.

Once inside the large tent, the girls quickly grabbed ‘Dripping Pussy’ and undressed her.

"See here," Evita said pointing at the girl’s cunt, "we need to keep her plugged up." She pulled a long vibrator from DP and showed the boys a beautiful china cunt that instantly started dripping cunt juice.

"It never closes," Jackie said as she pointed out that the cunt was in fact still a bit open. "All we can do to help the poor girl is try to plug it as much as possible." She dropped to her knees at the dripping cunt and plugged it up with her tongue as the boys watched.

"It can get a little tiring for us to keep helping her on our own." Evita said smiling at the boys, "So we always welcome all the help we can get." She cast an eye at the bulges growing between the boys’ legs.

"Well, we’ll be happy to help you for a while," Ron said dropping his shorts and revealing his semi-hard cock, "but we might need some help getting ready. And since we obviously can’t all plug her up at once, we may need some nice warm moist holes to store our plugs and keep them hard and ready, you girls have any suggestions?"

Smiling Evita said, "Absolutely, show them girls," and the rest of the girls stripped right there demonstrating their large choice of holes in which the boys could store their plugs.

The rest of the boys smiled and dropping their shorts waited as each of the girls grabbed a cock and sucking it worked to bring it to full life.

Lenny was the first fully ready to help DP so he bent her over and plugged her up well pumping constantly to ensure that he was always plugging as much as possible.

In the meantime, Ron had been fully prepared and wanting him to stay that way Trixie offered him her chocolate box in which to keep the plug from going soft.

Jackie did the same for Don, Evita however offered John a different hole in which to store his plug and ramming into her ass he pumped away keeping his plug hard and ready.

When Lenny felt that DP’s incredible china cunt muscles were taking him over the edge he pulled out and resting a bit called for a new plug. Ron took over and after Lenny had completely regained control of his PC muscles he stored his plug in Trixie’s ass. Ron who was a master at controlling his PC muscles was able to help DP the longest before needing to pull out for a quick break, John instantly plugged the hole and when he felt ready to continue, Ron stored his equipment in Evita’s cunt.

In this manner, the boys were able to help the girls for almost two hours straight using every single one of the available holes for storage. Often, not only DP but the other girls as well developed such powerful flows that the boys had to pull out and use their tongues and entire mouths to catch the flooding waters (they didn’t want the tent too wet). Finally though, there came a point where the boys, claiming they were about to develop strong drips themselves, had each of the girls store one of their plugs in their mouths as they exploded: John in Trixie’s, Ron in DP’s, Don in Evita’s and Lenny in Jackie’s.

After that the girls kissed all the boys a while, thanking them for all their help and returning the vibrator to DP’s never closing and always flowing hole. They then dressed and left.

Somewhat exhausted the boys just lied back and rested until Katrina and Debbie walked in; smelling all the cunt juice in the air and seeing the wet patches throughout the tent’s floor Katrina said, "So you guys had a good catch ehhh?"

"You wouldn’t believe," Don said smiling.

"Well I hope your fishing didn’t tire you too much," Debbie said stripping, "because there are still some holes in which to cast your poles."

Katrina also had stripped and since by now the boys were feeling a bit rested and up for more activity John grabbed Debbie and pulling her on him stuck his pole right up her main fishing hole. Lenny came up behind her and cast his pole in her other hole. Ron in the meantime was in Katrina’s number one hole while Don had the rear.

"The girls are really going to hate they didn’t cum for fishing," Ron said with a smile.

*****

"Wow," Laura said as she passed the BED room to head to the kitchen and bath, "You are really into that book aren’t you?"

Lana was lying in the middle of the BED room in deep concentration (and maybe a little bliss too since she had vibrators in her ass, cunt and on her clit).

"It’s incredibly descriptive and truly gives and understanding of the man’s psychological battle." Lana said. "I’ve almost finished and can’t wait to start book two!"

"Why do I get the feeling it’s the descriptive parts more than the psychological battle that have caused that giant wet spot on the mattress between your legs."

"Actually the vibrators did that. I want to ask Joyce later if she knows whatever happened to the guy from the first book. I don’t understand why Randy wouldn’t just continue the story with him. He was obviously an amazing person. Her stomach grumbled a bit and Lana laughed.

"And you’re obviously a hungry person. Have you stopped reading once to have something to eat?"

Lana closed her PC phone and said, "I guess you’re right, I guess I can’t avoid chairs forever." She got up and followed Laura into the kitchen standing and staring at the small two person table and the chairs by it. "I swear, if I have another cum attack when I sit down I will kill Ron next time I see him."

"Honey, if you have another cum attack can you really blame him," she said casting an eye at Lana’s dripping pussy from which the steady hum of the egg vibrator in it could be heard. She also cast an eye at the steadily vibrating clit stimulator.

"None of this stuff would normally set me off just by sitting down," Lana complained, "I’ve lost the whole day in here because I’m afraid to turn into Niagara Falls if I sit anywhere outside, row boats included, if it weren’t for the fact that I’ve really enjoyed this book I’d be totally depressed." She sat down slowly and believed she had succeeded when the pain on her butt cheeks suddenly shot through the rest of her body spreading pain and heat and pleasure from her ass to her cunt to her clit and she suddenly started to shake violently and start flowing again for a few minutes."

Laura, trying to suppress a laugh at the look on Lana’s face as she started to come down from the sexual high searched for a subject to get Lana’s mind off killing Ron.

"So who was the co-author of that first book you’re reading," As she said this she grabbed two cups to fill with coffee.

"Some guy who really believed he was supposed to have been a woman and was going through all the preparations to fix what he called ‘God’s error’. His name was Hank Sawyer." Lana heard a crash behind her and looking back saw Laura standing as if she’d seen a ghost, she had dropped the cups which had shattered on the floor and she seemed in shock. "Mom, are you alright," Lana asked.

*****

"So how’s Mom this morning," John asked.

"She’s okay," Stan said, "but she still won’t say what happened."

"Are you sure you didn’t try to unleash your wrath on her in any way," Ana said looking suspiciously at Lana.

"Yeah," Hannah said, "because she isn’t quite as young as she used to be."

"I told you," Lana said angrily, "all we were doing was talking when she sort of had this weird panic attack. I couldn’t help too much because I had just sat down and was getting over a different kind of attack myself." She threw a wrathful look at Ron. "And for your information, Mom isn’t old she can easily survive my wrath a thousand times over!"

"So what were you talking about," Don asked smiling, trying to lighten the mood.

"The book I was reading, I was telling her about the coauthor of the first book Hank Sawyer."

Both John and Hannah’s eyes popped and Ron noticed how their moods suddenly changed.

"You two know something," Ron said suspiciously.

Hannah lowered her head worriedly and before Ron could order her to say anything John said, "We don’t know anything important, just something private that in no way can affect anybody in this room." Since Joyce was outside preparing for the first wave of tests this was a very true statement. "So please don’t ask any questions."

Ron gave him an annoyed look, secrets among the brothers and sisters were not condoned much, however he understood the concept of privacy and gave a regretful nod. Hannah smiled at him and tried to kiss him but he turned his face and she bowed hers again sadly.

"Well," Stan said, "the important thing is that everyone is fine now so let’s get back to having fun." Wanting to really lighten the mood he turned to Lana saying, "Lana does your butt feel strong enough to join us in another boat race later today?"

Lana smiled and said, "It’s fine, but I want to finish reading volume 2 today. That way by the next resort I am totally free to party."

"Have your own way then," Stan said.

"By the way," Lana added, "I will be at the fuckabration tonight so girls beat those boys and win us control!"

As most of the people stepped out Hannah said to Lana, "Did you really finish all of book one yesterday?"

"I know," Lana said smiling, "It’s amazing but I just couldn’t bring myself to put it down. I felt this incredible connection with the authors, and I don’t just mean Randy."

Looking at her suspiciously Hannah said, "You don’t want to be a man do you? Because that would mess up our identical looks a lot more than my bald pussy."

*****

After the concert that night the boys (who had once more won control of the fuckabration) brought some guests to the BED room of the tour mobile. They left the big tent to Stan and Laura, Robert and Lenny wanted Joyce to give them a special examination in one to the smaller tents and Jenny and Sandy (who claimed they had not had enough private moments lately) took the other. This left only Triplet X Love Times 2 and the Wilson kids to fully study the boys big catch of the day before. And study it to the fullest and for the longest the girls did, in fact, the boys eventually got so tired of the girls hogging up their prize that they just left the girls to keep ‘Dripping Pussy’ plugged up with their tongues, fingers, and dildos for the rest of the night and went to crash Jenny and Sandy’s private party.

After several hours of uncountable orgasms, all the girls, including the guests, fell asleep with another girls cunt in their mouth in a giant circular daisy chain. In the morning, however, all the boys including Jason, Robert and Lenny busted in for an early morning cunt juice drink and fucked the nine girls present silly for two hours before allowing the guests to have a final morning cocktail and go off happily.

"None of you saved a little drink for us," Katrina fumed.

"Sorry," Ron said smiling, "guests come first."

As they finally hit the road late that afternoon Hannah and Ana studied Lana’s face as she concentrated on her reading. They had been hearing her give shocked gulps, and turn almost blue for the last few minutes.

Finally having to ask Ana said, "So what is so horrible that you look like you want to throw up, but at the same time so interesting that you can’t put that thing down?"

Lana gave them a ‘should I tell them look’ and Hannah said, "I’m reading the books also, just not as fast as you, so I’ll eventually find out."

Lana nodded and said, "I’m on chapter seventeen, ‘Mommy or Daddy’, listen to part of section three:

 

I’ve been able to truly adjust most emotions and feelings now to who I am today. Nothing I think will ever make me forget that I am and have been a woman of great character (well for three years now anyway).

Well almost nothing, I still can’t forget my girls, it’s strange, I’ve never been with them, but they’ve never been separated from my soul. If I ever come across them, even if I’m ancient in a retirement home they will always be my little girls, my beautiful daughters. But what am I to them?

The question drives me crazy sometimes. Even if I’d been living with them these past12 years, what am I to them!?! Can I call myself their father?

I think if I tried I’d end up with a nervous breakdown. But I can’t say I’m their mother. They have a beautiful and wonderful mother already. Lorrie was my best friend for years before we decided to try something different and she ended up bringing 3 girls home at once. But both Lorrie and I knew I could never be a Dad, even back then we both knew I was meant to be a woman. That’s why we made the deal for me to just vanish from their lives, yet they’ve never vanished from my heart. I remember the night I left leaving them their first jumpers; I’d sewn the first letter of their names on the side: ‘H’, ‘A’ and ‘L’ and I gave Lorrie necklaces telling her to give them to the girls when they were older. My beautiful girls, what am I to them? If I ever meet them, will my sanity endure?

By now Hannah and Ana were as blue as Lana and Ana finally said, "It can just be a freaky coincidence can’t it," she didn’t sound too convinced.

"Mom had that panic attack when I mentioned his name," Lana said, "do you think that was a coincidence too?"

"Does the book give the new name he—she goes by," Ana asked.

"No," Lana said flipping back to the title page and reading, "but there are two people that should be able to tell us, Dr. Randolph Lewis and Dr. Joyce Livingston."

Hannah said nothing at all, she just threw nervous glances at the door to section one; the section in which John was finishing some last minute data entry work with Dr. Joyce Livingston; her father?

 

Chapter Sixteen – Cumming Around the Mountain

"I’m really glad you’re feeling better Dolor—Dolly," Ana said, "but I also understand what you mean about not knowing if you’ll find true love again." She looked on the screen as Amy knelt between Dolly’s legs sucking her pussy while Dolly sat on Patty’s lap who was pumping her strap-on dildo non-stop into Dolly’s ass. "During the first three weeks after I first met Patty, I was feeling pretty much the same way, especially when all my efforts to find her again were proving hopeless. My brothers non-stop fuck therapy was the only thing keeping me sane, but it didn’t take Patty out of my mind."

"I just wish I could talk to her," Dolly said, looking suddenly sad again even though she was obviously cumming, "just confirm that she’s at least okay. The only bad thing about being here in your house is that if she ever managed to sneak away and mail me a letter, I’ll never get it."

"What was Melissa’s last name," Ana said suddenly as the vibrator she was pumping in her pussy started doing its job.

"Robbins," Dolly said still sadly, "Melissa Robbins, my beautiful Lissa."

"Well don’t look sad," Ana said, "like my sister told me (in a somewhat wrathful way) during that time I was searching for Patty. If Melissa is your soul mate you will come together again! In the meantime enjoy every orgasm that everyone else in the house lovingly gives you. Lana was right when she told that to me, and I know I’m right telling it to you." She smiled and was glad to see Dolly smile back.

"Thanks," Dolly said, "and thanks for letting Patty bring me to cum with you again."

"It’s always a pleasure, cum again and don’t stop cumming."

"I won’t," Dolly said happily. "Bye again and I’m still looking forward to that drink we’re supposed to share."

"If Amy leaves anything to drink that is," Ana giggled, "Bye again Patty, remember to send me what I asked for right now. Bye Amy," Amy waved as she continued working between Dolly’s legs.

As Ana entered the BED room she saw her brothers once more totally connected to Dr. Livingston, she noticed Hannah looking strangely at them and going over to her said, "Are you looking at them like that because Ron seems to be enjoying her cunt too much or because she hasn’t connected with the three of us like that in days?"

"Probably both," Hannah said smiling. She still hadn’t said anything to anyone about what she knew, and she needed to talk to someone soon or she’d explode. Since Lana and Ana weren’t even aware that Joyce was in any way being investigated, they had no need to suspect that she herself might have been the person Lana was reading about; how was she supposed to tell Lana, "You know how much you love Joyce’s cunt juice, well I think she’s our Dad."

"I need a favor," Ana said, "It can help get your mind off this," she said looking once more at the boys and Joyce.

"Something to do, yes" Hannah thought, "that is exactly what I need," out loud she said, "What do you need, I’ll get right on it."

Ana gave her a piece of paper and said, "Melissa Robbins, 16 years old, she left Honolulu on either the 20th or the 21st, can you find our where she ended up?"

Hannah took the paper looking a bit disappointed and Ana asked, "What’s wrong, can’t you do it?"

"No," Hannah said, "it’s not that, it’s just that this is too easy, I should have this info for you in less than half-an-hour." Then looking back at the boys and Joyce said, "I very much doubt they’ll have finished by then." She walked out of the BED room and headed for the Recreation room.

Getting very hot and bothered watching the boys and Joyce in action, Ana cast an eye up to one of the private berths and smiling went over and opened it up. Inside Katrina was fucking Lana, rubbing her clit and pussy with Lana’s non-stop.

When Lana saw her she said angrily, "there’s a reason they call it a private berth!"

"I know," Ana said, "I just wanted to let you know that I wasn’t able to talk to Randy. Patty said there was another emergency at the hospital, connected somehow with that original one. He said he may not be able to get away for a day or two."

"And you couldn’t have told me this later," Lana said still very mad.

"Well," Ana said mischievously, "I was also hoping to convince you two to end the private session, you two have been in there for almost two hours, this is supposed to be a family trip you know," she smiled at them and Katrina and Lana smiled back, quickly abandoning the berth they threw Ana on her back where Lana sat on her face and Katrina fell between her legs.

*****

"Condor Village?" Ana was looking at a map as she said this and suddenly added, "You mean she is not only still in the country she is actually 3 days away on route to our next stop?"

"As soon as we come around the mountain we’re in Condor Village," Hannah said.

"But if she’s here, why hasn’t she tried to contact anybody, where exactly do they have her?"

"I traced the flight she was on to a local airport there, and a rented car that picked them up to ‘St. Susan’s School for Troubled Girls’; it’s part of the local abbey and monastery."

Ana squinted her eyes angrily and said, "They sent her to a school for troubled girls because she confessed she was lesbian!?!"

"Probably for some reprogramming session," Hannah said calmly.

"You mean BRAINWASHING! We have to do something."

"Apparently there’s only one telephone in the whole place and no one is allowed near it except the Dean of Admissions. Being of old-fashioned beliefs, electric lights is the most they allow anyone else to sample of modern technology."

"How are we supposed to help her if we can’t even contact her?" Ana asked helplessly.

"I’m sorry Ana, I can’t help you there, what you really need is—"

"A ‘Master’ plan," Ana finished smiling as she saw Ron exit the BED room and walk through the Recreation room they were in towards section one.

*****

Joyce was sitting in the kitchen drinking coffee with Laura and catching her breath after the long session she had just had with the Anderson boys. Laura kept throwing suspicious looks at her and she was getting nervous, as well as annoyed.

"Lorrie for heavens sake what’s wrong! Have I grown an extra nose or something?"

Laura sighed and smiling said, "No Hank, but it is certainly different from the last time you asked that."

Joyce froze in the middle of gulping her coffee and almost choked. After coughing a few times she said, "Excuse me Laura, what did you call me?"

"So you finally did it," Laura said looking her over, "it’s so amazing, not to mention your cunt juice is an incredible improvement on what I remember your cum was."

"Lorrie I don’t know what you’re talking about."

"Don’t you," She then looked him over again and said, "I’m not mad, the deal we had was my idea. I know you didn’t know who the girls were until after you had made that deal with Lana. But you should know that your eldest daughter Hannah is a bit of a genius and if she doesn’t already know who you are, she will soon enough, so you should be prepared to talk to them."

"You don’t want me to go," Joyce said confused.

"Ha—Joyce you were my best friend for years, when we parted we were still best friends, why would I instantly want to get rid of a dear old friend?" She bent over and hugging her gave her a ‘so glad to see you old friend’ kiss.

*****

"You want us to what," Stan said looking curiously and suspiciously at his middle son.

"I want us to stop for two days in this village just around the mountain, Condor Village. I heard you and Mom talking before about not having had much chance of really being alone and you’re right. This village connects to a mountain trail that you and Mom can use to vanish for two days. You both love hiking in the mountains."

"Have you forgotten that we have to be at the next resort in—"

"—six days," Ron finished, "at the speed we’re going we’ll be there in four days. We can’t get there two days early so we have to do something to kill the time."

Stan was starting to like the idea, even though he knew there was some sort of ‘Master’ plan afoot.

Laura, however, said "have you forgotten that the reason we haven’t had any private time is because we are the only two adults to supervise you kids?"

"Joyce will be with us if we need an adult representative for anything, besides that, do you really see us needing adult supervision?"

Stan looked at him frowning and said, "You’re not going to tell us what you kids are up to; are you?"

Putting an arm around his Mom and Dad he said truthfully, "we are up to getting two people that belong together, together," and he pushed his parents into one another so they were kissing.

*****

Two days later Ron drove the tour mobile off the main road and into a clearing at the beginning of a mountain trail; finding a good place to park and set up camp he stopped and said, "this is a perfect spot, and I doubt you’ll get lost, just keep your eyes on that Abbey over there and you’ll always find your way."

"Listen Ron, whatever you kids are up to, be careful, and remember we’re not in Riverdale. The only reason I’m agreeing to this is because we do have 2 days to kill." Stan said.

"And the idea of 2 days alone in the mountains with Mom has nothing to do with it." Ron smiled at his Dad as he said this.

Stan smiled back at his son and after saying goodbye to everyone left for a mini get away to the mountains.

"God," Stan said after three or four hours climbing up the mountain trail, "I’d forgotten how heavy camping equipment could be."

"You know Stan you don’t have to carry everything alone," Laura said, "I should be helping."

"No, no, everything packs fantastically in this giant pack on my back and to start separating the stuff couldn’t help any."

"Maybe we should rest a while then," Laura said worriedly.

Looking up Stan said, "There’s a cave on the next ledge. We’ll pitch camp there for a few hours." He then started humming as he continued walking.

Hearing him Laura said, "Oh Stan, that’s a great idea, we should be singing!"

"Well you’d have to learn the words first," Stan said smiling.

"I think I know the words to the song you’re humming."

"I don’t think so," Stan said, then suddenly breaking into song he sang:

"She’ll be cumming around the mountain when she cums

She’ll be cumming around the mountain when she cums

She’ll be cumming around the mountain

She’ll be cumming around the mountain

She’ll be cumming around the mountain when she cums

She’ll be riding my fat cock when she cums

She’ll be riding my fat cock when she cums

She’ll be riding my fat cock

She’ll be riding my fat cock

She’ll be riding my fat cock when she cums"

Laura broke into laughter and said, "Well come on, let’s get to that cave and make it true!"

"Those two," Ron told Jenny next to him; he pointed down from the hill they were on at two would be nuns from the abbey, "they’re our ticket in."

Jenny took the binoculars Ron passed him and she watched the nuns-in-training with interest and nodded.

Lana, Ana and John who were also watching gave confused looks and Lana said, "What’s so special about them?"

"Don’t you see," Jenny said, "they’re whipping themselves."

"So are several others," John said, "It’s called Self-Flagellation or something."

"Oh no," Ron said, "These two aren’t looking to punish themselves, take a good look at their faces."

After watching intensely for several minutes Lana smiled and said, "I think they’re cumming."

"Wow," Ana said, "they’re really getting off on it aren’t they?"

"So they’re submissives," John said, "how do we use that to our advantage?"

"Well the first thing is to stake temporary claim on them, Jenny you’re going to have to be in charge," looking over at Lana he said, "I’ll need ‘the Orgasm Queen’ to follow Jenny’s lead."

"Me, isn’t that your department," Lana said nervously.

"If I’m not mistaken, those two will be the very last to leave, but even alone making contact with them might be difficult and I’ve a strong feeling that, for now at least, impossible for a guy. I don’t want to scare them off."

*****

As Stan continued pumping his cock in and out of Laura she continued with some non-stop moaning that echoed off the cave walls and constantly refueled Stan’s desire to hear more. He’d cum twice already but his cock was at full attention in Laura’s cunt once more. As well as the moaning, Laura was also humming ‘She’ll be cumming around the mountain’. After two hours, Stan decided it best to give Laura’s cunt a break and switched to anal for a while, seeing him relaxed and happy Laura suddenly said, "I was right about Joyce by the way, we did know each other very well as kids."

Stan suddenly slowed down his ass fucking, turned her around and inserting his cock in her butt again, now in a face-to-face position said, "Really, I thought John had found no relationship between you and her."

"Well, there isn’t really, not between me and her, but there is a relationship between me and who she used to be."

Stan was looking at her very confused now. "You see," Laura said, "she didn’t always look like she does now," Laura was finding it difficult to say this so she just said, "you see she used to be my next door neighbor and best friend Hank Sawyer."

Stan froze and he looked deep into her eyes as if trying to see if she was laughing inside from the hilarious joke, "Wasn’t Hank Sawyer—"

"Yes he was." Laura shook her head and added, "It’s very confusing."

"Do you think the kids are safe with him—I mean her—it?"

"We don’t have to worry Joyce is very trustworthy, I know."

Stan looked a little worried and Laura smiled at him saying, "You should be smiling you know, you never have to worry about the girls Dad, birth dad that is, showing up and trying to claim them as his own. He’s dead, you are the girls one and only father."

This brought a smile to Stan’s face and he continued pumping Laura’s ass furiously as she once more began to hum, "She’ll be cumming around the mountain."

*****

"You know," Jenny said, "you’re doing that wrong."

The two would be nuns stopped their flagellation long enough to look up at the two strangers walking towards them. They lowered their heads unsure what to do. They really weren’t supposed to have contact with anyone from outside the Abbey.

"You know," Jenny added, "if you talk to us and you’re not supposed to, that only means that you’ll have to punish yourselves more later."

The girls’ (between 17 and 18) eyes flashed, they studied the strangers and finally one said, "What do you mean we’re doing it wrong?"

"Well," Lana said, "look at those giant wet spots between your legs."

The girls looked at each other embarrassed and once more lowered their heads.

"Those wet spots mean that you are really having fun and you like what you’re doing and don’t want to stop. ISN’T THAT TRUE?" Jenny added this last part very strongly.

Upset, but somehow at the same time excited by how strongly Jenny spoke to them they both nodded their agreement.

"Well you’re not supposed to be enjoying punishment!" Lana screamed, "And the way you’re doing it everyone will know the truth, just like us! You’ll never be allowed to punish yourselves again!"

The girls looked horrified at this thought and looked about to cry, one of them, an auburn haired girl with green eyes said, "Please don’t tell them."

"No one will have to tell them if you keep doing it wrong so they can see the truth." Jenny said seriously.

"How—how are we supposed to do it so they don’t know?" The other girl, who was olive skinned with black hair asked.

"If you want, we’ll show you real fast," Lana said, "but not here, there’s a cave right there on the side of the mountain, it’s empty, we’ll show you there."

"I don’t know," the olive skinned girl said.

"Either you let us show you," Jenny said, "or we show them at the Abbey what you’ve been doing!"

"No please," the auburn-haired girl begged, "We’ll let you teach us the right way. Won’t we Minerva?"

Minerva obviously still had reservations but she finally said, "Okay Henrietta, but remember we have to be back in the Abbey by Eight, it must be 5 o’clock already."

"Don’t worry," Lana said, "if you’re late, just punish yourselves."

This thought brought a smile to Minerva’s face and she followed Jenny and Lana to the cave along with Henrietta.

Inside the cave, from behind some boulders, Ana, Ron and John were watching what happened.

"Okay, so first of all," Jenny said, "BE SMART! If your problem is that you clothes are going to show everybody how happy you are punishing yourselves, what’s the first thing you have to do?"

The girls looked confused and unsure what to answer and Lana and Jenny screamed together, "TAKE THEM OFF!" and as they screamed this they dropped their own clothes revealing their open, moist and leaking pussies to the girls.

"I SAID TAKE OFF THOSE CLOTHES!" Jenny screamed again, "do you want to be able to keep on punishing yourselves or not!"

Minerva and Henrietta gulped as they looked at each other and slowly nodding began to take off their clothes. Soon they were as naked as Jenny and Lana, though definitely not as comfortable.

Going over to the pile of underclothes Lana picked up a pair of soaked panties and smelled it. She then squeezed it in front of all of them and they saw the non-stop flow of cunt juice from them. In the meantime Jenny had gone and was inspecting the source of the dampness itself.

"Lana, this isn’t good," Jenny said, "look at these continuous leaks. These two have been enjoying themselves too much. Maybe we shouldn’t tell them the secret of how to continue enjoying their pain."

"Please," Henrietta said, "you told us you’d show us."

Jenny looked at her seriously and said, "Okay, but we’re going to have to punish you a little for this mess first."

"What do you mean—"

Before Minerva finished talking Jenny had her over her knees on a stone and SPANK! SPANK! SPANK! SPANK!

After the second or third spank, Jenny had started fingering Minerva’s drippy pussy strongly between each spank. Minerva couldn’t see what was happening to Henrietta, but from her screams of pain and joy, she imagined she was receiving the same treatment and loving it as much as her.

Ana came out from where she was hidden and sneaking behind Jenny and Lana passed them each certain tools of the trade.

Before the nuns-to-be knew what was happening, their nipples and clits were clamped there was a large vibrator bead in their asses, and a very large bumped vibrator was pumping in and out of their cunts.

Every now and then the pumping would stop and the spankings would start again.

"Who is your Master!" Jenny suddenly screamed at Minerva.

In the middle of her bliss Minerva turned shocked eyes at Jenny and said, "God."

SPANK! SPANK! SPANK! PUMP! PUMP! PUMP!

"Can God make you feel like I’m making you feel right now!?! Have you ever felt like this before!?!"

"N—no—ne—never!" Minerva smiled joyously as she said this.

"Do you like how you’re feeling Bitch!?! Do You!?!"

"Ye—yess, YES I DO!"

"Then who is your Master? Who is that makes you feel good?"

"You—you make me feel good—you are my MASTER!"

Minerva was suddenly lost in a world where, at the moment, nothing existed except her, her Master and the pain and pleasure her master could bring her. Had she been able to notice more she would have realized that Henrietta was blurting out the exact same words, only Henrietta was talking to her Master, Lana.

"Come on SLAVE," Jenny said suddenly putting a collar and a leash on Minerva, "it’s time to show you the secret of real pleasure." Jenny dragged Minerva out of the cave naked and without removing a bit of the equipment on her. Lana had Henrietta close behind and neither dared oppose the manner in which their master chose to parade them.

The Anderson’s bus however was only around the corner from the cave; Lana and Jenny escorted their slaves right into the BED room. Lana chained Henrietta to the exact same chains and in the exact same position Ron had recently had her. Jenny, in the meantime, marched Minerva to the other side of the room to chains she herself had put up for her pet Sandy.

The two masters blindfolded their pets and grabbing paddles, WHACK! WHACK! WHACK! WHACK!

As they worked on the girls butts, the vibrators in their asses and cunts continued buzzing away, every now and then they would take a break from beating their asses to pump the vibrators some more until they got both slaves to strongly cum again. By now, the rest of the Anderson-Irving-Wilson Tribe had started flooding into the BED room to watch the action. The pets couldn’t see this due to their blindfolds.

Ron gave Lana and Jenny a nod and they each grabbed the recovery leash of the vibrator bead in their pet’s ass. Giving them a violent tug, they were instantly extracted and Jenny said, "Time to introduce these asses to true pleasure. Would you like that slave," WHACK! WHACK! WHACK! "Would you like this ass to feel true pleasure?"

"Yes, yes Master please!" Minerva begged.

"What about you," Lana said to Henrietta, "do you want to feel true pleasure?"

"Yes, yes always Master."

"Then do not say one word," Lana said strongly, "just ENJOY!"

Lana and Jenny stepped out of the way and surrendered their pets to Ron and John who began giving the girls violently painful and beautiful anal. The girls knew what was happening, but they’d been ordered to say nothing and to simply enjoy, and enjoy they did. When Ron came in Minerva’s ass and John in Henrietta’s they almost died from the pleasure of feeling the beautiful hot cream in their butts for the first time.

On pulling out Katrina dropped to Minerva’s ass and Hannah to Henrietta’s and they started cleaning out all the cum deposited in them. When they were both completely clean, Robert stepped behind Minerva and Lenny behind Henrietta and the process started again both asses getting fucked until once more hot cum was flowing in both asses.

Ron studied the look of divine bliss in both the girls faces and smiling thought, "Oh yeah, they’re hooked, welcome to the world of ‘Anal Whores’ girls."

Debbie and Sandra each dropped behind one of the girls and cleaned them out, preparing them for Don and Jason’s round.

When they were finished, Jenny and Lana handled the final clean out of their pets’ butts and reinserted the vibrator beads. WHACK! WHACK!

"Are you ready for your next lesson in pleasure Bitch!?!" Jenny screamed loudly. "Did you like that last one, do you want the lessons to continue?"

"Yes," Minerva gasped, "yes please!"

"And you," Lana said to Henrietta, "Are you having fun? Do you want to have more?"

"Yes, yes more, please more Master!"

The pets were unchained and brought to the center of the room to lie on their backs.

"Pleasure us, while you feel pleasure slaves!" Jenny said and sitting on her slaves face screamed, "use your tongue slave, lick and suck and go in deep!"

As the pets began to truly suck and savor their Master’s taste, they felt a different kind of pleasure as tongues were suddenly inserted into their own pussies for a while, and after a few minutes of preparation, something else started pumping deep and hard in their cunts, something hard (yet soft), hot and incredibly feeling. They were being fucked for the first time and yes, they loved it. When John (in Henrietta) and Ron (in Minerva) were close to cumming, they pulled out and traded places with Lana and Jenny. The pets were now sucking their cocks, preparing to taste cum for the first time, while the masters drank the pets fully.

When the round was finished, Sandra and Katrina helped them was down their first helpings of cum with more cunt juice while Robert and Lenny took over the cunt pumping duties. When their cocks were set to explode they traded places with the girls sitting on the pets’ faces and served them their second helping of cum, while Sandra and Katrina sampled the new brand of cunt juice in the house.

Don, Jason, Debbie and Hannah handled the final round and when they finished everyone except Ana (who had stayed out of any fun for now) left. Lana and Jenny took the blindfolds off their ‘in heaven for life’ pets and they looked curiously at the only other person there.

"I don’t think I have to tell you that this is my sister," Lana said.

"We need your help with something SLAVE!" Jenny said strongly.

After all the pleasure and pain their Masters had just provided them, they could have asked their pets for anything and know they were guaranteed to get it.

Ana went over to one of the sleeping berths and got a picture she had asked Patty to email her.

"Have either of you ever seen this girl," Ana asked.

"It’s the heathen!" Minerva said shocked.

"The what," Lana said.

"The heathen, she who refuses to obey the rules. She has been in isolation since she arrived not long ago; so as not to contaminate the others," Henrietta explained.

"You mean they have her locked up alone somewhere?" Ana asked shocked and very angry.

"She is taken bread and water daily," Minerva said, "and she is given daily doses of flagellation. But I do not think she enjoys it as much as we would," she finished sadly.

"We have to get her out of there," Ana said.

"Can you help us get in there," Jenny demanded of Minerva.

Minerva conferred with Henrietta a few minutes and it was immediately obvious that in the scheming bitch department, Henrietta was the leader of the two.

"You can’t get in unless you have proper clothes, and only one should go since no more than two are ever allowed to walk together."

"How do we get proper clothes, not to mention get in and find Melissa?" Ana asked.

Minerva and Henrietta conferred once more and agreeing said, "There is a door on the left side of the Abbey, there is a small alley there with garbage dumpsters, there is one in particular that is very hard to miss, a big orange one. The door is supposed to be locked by 10 o’clock and no more garbage is to be thrown out. That door is your way in and out, you have 1 hour between 10 and 11 when sisters are still allowed to walk around within the Abbey, by 11 everyone should be in their beds. At around 10:15 be in that alley, everything you’ll need including the clothes for you and your friend will be in the orange dumpster."

Ana went into the Recreation room and came back with the girls clothes. "Go," she said, "And thank you."

"Our Masters can thank us tomorrow." Henrietta said, making her meaning very clear.

"So what do we do with then after tomorrow," Lana asked Jenny.

Looking over to where Ron had just entered the room, Jenny gave him a questioning look, unsure herself.

"Tomorrow we teach them how to be each other’s Master," Ron said smiling.

Jenny and Lana looked curiously if not doubtfully at him.

*****

"Aren’t you the least bit worried about what the kids are really doing here?" Laura asked Stan.

"Not at all, you know our kids by now, they usually know what they’re doing; and if the Master is doing the planning, they have a strong chance of getting away with anything."

"Anything that falls under the category of ‘Love’," Laura corrected.

Laura was currently riding Stan’s fat cock like a professional cowgirl, they were still in the cave they had temporarily stopped to rest in. They had decided that what they had cum up the mountain to find was right here for now, PRIVACY, why go anywhere else.

"Well let’s just continue to enjoy our chance at being alone without worrying too much about the kids. Do you want a drink, I can use one?"

"Absolutely," Laura said pulling Stan’s cock out of her pussy and engulfing it in her mouth as she plastered her cunt on Stan’s mouth.

"Now this is the life," Stan thought, "Plenty of cunt juice and no worries!"

*****

Lana and Ron accompanied Ana to the small side alley described by Minerva and Henrietta, and easily found the orange dumpster they mentioned. Luckily there were very few lights anywhere and they were well hidden by the many other dumpsters.

They pulled the top bag from the dumpster, they had no doubt this was the one since it was tied with some cum drenched panties. Ducking behind another dumpster, they examined the contents with a small flashlight Ron had brought.

"Two of those nun suits, two signs to hang around your neck," As Ron said this he flashed the light on the sign, "‘VOW OF SILENCE’ smart pets, if I could keep them I would," Lana threw him a wrathful look and he added, "but Hannah might not want more competition than the two of you." He fished out the final item and said, "A map showing the fastest route to where Melissa is."

"Are you sure you want to do this alone Ana," Lana said holding the other nun suit.

"I have to; let me get everything, it might look suspicious if I’m carrying extra clothes so I’m putting them both on." When ready she sighed and going to the door found that it had in fact been left open. Studying the map a few seconds she walked, quickly at first, but when she saw two people approaching she slowed down. She noticed them walking with their heads down and their hands folded and decided to copy the action making sure her ‘vow of silence’ sign was clearly visible as she passed them. She decided to simply act cool and calm, sure that in a place this big, no one knew everyone and they would not be alarmed at seeing an unfamiliar face. She was happy though not to run into anyone else until reaching a large wooden door with bars in a small window to look into the room and a slot on the bottom to push food through. "It’s like some medieval prison," Ana thought, "then realizing the age of the Abbey she thought, "maybe it was a prison once."

Looking into the room she saw Melissa inside sitting on a cot looking beyond depressed. "I hope there’s enough of her behind those blank eyes to get her to listen to me," Ana suddenly thought worriedly.

The good thing about this place was that since this wasn’t really a prison it wasn’t a lock on the door, just a bar she easily moved to the side and slipped into the room.

"Melissa," Ana said, "Come on, we have to get out of here."

She took off one level of clothes and put them on the cot next to Melissa.

Melissa wouldn’t even look up at her, it was a if she wasn’t there.

"Come on Melissa this is working fine so far, but I need you to put that on and come with me."

When still Melissa did nothing, Ana got worried and remembered something she had brought if she needed to prove who she was.

She reached under the nun clothes to the pocket of her regular shorts and pulled out a printed copy of the second picture she had asked Patty to email to her and showed it to Melissa. She finally saw a spark in Melissa’s eyes as she reached out and studied the picture of a naked Dolly. Unfortunately she still was not moving.

"Melissa we only have until 11 o’clock to get out of here so come with me now!" Thinking of what she had just said Ana said to herself, "I wonder," and to Melissa she said, "Okay, if I can’t make you come with me, then I’ll get you to CUM for me!"

Ana ripped the sleeping gown Melissa was wearing right off her back and doing the same with her panties started furiously pumping two then three fingers into Melissa’s twat at the same time she rubbed Melissa’s clit with her thumb and locking her lips to one of Melissa’s boobs started sucking frantically.

All the time Melissa’s eyes were glued to the picture of Dolly, each minute showed more life and stronger recognition and when Melissa finally started cumming she shook her head as she started to come down from a sexual high she hadn’t been allowed to feel for some time and she suddenly said, "who are you?"

"Later," Ana said, "If you want to see Dolly again put on that suit now. Make sure the sign is readable and follow me, keep your head down, your hands folded and your mouth closed. Fast!"

As Melissa finally obeyed and dressed, they walked out and quickly retraced the steps to the door she had come through.

They were nearing the final corridor when—"

"What are you two doing in this section," Someone asked annoyed, "Everyone should be near or in their beds by now!"

Looking at Melissa and telling her with her eyes to stay calm and quiet Ana turned to look at the middle aged, crabby looking nun.

"Oh," she said, "you’re under a vow of silence; well you should still come to the office, we’ll have to put you on report, we may have to lock—"

"Excuse me," someone said from behind the nun, "Me and my girl are looking for a bathroom, can we use one in here we really need to go."

Shocked, the nun turned to find Ron in only shorts and with a prominent bulge in the front of them, his arms were around Lana who was wearing just a two piece butt floss bikini and she was wearing a ‘I really have to go now’ face.

The nun looked at them in utter shock and turning quickly to Ana and Melissa said, "Go to your rooms, I’ll forgive you this time but learn to obey, you are each to give yourselves 25 lashes in the morning for penance!" Turning to Ron and Lana she said, "I don’t know how you got in here but how dare you come into the house of God as if it were a Whore House! I’m escorting you out the front door this very second!"

As she pointed Ron and Lana toward the front door Ana and Melissa disappeared down the corridor that headed toward the side entrance. Melissa hadn’t missed the fact that the girl that had been in the bikini was a carbon copy of the girl she was now walking with she smiled as she suddenly remembered a picture Dolly had showed her of the girl she called her sister-in-law.

Once outside, Ana ducked behind the dumpster they had been at before to remove the nun suits when she suddenly realized Melissa didn’t have any other clothes. Luckily however, she spotted the shorts and t-shirt Lana had been wearing, as well as Ron’s t-shirt and grabbing them gave Melissa Lana’s clothes to put on. It had already been agreed that if they had to leave separately they should just head for the tour mobile without waiting for the others, and that’s exactly what Ana and Melissa did.

Once there, Melissa threw her arms around Ana and kissing her non-stop said, "I know who you are now, you’re Patty’s woman right, and I owe you an incredible fuck and a super cum so lead me to your bed because I am going to fuck you all night long, and seeing as I’m way overdue for a good fuck session, you can take that literally!"

 

Chapter Seventeen – Cumming Together, In a Way

Ana moaned strongly as she once more felt her pussy being devoured like there would be no tomorrow. She opened her eyes slowly and smiled at the sight of Melissa’s semi bald pussy. She had obviously shaved it regularly, but it was clear she hadn’t been allowed to at the Abbey. Ana pulled her down to her mouth once more and began sucking and sucking. Ana wasn’t quite sure how long they had been at it, but with the exception of a few times when sheer exhaustion had caused the two of them to pass out, she was sure Melissa’s promise to fuck her all night long had pretty much been kept.

Ana had grown to love Melissa’s sweet taste and she vowed to get as much of it as she could before having to turn her over to her sister-in-law. Impatient to really taste her again, Ana began pumping at Melissa’s twat with her fingers while sucking and biting Melissa’s clit. She had felt Melissa doing this to her and knew she too must be impatient for some early morning juices.

As they both began flowing again, first Ana then Melissa, mouths were again quickly glued to twats to catch all the early morning offerings they had to give each other. When they finished their drinks, Melissa changed her position (not an easy thing since they were locked in one of the private sleeping berths) so that she was lying on top of Ana looking down into her eyes with love and almost divine worship.

"My savior," she said and once more began intimately and passionately kissing Ana while rubbing their boobs and twats together.

Ana was suddenly worried that it might be getting a little too intimate and that she should remind Melissa the reason she was saved in the first place.

Breaking the kiss Ana said, "We’ll have you talk with Dolly later today, I know she’s going to be very happy."

Melissa giggled and said, "Don’t worry, I can fuck you for the rest of my life and I’d never forget that my heart belongs to Dolly."

Ana relaxed at this statement and allowed Melissa to continue as intimately as she wanted.

"We will be fucking for the rest of our lives, won’t we," Melissa suddenly questioned. Ana looked at her a bit confused and she clarified saying, "I mean the fact that your soul-mate is my soul-mate’s sister does sort of make us sisters or at least sisters-in-law that should always stay connected, doesn’t it?"

Ana smiled and putting her arms around Melissa and holding her tight said, "Yes it does!" Ana then began leading the kisses herself.

After their cunts and clits were rubbed into cumming again, Melissa giggled again and said, "I better stop fucking you, for now at least, or I won’t have any cunt juice left to offer your brothers and sisters, and I want to give them all very long thank you fucks."

"Whoa girl," Ana said, "there are 13 kids on this bus and every single one of them was involved either directly or indirectly with busting you out. You do not have to fuck them all; at least not in one day, "Ana added smiling, then resumed kissing Melissa for a few minutes before adding, "we have at least two weeks left before I can physically get you back into Dolly’s hands, if you want to take over my sister Hannah’s job as family pet during that time be my guest, but I don’t want you overdoing it okay. I’m expecting some very long thank you fucks from Dolly too when we get back, but she might not be happy if when we get back you can’t fuck her."

Melissa kissed Ana one last time and said, "Okay, I’ll pace myself with the rest of the family, but at least tell me who the two were that bailed us out at the last minute last night."

Thinking Ana said, "Yeah, I guess you do owe them very special thank you fucks, come to think of it," she added laughing, "So do I. Those would be Ron, our ‘Master of Love’ and all around master planner and Lana, our ‘Orgasm Queen’ but be careful with them, either one can end up making you their slave or making you feel their wrath. Not that those things aren’t good things, but Dolly probably wouldn’t be happy with me if when we get back you’re declaring your loyalty to someone else."

*****

"Stan this has been so great," Laura said as she woke up to the sensations of Stan’s cock once more pumping in and out of her pussy.

"Yeah," Stan said suddenly a bit worried, "whatever the kids are waiting to spring on us when we finally get back, it has to be big, because they want us in a very grateful mood when they tell us." He then redoubled his fucking effort in an attempt to make Laura’s first cum of that day something incredible.

*****

"Okay so the blue is John, red Ron and the green Don; then there’s Lana, Hannah and remember, I’m Ana; just look for the letters on our necklaces or on the rare occasion we’re wearing clothes, on our blouses or tops. As for the rest, the red-heads are Robert and Sandy, they’re our cousins on our Mother’s side; the two tall blonds are Lenny and Jenny, they’re also cousins but on Dad’s side. Finally those three are personal pets; each one belongs to one of my brothers or sisters, which doesn’t mean that the rest of us can’t give them good use from time to time. That’s Debbie (she belongs to John), Katrina (she’s Lana’s) and that’s Jason (he belongs to Don).

Melissa greeted all of the Anderson-Irving-Wilson clan with either a cock squeeze, a nipple pinch or a cunt rub and they all returned the greeting.

"I just want to thank you all and let you know that until we get back to Dolly, I am yours. My cunt, my boobs, my ass, my mouth they’re all there for you to use or misuse as you like."

"You’re hot and beautiful Melissa," Ron said, "but I doubt you can handle this entire pack of hungry sex wolves."

"Oh really," Melissa said dropping to her hands and knees and turning her butt to him, "try me out and see."

As she spread her legs opening her pussy Ron said, "Well, who can turn down an offer like that," and instantly drove his cock deep in her cunt.

Grabbing the hint Katrina went over to lie down in front of Melissa so she could lower her head and suck at Katrina’s pussy while Ron continued driving his cock in and out of her rosy lips.

Melissa, like pretty much every other girl that had ever done Katrina, instantly found Katrina’s incredibly oversized clit amazing and started sucking it like a small cock driving Katrina wild. Before long, Katrina was screaming as she came hard and Melissa glued her mouth to Katrina’s cunt as she drank and drank, she suddenly felt Ron near cumming and ungluing from Katrina cunt said, "don’t cum in my pussy, they had me off the pill in that place." Ron instantly pulled out of her pussy and drove his cock into her ass where after pumping for several minutes he deposited his load. As soon as he pulled out Jenny dropped before Melissa’s ass and started sucking out the cum. When she had it all she went to the front and getting Katrina to move out, offered her cunt to Melissa; John, in the meantime, stepped up to Melissa’s cunt and started fucking away.

By the time they decided to get some real food, all the boys had had the opportunity to fuck Melissa’s cunt and cum in her ass, while all the girls had had the chance to suck Melissa’s ass clean and had Melissa get a good drink from them; a true ‘Welcome to the Anderson clan’ party.

*****

Later that afternoon Jenny, Lana and Ron went back to the cave to wait for Minerva and Henrietta.

"I don’t know what you mean;" Jenny said dubiously, "train them to be each others master. It sounds weird, either you’re a master or a slave, you can’t be both."

"Everyone has both a dominant and a submissive side to them; determining which of the two characters is actually the dominant one is not always as simple as you might think." As he said this he threw Lana a weird look and strangely enough, all she could bring herself to do was bow her head.

When the girls finally arrived, Jenny and Lana introduced Ron and ordered their pets to listen to him.

Ron then introduced himself by saying, "I’m one of the guys that very much enjoyed having my cock pumping hard and fast in your asses and pussies yesterday, as well as feeding you my cum. Did the two of you enjoy that?"

Though he was talking to them very softly and calmly, he seemed to be talking to them with such strength that all Minerva and Henrietta could do was lower their heads and nod yes.

"Good, I’ll fuck both of you again later, for now, what news do you have about the search for Melissa?"

"They’re taking care of the search themselves, they haven’t even called the parents or any authorities yet," Henrietta said.

"Of course not," Ron said, "what they were putting her through was true psychological and emotional abuse. If they can avoid getting the authorities in any way involved, they will. Were you able to start the rumor your Masters ordered you to?"

"Yes," Henrietta answered, "we mentioned to several of the maintenance and custodian workers that Melissa had been hinting for some days that she had a plan to break out and that she had a ship waiting to take her back to Hawaii and to her true love the moment she did."

"By the time we left," Minerva added, "we heard many of the sisters as well as the students repeating the rumor and talking about how Melissa must be near or in Hawaii by now."

"Very good, you deserve a prize," Ron said producing a thick leather belt. "Take your clothes off now if you want to claim it."

The girls took off their clothes and Jenny and Lana looked on shocked at how quickly and easily Ron had gotten the girls to obey him without need to seek confirmation from them of his orders.

"Very good, now I’m going to give a very, very special prize to the one of you that makes me happiest, so this is what I want you to do, he passed the belt to Minerva and she looked shocked. "Give your friend a good present, make her happy and you make me happy." Ron reached into a bag and pulled out a large graduated dildo placed it in Minerva’s other hand, "DO IT!" He said loudly, "Give her what she wants!"

Minerva looked scared and she didn’t know what to do. She looked over at Jenny, her Master, and Jenny only said, "Listen to Him!" Minerva broke down and started to cry.

"I’m not happy with you!" Ron said and he grabbed the belt and dildo from her. He shoved them into Henrietta’s hand and said, "What about you! Can you make your Master proud! Can you do what you are told! Use these; you know what you have to do!"

To Minerva he said, "On your hands and knees NOW!"

Ron gave a small smile when he saw a wicked little glint pass through Henrietta’s eyes as she stood over Minerva with the belt and dildo, prepared to give her friend the pain and pleasure she wanted.

"You stupid Bitch, stop crying!" Henrietta suddenly screamed and swinging the belt, CRACK! CRACK! CRACK! Suddenly she rammed the dildo into Minerva’s pussy and PUMP! PUMP! PUMP! "Maybe you don’t deserve to be a slave anymore!" CRACK! PUMP! CRACK! PUMP! "Or maybe what you need is a new Master! You stupid whore!"

Suddenly, dropping the belt and the dildo Henrietta grabbed Minerva by the hair and dragging her to the pile of clothes they’d taken off lay Minerva face up on them; Henrietta then plastered her pussy on Minerva’s face and leaning forward began biting Minerva’s clit and sucking her cunt. Minerva too was well at work sucking Henrietta’s cunt.

Jenny and Lana looked shocked at the display of dominance and anger from the girl that the day before had wanted nothing more than to be in a dog collar. They threw Ron a look and he winked at them.

When the two girls had each other cumming, Henrietta got up angrily looking at Ron and said, "Now, where is my prize!"

"Right here," Ron said calmly passing her a bag, "and right there," he said casting an eye at Minerva still on the floor.

Grabbing the bag Henrietta smiled wickedly and nodded.

"We’ll leave the two of you alone so you can do some breaking in," Ron said smiling. "Come on you two," he said to Jenny and Lana, we’re finished here."

"Outside Jenny asked, "So what was in the prize bag?"

"The normal stuff," Ron said, "a painfully large strap-on, some nipple and clit clamps, a paddle, a whip and a collar and a leash."

"Oh yeah," Lana said smiling, "the normal stuff."

*****

"Patty," Ana said, "I’m glad I was able to get you and Dolly before you left for the beach, I think it’s fantastic that you are going to be spending a nice relaxing day there."

"To bad Patty can’t take me to that beach where she met you," Dolly said smiling.

"So Sugar," Patty said both happy and worried, happy to be talking to her Sugar again so soon, and worried as to why she would call her so early in the day to set up an emergency IM meeting, "when you called it sounded pretty important, what did you want to tell me?"

"It’s just that I picked up a special gift for Dolly and I couldn’t wait two plus weeks to show her."

"Really," Dolly said her eyes glowing, "what did you get me?"

"Before I show you the two of you should get out of those bathing suits and then sit on Patty’s lap while she covers you eyes. But keep your legs open, I don’t want that beautiful view covered."

Dolly giggled and as she quickly stripped and had Patty strip, she sat on her lap with both their legs wide apart so Ana could have a good view of the double tunnel.

"Okay Patty cover her eyes and even though you might be tempted to instantly show Dolly what I got for her, don’t let her see until I have it nicely stuffed."

Both Patty and Dolly had noticed that Ana was wearing a rather large strap-on, they in no way found it odd though they did wonder a bit why she hadn’t just taken it off to talk to them, it kept her lovely twat hidden from their viewing eyes as they talked. Ana made a sign toward a blind spot that the camera couldn’t catch and someone walked toward her. Patty gasped and smiled when she saw Melissa, but Ana held a finger to her lips to remind Patty not to say anything yet. Positioning the end of the strap-on dildo to Melissa’s butt hole, she pushed right in and Patty was shocked at how easily it went in, though if she’d known how many times Melissa had been anally fucked that day, it wouldn’t surprise her. With Melissa on her lap, pumping the dildo in and out of Melissa’s rosebud, Ana grabbed a rather large bump filled vibrator from the side table and started simultaneously pumping Melissa’s cunt.

"Well this can’t be anymore stuffed at the moment," Ana said, "Okay Dolly look what I picked up for you and will be bringing you in around 2 weeks and tell me if you like it." She gave Patty a nod to release Dolly’s eyes.

"LISSA," Dolly screamed, "my beautiful baby, but how, no I don’t care how, I just—I just—Oh God Lissa I can’t wait! I’ve missed you so much. Where have you been?"

"My parents sent me to a hell disguised as heaven, but they’re going to pay for trying to keep us apart."

Patty didn’t like the sound of that and asked calmly, "Melissa, what do you mean. Remember they’re still your parents."

"Not anymore, I’m disclaiming them, if they continue being my parents right now, then that means they still have a right to keep Dolly and me apart. I’m not giving them that chance."

"But Lissa," Dolly said, "What can you do?"

"The ‘Master’ has a plan for getting me Emancipated. What my parents let those people do to me in that place was nothing less than physical, psychological and emotional torture, he says I have an easy case and I believe him."

"Who’s the ‘Master’," Dolly asked confused.

"I’ll tell you all about him later," Patty said smiling and kissing Dolly on the neck as she began to pump two fingers into her sister’s twat. "Right now aren’t you just happy to know Melissa is not only okay, but on her way back to you?"

"You don’t mind if we keep her well fucked for you do you Dolly," Ana asked smiling.

"No," Dolly said, "I mean she’s like your sister too."

"Good," Ana said, "now I’m just going to—" she pulled Melissa’s clit violently and made her start cumming; at the same time she gave a little nod to Patty to do the same and within seconds Dolly was also having a massive orgasm.

"Patty," Ana said standing Melissa up, pulling out of her ass and getting out of the seat, "why don’t we go and let these two continue to enjoy cumming together—in a way." She pushed Melissa into the seat turned the vibrator still in her twat on high and gave her a gentle bite on the clit and on one boob to keep her cumming, she noticed Patty, who now had Dolly sitting on the bed acting similarly and with both girls still cumming violently Patty and Ana left them alone to cum together.

*****

"Mom, Dad" Ron said smiling, "you’re back, did you enjoy you’re get-away?"

"Very much son," Stan said, "now just tell us what the price of that private time together was."

"I don’t know what you’re talking about Dad. We better hit the road though."

Laura looked at him suspiciously and said, "So absolutely nothing interesting happened while we were away?"

Stan and Laura were dying to get to the kitchen and the rest room, and were talking to Ron as they walked through the different bus sections.

"Nothing I know of," Ron said. Stan and Laura wondered where everyone was, and when they entered the BED room they found out. They were all gang banging a girl, not an unusual Anderson activity, except that they didn’t know this girl and Stan threw Ron a questioning look. "Oh yeah," Ron said, "I forgot to mention, we have a new passenger."

 

Chapter Eighteen – The Loving Cousins

"I really want to thank you for letting me stay with you the rest of the trip," Melissa said between gasps.

"No, no, no need to thank us, Ron explained everything and we’re happy to help. Patty is like family to us," Stan said, "well she’ll probably end up our daughter-in-law one day, that makes her sister our family as well and," giving an extra-strong push to get his nine inch cock in as deep as possible into the tight teens pussy as he fucked her then quickly pulling all the way out and pushing deep into her ass as he started cumming, "that makes you family too; right Laura?"

Laura, who had been sucking the girls clit in a ‘69’ position she shared with the girl (that is until Stan pulled out of Melissa’s cunt and Laura’s tongue claimed it) pulled out a second to say, "Absolutely; anybody with this girls cunningulus skills is family of mine!"

Melissa gave a giggle in Laura’s cunt and pulling out for another second said, "thanks," before diving back in to finish the job.

*****

Ana, Lana and Hannah were talking with Joyce in section one and Lana said, "Aren’t we still a day and a half away from the resort, why are you getting things ready now?"

"This resort we’re going to has a nice water park on it, I was thinking of actually taking a break and enjoying the place between blood tests."

Hannah was throwing Joyce those same odd looks she’d been throwing her since she first realized the full truth of Joyce’s identity, she still could not, however, bring herself to ask the question that she’d been dying to ask.

"By the way," Ana said looking at Joyce, "I don’t think anybody has really thanked you for your part in Melissa’s rescue."

"My part," Joyce said amused, "I was asked if I could stay out of sight for 48 hours while you pulled it off."

"But you’re the one that warned me about the condition Melissa might be in when I first found her, you told me that having a picture of Dolly would help, and you told me that if nothing else worked, trying to remind Melissa of some activity she shared with Dolly might truly bring her back. Without that preparation I would never have gotten Melissa back in time for us to get out."

"By the way," Lana said suddenly, "I finished the book you and Randy wrote together."

"The book," Joyce questioned and did not fail to notice Hannah freeze up and the fear in her eye as the subject was touched, "What book are we talking about?"

"‘Cumming In VS Cumming Out Vol. 2’, I actually read both volumes, the first one by Hank Sawyer and Randy was amazing too. I really think I enjoy sexology and I’m considering it for a profession. However, great as volume 1 was, there was one part in volume 2 that I found a bit eerie." Lana continued studying Joyce’s eyes.

"Chapter 17, section three," Joyce questioned sadly but well prepared for the moment.

"Yes," Lana threw Hannah a hard look and said, "I’ve a feeling one of us has known something for a while, but since she’s not much for confrontations, I’ll just ask the question she’s been wanting to ask."

Ana was looking a bit confused, not having any connection at all to either the investigation of Joyce’s past or the full reading of both books that told her story, she was at a disadvantage.

"Before you ask any questions, let me ask a few," Joyce said, "first, do you have three have a father that you love and are happy with?"

"Of course," Ana said surprised by the question, "We love Dad, don’t we?" Both Hannah and Lana had to smile and nod their heads.

"Second and this is simply a yes or no question; do I look like anyone’s father?"

Ana suddenly froze as she finally caught up to her sisters and she said, "YOU, the book was about you!"

"Please just answer yes or no to my question," Joyce said sternly, and repeated, "Do I look like anyone’s Father?"

The three girls slowly shook their heads to reply no.

Joyce then said to Lana, "So, if you have a father you love and are happy with, and I look like no one’s father, do you really want to ask the question you had in mind?"

Lana had been going to ask straight out for a yes or no answer to the question, "Are you our father," but she simply froze now and shook her head.

Hannah, however, went on and said, "So who are you, to us I mean?"

Joyce smiled and said, "It turns out that I learned recently that your Mother and I had known each other when we were kids. I wasn’t around much at all so she didn’t remember that her next door neighbor and best friend Hank Sawyer use to have a half-sister (I was raised and lived with my Dad, Richard Livingston, rather than with mine and Hank’s Mom). Anyway, it turns out that my half-brother, he disappeared several years ago and should be assumed dead, was your birth father. So I guess that means that, to answer your question Hannah, I am your long lost aunt on your father’s side, and I am very proud and happy with my beloved nieces." She smiled again at the three girls and was happy to see them smile back and then hug her. Lana then leaned up and kissing her on the cheek whispered, "You’ve been talking to Randy haven’t you?"

*****

"I think you guys are great," Melissa said having just viewed TXLT2 practicing for their next concert. Ana had insisted that the extra long ride to this fifth resort merited some practice before actually reaching there and they had pulled over quickly to get out their equipment and set it up in a corner of the Recreation room.

"Who plays the guitar," Lenny said going over and picking up the abandoned instrument.

"I sometimes play it instead of my base," Ron said watching as Lenny expertly tuned the guitar, "I didn’t know you played guitar."

"Yeah, Jenny and I were in a group at our last school. You should see how she burns up those drums," he said turning to Don.

"The only thing I could do was sing," Melissa said, "but I caught a really bad ear infection one summer and it left me tone deaf, so now I can’t even do that."

"Sandy and I use to be part of the church musicians, you should see Sandy on that keyboard, Mom use to say she was born playing it."

"Really," John said, "what about you, what did you play?"

"Pretty much any string instrument ever invented," Sandy said looking at her brother proudly.

"Any of you sing," Lana asked suddenly interested.

"Well Sandy and I were the lead male and female voices in the church choir," Robert said giggling.

"What’s funny," Don asked.

"Just that our friends use to say that only meant our Mom was the Minister and not that we could sing," both he and Sandy laughed at the memory.

"What about you two," Ron said looking at Jenny and Lenny, "you sing?"

"Lenny does," Jenny said, "I always find singing and playing the drums a bit of a strain."

"I know what you mean," Don said.

"Why don’t you guys play something for us," Ana said.

"Play something," Lenny said, "you mean like out of the blue?"

"Just a song you all know," Ron said, "What type of music do you usually play?"

"You mean besides gospel," Robert said laughing, believing it all a joke, "Well Sandy and I have played all types but for the most part, besides Gospel, we’re a little bit country."

"Mine and Jenny’s band have played pretty much everything," then throwing a ‘no way’ look at Robert and Sandy, "except Gospel, but for the most part we’re a little bit rock and roll."

Everybody threw excited eyes at the four and they wondered what they had said, retracing their words Lenny suddenly said, "Oh no way!"

"No way at all!" Sandy added strongly.

"Come on, let’s here it you guys," Ana said encouragingly, "Lenny you be Donny and Sandy, you sing Marie’s part from the keyboard, the rest of you back them up."

"Yeah," Katrina said, "the one that plays and sings the best can have my clit, as well as the rest of me, all night long." She bent over and spread her pussy lips wide as she said this.

"Then again," Sandy said thinking of Katrina’s incredible clit pumping in her twat all night long, "it can’t hurt."

"No," Lenny agreed looking deep in Katrina’s pussy, "it definitely can’t hurt."

In no time at all, Jenny was at the drums, Sandy at the keyboard, Lenny was strumming the guitar and Robert had taken control of Ron’s base. After getting the feel of the instruments, Sandy tried playing the song while the others backed her up musically, she and Lenny then tried singing together to see how they sounded:

"I’m a little bit country," Sandy sang.

"I’m a little bit rock and roll" Lenny continued.

After a few trials in which they tried to remember the full lyrics, (Hannah finally thought to download them from lyrics.com), they were singing the full song and as Ron put it—

"FANTASTIC guys!" He went over and said, "‘Triplet X Love Times 2’ has a new opening band ‘The Loving Cousins’!"

Everybody applauded except for ‘The Loving Cousins’ who looked a bit sick and Robert said, "You’re kidding right?"

"No he’s not," Ana said, "guys you’re great together, and it’s as destined for you four to be together as it was for us six."

"Just consider doing that one opening song for now and continue working together to find out what others you can do together," Lana said.

"What do you say?" Ron asked seriously.

The Loving Cousins looked at each other and Robert finally said, "Well it is only one song, and we still have time to perfect it; okay, I guess we can try, but just one question."

"What," Ana asked.

Looking at Katrina all four of them blurted out, "Who won?"

Katrina laughed and said, "Well the truth is that being a group, you all win! So I guess the five of us are fucking all night long."

Everybody in the room rolled their eyes.

*****

"I think you four are really, really good," Katrina said blissfully after several hours of being the center of activity for ‘the Loving Cousins’.

In general they had fucked, sucked and simply abused their prize every way possible, and at the moment Robert was lying on his back with his cock up Katrina’s ass, she was lying face up on top of him; Lenny was kneeling with his legs on either side of them as his cock traveled back and forth between Katrina’s breasts; Sandy was currently squatting above Katrina’s mouth having her twat invaded by Katrina’s frantically working tongue; Jenny in the meantime was currently between Katrina’s legs sucking frantically at the clit they’d won and pumping three fingers in and out of Katrina’s twat.

"Are you talking about our singing," Lenny asked suspiciously.

"Well, yeah you’re really, really good at that too, but for the moment I had a different group activity in mind." She returned her tongue to Sandy’s pussy and ‘the Loving Cousins’ broke out laughing just before they all started cumming.

*****

"Oh I wish I could be there to watch your first public performance," Susan said as Harry’s cock worked unendingly in her pussys.

"It’s only one song Mom," Robert said, "and John and Hannah are going to record it for you." Robert gave Jenny’s pussy a few more pumps and said, "How’d everything go Dad?"

"Fine son, hopefully everything will be over with by the time you get back."

Lenny caught a strange look in Susan’s eye and said, "What’s wrong Mom, everything is fine right?"

"Yes, yes, just that even with everything fine things can get a bit stressful. I have to leave again for California in three days and talk to the new lawyer Dr. Lewis told me about."

"We’ll see if Hannah can finish editing a copy of the groups recording by then," Sandy said as she rode Lenny’s cock buried deep in her ass.

"I actually have to leave again in three days also, "Harry said unable this time to hide his worry.

"Dad, everything is going to work out fine," Jenny said strongly. "We’re a family, and now we’re a group, just like ‘Triplet X Love Times 2’. No one will ever break us upppp—oh that felt great Robert." Getting off Robert’s now flaccid cock she kneeled in front of Sandy and said, "Clean me up SLAVE!"

Sandy instantly leapt off Lenny’s cock and kneeled behind Jenny to suck out her ass.

"Hey what about me?" Lenny said pointing at his abandoned cock.

"I got it," Robert said and bending over sucked it into his mouth to finish him off.

Susan started to cum just as Harry began filling her cunt with hot cream and Lenny said, "Well I think we’ll let you two finish up. If you’re going to be separated for another while you should try to use all the time you have together. Bye Mom, bye Dad Love you both."

"Yeah," Jenny said obviously starting to cum thanks to Sandy’s masterful analingulus expertise, "love you both!"

Robert and Sandy, neither of which wanted to separate their mouths from their present tasks, simply waved their goodbyes. As the screen went dead and Sandy finished cleaning out Jenny’s ass while noting that Robert had sucked Lenny to orgasm said, "Okay guys my turn to cum, who’s going to help?"

Laughing Lenny knelt her over the chair and began fucking her ass doggy style; Robert presented his once more semi-erect cock to her mouth and, squeezing under her, Jenny began sucking her cunt and licking her clit until they could hear Sandy’s breathing growing ragged, her moans and gasps around Robert’s cock louder and finally releasing Robert’s cock, her scream of "cuuummmiiinnngggg!" as she flowed into her Master’s eagerly waiting mouth.

*****

"Lana," Joyce said after all the regular arrival tasks had been completed at the fifth resort, "everybody is going to be at the water park later, even me. I expect you’ll be there too now that you’re no longer cumming every time you sit on a hard surface."

"Well," she said slowly, "if everyone, even Mom and Dad are going, someone should really stay here to watch the tour mobile."

"I’m staying," someone said from behind her.

Turning Lana said, "Melissa, after the hell you’ve just been through you more than anyone deserves to take a break and enjoy yourself."

"We still don’t know if the authorities might be looking for me now," Melissa said, "until my Emancipation Papers come through I can’t afford the chance of falling back into my parents hands." She then went over and gave Lana a deep and passionate kiss sticking three fingers in Lana’s twat and pumping a few times. Quickly stopping both actions she said, "As for having fun, I’ve been having fun since I got on this bus."

"Well that works out fine," Katrina said, "that means, ‘Queen’ that you and I get to make out at the top of the ‘Water Flume’ and we get to try to knock the ‘Master’ and his number one pet into the water on the bumper boats."

"Right," Ron (who had just stepped in to hear this) said, "A whole night’s control of a fuck session says you can’t do it!"

Smiling Lana said, "You’re on ‘Master’, and here’s a tip, wear a life jacket."

"I’ll be looking forward to performing some mouth-to-mouth when I pull you out of the water ‘Queen’." He answered as he stepped out smiling.

*****

After several hours of sampling the water adventures offered by the "The Aqua Resort" the adults claimed to need a break from the action and took over all the guard duties: Stan the bus, Laura the memorabilia table, and Joyce the campsite to give all the kids (even Melissa, whom Ana convinced to be her partner) a chance to battle it out on the bumper boats.

Besides Ana and Melissa, the only non-regular pairing at the contest was Lenny and Robert who, with three all girl pairings, were left short of opposite sex choices for partners.

The seven teams were battling it out for control of that night’s fuckfest in which they would be the center of everyone else’s activity.

Lenny and Robert ended up the first pair in the water when Ana and Melissa rammed them from the side, but then Don and Jason sneaked up on Ana and Melissa while they were still gloating and bumped them just right to throw them over. In the water, Lenny and Robert repaid the girls for the ramming they’d given their boat by ramming their fingers in the girls’ pussies several times under the water before helping them out.

Don and Jason then went after John and Debbie, but John made a fantastic 360 degree turn with the circular bumper boat and ended up ramming Don and Jason’s boat instead sending them flying into the water. John tried to pull the same move with Jenny and Sandy, but ended up right in front of Lana and Katrina who sent them soaring into the water.

This now left three boats battling for couple of the night: ‘The Master’ and his ‘Erotic Psycho’, ‘the Orgasm Queen’ and her ‘Wild Kat’ and Jenny (code named Dominatrix) and her ‘Red Sex Toy’; and neither team wanted to lose.

After being bumped several times by Lana’s boat, Hannah looked angrily at Ron and said, "You’re going to let her beat us! GIVE ME THAT!" She yanked the sliding steering wheel out of Ron’s hands and to her side. Ron threw her an angry look but she couldn’t care less. She wanted to instantly ram into Lana’s boat but Jenny and Sandy’s were in the way.

"Out of my way you mediocre master! Go help your bitch toy out of the water!" With that said ‘The Erotic Psycho’ rammed full force into their boat and sent Jenny and Sandy flying into the water. "Now it’s just you and me ‘Queen’!" Hannah screamed, "Let’s see who stays afloat." She then rammed Lana’s boat hard from the side but they didn’t fall from the boat.

"Hey careful," Ron said, "You’ll hurt them!"

"Are you trying to protect her?" Hannah screamed angrily at Ron.

Lana tried to circle and get their boat from behind screaming, "Hey watch it, you almost killed us last time!"

"Well almost isn’t good enough!" Hannah screamed and suddenly reversing right into the ‘Queen’s’ oncoming boat sent Lana and Katrina flying hard into the water. "Take that BITCH!" Hannah screamed and smiling wickedly looked over at Ron only to see that he was in no way happy. Suddenly remembering the last time he had looked at her this way Hannah quickly pushed the steering wheel back on his side bowed her head humbly and said, "Master, you did it, you beat them!" She gave him a strong smile.

Unable to resist her smile Ron simply sighed and said, "Yeah, we won." And then leaning over he gave her a kiss.

*****

Once outside the water Jenny, Lana and even Ana who was only watching confronted Hannah demanding to know what was up.

"We were playing a game," Hannah said annoyed, "don’t tell me the Anderson girls are sore losers."

She turned her back on them and walked away.

"Isn’t it the last Saturday of the month in two days?" Lana asked.

"Oh my," Ana said, "if she’s like this today, what will she be like when she misses her monthly aggression cleansing?"

"What are you two talking about," Jenny asked confused.

Hannah, in the meantime, was feeling a little mad at the world and extra aggressive, she in fact felt like she wanted to pound someone. Looking angrily in the water she caught a glimpse of her reflection and gave a small gasp saying, "Oh no, it’s YOU! Okay, I have to do something."

She needed to drain the aggressive feelings and she needed to drain them fast. But to do that she needed—spotting someone she smiled a bit wickedly and said, "A TOY!"

Going over to Melissa she grabbed her by the arm and said, "You owe me a big favor girl, and I’m claiming it now! I’m the one that tracked the plane you were in and the rented car to that Abbey so I’m really the person you should have thanked first!"

"What do you want," Melissa asked, a little surprised at Hannah’s aggressiveness.

"I need to fuck you very violently and very long and I need you to do nothing but enjoy it. Do you think you can do me that favor?"

Melissa smiled and said, "Sure, I don’t mind being your butt monkey for a night."

"Good," Hannah said almost dragging her toward the campsite. "We’ll use one of the small tents and put a ‘do not disturb’ button on it."

Once in one of the tents she searched one of the bags that were always present in each of the tents and pulling out a 13 inch by 3 inch faux cock harness with clit stimulator and 10 inch by 2 inch dildo on the inside she quickly stripped and signaling to Melissa to do the same she said to herself, "Okay Mistress, she’s all yours!" and plowed the faux cock deep in her cunt violently and repeatedly for hours, every now and then switching to her ass while sucking and biting her tits until all feelings of aggression were out of her system.

*****

"Where’s Hannah," Lana said annoyed, "she seemed pretty determined to win this prize!"

"Actually I don’t think she was really herself," Ron said as everyone gathered for the evening fuckfest in the tour mobile.

"Well look at the time," Katrina said angrily, "we’re wasting valuable fucking time waiting for your ‘Erotic Psycho’ to show up!"

Suddenly smiling at Ron Lana said, "What you have to do is choose a temporary substitute to be your mate tonight," then going up to him and squeezing his cock she added in a very Hannah like way, "Master."

"Yeah, I guess I better do that, we probably won’t see Hannah again until tomorrow, I’ve a feeling she’s taking care of a little aggression problem, and since Melissa is the only other person not around, she must be helping her. I left the door open for her anyway."

"You think Hannah is giving Melissa some ‘Mistress’ toy’ treatment right now," Ana questioned.

"She should have asked one of us," Sandy said sadly, "my ass would have love an all night visit by her!"

"Can we get back to OUR fuckfest," Lana said angrily.

"Yes please," Katrina said, "this itch between my legs is driving me crazy!"

"Does that itch between you legs ever go away,’ Don asked smiling.

"Well no," Katrina said smiling back, "but it doesn’t always drive me crazy."

Lana, who was still squeezing Ron’s cock, said lovingly, "Just pick someone to be your pet Master; we can start with everyone fucking our asses while we fuck," then in mock embarrassment she said giving his cock an extra tight squeeze, "I mean you and whoever you choose."

"Okay fine," Ron said looking around at his choices for mate and grabbing someone’s hand, "Okay, I’ll fuck you silly all night long while everyone is fucking us."

Lana gave a bitter you have to be kidding look and refused to let go of Ron’s cock.

"Lana, I can’t fuck Ana properly if you don’t give me back my cock," Ron said annoyed.

"But why," she asked angrily, looking much like a rejected slave.

"Well to tell you the truth ‘Queen’, I don’t think Hannah wanted to win as much as the Mistress wanted you not to win," smiling he said, "can you imagine what she’d do to me next time we met if you ended up winning anyway? Now let’s start fucking already!"

Pulling away from Lana Ron positioned Ana and him in the center of the room in a sideways scissor position where they were joined at the cock and pussy but their heads were at opposite ends. Robert then spooned behind Ron and inserted his cock in Ron’s ass while Lenny was doing the same with Ana. As the final treat for round one Jenny placed a leg under Ron and Robert’s heads and moved in until her cunt was tightly against Ron’s lips (his tongue instantly working in her pussy), on the other end, it was Sandy’s cunt being worked on by Ana.

With the prize winners well taken care of, the rest began a suck chain that started with Jenny and Sandy: Jenny sucked Katrina’s cunt, who sucked Don’s cock, who sucked Jason’s cock; while on the other side, Sandy sucked Debbie’s cunt, who sucked John’s cock who sucked poor Lana’s cunt who was not only still fuming and upset about not being chosen by Ron, but was now also angry about being the last person chosen to join the link.

The group fucked and sucked themselves in this chain through two major orgasms before looking for new ass fuckers for the winners and new cunts for them to suck and forming a new chain around them.

*****

"Oww," Melissa said as she sat up in the tent she had spent the entire night with Hannah in.

"Are you well," Hannah asked, her head slightly bowed and her eyes showing a lot of guilt.

"Well my butt is in pain beyond belief," Melissa said smiling, "but for the most part I never felt greater."

"Oh," Hannah said, "please let me help to try to sooth your pain." Getting Melissa to kneel she instantly started sucking and licking Melissa’s entire rear (cheeks, inner cheeks and rosebud) and tongue fucking her ass to nicely lube and sooth the inside.

Melissa looked over her shoulder to watch Hannah working humbly on her ass and said, "Are you sure you are the same sister that gave me that violently aggressive ass fucking in the first place?"

"I’m so sorry about that," Hannah said nervously.

"Melissa pulled Hannah onto her and giving her a powerful kiss as she explored her body said, "Don’t be sorry, just promise me you’ll treat me like that again some day. Now I want a quick morning drink, why don’t you have some too?"

Hannah smiled and getting in a ‘69’ they enjoyed the refreshing morning juices.

"I’d better go find my Master," Hannah said when they had finished drinking. "I know he’s not going to be happy with me."

Getting out of the small tent she noticed some activity in the big tent and unzipping it slightly to peak in and see if her Master was among the occupants saw her Dad giving Aunt Joyce a good morning fuck while Mom sat on Aunt Joyce’s face. Hannah smiled and decided not to bother them simply re-zipped the tent completely and headed for the tour mobile on confirming the other tent was empty.

On reaching the bus she noticed a line already forming outside for the morning blood test rush, "Mom and Dad better finish with Aunt Joyce soon," Hannah thought smiling.

Walking right into the bus she thought, "That’s weird, we always keep that door closed, someone must be in the shower already."

As she prepared to pass from section one to the Recreation room she noticed something on one of the seats and smiling grabbed it as she continued on past the Recreation room and into the BED room.

"Wow," Hannah thought, "they’re fucked out!" She looked at the six exhausted pairs around her. In the end they had all divided up into classic male/female pairs so they could sleep with warm hard cocks in moist hot pussies. She laughed a little seeing that Jason had ended up with Lana, then remembered that they were both red bands now. She was surprised to see John’s cock safely stored in Katrina rather than in Debbie for a change, Debbie had gotten Robert’s cock to store and Jenny was keeping Don’s happy; Lenny’s looked right at home in Sandy’s love box. That left one couple for Hannah to study, in the very center of the room, and she spent a lot of time studying not only how at home and comfortable her Master’s cock seemed in Ana’s cunt, but also the blissful happy faces the two of them had obviously fallen asleep with, and still wore to this moment. The thought of competition from yet another sister for her Master’s 24-7 attention to her made Hannah give a loud sob and she tried to control herself. She was able to, but Ron had already heard her and opened his eyes to study her face.

"You’re late for the party," he said in no way angry. He could tell that just finding him with Ana like this had been torture enough.

"Please forgive me Master, there was—there was an emergency that needed attending to."

"I take it Melissa is still alive," someone said, maybe a little too coldly.

Ron looked up at Ana and seeing she was awake began pumping her pussy happily, he could tell she needed some calming.

"She’s still resting," Hannah said humbly, but the back of her eyes hiding a bit of a wrathful glint as she answered Ana, "it was her emergency you know."

"I take it my sweet and humble obedient pet is totally back with me," Ron said smiling, "for another month at least."

"Your humble pet is always with you, Master." Hannah said kneeling next to the couple.

Ron looked over and saw Lana, who had gotten off Jason, come over and kneel at their other side, apparently feeling a strong need to suck Ana’s ass since she dove right into it. Her legs however were widely parted and squatting right over Ron’s hand. He sighed and threw Hannah a look as if saying, "Can I really pass up an invitation like that?" and he started ramming three fingers in and out of Lana’s pussy. Ron made sure however to find Hannah’s love box with his other hand and pump it at an equal rate, never giving up on pumping his cock into Ana.

"You know brother, we had a deal to share all resources, not just give them to you," someone said mocking anger.

Looking up at John and Don, whose cocks were at ultimate erection watching ‘the Master’ pleasure all the sisters at once, he said, "Well what are you waiting for, find an ass to stuff those in." He looked from Hannah to Lana who both raised their asses in invitation; Don chose Hannah’s leaving Lana’s to John; everyone else in the room just decided to watch ‘Triplet X Love Times 2’ perform.

When the group finished their act, the three brothers got their instruments out of the way and let Katrina, Jenny and Sandy handle some clean up duties.

As Katrina worked to clean up her cunt Ana looked nervously at Hannah and said, "You don’t mind that we play around with your Master sometimes right? You know Lana and I have our own true loves and you’re quite welcome to them any time."

Lana, who was getting her ass cleaned by Jenny said angrily to Ana, "Just don’t be surprised if you’re mysteriously excluded from ever attending one of the Mistress’ monthly parties again."

Ana threw Hannah a scared, almost tearful look saying, "she wouldn’t do that would she?"

As Hannah enjoyed Sandy’s tongue in her butt and felt a blissful calm she decided it was time to grow up and smiling at her sisters said, "I doubt she’ll do that, in fact, I’ll let you two in on a secret; she had made me promise not to tell you yet so don’t let her know I did."

"What is it," Lana said excited and with a hopeful look.

"Well you know that the Mistress always use to have four reserved toys, those were her—I mean they were some kids she knew, and she’d only pick up two special toys a month. She’s decided to go back to that, trying to decide on four special toys a month is a bit of a strain; anyway, besides Ron and Amy guess who she’s chosen as her two other reserve toys to be with her every month."

"YES!" Lana screamed and pulling her ass away from Jenny she leapt at Hannah knocking both Hannah and Sandy on their backs, climbing on Hannah she started deeply kissing her.

Sandy in the meantime tried to get up and for the first time noticed something in Hannah’s hand. It wasn’t exactly small so you might wonder why no one had noticed it until now, but then again, does anyone notice anything but pleasure in the middle of sex?

"What’s that," Sandy asked curiously, as she studied the box in Hannah’s hand.

Lana rolled off of her and as Hannah sat up she lifted the box that she herself had forgotten about since first picking it up.

"It’s a music box," Ron said as he and the others came over to see what Sandy was so interested in. "Where’d you get it ‘Pet’; it’s lovely?"

"I found it in the first section when I came in. I thought one of you had brought it and forgotten it."

"Love," Ron said with a satirical look, "I doubt any of us ever has time to shop for souvenirs."

"Maybe Melissa brought it for Dolly," Ana said, "it is nice, maybe I’ll take Patty one like it."

"Maybe we can program it to play one of our songs for her," Lana added.

"What song does this one play," Don asked.

"Only one way to find that out," Ron said looking at Hannah, "wind it up ‘Pet’."

Hannah instantly obeyed and as she finished winding it a tune started playing.

"That’s a creepy tune," Jenny said as she listened.

"It sounds familiar though," Robert said, "I know that song."

Sandy had a tear in her eye and on noticing Lana said, "Sandy what’s wrong?"

"It’s just that we played it while we were marching Mom’s coffin to be buried." Sandy was really sobbing now.

"That’s right," Robert suddenly said, "It’s ‘TAPS’ the funeral march!"

"Well what kind of song is that for a music box," John asked disgusted.

Suddenly the box finished playing and the lid opened like a jack-in-the-box only what sprang out wasn’t a fake head, it was a fake hand, and it was holding something.

"Oh no," Lana said instantly depressed, "I thought he had left me alone, he didn’t bother us at our last stop!"

Katrina was reaching out to touch what was in the faux hand but John said. "Don’t touch that, it has the poison symbol on it."

"It’s just a test tube full of cum," Katrina said doubtfully.

"Poisoned cum," Lana corrected, "John’s right, don’t touch it."

"I don’t understand what he means by not having any," Don said looking over the note taped to the bottom of the phony hand.

Reading it slowly, Ron said, "Lana, I know you love this, too bad I haven’t any to give you, but don’t worry I’ll be feeding you soon enough."

"He must mean he has no safe cum for her," Katrina said.

"But he’s threatening to feed her his poisoned cum anyway," Jenny said angrily.

"Look at the last picture," Sandy said suddenly scared.

Everyone studied the pictures taped under the note.

"That’s a nice picture of us at the top of the flume, ‘Queen’," Katrina said giggling at the sight of her and Lana making out as the flume was about to make the big drop.

"Actually the two of you look better here," Ron said pointing to the second picture where Lana and Katrina were flying out of the bumper boat.

The final picture however, did shake even Ron (the Master) up a bit.

"He was right here," Ron said as he studied the picture of six sleeping couples, himself and Ana in the center. To Hannah he said, "You said you found this in section one, did you see anybody around?"

"There was a line forming for the blood testing so there were a few," Hannah said upset.

"How did he get in here," John asked.

"The door was open when I came in," Hannah said, "I thought on of you was in the shower already."

"Open," Jenny said, "who would leave the door open."

"Someone waiting for his ‘Pet’," Ana said as she remembered something suddenly and threw Ron an angry look.

Noticing everyone was suddenly starting to panic a little at the thought of this maniac so easily being able to get so near them, while they were sleeping no less, Ron decided to take charge and said, "Okay, let’s not worry, we can’t let this guy get to us, we just have to keep our eyes open and from now on we keep the bus door locked at all times during the night. Lana, you’re okay right?" As he said this he turned to talk to the ‘Queen’. Lana, however, was nowhere to be seen.

Going over to one of the sleeping berths and trying to open it he sighed and said, "We have a performance tonight, you can’t stay in there forever!"

*****

Melissa looked at all of the upset and depressed faces around her and trying to liven the attitude said, "You all sounded super-fabulous tonight." Turning to the Loving Cousins she said, "You four especially, you only practiced one song and you ended up playing an entire set!"

Rather than look happy at the compliment, the four turned angry eyes to Lana. They had finally gotten her out of the sleeping berth and dressed, but by the time she had finished with a very long and extensive relaxation exercise period to get ready, the cousins had had to sing 3 songs beside the 1 they had actually practiced, Luckily having been present at 4 TXLT2 concerts already, they had each picked up a favorite song they knew all the words to and was able to lead the others in singing.

"Hey weren’t you supposed to have some sort of celebration tonight now that the concerts over?" Melissa continued in a happy voice, "I’ve been dying to CUM!"

At the mention of cum Lana’s eyes popped in horror and she ran out of the Recreation room where they were gathered and into the BED room where they heard a sleeping berth slam shut.

"This is ridiculous," Melissa said suddenly annoyed, "why don’t we just go to the police?"

"Melissa," Ron said seriously, "do you really want any involvement with the authorities right now?"

On thinking about the question, and her own personal situation she said, "Well no, not me but—"

"—believe me," Ron said, "if we can get this guy and keep the authorities away from the pictures or stories this maniac can obviously give them, we’ll be much happier."

Thinking a little more Melissa suddenly said, "Oh right," then suddenly smiling again she said, "but can we have that celebration anyway?"

Smiling, and suddenly stripping Katrina said, "It’s called a fuckabration, and yes, let’s do it!"

Everyone suddenly smiled and began to strip also.

 

Chapter Nineteen – The Mistress’ Daughter and her Battle for Dominance

"So you’re finished," Amy asked sadly as she enjoyed the faux cock that was pumping in bald extra moist pussy.

"Just the first phase, the foundation is completely dug, the connections to the main water pipe are done and all the electrical wiring for the lights around it have been laid."

Lisa bent down and gave Amy a long kiss and in an ‘I promise you’ tone said, "There’s still a lot to do. We have to lay the floor; put up the walls, put in some stairs as well as put all the actual lights and final water control plumbing."

"Yeah, but isn’t the first phase supposed to be the longest, if you finished it in such a short time doesn’t that mean—"

"—that we still have a while before the guaranteed completion date is reached. The day was extended, by the way, to one day before the Andersons arrive."

"Really," Amy said smiling (and not just because she was cumming again". "How did you manage to get an extension from someone like Mr. Carson?"

"Even a business tycoon like he knows that a job like the one we’re doing takes time, but between you and me, it definitely helped that my sister is his only daughter’s Master." Lisa said this with a wicked smile and then added, "You know, you seem a little extra down, and not just you, everyone including Harry, Pietro and Dr. Lewis have been a little hard to get up these days."

"Well Harry’s worried about that new court appointment he leaves for tomorrow, the same as Susan who has to leave at the same time for hers. Dr. Lewis is just feeling the pangs of overwork stress with all those current hospital tragedies, do you know that 5 patients in the STD ward committed suicide this week? Randy suspects that there’s been some sort of pact made and that more are still to come."

"Talking about cumming," Lisa said giving a small scream and shaking furiously.

Amy giggled and said, "I said ‘come’ not ‘cum’ but cumming is okay," and she began to cum violently herself.

When they were back Lisa said, "What about Patty and Dolly, they can’t seem to make up their minds if they are miserable or overjoyed and therefore are just in some sort of freeze mode?"

"Oh them, well they’re happy that both their loves are now on the way home, but they’re sad that they’re still two to three weeks away, and they’re scared."

"Scared," Lisa said looking seriously at Amy, "scared of what?"

"Scared that their true loves will have enjoyed each other so much and found each other such exciting and great lovers that they won’t need Patty and Dolly anymore." Amy giggled then added confused, "As for Pietro, I don’t know what’s bothering him."

"Maybe everyone else’s mood has just worn off on him," Lisa suggested then added, "and on you."

"Me," Amy said pinching Lisa’s boobs and sucking her tongue a while, "I don’t let anyone else’s mood were off on me."

"Then why do you look depressed," Lisa asked straight out.

"It’s supposed to be a special night tonight, a sort of monthly celebration, I gave up being at last month’s for a good cause, but with the Andersons gone, one sweet bit of Honey in particular, I guess there’s no party for me tonight either, maybe not even until after the kids return from summer camp at the end of the summer."

"You can’t just throw the party yourself," Lisa asked, "don’t you know what needs to done?"

Amy’s eyes flashed momentarily and she said, "What needs to be done is for me to get a good long drink to calm my nerves." As she prepared to help Lisa off with her harness so as to go for the drink she suddenly said, "Can you stay with me tonight, please?"

Bowing over and kissing Amy a few more times Lisa said, "Honey of course I’ll stay with you, my one fantasy is that one day you’ll see how great we really are together and ask me to stay with you forever."

Amy smiled and said, "For now tonight will be fine, but I’ll keep your fantasy in mind, now give me that drink." Assuming a ‘69’ position they both pasted their mouths to the moist fleshy cups before them and started drinking.

*****

"You seem to be short one guest to your party." As Pietro said this he smiled at the masked, caped red leather wearing bombshell before him. He had just helped the Mistress carry five sleeping ‘toys’ up to the torture room. Harry and Randy were chained between Susan and Patty; and Dolly had been given the honor of using the stocks, Pietro however was looking over at the empty rack.

In a second he had a can of ‘knock-out’ pointing at his face and the Mistress asked him seductively, "Do I really have to use it?"

"Not at all my Mistress, my back has seemed a little tight of late," smiling he added, "A good stretching may be just what it needs." He jumped up on the rack and allowed the Mistress to chain his arms and legs tightly and give him a good strong stretching.

"Time to wake the others and start this little party," she thought, she hadn’t even told Pietro what was on the menu for the night, "If I can shock him," she thought, "then probably everyone will find it shocking enough to enjoy."

Grabbing a bag full of clamps, clit vibrators, egg vibrators and butt plug vibrators; as well as some PC muscle clamps and cock vibrator rings, not to mention gags, she distributed all the party favors among her guests for the night’s celebration. The Mistress especially liked the new nipple clamp vibrators she had gotten for her female toys; soon she had five vibrators on (or in) every one of her female toys; as for the male toys, as well as the PC muscle clamp and vibrator ring, she also had a butt plug vibrator in each of them. After gagging them all she gave them a whiff of smelling salts (A.K.A. ‘anti knock-out’) and allowed them all to start coming too.

There was only one toy that had absolutely no idea what was happening.

"Where am I," Dolly thought, "why can’t I move?" Looking in front of her she saw Pietro, apparently tied to a long table, on the opposite wall she saw Susan, Harry, Dr. Lewis and "Oh no, they have Patty!"

She suddenly saw someone stand in front of her and on getting a good look she didn’t know whether to be scared, to laugh or to just start cumming like crazy because that costume Amy was wearing, she had no doubt it was Amy (the flowing red hair and bald dripping cunt were a big give away), was pretty much the hottest thing she’d seen since the Anderson girls Triplet X costumes. She tried to talk but realized too late she was gagged when suddenly, SLAP!

"Insolent Toy, you dare to try to use your mouth for speaking in the presence of your Mistress!"

Dolly gave her a shocked look and threw a look at Patty who simply gave Dolly a ‘just do what she says’ look. She noticed Patty in no way seemed alarmed, worried or even surprised. "If anything," Dolly thought smiling, "she looks happy to be here; wherever here is."

"You don’t know me do you child?" The Mistress said, and then quickly answering herself said, "No, I have never had you as a toy before; you are ‘fresh meat’." She went to the stocks and said, "It is understandable then that you do not know rule number one for all who enter my lair," leaning though the stocks and looking at Dolly directly in the eyes she said, "rule number one ‘a slaves mouth has but one use’, allow me to demonstrate." Bringing her head down to Dolly’s cunt she started licking and sucking at her hole driving her tongue deep inside and at times touching the inactive egg vibrator deep inside.

After several minutes the Mistress pulled out and once more looking deep in Dolly’s eyes she said, "Do you understand, slave?"

Dolly nodded frantically deciding instantly that whatever was going on, she was going to love it!

"Good," The Mistress said, "then let’s get this party started." The Mistress reached into the pouch hanging from the side of her belt and brought out an unusual looking remote control, unlike most remote controls, which are rectangular; this one was a circular disk and seemed to have lights flashing all around it. Everyone was watching it wondering who victim number one that night would truly be; when the Mistress hit a button though, simultaneously every single one of them started to moan and yelp, cocks grew instantly to their fullest (if not even larger) size and every single boob was standing at full attention; the sound of vibrators echoed throughout the entire torture room and the Mistress looked around at all of them with a satisfied, evil grin.

Dr. Lewis, who was observing the faces of both Patty on his left and Dolly across from them thought, "Fascinating, she instantly put them in a state of virtual cum, they probably feel like they’re cumming, but they aren’t really being allowed to go all the way, she could pretty much keep them like that forever." He couldn’t see Susan’s face, but he had no doubt she was in a similar condition. As to him and the rest of the guys, well they could normally hold stimulation a lot longer, but that in no way meant that the two vibrators the Mistress had on them wouldn’t have forced them to explode full force if not for the PC muscle clamps.

"Now my little toys, let’s see—"

CRACK! CRACK! CRACK!

The Mistress suddenly turned around shocked and the eyes of all her toys followed as someone cracking a whip came into view.

On Dolly getting a good look at the new comer only one thought came to mind, "Oh please let me suck that beautiful pussy!"

The new comer also had flowing red hair (though Dr. Lewis suspected it was a wig) and a totally clean shaven pussy. Like the Mistress, she too was wearing a mask, but other than black leather straps around her shoulders, thighs, groin area and boobs; not to mention a belt very similar and as well stocked as the Mistress’, she wore nothing else.

"Who are you?" The Mistress screamed angrily. "How dare you enter my secret lair uninvited?" The Mistress sounded totally hateful.

"Your lair," the newcomer said in a questioning voice, "this is not your lair!"

The Mistress pulled out her whip and swung it furiously at the new comer, but with her own whip the new girl wrapped it around the Mistress’ and with a surprising demonstration of skill and strength pulled the Mistress’ whip out of her hand and catching it with her free hand now had two whips, one in each hand, and she controlled them expertly.

"Hello Madame Femdom!" Dolly thought as she watched the new comer in action.

"See what I mean," the new comer gloated, "we both know that you are not the true Mistress! You are a fake! And if it is true that the Mistress has disappeared, then I ‘The Ever-Cumming Empress’ lay claim to this lair and to all toys in it found!" She walked over to where Patty was chained to the wall and looking her over, licked her tit like a cat, while grabbing Dr. Lewis’ cock next to her and giving it a squeeze.

"Get your hands off my property BITCH!!!" The Mistress screamed and going up to the Empress grabbed her arm and pulled her away from the toys.

The Empress tried to give the Mistress a double whipping but the Mistress, with great agility and flexibility, leapt right through the whips and knocked the Empress to the ground holding her by the neck.

"You think you can walk into the abode of the supreme dominator and steal her toys!"

The Empress dropped her whips and with one of her now free hands grabbed a large vibrator on her belt saying, "How many times must I tell you, YOU ARE NOT THE MISTRESS!" The Empress rolled over taking the Mistress with her and ending up on top, "if I have to dominate you and turn you into my permanent slave to make you realize that, then so be it!" She rammed the vibrator into the Mistress’ twat and the others saw the Mistress give a scream (of delight no doubt) when the Empress turned the vibrator on full blast.

"Wow," Dolly thought excitedly in her state of eternal bliss and virtual cum, "a cat fight, and we’re the prize." Dolly didn’t care who won, because she was sure that being the prize of either one of these hot red heads would be eternal joy.

As the Mistress fought to keep control of her dignity (by not letting the Empress make her cum), she leaned up and finding one of the Empress’ boobs locked her lips around it and started sucking rapidly, at the same time she grabbed a long bump filled anal dildo from her belt and wrapping her arms around the Empress above her quickly parted her ass cheeks with one hand and drove the dildo through her rosebud with the other. As she started pumping and suddenly bit the tit she was sucking the Empress lost momentary control and the Mistress used the opportunity to push the Empress of her body; quickly, grabbing the vibrator left in her cunt, the Mistress pulled it out.

Except for Dolly, all of the other toys (who did not want to see the Mistress lose control of her lair) gave a silent cheer.

The Empress was still a little dazed as she pulled the thin dildo from her ass and as she did, the Mistress once more leapt on her, but she had added a little something to herself.

"A double sided dildo," Dolly thought, "just like the one Patty let me use on her the other say. She told me she and Ana love how it makes them both feel like they’re the one doing the fucking and at the same time makes them feel like they are receiving the fucking. Oh, the Mistress has the other end in the Empress’ cunt now!"

And indeed, the Mistress did seem in total control at the minute while she pumped her hips and drove the dildo connecting them deeper into both the Empress and herself.

The Empress looked near beaten but she suddenly pinched the Mistress boobs, breaking the Mistress’ concentration long enough to once more roll them both over and without having extracted the dildo, she was suddenly the one on top and in control.

As the Empress fucked her silly, the Mistress knew she needed to get back on top to regain control, trying to quickly think of a plan of action and getting an idea to quickly end the battle she pulled two things out of her pouch a string of 50 small anal beads and a stun gun. The Mistress quickly connected the stun gun to the Empress’ ass cheek and made her jump; the Mistress took advantage of the Empress’ surprise and her now almost sitting position to push her the rest of the way off her and right off the dildo that remained in the Mistress’ pussy. The Mistress quickly got up and seeing that the Empress had landed sitting down, pulled the dildo from her twat and then swung the string of beads like a lasso, it wrapped around the Empress’ neck and the Mistress pulled her forward, flat on her face.

Instantly the Mistress was sitting on the Empress’ back another vibrator now humming in the Empress’ pussy as the Mistress leaned over and sucked the Empress’ asshole, tongue fucking her ass rapidly. The vibrator in the Empress cunt kept the Mistress in control as she then began inserting bead after bead of the long sting of anal beads into the Empress’ ass.

"Oh yeah," Dr. Lewis thought, "she has definitely got her now."

When close to forty of the small beads were packed in the Empress’ ass the Mistress said, "Okay ‘Ever-Cumming Empress’, ‘The Mistress of Pain’ wants to see you ever cumming painfully!" and she turned the vibrator on full power and started pulling violently at the string of beads in her ass, extracting them rapidly and painfully and yes, making the Empress cum, and cum and cum!

After around 10 minutes in which it took the Empress to fully start recuperating, the Mistress was found lying on top of her face-to-face.

As the Empress’ vision cleared the Mistress began kissing her intimately and passionately and the Empress began returning her kisses with the same passion.

Finally the Empress said, "My Mistress, I was wrong, you truly are ‘the Mistress of Pain’; am I now your slave for life?"

"The Mistress kissed her one more time and said, "No my Empress, you see, you weren’t totally wrong. I am not the true Mistress, but the Mistress will return, but until that time, no one has a right to anything in this lair save I; for I may not be ‘the Mistress of Pain’ but I am and always shall be, ‘The Mistress’ Daughter’."

"What then shall you do with me my Mistress?" The Empress asked almost begging.

"There are many toys here, why don’t we share them and show them all what ‘Ever-Cumming in Pain’ truly means? However, first, we share a long personal drink in honor of a long lasting partnership!" Assuming a ‘69’ position, the Mistress and the Empress began drinking joyfully, a toast to their new life long bond.

In the meantime, Dolly looked on as they came and came and came again for each other and thought, "Umm, so can we start cumming like that now?"

 

Chapter Twenty – The Roadside Affair

"Wow," Ana said almost cumming from the mere recap she had been given by a still very excited Dolly of their experiences with the Mistress’ Daughter and the Ever-Cumming Empress. "Wait until I tell Hannah all that, it will drive her crazy (not that she isn’t already)."

"Hannah," Dolly asked confused, "Why Hannah in particular? She has her Master and I doubt any other dominators would interest her."

Biting her lip Ana said, "It’s nothing, just that the true Mistress’ has a deal with Hannah where Hannah handles all her video journals. Hannah’s going to be pissed she wasn’t the one recording that incredible domination battle as well as all those long hours of cumming that followed for all of you."

Smiling Dolly said, "Everyone is going to be pissed they missed it. But I believe the Mistress left a video disk entitled ‘The Mistress of Pain and her Inheritance’, it’s subtitled ‘The Mistress’ Daughter and her Ever-Cumming Empress’ so it should be easy to find."

"Sugar, are you okay," Patty asked.

"Why do you ask that," Ana said gulping.

Patty cast a dubious look over the two people they were talking with; Patty was happily pumping a vibrator into Dolly’s cunt, they’d been reenacting scenes from the battle they had just been describing, but now she suddenly realized why she had felt something was strange since she first signed on to the conversation.

Deciding not to beat around the bush and just come out and say it Patty said, "Why aren’t you and Melissa fucking or at least naked for us?"

"Oh, that," Ana said glumly, "it’s part of the same problem we had before."

"You know," Patty said, "everyone knows there’s something going on that we’re not being told about, don’t you think it’s about time you fill us in?"

"Patty really, it’s nothing, we’ll all laugh about it when we get back."

Dolly noticed the strange look in Melissa’s eye and said, "Lissa, what is it, I know that look in your eye, something is wrong isn’t it?"

Worried, but not wanting to alarm Dolly, Melissa quickly said, "My parents have hired some super rich guys lawyer to contest my Emancipation plea, my lawyer says, this new guys tactics can’t possibly work, but it can end up delaying my Emancipation papers."

"Don’t worry," Dolly said smiling, "Everything will be fine, as long as we’re together."

Looking for a change of subject Ana said, "So both Uncle Harry and Aunt Susan left early today?"

"Yeah, they almost couldn’t get up to catch their flights," Patty said smiling, "they were in CUM heaven. Just like the rest of us. Luckily Lisa Wise had stayed over last night and since she wasn’t there, she was able to help them get ready."

"Lisa Wise," Ana said smiling, "Martha’s sister, was she—"

"—not involved like I mentioned," Patty said winking.

As Dolly started to cum Patty said, "Listen girls, I haven’t had anything to drink yet today so I’m going to get something now. Love you Sugar, and Melissa, if Dolly could say anything right now she’d tell you how much she loves you." As the screen went blank they watched Patty throw Dolly back on the bed, remove the vibrator in her cunt and bury her face in Dolly’s twat.

*****

"You know this deal sucks Ron," Ana said as she walked into the BED room where everyone was dressed and no one was fucking.

"Oh really," Ron said, "I would never have known."

"Ron you made this deal, you have to unmake it. Can’t you just dominate her again like you did last time?"

"Part of the deal to get her out was that I don’t try that again."

"Well this ban on sex and nudity for the rest of the trip can’t continue! It’s only been one morning and I’m already going to pieces, I need some cunt juice! And a good helping of Ron Cream wouldn’t hurt either!"

"Ana," Ron said calmly, "if that’s how you’re feeling, imagine how ‘the Orgasm Queen’ is feeling right now. Believe me I wouldn’t have taken this deal if I didn’t know that she’ll be the first to break it."

*****

In section one Lenny and John were in charge of the driving, Lana was sitting with Katrina. Though Katrina had eventually stubbornly agreed to the ban on nudity, she was wearing a very short skirt that in no way covered her open twat while sitting and a cut off t-shirt from which her breasts kept sneaking under.

Lana was with Katrina because she knew she’d be the ultimate test for her, if she could resist Katrina’s lure, she’d be able to resist anybody, including the Master, and go through with the ban on sex deal. Lana, however, felt she was fighting a loosing battle every time she looked down and could clearly see a new drop of cunt juice pooling at Katrina’s open cunt lips. Also Katrina kept rubbing her thigh just under her pussy with the side of her hand; she would do this in a fanning motion that kept bringing the beautiful fragrance of her pussy directly up to Lana’s nose.

Lana was about to declare defeat and dig right into Katrina’s pussy when SCREECH! POP! BUMP!

"Oww," Lana said from the floor where she had fallen, "what happened?"

"That’s a good question," Ron said running in, quickly followed by Stan who had been with Laura and Joyce in the kitchen.

"What was it son," Stan asked John.

"Mini-van; it came out of a side road, I didn’t see any signs. I had to make a hard turn to miss getting hit completely, I think one of our hub caps popped during the turn and it looks like the mini-van ended up slightly bumping us anyway."

They heard some sirens close by and Ron, looking at Lana said, "I guess your nudity ban was good for something, at least we don’t have to explain to the cops why we’re all naked."

*****

"But I’m telling you there was no sign!" John repeated angrily and forcefully.

"Sure there is," the deputy said, "just look on yonder tree there. It’s clear as day."

John looked over and was shocked to see that the deputy was right. How could he not have seen that sign?

"Wait a second," Ron said angrily, "that sign may be clear as day from back here, but look at that leafy branch in front of it. Coming from the direction we were it’s not only difficult to see, it’s pretty near impossible!"

The deputy paid no attention to Ron, instead he asked John, "How old are you boy?"

"I’m sixteen, almost seventeen actually."

"And you were driving alone," the deputy asked suspiciously.

"I was with him the whole time," Lenny said, "it was our shift."

"And how old are you?"

"Seventeen, I’ll be eighteen by the end of the summer."

"Hmm," the deputy said writing something down, "Jennifer, Jackie how do you two feel?"

"I think my arms twisted," the girl named Jennifer said, "I may never write again, you think I should sue?"

"Hey, wait a minute;" Ron said furiously, "you hit us! Your mini-van doesn’t even have a scar on the side that bumped us!"

"That’s the side I was in," Jennifer said, "and we wouldn’t have hit you if you’d obeyed the rules. Isn’t that right Uncle Jake?" she looked at the deputy as she asked and he nodded.

"Wait a second," Stan said, "They’re your nieces?"

"Of course not," the deputy said, "only Jen is my niece, Jackie is my daughter." He handed Stan a sheet of paper and Stan’s eyes popped, "IMPOUND NOTICE!" He said fuming, "You can’t impound our bus; we’re on a combination tour and mission to bring safe sex awareness to all communities. We’re supposed to be at our next stop in three days and oh yeah, THERE ARE SEVENTEEN OF US AND THIS IS OUR HOME!"

"I’m sorry but you’ve broken a very serious law and we can’t allow it to go unpunished, and by the way Jen," he said looking at his niece, "since they are at fault you can sue."

"What are we supposed to do," Stan said looking totally lost. "Not seeing a hidden sign does not give you the right to impound our bus."

"But having an under-aged driver with no adult supervising driver does," the deputy said calmly.

"What are you talking about," John said, "I have my license."

"This is useless here," the deputy said looking at the license, "here the law is absolutely no one can drive a large vehicle of this size unless they are 18 or in the presence of a registered 18 year old or above driver. I’ll have Cousin Smithy come over and tow this away, he’s the mechanic so he can fix that hub cap and get rid of that nasty scratch on the side. His son can even touch up that painting there in less than a day and make it good as new."

"Look," Ron said, "Why don’t you just give us the bottom line so we can get on our way; what’s this all going to come out to?"

"I’m not the Judge," the deputy said, "I have no idea what his ruling on the violation fees plus the lawsuit plus the impound charges might be; somewhere between 50 and 100,000 I’d reckon. Uncle Carl is usually very light on first time offenders; this is your first time right? As for the towing and repairing charges, I figure between 2 and 3 thousand."

"Just out of curiosity," Stan said, "who is the sheriff and what relation is he of yours?"

"Oh," Jennifer said, "Dad is Uncle Jake’s brother."

Stan rolled his eyes and said, "look, we live here, can’t you get that, if you take it you are leaving the 17 of us stranded in the middle of nowhere."

The deputy looked at him and finally said, "Okay, this is what I’ll do, I’ll let you all stay in the bus while it’s towed into Smithy’s, once there you can get some rooms at Aunt Karen’s and have something to eat at Cousin Joe’s. I’m only doing you this favor because we believe very strongly in that message on the side of your bus; this isn’t called the ‘Clean Town’ because of Cousin Bob’s garbage truck you know."

Stan saw that Ron was about to say something else and shook his head. Pointing toward the bus he said, "Inside everybody, in the Recreation room."

*****

"Dad, this is ridiculous," John said, "it’s a setup!"

"Of course it’s a setup," Ron said angrily, "it doesn’t change the fact that we fell in the trap."

"A town in which pretty much everyone is related," Lenny said confused, "how is that?"

"That’s because the main town is only one street," Hannah said fuming, she’d been searching some information on the local town on the internet. "And apparently only the small strip beginning where that hidden sign was to the end of this road is actually part of their jurisdiction."

"We can’t let them take our tour mobile," Lana said nervously, "and we can’t let them try to clean us out of all our savings!"

"Debbie," Stan said desperately, "can’t your Mom and Dad help?"

"They’re on a holiday in China right now. They never leave a phone number to reach them during their ‘rare getaways’ as they call them; and they never check their email." Debbie was almost in tears.

"Debbie, what’s wrong," John said concerned.

"This is all our fault, this tour, this bus it’s all cause of us," Debbie said.

Though Katrina and Jason were very silent, it was obvious they were in agreement with Debbie’s belief.

"Now wait a minute," Lana said angrily, "So far everything with the exception of my ‘secret admirer’ has worked out fine. And even my unknown friend has nothing to do with anything you three did, that’s the result of the mission I started on the side without really consulting any of you well enough."

"Lana’s right," Ron said, "for the most part this trip has been something incredible," and looking at Lana he said, "and your little mission has been one of the things that has helped make it incredible, by the way. Not only have we gotten to enjoy an almost totally free trip, we’ve gotten to feel that we’re doing something important while at it."

The Wilsons and Lana all smiled, but then Ana said, "But how do we fix the current problem?"

"By being ourselves," Lana said smiling wickedly.

Everybody looked at her curiously; everybody except Ron who gave Lana a ‘looks like we’re thinking the same thing’ look.

"Everybody around here is related; fine, let’s do a little family mixing." Ron said.

"We’ll spread a little bait around this town," Lana said, "and if anyone bites, we have them all."

"How do you figure, Sis," Don asked curiously.

Ron was the one that answered saying, "Little brother do the words ‘FAMILY SCANDAL’ mean anything to you?"

Everybody suddenly smiled.

*****

"Rooms are $50 a night per person." Aunt Karen smiled kindly at the group as she said this, but she had a very defiant ‘take it or leave it’ tone.

"Per Person," John repeated.

"Dad that would be $850 a night if we were all to stay," Hannah said.

Stan wasn’t sure what action to take so Ron said, "I take it it doesn’t cost anything to have a visitor that isn’t staying the night right?"

The question took Aunt Karen by surprise and she said, "Well no, of course not."

"We’ll take two rooms," Ron said.

The rest of the group just watched Ron, they could tell he had some master plan afoot and they had learned by now to just let him work.

"Paid in advance and in cash only," Karen added.

Ron pulled out some bills and passed them to her.

"This is only $100 dollars," she said.

"It’s one room for my Mom and one room for my Aunt Joyce, the rest of us aren’t staying the night. Don’t worry; we’ll be out by 9 PM, just like your sign says." Everyone turned their eyes to the sign behind Karen that clearly stated:

VISITORS ARE EXPECTED TO BE OUT OF THE MOTEL BY 9 P.M.

"Oh," Karen said a little bitterly, "I’ll be watching that clock young man!" Ron had spoken to her in the same ‘take it or leave it’ tone she had and she just passed him two keys.

"I got you," Ron said as he led the group to the rooms.

As he passed one room in the hall, the door opened and someone walked out in a rush and bumped into him.

"DRIPPING PU—I mean—umm—"Ron was actually a little embarrassed for some reason.

"DP," ‘Dripping Pussy’ said smiling, "Remember, my sisters call me DP for short."

"So DP," John said, "What are you doing here, don’t tell me you and your sisters missed the stop sign too."

DP looked at him a bit confused but said, "Actually my sisters have gone on ahead to our next stop, hopefully I can join them before long."

"Why did they go on ahead without you," Ron asked.

The door to the room DP had stepped out of opened again and a young girl around 12 or 13 years of age stepped out, she looked like she had to be DP’s sister (true sister that is not another adopted one).

"Dinsha-Pasheiu I think I’m going to throw up again," the girl said and froze when she saw the crowd in the hall.

DP smiled and said, "My sister is not well, my other sisters got a little tired of having to stop so she wouldn’t throw up in the car and asked me to stay here with her one or two nights."

"It’s that time isn’t it," Ana said, "I know just how you feel," she smiled at the girl and added, "and in just over a week I’ll be feeling that way too."

As most of the group split up into the two rented rooms, TXLT2 talked a few minutes more with DP and her sister whose name was Shai-Ling.

"Which resort are you headed for now," Lana asked.

"The Triple R, there is a bus that leaves here every day; hopefully by tomorrow my sister will be well enough to travel."

"The Roosevelt River Resort," Lana said, "that’s our next stop also."

"Yes," DP said pulling something out of her pocket. "I have the map; my sisters wanted to tour the mountain resorts and we were at the Wood Nymph for your first concert."

"That’s right," Ron said, "you mentioned you all got tested at the first site."

"Yes, my sisters heard you and really liked your music. This map showed that you would be taking the same route we had originally planned with some of the resorts being the only true difference, so our sisters changed our resort reservations to match."

Ron took a look at the map of the ‘Triplet X Love Times 2’ Tour Route and said, "I still can’t believe we sold these out, less that anyone actually rearranged their plans by it."

"Wait a second," Don said, "are you saying that you have been at every single one of our concerts? Why have we only fucked you once—I mean—," Don turned a little red, "—why did we only see you at one?"

"Actually we almost missed one concert," she threw an angry look at her sister.

"How many times do I have to say I’m sorry for getting sick?" Shai screamed and ran into the room slamming the door shut.

DP looked shocked and said, "I apologize I don’t know what has gotten into her."

"WE DO," John, Ron, Don, Hannah and Ana all said together looking at Lana.

"Hey," Lana said angrily, "at least I don’t throw up!"

DP was still a bit confused but she said, "My sisters, really, really like you, but they only got up enough nerve to try to meet you at that lake resort. We wanted to see you again at this last one, but you were busy with your family most of the first day and we didn’t want to intrude and the rest of the time you hardly showed yourselves except for the concert."

"You know," Lana said suddenly, "if we get our bus back soon, you can ride to the next resort with us, believe me, you won’t be late for the concert if you’re with us."

"Really," DP said, "can we really? It would help and save us money; you wouldn’t believe what we are paying for one room. What would we need to do?"

"You wouldn’t need to—" Ron started then stopped and looking at the door of her room said, "you wouldn’t need to do anything but let us take a nap in you room; in a little while, just for two or three hours, and we will definitely be out before 9 PM."

"Well that is fair," DP said smiling, "we let you crash at our place and you let us crash at yours."

"Good, we’ll be back in a little while then," turning to his brothers and sisters Ron said, "come on let’s get everybody into Mom’s room and discuss the next move."

*****

"Wilsons," Ron said, "you are still our most powerful hooks, if we can get just one of these guys to take a bite, not only do they have to worry about mere family scandal, but about retaliation from the well known Mayor of Riverdale and her very powerful real estate king husband for the abuse of one of their children."

"Isn’t that called ‘Entrapment’," Melissa said doubtfully.

"It’s called something that works," Ana said, "believe me, I know."

A little annoyed at the interruption Ron continued saying, "the Mayor here is a woman, so Jason, I want you to work with her. Debbie you try the sheriff and Katrina, love, I need you to put all your talents to work with this Judge; okay you three?"

They nodded and gave echoes of, "Got you Mr. Phelps."

Stan gave a laugh and said, "Ahh yes, Mission Impossible."

"Not too impossible, I hope," Ron said, and then added. "Ana and Jenny why don’t you see if you can get us a very nice discount if not a totally free meal from Cousin Joe; Lana and Sandy, why don’t you visit Cousin Smithy and find out how much the repairs to the bus will really cost; Lenny and Robert why don’t you see if you can get my hundred dollars back from Aunt Karen, preferably with the interest of a free night. Now we start in 3 hours, we should use that time to get a thorough sleep; nothing else for now."

"Brother," John said, "what about us?"

"And me," Melissa said, "I want to help too."

"John, you Don and Me are going to visit Jackie and Jennifer and show how great they’re truly feeling, we are going to take my ‘Pet’ along, I’ve a feeling they enjoy cunt juice and would appreciate a fresh brand. Melissa, are you sure you want to be involved though?"

"Yes please, you all helped me; I want to try to help you back."

"Okay then, you come with my brothers, Hannah and me. Now let’s all get some sleep, Melissa and the Wilsons, you take Joyce’s room; Loving Cousins, you stay here with Mom and Dad; the rest of you follow me to DP’s room, AND NO TRYING TO PLUG THE LEAK! If this works we’ll have the whole trip to the next resort to work on plugging it."

*****

That evening the kids and Stan waited for a signal from the first team they had sent out.

"When Ron’s phone rang he heard Lana’s voice giving screams of, "YES, yes, now DEEPER! Come on the path is clear get in there! Yes!"

Ron closed his phone and smiling said, "I guess at least one team will be successful. Come on, to the garage we can get in the tour mobile and use it as center of operations. Dad you’re sure you got enough sleep, because I want everyone to check in with you every now and then and give a small report of how things are going."

As the group slowly walked the long town street towards the Auto Repair Garage (in groups of no more than 2 or 3) they found the garage door open and they could hear moaning, yelling and a lot of action in a back room. Ron directed them all quietly to the bus and they quickly got in and closing the door headed for the Recreation room.

"Okay," Ron said, "I have where all the people live: Mayor, Judge and Sheriff in particular. I want every group to have one of these PC phones. If you can get some action started just start the video feed and speed dial Dad’s phone to signal your success. Good luck everyone."

When only Ron’s group was left Stan asked, "Where did you find so much information about all the town’s people in so short time?"

"From DP’s sister Shai, she’s only been here a day and she knows the town like the back of her hand; not that there is much of a town to know."

Turning to his group he said, "Come on, let’s party with the local girls. They have their own room above the garage shared by both their parents’ houses."

"They’re parents," Melissa questioned smiling, but a bit nervous, "that would be the Sheriff and the Deputy right?"

"Haven’t you ever fucked a policeman’s child before," Don asked smiling.

*****

The Mayor opened her eyes suddenly as she had the strangest feeling she was no longer alone in bed. Her husband was away on business and she doubted he could be back already. She patted the area next to her and her hand landed on something long, hard (yet soft) and very, very hot. Suspecting what it might be, she pumped it back and forth a few times to confirm her beliefs. With each pump she felt herself getting very wet between the legs (she might not be a teenager anymore, but she sure wasn’t in her golden years yet).

Finally deciding she should find out who it belonged to, she raised her free hand to a light switch above her bed, but never let go of the incredible trophy in the other.

"You," the Mayor said when she saw Jason, "didn’t you come in on that bus, what are you doing here?"

Looking down at his cock he said, "Well at the moment I’m getting a fantastic hand job from you. Please don’t stop and I promise to dry up that incredible wet spot between your legs."

Not stopping her hand job the Mayor said, "You still haven’t told me why you’re here."

"I’m just looking for a bed to sleep in," Jason said sadly, "I can’t afford a room in that motel." Then suddenly focusing on her bare boobs said, "As long as you’re enjoying my cock, is it okay if I enjoy one of these," And before she could answer he locked his lips around her breast and started sucking, at the same time putting something on a bedside table and hitting the number one.

*****

The Judge thought he heard a noise and came down to check. His wife was a very heavy sleeper and no noise would wake her, but if a pin dropped while he was sleeping it would wake him.

He entered his private office to where he had traced the noise and turning on the lights was greeted by the sight of a naked young lady sleeping on his love seat. The girl was sleeping with her legs well parted so that anyone coming in would instantly have a view of her lovely, open and dripping cunt. The Judge noticed her incredibly large clit and thought, "she looks like she can fuck somebody with that. Oh well," he thought, "let’s get this show on the road."

Sitting in a chair next to the love seat he said, "You can open your eyes, I already got a good view of what you’re offering me."

The statement made Katrina smile and opening her eyes she looked over and saw the Judge masturbating, her eyes popped when she saw how big and thick his cock was.

"Now, before we fuck girl let me just point out that Entrapment is a capital offense in this town punishable by 5 to 10 years in prison, so are you still offering yourself to me?"

Katrina shot another look at his cock and felt herself getting very wet, she leapt off the love seat and her lips fell on the Judge’s cock which she instantly swallowed completely down her throat.

*****

The Sheriff had been hearing his wife moaning for some time. He was starting to truly wonder what she could be dreaming about after a while the moans had him hornier than he’d been in a long time. He felt himself hard as an iron bar and, dying to shove that bar somewhere for relief, he thought, "Sorry to wake you Molly, you sound like you’re really enjoying that dream but this has to go somewhere." Turning around he found his wife (so he thought) on her side with her back to him and spooning up against her found the entrance to her love hole and just busted right in. He fucked her incredibly for about 10 minutes when he suddenly started suspecting something was not right.

"I’ve been fucking Molly’s hole for 25 years," he thought, "this is not Molly, she is way too beautifully tight and smells damn lovely."

He wondered at first if Jackie or Jennifer might have sneaked into bed with him and Molly again, both loved a good fucking. But he knew well what both his daughter and his niece felt and smelt like; he’d been fucking them both since they hit puberty. This wasn’t either of them. Deciding that as much as he was enjoying this girls tight hole, he couldn’t put it off forever, he reached for a lamp on the bedside table and turning on the light looked to see who the girl his cock was currently in was.

The Sheriff was shocked to find the stranger sucking his wife’s boob and fingering her twat.

"Molly, you’re awake," He said noticing his wife’s eyes open and locked with those of the girl that was pleasuring her (and whose cunt was pleasuring him).

"Well of course silly, do you think I could sleep through such pleasure?"

"Molly, this girl should not be here. She’s part of that group Jake brought in, you know what she’s trying to do!"

"Of course I do John, and you know that the Judge set up protection long ago so no one would ever get away with it again, so for heaven sake just enjoy the girl for now. Your cock sure seems to be."

Debbie wondered what the Sheriff’s wife meant by protection, but didn’t dwell too much on it, especially when she changed position so she was in a sideways ‘69’ position with Debbie and glued her mouth to Debbie’s clit while the Sheriff’s large cock continued working in and out of Debbie’s cunt. Sighing Debbie glued her mouth to Molly’s cunt and started drinking away.

*****

When the boys, Hannah and Melissa first arrived at the garage where Jennifer and Jackie had their private room, they were greeted by incredible moaning, loud gasping and an incredible smell of sex already.

"Wow," John said, "this place smells just like home."

"Oh man," Melissa said, "just being in this place makes me want to fuck somebody fast."

"What about some thing," Don asked smiling as he passed through a door in the first floor of the garage.

Catching up to him and seeing what he was observing, the boys all smiled and made and ‘oh yeah, I’m next’ face. Hannah on the other hand turned a little blue and threw her arms around Ron as if afraid she’d disappear. John turned on his PC cell phone’s video capture and began recording the incredible scene.

After a few minutes Ron walked around the girls being fucked doggy style before him and seeing they had their eyes closed as they enjoyed the extra large cocks of the two rockwilders pounding their pussies from behind, he went over to Melissa and Hannah and whispered something to them, Melissa instantly nodded and stripping went to take her place, Hannah, however, gave Ron a doubtful ‘what if it happens again’ look but quickly bowed her head and went to follow orders.

Jackie and Jennifer where so into their fantastic fucking that no one or no thing out of their joy existed and for this reason their eyes had not opened once, but now, they both began smelling something new, something different, something they had to taste. Opening their eyes in the downward positions their heads were in, they were both greeted by lovely juicy cunts waiting to be devoured. That they were shocked to see other people there was beyond the point, because at the moment they were their dog’s bitches and until their dogs finished having fun, they couldn’t have separated themselves if they had wanted to, so with no other real choice, the girls simply shrugged and dug into the twats they were being offered.

After a while Ron said, "Those dogs must be heavy, I’m glad to see you girls both have strong healthy arms to keep yourselves stable."

He went over to Hannah’s head and stripping bent down depositing he fully erect cock down Hannah’s throat, "don’t you think that’s lucky girls?"

Without pulling out of the cunts in front of them they just looked up at him with an ‘oh, oh we’re screwed’ look.

Don went over and deposited his cock in Melissa’s mouth while John continued filming everything.

Finally the dogs began cumming in the girls twats and after filling them with a ton of doggie cum, moved away to lie in a corner.

"So what are you planning to do," Jennifer asked worried.

"Well at the trial I plan to show a little tape for everyone giving proof against any statement you might make about never being able to write again, as for right now, me and my brothers are just going to fuck you two silly, that okay with you?"

They both smiled and nodded wildly.

"Hannah, Melissa why don’t you clean them up and get them ready for us?"

Smiling all the girls got nicely cleaned in a ‘69’ and once ready Ron mounted Jackie, and John mounted Jennifer just as the dogs had been and Don went to the girls heads to get a double sucking.

"Well what about us," Melissa asked a little annoyed, "what are we supposed to do?"

"Go play with the dogs you two, you know you want to," Ron said smiling.

Giggling excitedly Hannah and Melissa assumed a doggy position and waited for the dogs to come over, smell them, tongue fuck their twats a while and finally mount them and fuck them as silly and the boys were fucking the dog’s owners.

*****

Around 10 o’clock the next morning everybody was once more in Laura’s room giving detailed accounts of their night’s exploits.

"Well, as you can see Cousin Joe was very happy to donate a good amount of food to feed the worker’s of our mission," Ana said.

"And Cousin Smithy was nice enough to donate the work to repair our bus," Lana said holding up a receipt, "he said there really wasn’t much to do. And you should have seen how fast his son touched up our mural after he was finally back in our world."

"Well the recording we have of the girls extra strong activities will keep them from trying to sue us," John said, "and Ron even got a little bonus from Jackie."

"What’s that," Stan asked.

Holding a signed confession Ron said, "A statement describing how she was in orgasm heaven while driving due to the pussy sucking Jennifer was giving her as she drove."

"Well," Stan said smiling, "I think we have this pretty much won."

The Wilsons however were very silent and nervous. Noticing this Ron said, "What’s wrong, I know you three did your jobs."

"I don’t think we did," Katrina said truthfully, "we all got back a little early this morning, we noticed DP’s door was open so we went in and talked it over a while."

"Was DP there," Ron asked.

"Yes, but she was taking a shower, only her sister Shai was in the room. Anyway, the thing is that the Mayor, the Judge and the Sheriff were all very happy to fuck us most of the night," Jason said, "but they kept talking about some special protection against entrapment."

"The Judge mentioned a capital offense punishable by 5 plus years in jail," Katrina said.

"And the Sheriff’s wife mentioned the protection being put there years ago by the Judge so no one would ever get away with that again."

"They knew what we were doing," Laura questioned.

"Yet they were happy to oblige us with no fear of retaliation," Stan added.

"I’m not sounding liking the sound of that ‘Master’," Lana said.

"Neither am I," Ron admitted suddenly a bit worried. To Lenny and Robert he said, "Were you able to get the money for the room back?"

"Sorry," Robert said, "Karen was a hard one."

"She did however let us keep the rooms until we have to leave," Lenny said, "usually we would have had to leave by 9 this morning or pay for another day. She’s not making us pay unless we spend another night."

*****

TXLT2 returned to DP’s room to pick up some things they’d left the day before.

Seeing DP a little agitated they questioned her if she was okay.

"Oh it’s Shai, she’s disappeared again. She’s been gone all morning! She keeps doing that from time to time, even when she was supposed to be working with my sisters. The reason everyone agreed to let her come is so she could handle our photo journal. Instead, she’s missed some of the best moments in the trip, like when we met at the lake resort."

"Where was she," Lana asked curiously.

"Well there she was just too ill from beginning to end to leave the room once, but other times she’s just out photographing local scenes and animal life instead of us."

Just then Shai entered and smiled at everyone.

"So you’re feeling better today I see," Lana said smiling back.

"Where have you been," DP demanded.

"You look like you’ve just run for miles," Ron said also smiling but not failing to notice the wet spot in the front of Shai’s pants.

"I was taking some pictures of the town," Shai said holding up some instant pictures, "The Courthouse, the Sheriff’s house, City Hall, this is the Judge’s private office, and look at these lamps the Sheriff has on his desk, and I love the detail in these chairs the Mayor has in hers."

Looking over the photos Ron said, "You have quite and eye for detail."

"I love photography," she said excitedly.

"Well, talking about the courthouse," Lana said, "we better go, our case is up soon."

"Can my sister and I go," Shai asked almost pleading, "to show our support you know?"

Putting her arm around the girl’s shoulder Lana said, "of course you can come, especially since we can use all the support we can get."

*****

"Now before I begin this simple case of criminally negligent driving and the extensive fines that such crimes merit," the Judge started slowly, "I feel an inclination to talk about a much more serious crime, I’m not sure why I want to talk about it, as far as I know it has no relation to this case at all. It’s the crime of Entrapment for which any adult believed involved will instantly get a five years prison term or more. As well as that any minor believed to be involved will instantly be taken into the custody of our social services pending an investigation of how these minors live and were raised in their homes. All of these are in direct accordance with local law 99. Is all that clear?" As he said this he smiled strongly at the group looking him over with nervous eyes.

When everyone nodded and gulped, the Judge said, "Good then let’s start the ruling on the case before us."

Just then a man entered with a large envelope and calling a time out took it to the Judge to examine. Extracting what was obviously a note and some pictures, the Judge gave a quick angry look at the crowd of people and Lana had the feeling he was looking straight at her, she tightened her grip on Shai around whose shoulder she still had her arm.

The Judge called over the Sheriff to join him and the man who had brought him the envelope.

After several minutes he called the courtroom to order again and said, "After conferring with a representative from the Mayor’s personal staff and with the Sheriff, it has come to our attention after extensive testing that the road sign in question is not 100% clearly visible to on coming drivers, this being the case, we can find no fault in anyone and the accused are to have their vehicle returned immediately and they can then get out of our town!" No one missed that the last five words sounded very much like an order to be obeyed immediately.

Ron wasn’t one to look a gift horse in the mouth, but he was very curious about what had just saved their butts, because he was sure this was not the judgment the Judge had prepared. Looking over at the note on the Judge’s desk, Ron made a move to find out what was in it. Getting up he took out his cell phone and talking said, "Yeah Amy, look everything is fine, we’ll be leaving here soon enough," As he got up to the desk the three men still conferring looked up at him suspiciously as he said, "No, no, there were no fines, I’m just going to thank the Judge now for his ruling. I’ll talk to you more later, Okay I’ll tell her that, bye."

Now up against the Judge’s desk he prepared to close his phone as he offered his other hand to the Judge, and said, "Excellent ruling your honor. Thank you."

*****

An hour later they were back on the road again with two new passengers.

"Is it just me, "Katrina said, "or does anyone else think this group just keeps getting bigger and bigger?"

"So you really had nothing to do with our final victory son," Stan said amazed.

"The Judge didn’t give me the opportunity to use my trump card, that little opening speech of his was very clear, ‘try it and you lose’. But who really cares," Ron added, "All’s well and it’s time for a fuckabration like none other!"

"Ron," Lana said, "we still have a deal!"

"Sorry ‘Queen’ but recent events null that sex band deal. Now you can join us in the BED room or you can stay out here and watch Disney movies, the choice is yours." Getting up he led the way to the door of the BED room waving everyone else including Melissa and DP in. Only Lana and Shai remained in the recreation room.

Before going through the door Ron pulled the printed copy of the enhanced photo he had taken out of his pocket and gave it one last worried look as he read once more to himself, "NO LOCAL LAW CAN PROTECT AGAINST SCANDAL LIKE ME, NOW LET LANA GO SHE HAS AN APPOINTMENT WITH ME!"

 

Chapter Twenty-one – A Queen and a Master for Debbie

Lana slowly began to return to the waking world from the long tired sleep she’d fallen into. She felt someone sitting on her lap, and there was a mouth sucking happily and contently at one of her boobs. As she fully returned to her senses she took a minute to see who was there and suddenly remembered what had tired her so much she had fallen asleep.

Leaning down she gave the girl, who was actually sleeping (though that mouth was very much awake), a light kiss and looking at the screen she saw that "The Wizard of Oz" was almost finished, it was the last of 5 DVDs of kids favorites she had put in the continuous DVD player. She wondered how many Shai had actually watched before falling asleep. She herself had only made it through half of the second movie, "Willy Wonka and the Chocolate Factory."

She thought she should disconnect Shai from her boob (she was starting to get really hot and she was still determined to keep that ban on sex) and take her to a real bed, but she was sure that the BED room was not the place for any child (or temporary Asexual) to be right now.

"Do you think they are still fucking her?" She heard someone ask as she felt the mouth leave her boob on its own.

Surprised Lana looked down and saw Shai wide awake observing her. "Shai," Lana said smiling, "what are you talking about?"

"My sister, do you think everyone is still fucking and sucking her?"

"Shai what do you know about that," Lana said curiously.

"Everything, I’d been taking care of my sister’s leak since I was around 9. But now that I’m ill she won’t let me do it anymore."

"Ill," Lana said a little worried as the term ‘non-child’ popped into her head, "we thought you were just going through some normal girl moments, what exactly do you have?"

"Epilepsy, don’t worry you can’t catch it, I had an accident and hit my head, the pills make me sick sometimes."

Confused Lana asked, "Why won’t your sister let you help her anymore?"

"As well as drinking her juices she knows I love sucking her clit and her boobs, she’s afraid if I have a seizure while working on them I’ll bite them off. Thanks for letting me suck your tit all night long."

"Well as I remember my blouse was closed when I fell a sleep so I didn’t exactly let you suck it." Smiling she added, "I guess it’s lucky I’m not missing any nipples this morning." She had been trying to make a joke but she instantly saw that Shai did not find it funny, "Oh, I’m sorry , I was just kidding."

"Does that mean you’ll let me suck you some more, maybe in other places?"

"Well I don’t really let anyone touch me unless they first show proof they’re safe."

"Well what about all those people in that town we were just in?"

"Well we sort of had Hannah break into their clinic’s medical records, things like that aren’t hard for her. She found that the town is pretty much a ‘Clean Town’. You’re right though, we shouldn’t have assumed that everyone we fucked was still one hundred percent fuckable and the first thing we’ll do when we get to the resort is update everybody’s documents. If you want we’ll do yours and when the results come back you can suck me all you want, that sound okay?"

"Not really," Shai said sadly, "With all the tests for my illness I’ve sort of developed a phobia towards medical tests."

Hugging the child tightly Lana said, "Well we’ll see what we can do, if nothing else we can definitely watch some more movies together."

As Lana finished closing up her blouse the door of the Bed room opened and DP stepped out totally naked, seeing that Lana was once more hugging Shai she said worriedly, "What are you two doing?"

"We were watching movies, what were you doing?"

Looking at Lana for confirmation DP asked, "Is that true?"

"Yes," Lana said a little annoyed, "of everyone in this room, who is the only one without clothes?"

"I just wanted to make sure you know—"

"—that your sister is sick, yeah I know, she told me."

DP looked at her sister suspiciously but just then the others started flooding out of the BED room also.

"Anyone know how far away we are from the next resort," Lana asked.

"I’d say around half-an-hour," Hannah said, "at least that’s what Dad just said over the intercom."

Lana gave a surprised look but then thought back to what it was that had actually just woken her up.

"Listen up, everybody," she said, "get ready to update your STD documents when we get in, we really shouldn’t have assumed that everyone in that town was still completely clean, so let’s not do anything like that again, okay."

"If you mean let’s not get in any more traffic accidents, I’m with you 100% ‘Queen’," Ron said, "as for anything else, just try to keep my Honey away from another dog."

*****

After getting her blood drawn and being given tickets to 5 of 10 specially reserved front row seats at the concert, DP went with Shai (who was not able to bring herself to be in the same room as the blood tests) to find their sisters. The reserved seat she was given tickets to were apart from the 100 reserved for those tested, these 10 were reserved for family and special friends and up to now had been used by Stan, Laura, Joyce, the cousins and the Wilsons and at the last concert Melissa. With ‘the Loving Cousins’ now on stage, they could afford to hand some of these tickets out to other friends.

Like the last time they made special tests, Joyce sent the samples to the local hospital with the deliverers that brought the final equipment necessary for the next days mass testing and put a rush on the results.

After that the Anderson-Irving-Wilson party went through the normal routine of setting up camp, preparing the memorabilia table and preparing to enjoy some of the local events. At their camp site several, including TXLT2 minus Lana, Jenny, Sandy and Katrina discussed the possibilities.

"Let’s go rafting," Don said after checking a menu of possible activities. "There can be up to three people on a raft."

"That river looks a little rough to do anything like that on it," Ana said watching the river rush by.

"Don’t let it fool you," Ron said, "it’s as tame as Katrina."

Don gulped and said, "Maybe rafting isn’t a good idea after all."

"I think it’s great," John said, "but we should really do it earlier in the day. Why don’t we leave it as the last activity we do here on the day we leave; after all the hassles of tomorrow’s blood testing and the concert are over with."

"You mean in case one of us drowns," Hannah said also watching the river rush by.

"Or is injured beyond the capability of performing,’ John said smiling.

"So what do we do in the meantime," Ana said.

"Let’s go fishing," John said, "we haven’t tried it yet."

Ana and Hannah, as well as Jenny and Sandy, who were listening silently, made a face and Ana said, "Haven’t you been fishing at two or three of the resorts we’ve already gone too?"

"That was for fresh water fish," Ron said casting and eye at the raging river and smiling, "this is something very different."

"Hey," Jenny said suddenly, looking at the activity menu herself, "there’s an arcade fair on the other side of the resort. They’re supposed to have all sorts of arcade games available, bet I can whip any of you at pinball!"

Now the boys were the ones wearing sour faces and John said disgustedly, "we’re not in the great outdoors to play pinball!"

"Fine," Ana said, "then go fishing and we’ll go to the arcade. The ‘Queen’ loves pinball, if anything can tempt her to come out of that tour mobile it’ll be that."

"I can’t believe she’s still denying me a drink," Katrina said sounding almost depressed, "it’s been almost 4 days since I last had some good Lana juice flowing down my throat."

"She won’t even give us some so we can refill our Anderson Dressing supply," Ana said grimly, "not that it would ever be complete without some Lana golden juice which she also refuses to share."

"I miss my sister," Hannah suddenly said crying.

Ron looked at her surprised and then said to Ana, "I thought she’s always the last to start?"

"We’re still over a week away, I think she’s just sad without the ‘Queen’ around, the real ‘Queen’ I mean; I know I am."

Ron pulled Hannah onto his lap and after giving her a kiss just let her sit there embracing him.

"Ron," Katrina said, "can’t you do something to get Lana to feed us?"

Ron looked at her a little annoyed and said, "I can probably get us all a ton of Lana regular and golden juice by triggering my hidden pet and ordering her to feed us all, but that doesn’t exactly get us Lana back does it!"

Katrina gulped at how angrily Ron spoke to her and fearing he might somehow turn her into a pet she backed slowly away.

After a few minutes of silent thinking Ron said, "You know what we really need to get Lana back fully?"

Recognizing the beginnings of a master plan in the works all those gathered around the campsite listened attentively as the Master outlined a plan.

*****

‘Pollyanna’, Lana’s latest choice of ‘activity void’ filling movie was coming to an end and as she watched the closing credits the door suddenly burst open and Jason and John came in with Debbie between them each holding one of her hands, she looked like she was crying.

They were followed in by Robert, Lenny and Don.

"John," Debbie said frantically, "I just don’t think I can."

"Come on Sis, you’ve been putting this off for ages. Are you OHPF or aren’t you?"

"Honey, he’s right," John said, "it’s time to get rid of that cock panic of yours once and for all!"

Lana watched as the five naked guys surrounded the equally naked Debbie, she really looked terrified and Lana might have intervened if she didn’t know quite well what it was all about.

As OHPF president she’d been requesting that Debbie get some treatment to cure her of her ‘multiple male partners’ phobia for some time. Since she met and started training Debbie in the joys of sex, it’s the one thing she hadn’t been able to help her with. Lana obviously lacked the proper equipment to do it herself, multiple cocks, and John had always taken Debbie’s side when she cried she wasn’t ready to be male gang banged. "I guess John finally got tired of waiting," Lana thought.

"Robert, lover of asses, why don’t you take her back door; Lenny, you take the front and Don, you work on the upstairs window. Jason, you and I will keep her calm by working on these," John grabbed and squeezed one of Debbie’s boobs.

"How do we do it," Robert asked, "standing up?"

"No," Jason said, "lying down with her in a facing up position will be easier for all, so you take the first level and we’ll get her set up on you."

"John," Debbie said terrified, "I’m scared."

"That’s what we’re here for dear," John said leaning over and kissing her intimately, "to cure you so you’ll never be scared again."

"You know," Jason said, "this should really be filmed. This is Deb’s first male gang bang, she should have a lasting memory of it. And not just a static shot either, it should have plenty of close-ups and professional shots."

"Jason, that’s not a bad idea," John said and looking over at Lana said, "Lana, grab the digital video camcorder over there and get all the action. You should do it; this is as much a historic OHPF moment as it is a personal one for Debbie."

Smiling in agreement with his statement, Lana got the camcorder and prepared to tape the show.

"Okay, I don’t want anyone to cum except in her twat so hold off cumming guys," John said, "we’ll let her have at least two very memorable cums in the start up position then we line up and start filling her love hole."

As he said this, Debbie was being pushed onto Robert who was lying down on the ground face up. He quickly inserted his fully erect penis in her butt hole and without even thinking about letting her adjust pushed all the way in to the end. Lenny then kneeled in front of Debbie and pushed his cock deep into her pussy marrying their pubic hairs in a second, Debbie screamed loudly after each of these intrusions, and with the pain she was feeling she would still be screaming if Don hadn’t suddenly kneeled at her head and rammed his cock down her throat. As the three of them then started to fuck Debbie’s holes in unison, Jason and John each kneeled at one of Debbie’s sides and tried to calm her down by each sucking gently on one of her boobs.

Lana was catching all the action, and she was zooming in nicely on Lenny’s cock pumping in and out of Debbie’s pussy, while just a little below it, thrusting furiously in her ass, was Robert’s cock. While zooming in on Debbie’s pain stricken face as Don’s cock pumped in her mouth, Lana was able to get an incredible shot of the change over from pain to bliss as Debbie’s first orgasm hit. Lana quickly zoomed out to get a full shot of Debbie’s powerfully trembling body.

After twenty minutes and two more powerful orgasms for Debbie, Robert said, "I don’t think I can hold off cumming for much longer."

"Yeah," Lenny agreed, "neither can I."

"Okay everyone, pull out a while and rest while Jason and I take over for a bit, we’ll set her up doggy style," he said to Jason as if talking about a rubber sex doll, "You can take the bitches front while I take the cunt from behind."

Lana, who had been flowing from the cunt for some time while filming the action, felt an extra tinge of excitement at the way the guys were talking about Debbie. Lana hadn’t had any true action herself for almost or more than 4 days. She refused to count her time with Smithy’s son as true action since she hadn’t really enjoyed doing a stranger and had strangely held back some of the finer joys of sex.

Watching Debbie leaking juices like crazy and hearing her moans of joy and screams of pain were starting to awaken a very strong and lustful desire in Lana, one she was fighting to keep dormant.

Lana got in a good position to film both John fucking Debbie’s cunt and Jason fucking her face. She closed right in on the wet cunt lips opening and closing as John inserted and extracted his cock, she could clearly see Debbie’s inner lips holding on dearly to John’s cock every time he pulled out as if begging ‘please don’t leave me’. In the front she could see Debbie’s throat shrink and expand as the muscles worked on her brother’s cock.

Finally, Lana heard John about to cum and getting into position prepared to film it, John pulled completely out of Debbie’s twat as he started cumming and let Lana film a few of the first squirts hitting Debbie’s cunt exterior before pushing back in and filling her up. When he was finished, he walked around to Debbie’s head and getting Jason to switch places, inserted his slimy cock in Debbie’s mouth for cleaning. Jason in the meantime took his turn at filling his sister’s cunt. When Jason finished, he returned to his sister’s mouth for a cleaning session. The other three, now well rested cocks, each took their turns filling up Debbie’s overflowing cum filled cunt and Lana licked her lips anxiously at the sight of so much cum.

When they had all finished with her the guys started cheering and applauding and Lana got a final shot of Debbie’s open and cum oozing pussy before ending the recording.

"Lana," John said, "Why don’t you take that into the BED room and clean it up. The guys are going fishing now, and anyway, it’s an OHPF mess, as president, you should clean it up."

The guys just turned and walked out, leaving Debbie whimpering at Lana’s feet, albeit with a very blissful and happy face.

Lana helped her stand and led her to the BED room to lie down. She was just going to let her rest but Debbie begged, "Please, clean me out, I can’t have so many different brands of cum in me at once, I’m just not use to it."

Lana threw her a look that bordered on a pity filled ‘I’m sorry for you’ look and a very angry ‘well get use to it if you expect to remain in the OHPF’ look. Lana, however, knelt between Debbie’s legs and started feasting on the 5 brands of cream mixed in with the fine amount of Debbie juice (one of her favorite brands of cunt juice).

As she feasted, she felt her nipples trying to break through the t-shirt she was now wearing, and she could feel how soaked her shorts were getting (she hadn’t gotten any new panties since Ron destroyed the only pair she ever owned).

As well as her nipples and the rate of flowing cunt juice between her own legs, Lana felt something else rising as Debbie continued complaining about what just happened.

"I can’t believe John just let them treat me like that, I thought he loved me, and Jason, my own brother, how could they do that to me? I can’t—"

!!!SLAP!!!

"SHUT UP ALREADY DAMN IT!!!" As Lana screamed this she looked at Debbie with totally wrathful eyes. Lana pushed Debbie back hard got up, tore off her clothes and getting a bag that was always available in the room (just like the one in every tent), came back saying, "It’s obvious that you still need reminding what it means to be an OHPF member!" Reaching in the bag she fished out a large anal thunder bead vibrator.

"No," Debbie screamed.

!!!SLAP!!!

"Never say no to your president, or better said YOUR QUEEN!"

In a mere second, Debbie, who had been pushed onto her back was pulled by the hair into a kneeling position with her face against the mattress and her ass high and open with Lana’s tongue working every inch of it.

"It’s working!" Katrina whispered excitedly to Ron as they watched from the barely open sleeping berth they were hiding in.

"Well, it got her clothes off anyway," Ron whispered back, "let’s just pray that ‘the Orgasm Queen’ truly is back for good."

Lana, or better said, ‘the Orgasm Queen’, stuck first one, then another finger deep in Debbie’s ass and worked to pump and stretch the hole for several minutes, every now and then pulling the fingers out fully and using her tongue to lube both the inside and outside of Debbie’s rosebud thoroughly. She then grabbed the thunder bead and started twisting and turning it at Debbie’s butt hole, pushing it in more and more past the sphincter until--!!!POP!!!—it was inside. Using her index finger ‘the Orgasm Queen’ pushed the bead as far inside Debbie as she possibly could, while at the same time activating the vibrator. As it hummed deep in Debbie’s ass, Debbie let out a loud moan.

"You know," Ron whispered as he pumped his own cock in and out of Katrina’s ass, "I can’t believe I never noticed that your sister has an incredibly submissive side."

"Oh yeah," Katrina said, as much for Ron’s pumping as for his statement, "Do you really think I could have gotten her to fuck Jason and me all these years if it weren’t for her submissiveness?"

"I think I’ll set ‘the Master’ loose on her for a while; when the ‘Queen’ is finished with her that is."

"And if there is anything left," Katrina giggled.

They watched as the ‘Queen’ grabbed a large vibrator and pulling Debbie on her back again plastered her pussy on Debbie’s face and leaning forward glued her mouth to Debbie’s clit while ramming the vibrator, set on high, repeatedly in and out of her pussy. For the next half-hour the ‘Queen’ continued unleashing her wrath on Debbie, torturing her with cums, to the point were she just couldn’t take the pleasure anymore and begging and pleading said, "no more please, you’re going to kill me with joy!"

At that point ‘the Orgasm Queen’ looked up as she felt rather than heard someone move behind her. Turning she saw her most hated rival and arch enemy watching with a smirk on his face; jumping off Debbie and trying to leap on ‘the Master’ in an effort to beat the crap out of him as well as finally get to lock her molars around his penis, the ‘Queen’ suddenly felt someone else grab her from behind, throw her on her back, leap on her and start kissing her passionately while ramming an incredibly oversized clit in and out of the Queen’s pussy lips.

"MY CLIT!!!" Lana thought happily, "oh how I’ve missed my beautiful clit," she continued thinking as she joyously began to kiss Katrina back.

Ron looked on as ‘the Queen’ and ‘the Wild Kat’ fucked each other lovingly until they brought one another to raging orgasms, he then knelt by their side.

"Madame President," he said seriously, "What is the first rule for OHPF members?"

Lana looked a little confused but said slowly, "Your body belong to all other members, just as all other members bodies belong to you."

"Well we have a little difficulty then," Ron said, "because in the next room there are several OHPF members as well as some honorary members that are very upset because one particular member’s body has not belonged to them for a while," he gave her a cheery smile and said, "Madame President, why don’t you and the Wild—I mean Katrina go in and rectify the situation," throwing Debbie a quick look he said, "I’ll take care of things here."

Lana smiled at him with complete understanding of everything that had happened and said, "You know if a part of me didn’t hate a part of you to the extreme, Hannah and I might really be at war, because I might really love you."

"Hey," Katrina said angrily, "watch your tongue."

"That’s if I didn’t have a beautiful love of my own, of course." Lana quickly added this as she allowed Katrina to help her up and walk her through the door to the Recreation room.

"Help me," Ron heard someone whisper and remembering for the first time that Debbie was still a little stuffed looked at her.

"Good job Debbie," he said as he looked at the large vibrator still almost completely in her twat and the recovery leash of the anal thunder vibrator bead still humming in her ass. "Allowing yourself to be used, abused, misused in such a way just to get Lana back was an unselfish and honorable thing to do." He squinted his eyes and grinning wickedly said, "not that you weren’t loving every second of it, right BITCH! Still whore, you deserve a more direct reward." Suddenly Ron grabbed the nipples of Debbie’s boobs and squeezed them tightly making her scream.

"Ron, no please!" she said, "I can’t take anymore now."

"Did you just say no to me SLAVE," ‘the Master’ said grabbing Debbie by the hair and pulling her over his lap, "insolent bitch, it’s time to show you who I am."

SPANK! SPANK! SPANK! SPANK!

Reaching in the bag Lana had left he rummaged through it until he found a good set of clamps (nipple and clit) and a nice collar. After putting them on Debbie he grabbed the vibrator in her twat and after giving it a few strong pumps pulled it out with a loud—!!!POP!!!—and said, "Why don’t we replace this with something warmer, he pulled her on top of himself his cock deep in her cunt.

"Ohhhhhh—ohhhhhh—oh yes-YES MASTER—yes more please!" Debbie leaned down and kissed her Master intimately as she said this.

‘The Master’ smiled as he began a good long session of pain and pleasure for his new slave.

*****

Around an hour later, two people entered the BED room; they had been enjoying the ‘Welcome Back Lana’ party in the next room, but they were starting to worry and wonder why two other people hadn’t yet come in to join.

John and Hannah stood still, frozen with shock, as they watched Debbie riding Ron’s cock; Debbie had clamps throughout her body and there was a giant vibrator sticking out of her ass (the thunder bead finally having been removed). They looked with special interest at the collar around her neck and the leash attached to it, a leash with which ‘the Master’ now pulled his slave’s head down to his until their lips met and they kissed passionately letting their tongues dance together until Ron finally broke it off at which point Debbie sighed saying, "I love you, Master."

"NO!" Hannah screamed angrily making Ron and Debbie turn and notice the new comers.

Debbie froze a bit on seeing John, she could see how angry and disappointed he was, she wanted to go to him, but her Master’s cock was still in her pussy. Until he finished pleasuring himself, she had no right to abandon him, no right to speak.

Hannah, however, thought it was definitely time for the would be slave to abandon her Master’s love stick and going right up to Debbie grabbed her by the hair and pulled her off Ron.

"No!" Debbie said, "I can’t abandon my Master!"

!!!SLAP!!!

Hannah grabbed her around the collar and ripped it off (almost taking Debbie’s neck with it). "He is not your Master!" Hannah screamed. She then pulled the vibrator out of Debbie’s ass and removed all the clamps and—!!!SLAP!!!

Debbie shook her head and once more looked at John, with all the things that were bringing her pain and pleasure gone, she started returning to herself, the erotic high she had been on quickly wearing off and the spell fully broken.

"Oh John," she said suddenly running to him.

!!!SLAP!!!

Debbie fell back and stared shocked at John, the fury he had just slapped her with was totally not him.

"Don’t ever talk to me again bitch!" John said as he turned to leave.

"John," Ron said getting up and going to his brother, "you know we were just—"!!!POW!!!

"Oww," Ron said as he shook his head back and forth, "What happened?" He asked himself as he tried to remember. "What was he doing?" He suddenly realized that his hand was around a leash, his cock was deep in a pussy and someone was laying on top of him, a very clamped someone from the feel of her boobs and clit against his body.

He suddenly remembered that he was playing temporary slave-master to Debbie. He must have passed out, but that didn’t exactly explain why his jaw hurt.

He focused his eyes on the girl on him and screamed, "HANNAH!" Suddenly everything came back; he pushed his rogue slave off him angrily and violently. "This is the last straw," he said reaching for her collar.

!!!SLAP!!!

"Don’t you dare take that from her! And don’t you dare try to stop being her master, because I swear to you Ronald Anderson that if you are not her master then you’ll be my slave for life, and you know that I can do it too.

Ron froze looking deep in Hannah’s eyes, knowing full well who it was talking to him. He didn’t say a word; he however did not try to make another grab for Hannah’s collar either, taking the warning from ‘the Mistress of Pain’ very seriously.

Getting up Ron turned his back on her and left without saying a word. He had something more important to deal with at the moment than his ‘Erotic Psycho’ and her multiple personality syndrome; in the end they would come out okay, they loved each other too much for it not to work out.

Left alone, Hannah watched angrily as Ron stepped through the door, but after a few minutes she suddenly looked worried and scared and screamed, "Master, Please Master, come back, come back please!" And breaking down she started to cry.

*****

After the concert the next day, as the group prepared for their ritual fuckabration, Debbie went hopefully up to John and Hannah stood in front of Ron, both guys walked around the girl before them without a word and John grabbed Katrina, while Ron pulled Lana to his side (Katrina and Lana had actually been preparing to hook up again).

"This is ridiculous Ron," Lana said, "plus it is your fault and you know it. Melissa told me how you pretty much forced Hannah to become Honey when you guys were doing those garage bitches, even though Hannah didn’t want to. You know better than anyone that if you want to play with her super submissive side you have to be willing to confront her super dominant side. It takes a lot of strength for her to be nothing more than a loyal dog; she has to bury and suppress a lot of dominant and aggressive feeling."

"You know, you are starting to sound more and more like Dr. Lewis every day." Ron said smiling.

"Actually that was Aunt Joyce’s explanation, but I’m sure Randy would agree with it, and more importantly, you still know it’s true."

"Well yeah," as Ron said this he started pile driving Lana’s twat, "but still, I love playing with Honey, even if the bitch does keep using me as a toilet."

"Well she’s only a dog, it takes a lot of time and patience to toilet train them." As she said this, Lana broke into a fit of laughter as she often did when thinking of her sister’s craziest, yet most beloved, other self.

"You’re not laughing at my bitch, are you?" Ron questioned angrily.

"Does that mean you are ready to forgive her," Lana questioned.

"Actually I forgave her when I recovered from that knock-out blow John gave me and found her lying on me. I’m just still not ready to let her know that." He looked over where John was screwing Katrina and where Debbie was in a ‘69’ with Melissa and said, "we actually have a bigger problem though."

*****

The next morning seven rafts prepared to cast off for a race.

"Now remember," Ron said, "the prize for the two person team that wins is that they get to choose any one of the losing teams to be exclusively theirs during our next resort stop. The winners can still hook up with anyone else they want, but the slave they choose can not hook up with anyone but them until we have left the next resort."

The teams mostly consisted of siblings: Jenny and Lenny, Sandra and Robert, Katrina and Jason, Ana and Lana, Ron and John, Hannah and Debbie, and Don and Melissa.

John found the pairing of Hannah with Debbie rather than with Don a little odd if not downright suspicious; but he didn’t say anything.

"So I’ll probably be telling Hannah I forgive her when we leave the next resort," Ron said, "I figure she’ll have suffered enough by then. What about you, when are you planning to make up with Debbie??

"How about never," John said coldly.

"Oh come on, you know full well she wasn’t being unfaithful to you. Hey, look out Sandy and Robert are passing us on the left, go faster."

"Brother, I know she wasn’t being unfaithful, and I know you were just being you ; well your other you I mean.

"Is that why you slugged me," Ron asked smiling.

"No, I slugged you for killing my love for Debbie."

"That’s ridiculous, love can’t be killed. Though, we’re getting killed in this race, there go Lana and Ana, and—oh great, here come our pets."

"Debbie is not my pet! I’m not a Master! I don’t own slaves!"

Ron suddenly threw a fully understanding glance at John.

"So that’s it, you don’t want a girl with a submissive nature as a girl friend. You think you’ll never truly satisfy them and only end up losing them in the end to a true master. Well, I’m sorry to be the one to tell you this big brother but every woman has a submissive side, just like every man. It doesn’t mean that they’re true submissives like my Honey or Jenny’s ‘Red Toy’. However, a true Master, and I emphasize the word true, can often take advantage of a persons state of mind, such as the state Debbie’s was in after a gang-banging like you had the guys give her followed by the full wrath of ‘the Orgasm Queen’ to TEMPORARILY trigger a person’s submissive side and have a little fun.

"I need time to think before getting back with Debbie completely," John said.

"Well don’t take too much time, I’ve a feeling you’re about to spend several days as Debbie’s slave," Ron said looking forward.

John looked toward the end of the river fork where the race ended and saw Hannah and Debbie standing on the side of the river waiting to claim them.

"Tell me Ron," John said, "is there any specific reason why Hannah got paired with Debbie instead of Don?"

"Why would you ask a question like that," Ron asked smiling.

 

Chapter Twenty-two – Conceiving a Plan to Reconcile

As Hannah worked to update some data on her laptop, Debbie came in and sat beside her, they were in the back of section one and the only other two people were Stan (who was driving) and Lenny who was handling the backup driving duties. Being at the front they couldn’t hear any of the girls’ conversation.

"Debbie, you look horrid, you’re not still depressed right, I mean I guarantee you and John will be fine by the time we leave the next resort."

"But I can tell he’s still mad at me. Even if he smiles at me he looks angry. I need to show him that he is truly my one and only love, I need to do something big to prove my love and devotion."

"Wow," Hannah said, "if you find anything like that let me know, I know my Master, and I’m pretty sure he already forgave me a long time ago, if he was ever really mad, but with this constant mixing up of my characters maybe I should do something big too, while I’m just myself I mean, to prove my devotion to him."

"Actually I was hoping you’d give me an idea. I mean you’re the genius and you do sort of have a way of getting people to give you what you want, most of the time without even asking for it directly."

"Are you trying to say that I’m manipulative," Hannah said annoyed.

"Not at all," Debbie said quickly, then smiling added, "Melissa though thinks it was great how you manipulated Ron into giving you permission to play with the dogs the other day with that ‘oh dear I shouldn’t be here’ act."

"I’ll have to talk to her about that," Hannah said a little angrily then more calmly added, "as for acts of true devotion, well most people consider sleeping together to be that, but that really doesn’t work with any of us does it?"

"I don’t think it works even if we get married with them," Debbie said a bit sadly. "I mean getting married is supposed to mean that you’re just each others and nobody else’s, but I doubt we’ll ever change how we live."

"Would you want to," Hannah said smiling.

"Well no," Debbie said smiling back, "but still it would be a lot easier to figure out what makes you a special couple that will last forever."

Hannah noticed Stan slow down the bus and come to a stop long enough for Lenny to change places with him and take over the actual driving.

"I’m off duty," Hannah heard Stan say over his shoulder as he walked toward them; "I’ll send John out to back you up."

As Stan reached them Hannah said, "Dad, can I ask you something?"

"Why sure Hannah anything at all."

"What makes you and Mom a couple that will last forever?"

Stan found the question a little difficult to understand and said, "What do you mean Honey?"

"I mean you tell each other you love one another, but you tell that to other people right? You fuck each other passionately, but you do that with a lot of people also; so besides a piece of paper that says you and Mom are married, what really makes you a ‘‘til death do you part’ couple?"

Stan wondered about this a few minutes and was unsure what the answer was himself, but then, looking at Hannah he said, "You; you and your sisters and your brothers; and one day Laura and I will add more truly sealing the family forever."

He gave her a smile and kept on going.

Debbie was thinking about what Stan meant and finally said, "I don’t get it, how do you and the others declare their devotion?"

Hannah gave her and ‘oh please’ look and rolled her eyes. "He said that when you can not only love each other, but you can love each others children, and conceive children of your own, that’s the ultimate proof of your love."

"Wow," Debbie said, "he said all that and I missed it, I must be going deaf." But then she started thinking about what Hannah said and suddenly and excitedly said, "That’s it, that’s how I’ll prove I love John, I’m going to have his baby!"

"Whoa girl, get pregnant, that’s a little extreme don’t you think," Hannah said worriedly.

"Well that’s exactly what we were looking for isn’t it," Debbie said, "the ultimate and extreme proof that we love our guys more than the other six or seven girls they’re fucking on a daily basis, without counting the few hundred a day that will be offering themselves regularly to them once TXLT2 really hits the big time."

Hannah was considering a good counter argument when Ron came in and gave them both a suspicious ‘now what are you two talking about’ stare.

"I thought John was on this shift," Debbie said.

"He’s in the middle of fucking Katrina and he didn’t want to just stop. His cock is in Katrina’s mouth right now and he’s afraid if he tries to pull out before feeding her she’ll bite it off. I just finished a very long and exhausting session with the ‘Queen’ myself (I think we might have broken some of our records) and I promised Sugar to spend just as long and as uninterrupted a visit to her sugar pot later so I traded this shift with John." He noticed the bitter look hiding behind his pets exterior smile as he talked and looking at her directly said smiling, "Remember once we get to the resort I’m no one else but yours for 3 whole days, I have to leave some people well satisfied."

Hannah gave a true smile, and watched as he walked to sit by Lenny. Once he was out of range she whispered to Debbie, "then again there aren’t many things I can offer him that my exact triplet sisters can’t offer him too." She then smiled and gave Debbie a ‘let’s do it’ wink.

*****

"I’m glad to see you are definitely looking more yourself." Dr. Lewis said to Lana as Katrina came in and giving Lana a deep kiss shared the mouthful of cum she had just gotten from John with her.

When they finished sharing the drink and broke off the kiss Lana pulled Katrina on to her lap and hugging her back said, "Well I had a few people devising plans to bring me back to myself."

"Really," Dr. Lewis said, "and how is Ron? Are you still having constant private sessions with ‘the Master’?"

"Why Randy," Lana said amused, "are you jealous?"

"Never dear," Dr. Lewis said smiling and pulled someone into the picture with him and stuck his cock straight up her cunt as he sat her on his lap.

"Some people might feel threatened by the kind of relationship you and Ron share, but I know you just want to over compensate a bit when together, to make up for the fact that your two individual dark sides are hell bent on killing each other." He smiled as he wrapped his hand around the woman on his lap and started squeezing her boobs.

Katrina was watching the scene angrily and Lana was looking a little hurt at how much Dr. Lewis seemed to be enjoying the stranger’s presence.

Feeling he’d played with the girls sentiments enough, Dr. Lewis said, "By the way, where are my manners, do you two know Lisa? She’s Martha Wise’s sister. She’s been managing that backyard project since you left and has become a sort of honorary member of the family. Amy and her have become very close friends, and though neither will ever admit it, probably as close friends as you two." He gave the girls a wink and they both smiled understanding what he was saying. "She’s here because she wanted to leave a message for your parents. Go ahead Lisa talk to them."

"Hi," Lisa said excitedly, "Wow ‘the Queen’ and ‘the Wild Kat’, I’ve heard so much about you two from Martha! Can I get a good look at that incredible clit she keeps ranting about?"

Katrina and Lana both frowned a little and Lana said, "I think I have to talk to Martha about what she’s allowed to discuss with non-OHPF members."

"I don’t think that’s the message you wanted to leave, Lisa," Dr. Lewis said sternly.

"Oh," Lisa said suddenly coming to her senses after momentarily cumming out of them, "oh right, I’m sorry, I just wanted you to tell your folks that everything is pretty much complete. We just have a few final decorative additions to make, but the project is in all natures of the word complete."

"I take it those final decorative additions will be put in slowly until the day before you all return," Dr. Lewis said slyly, "Lisa needs a justifiable reason to continue passing by every day to visit Amy."

The girls saw Lisa turn a little red.

"Hey," Lana said angrily, "you’re not embarrassed are you? Because that is the one thing no person is allowed to be in our home, embarrassed about sex or love!"

She kissed the back of Katrina’s neck and parted her legs to give Lisa a good look Katrina’s clit and cunt right before grabbing her favorite clit and jacking it off like a baby penis, making it grow even larger and stiffer.

"God that’s beautiful," Lisa said and started cumming once more from the sight as well as Dr. Lewis’ 10 inch cock continuously pumping her pussy."

"I’m going to have to leave you girls, I have an important meeting today and it’s no where near here. I have to check if Patty is ready."

"I’m ready Randy; just give me a few minutes to talk to Sugar okay?"

"Patty are you listening in?" Dr. Lewis said disapprovingly.

"We just signed in now," another voice said, "we heard you saying goodbye and just waited to ask Lana to please get us Ana and Lissa."

"Hi Dolly," Lana said, "Good to hear you. Okay Randy, bye Love you, and bye Lisa it was good to finally meet ‘the Ever-Cumming Empress’."

"Meet who?" Lisa said a little confused.

"Oh," Lana was feeling like she’d put her foot in her mouth.

"She said it has been great to meet someone as ever-cumming as you’ve been throughout the whole conversation," Katrina said smiling, "you’re an empress."

"Oh," Lisa said smiling, "thank you, both of you, and goodbye."

As the screen went blank to be quickly replaced by a picture of Dolly riding a large faux cock on a harness Patty was wearing Lana smiled and said, "I thought you told Randy you were ready?"

"Well," Patty said, "I’m wearing a blouse and shoes, how long can it take to slip on a skirt?"

"So where are the two of you going," Lana asked.

"I asked Randy to go with me to Sun View Hill Summer Camp to get some information. I can’t bear to be separated from my Sugar for another month and a half while you are all up there so I want to find out what I can do to go with her."

"You want to go to summer camp," Katrina said laughing, "Patty I know you’re pretty young for a teacher, and that you are actually a child at heart, but I still think you’re too old to apply for a spot at camp."

"Not as a faculty worker," Patty said smiling, "Volunteer if necessary."

"Patty that’s a great idea," Lana said, "as long as he’s going you should get Randy to apply also. He needs a vacation from the hospital after all that’s happened, and he’ll never just accept the idea of a vacation, but working at summer camp would at least give him some sort of escape from all that."

"I’ll see, but don’t mention any of this to Sugar okay; I don’t want to get her hopes up if it doesn’t work out."

As Dolly started cumming Lana said, "Okay Patty we’ll just go get Ana and Melissa and tell them you’ve cum.

Katrina and Lana giggled as they ran into the Recreation room to deliver the message.

*****

"The Roller Coaster," Melissa said excitedly.

"No, the Death Drop," Lana countered.

"I think the Torture Turner is the place to start!" Hannah said strongly with her eyes flashing.

"Yeah, you would," Ana said smiling, "but I don’t think a ride is the best place for you to start cumming."

"Well what do you think we should start with," Debbie asked.

Ana looked at the Merry-go-Round and said, "Why don’t we just start with the old and reliable and build up to the new and risky later, we do have three days here you know."

"You guys are pretty quiet," Lana said as all the girls looked at the group of guys, "don’t you have any suggestions?"

"Hey," Don said, "We made a deal and we stick to it. Total control of all fuckfest and fuckabration activities while at this resort in exchange for total control of all other activities; So for now, ‘Queen’, you girls’ wish is our command; just don’t tire yourselves out too much, because tonight, we rule."

"I can’t believe we get to spend pretty much every minute at this resort together without having to worry about a single task." Katrina said still unbelieving.

"Well," Ron said, "With DP and her sisters offering to help the adults with everything, it does give us a bit of a vacation."

"And how did you get them to agree to that, again," Jenny asked suspiciously.

"I just offered them another set of front row tickets to the concert as well as to the fuckabration afterwards," he said smiling.

"Really," Lana said, "well it’s too bad you and John will miss that then, since the two of you belong to only one girl each while here."

"That’s why I had to find you guys some replacements," he put his arm around Hannah and said, "Come on Honey, let’s go make out at the top of the giant Ferris Wheel."

As they walked away everybody else looked around and shrugging each grabbed a make-out buddy and headed for the Ferris Wheel.

*****

"Hey," Ron said to John as the group boarded the bumper cars, the last ride before heading for the night’s fuckfest. "Have you noticed that tall guy with the long mustache?"

"The one that’s been following us through most of the rides and has been snapping pictures of us," John asked smiling.

"Do you thing—"

"I don’t know, but what say we get the other guys to have a talk with him when we get off this ride," Ron said.

"Okay, but don’t say anything to the girls, Lana especially," John said following the girls into the cars and splitting into groups of two.

*****

"Why don’t you girls go get the campsite ready," Ron said, "John and Debbie, and Hannah and I have the small tents while at this resort."

"Where are you going," Lana asked.

"The snack bar tent is still open, we want to purchase some things: hot fudge, whipped cream, peanut butter, strawberries. It’s to snack on during the night."

"Sounds like you guys are planning on making some special midnight desserts," Jenny said smiling.

"Well, we are in control from now on," Ron said smiling, "Now go get the camp ready."

As the girls left excitedly Ron said, "Do you see him anywhere?"

"No," John said, "do you think he knows we saw him?"

"Do you two really think this might be the guy that’s been after Lana," Robert asked.

"We don’t know, but even if he’s not, he still has to explain why he’s been following us all day taking pictures," Ron said angrily.

"I don’t understand," Lenny said, "if you noticed him a while back, why hadn’t you tried to approach him earlier!"

"We couldn’t be sure at first that it wasn’t just a coincidence that he was choosing the same rides we were," John said, "and we’ve all been snapping pictures at the rides. Plus we didn’t want to alarm the girls."

"Lana is especially happy thinking she’s had no contact with the guy since that music box," Ron said, "no need to push her into another sleeping berth."

All the guys suddenly looked suspiciously at Ron and he wondered what he’d said to make them look that way.

"Ron," John said, "what do you mean by ‘thinks she’s had no contact’; she hasn’t has she?"

"Oh," Ron said guiltily, he’d never shared the picture he had taken at ‘the clean town’ with anybody. "No, not directly, but remember the note and pictures that bailed us out with the Judge; well they were from him, I don’t know what he got pictures of, but the note mentioned ‘a scandal no local law could protect against’ and also to let Lana go because she had an appointment with him."

"And you just decided not to tell anybody that," Don said angrily.

"Did you guys really want me worrying Mom, Dad and especially Lana (who was still in clothes at the time and watching Disney movies with a 12 year old kid), with the idea that whoever was after her was powerful enough to influence the Mayor, Judge and Sheriff of a town?"

Some of the guys gulped worriedly at this fact, John still looked angry though and said, "Well you should have shared it with us at least."

"I just did," Ron said smiling and suddenly said, "hey look, that’s where he was standing."

"Hey," Jason said, "there’s something on the ground, maybe he dropped something."

Robert hurried over and picked up what appeared to be a folded piece of paper.

"It’s a flyer of tomorrow’s concert," he said, "but it’s wrapped around something."

Ron and John went over and grabbed it. The flyer was folded so that the words ‘TRIPLET X LOVE TIMES 2’ appeared clearly and in the center of the package. "Why do I get the feeling that if he did drop this, it wasn’t an accident," Ron asked.

Quickly opening it Ron removed what was wrapped in the flyer and after studying it a while said, "Well I don’t know any of the actors, but it looks interesting, maybe I’ll watch it tomorrow."

"Not funny Ron," John said seriously, grabbing the DVD, flyer and one picture from Ron. "‘Stalked’, 1994 version. Hey," he said, did you read this, "Remind the ‘Queen’ she has a movie date with me. By the way, tell her the next time she’s going to throw a race, she should be a little less obvious." John found the last part a little confusing but then, on studying the picture of the raft race at the last resort he said, "Hey, she waved Hannah and Debbie past them, they let them win!"

"So what do we do now," Lenny asked.

"Now we go buy the stuff I told the girls we were going to buy and we go and have a fuckfeast rather than a fuckfest tonight." Ron pointed towards the snack tent.

"What about this guy," Robert said.

"John and I know what he looks like now, and as soon as John enhances the picture I took on my cell phone of our picture taker, we all will." As he neared the tent he said, "I hope they have some cherry syrup, I love it when it’s mixed with cunt juice."

*****

"Hold it Honey," Ron said, "I want a good picture of this so lie very still." Ron clicked a few pictures from different angles and said, "The Honey Sweet Snack, It all looks so delicious I don’t know where to start eating."

Ron looked over boob number 1 with the whipped cream, chocolate fudge and cherry topping; then considered boob 2 with the peanut butter, crushed almond and strawberry syrup topping; and finally to the giant strawberry covered in whipped cream and cherry syrup sticking in Hannah’s cunt.

"Forgive me Master but I would advise you to choose quickly because I am getting very hot," Hannah said smiling, "And I’m going to start melting soon."

"Well, we can’t have that can we," Ron said bending over her chest, "why don’t I just eat these first, and I’ll leave my favorite treat for last."

He dug into boob 1 eating the cherry and gently licking and biting at the whipped cream, fudge covered boob taking a good time to enjoy the boob itself as much as the other ingredients before leaving it completely clean and moving on to boob 2. Hannah loved how the crushed almonds scraped and pinched her tit Ron bit a little more painfully into this peanut buttered and strawberry syrupy treat.

"Oh Master, that feels delicious," Hannah said blissfully as she felt herself cumming, adding a final important ingredient to the final treat.

"It tastes delicious too, and I haven’t even gotten to the main course yet."

After boob number 2 was nice and clean, Ron moved to between Hannah’s legs saying, "Now, time for the real meal and he bit Hannah’s cunt lips strongly several times while fishing to pull out the strawberry and lick all the cunt juice enhanced whipped cream and cherry syrup topping. Hannah moaned strongly several times and let her Master happily enjoy his meal.

When the road was totally clean and the path totally clear Ron said, "I think it’s time to start adding a hotter cream to the honey pot; don’t you dear?"

"Oh yes Master, please do!" Hannah’s eyes glowed as she said this. As her Master mounted her she threw a momentarily guilty look at her skirt where her case of birth control pills lay untouched for more than 48 hours. "Fill me up Master," she suddenly said smiling.

*****

In the other small tent Debbie stopped sucking John’s cock momentarily to ask dreamily, "Are you enjoying your banana split dear?"

John momentarily stopped biting into the chocolate, cherry and strawberry syrupy, whip cream covered banana wedged into Debbie’s ‘split’ to say, "It is definitely the best banana split I have ever enjoyed; what about you, are you enjoying your meal?"

Debbie licked John’s cock head and said, "Oh yes, it’s my favorite food and I thought I might never taste it again."

John suddenly remembered that Debbie and he hadn’t officially reconciled yet and he returned to his meal deciding to quickly clear the road to a true cumming back together party.

When John started truly fucking her, when all was ready, he whispered to her, "I love you, you know, and I’m sorry for how I reacted the other day. I really don’t mind you being with anybody else; hell, I’ve been encouraging you to for some time. It makes me feel less guilty about my life if you’re totally sharing it with me. I think Ron was right and I momentarily freaked at the thought of being able to easily lose you to some professional Master."

"You’ll never lose me honey," Debbie said kissing him, "You’re the only man I truly love and I’m going to prove it to you."

"Really," John said, "how are you going to do that?"

"That’s a surprise, for now just fill me and fill me with your life-giving cream all the time we’re here!"

*****

As John worked on enhancing the picture Ron had taken he said, "I had an incredible time with Debbie, both last night and this morning."

"Yeah I know, there’s nothing like some good make-up sex; even when you’re not really broken up, like Hannah and me. We had a great time too, even though she’s up to something."

"Up to something, what do you mean," John asked.

"I caught her guilty ‘I’m sorry to do this look’ every now and then. And get this, Hannah, cum-whore extraordinaire, did not let me cum in her mouth or ass once yesterday, everything had to be for her cunt, and she wouldn’t even let me suck her clean."

John gave a frown and said, "Debbie was the exact same way, even though she sucked my cock for the longest when we started, she never let me cum until I was buried deep in her cunt."

"Did she say why," Ron asked.

"She just said she needed to feel my life-giving cream flowing in her if she was to prove her ultimate love for me," John said smiling.

Ron however did not smile, he looked at John a little scared.

"What’s wrong," John asked.

"Two days ago, while driving here, I ran into Dad as we were preparing to change driving shifts and he gave me a powerful hug. I asked him what was up and he told me how he had just been talking to Hannah about how we kids are the true sign of his and Mom’s love for one another and how when he and Mom have their own it will be the ultimate proof of their love."

John was now looking somewhat serious too and said, "You don’t think they’d—no, of course they wouldn’t; would they?"

"Why don’t you go and take my pets shift with Joyce, send her to me to finish this. I think I better talk to her in an ‘I’m the Master, you’re my slave so tell me the truth the whole truth and nothing but the truth’ sort of way."

*****

"So they were really trying to get pregnant," Don said amused, "what did you do?"

"We made them both take an overdose of morning after pills and stuffed their pussies full of spermicide," John said smiling.

"You don’t sound too angry with them," Don said.

"We decided we really can’t be, they wanted to prove their ultimate love for us and—" Ron started.

"—and in a way you figure they did," Don said smiling too.

"We did however warn them if they ever try anything like that against our knowledge again we’ll take it as a sign of deceit rather than love," John said.

"So are they safe to fuck now," Don asked.

"Well we have them back on the pill, but no one is to cum in their cunts for at least a week, asses and mouths only," Ron said.

Changing the subject John said, "On the other hand, Hannah did a much more fantastic job of enhancing that guys picture than I was doing, I had to congratulate her for that."

*****

As Debbie and Hannah both stepped out of the restrooms they were both wearing worried, defeated faces.

"Nothing ehhh," Hannah said.

"No, you’d think after those fertility pills we were taking daily and a fuckabration like yesterdays we’d have something to show for it."

"They didn’t cum in us yesterday, well not in the right place anyway. I don’t think you have to be sad though," Hannah said, "the plan worked, even without babies."

"Yeah," Debbie said smiling, "I guess you’re right."

Don and Jason entered the Kitchen and Bath saying, "Are you two finished with those restrooms; other people do need to use them."

"Go ahead, they’re all yours," Debbie said.

As each brother took the restroom their sister had just abandoned, they both smiled as they saw the empty self –pregnancy test box in the waste paper basket.

One of the brother’s eyes however was captured by something else, giving a frown as he saw the item on the floor he bent down and picked up the long strip, he gave another small frown as he read the word ‘YES’ and tried to understand what it meant.

 

 

Chapter Twenty-three – A Close Shave

"How much longer before the final stop," Lana asked as Ron came into the BED room after his recent driving shift.

Ron looked at Lana lost in a daze again as her beloved clit pumped in and out of her cunt once more and he rolled his eyes.

"Why does it feel like you get more satisfaction from that little thing than from my rod? You know, me and my brothers are up to 81/2 inches now and we still have a long way to go before we’re our full sizes."http://www.geocities.com/txlt2book4/t_parent"> color="#0000ff">Sex Camp

"My clit is not ‘a small thing’," Lana said angrily, "it’s a beautiful large super-swollen thing that is connected to hot juicy lips that keep massaging into mine as they pass tons of cunt juice directly from my Katy’s cunt to mine!"

"OWW!" Katrina screamed as Ron suddenly plunged his cock into her ass. "Hey watch it; I like it rough, but I also like to know when it’s—CUMMMMING—oh that felt good."

"Sorry ‘Wild Kat’," Ron said, "but your Queen’s detailed description of your activities made me want to stuff that somewhere fast and you butt hole was right there winking at me."

As he continued pumping Katrina’s ass with a steady rhythm he said, "By the way ‘Queen’ we should be at the resort in two hours. It’s basically another fresh water lake resort. Fishing, swimming and fucking are the main choice of activities."

"Maybe we can have one last boat race," Katrina said, "we can race for control of the final fuckabration; that should be something special, right ‘Queen’?"

"Celebrating the end of a successful tour and project," Lana said, "you bet it should be special."

"Maybe we should start it early, like tonight," Ron suggested smiling. "We can invite DP and her sisters to join us again."

"The very last fuckabration will just be family," Lana said strongly, so if you want to do the sisters, it’s going to have to be tonight. I can’t be there though; I have a movie date to keep."

"You have a what," Ron said suddenly.

"A movie date, with a friend, I promised we’d watch some DVDs and tonight will be my last chance to keep that promise because, NO WAY AM I MISSING TOMORROW’S FUCKABRATION!"

Trying not to sound too concerned Ron said, "And who is this movie date with?"

"Shai, I promised her the other night we’d finish our Disney Marathon before the end of the tour."

"Oh," Ron said sounding a bit relieved and especially since he was relieving himself in Katrina’s butt. "I think I’ll get something to eat," he said heading for the kitchen, "I left you a nice treat to munch on in the ‘Wild Kat’s’ butt," he said to Lana.

As Katrina repositioned herself so that she was squatting with her butt over Lana’s mouth she said, "You know, we should do something special to commemorate our final fuckabration, something different."

Lana stopped eating her butt a second to ask, "what do you have in mind?"

"I don’t know yet," Katrina admitted, "but something will come to me."

Lana went back to work on cleaning out Katrina’s butt and as she did she massaged Katrina’s cunt, clit and pubic area. She smiled as she felt the hairy jungle realizing hers must feel exactly the same since none of them had really had much of an opportunity to trim lately. An even bigger smile suddenly came to her lips even as her tongue continued working deep in Katrina’s ass, "I’ll tell all the girls my idea after finishing my snack," she thought to herself.

"So Trixie and DP are watching the memorabilia table," Katrina told Lana as they entered the big tent with Hannah, Ana, Jenny, Sandy, Debbie and Melissa.

"Did you hang up the ‘Do Not Disturb’ button," Lana asked as Ana zipped up the tent.

"Yeah, so what’s up, what’s in the bag," Ana asked curiously.

"Well Katy and I were just thinking that we should all do something special in preparation and honor of tomorrow’s final fuckabration," Lana said.

"And what were you thinking we should do," Hannah asked.

Reaching in the bag Lana started to pull out and distribute special ‘for extra sensitive skin’ fine blade disposable razors, as she handed one to each of the girls and they realized what they were for they all smiled.

"Melissa and Hannah, you two are the only ones familiar with the complete process, so lead us novices," Lana said as she pulled out a large can of shaving cream.

Hannah took the can and she and Melissa sat in the front of the tent facing the other girls. Hannah then spread some cream all over her pubic and cunt area and passed the can to Melissa who did the same. The can was then passed around to all the other girls. Hannah and Melissa then demonstrated how to quickly and easily shave all of the pubic hair before reaching the split; they then demonstrated how to more slowly and cautiously shave off all hair on and around the split and the pussy lips themselves.

When all girls had followed Hannah and Melissa’s lead, Lana passed around two hand towels to each of the girls, one moist to clean away the lingering hair and shaving cream, and one totally dry to finish drying off. When ready, they all ran their hands over, under and in their new hairless pussies to feel how smooth they were.

"Okay," Melissa said, "now it’s time for the final test, watch and we’ll demonstrate." Hannah and Melissa then got in a ‘69’ and started sucking each other bald pussies.

The other girls laughed and pairing off instantly followed Hannah and Melissa’s lead. When all tests were cumming to an end everyone agreed it was perfect and Lana said, "The boys are going to go crazy at tonight’s fuckfest."

*****

"Shai, you look so sad," Lana said as Shai arrived that evening with her sisters, "what’s wrong honey?"

"It’s nothing, really," she said, "thanks for asking my sisters to bring me."

"Did you think I’d forgotten our movie date, what do you want to watch first?"

"How about Mary Poppins, it’s one of my favorites."

"Mine too," Lana said happily as they walked through section one.

In the Recreation room Lana said to Shai, "Sit here and wait a few moments; I have to go in and do something quick with all the girls." To DP and her sisters she said, "Why don’t you stay here with her for now, you can come in as soon as we finish, it won’t take long."

She quickly went into the BED room where she found the rest of the girls; all of them, like her, were topless but wearing shorts. The boys were all looking at them expectantly.

"So you’re ready to give us this surprise," Ron said, "You’ve had us crazy since we got back from fishing with your ‘I’ve got a secret’ faces not to mention worried about why you’re all in clothes." Looking at their tits he then corrected himself saying, "Well why you have our favorite part of you hidden anyway."

"Okay," Lana said, "guys I want you to line up and kneel, we’re going to march by each of you and give you a close-up of our surprise. As we pass take a nice long taste test from bottom to top, only one taste for now, when all of you have tasted all of us then I’ll go in and get DP, Trixie and the others so you can start the party. Remember, I won’t be with you tonight but I’m all yours after tomorrow."

When they were all kneeling, side by side, Lana addressed the girls saying, "Okay girls; butts to them and down with the shorts. You know how we practiced it."

The girls lined up in front of the boys, asses to them, and with enough room between the groups for someone to easily walk. Hannah, Ana, and Lana were in the far left, followed by: Jenny, Sandy, Debbie, Katrina and Melissa, in that order.

The guys were starting to hate this teasing and looked like they wanted to just jump up and take the girl in front of them, bend her over and stick their cock deep in their cunt.

Finally Hannah, followed by the other girls, made a left face and started marching forward a bit eventually making a u-turn so they were marching back toward the boys and Hannah stopped right in front of Ron, who was in the far left (followed by John, Don, Lenny, Robert and Jason). Signaling a right face, all the girls turned and Hannah’s bald pussy ended up in her Master’s face, he saw nothing new or unusual (since Hannah had been shaving for months), he, however, followed orders and took a very long taste from the bottom to the top of his Honey’s cunt and the entire split. The only difference he noticed from the last time he fucked her was that she was definitely smoother and easier to lick. He hadn’t wanted to upset her by telling her last time, but since she hadn’t shaved in a while she was starting to develop some stubble and it was a little rough on the tongue. He suddenly opened his eyes wide as he realized she must have shaved, and suddenly had a suspicion as he smiled a little lustfully that she wasn’t the only one; when Hannah stepped to the side to land in front of John and Ana ended up in front of Ron, his suspicions were confirmed.

"So it looks like the Anderson girls are finally exact triplets again," Ron thought as he enjoyed the taste of another totally bald pussy. When Lana stepped in front of him as the girls continued moving over, he broke the rules a little and not only licked her bald twat, but took a minute to tongue fuck her new hairless cunt. She gave him an annoyed look and he returned it with a ‘well you’re not going to be here for the rest of the night smile, she then smiled back without saying a word.

When all the boys had gotten a taste of each of the girls Lana said, "So how do you like it?"

The boys just looked at each other and without a word they each leapt at a girl and lying down pulled the girl on a sitting position on their faces and really started digging in. With only six boys and eight girls, Lana and Melissa were left without tongues in their cunts, but Lana wasn’t going to stay anyway; Melissa however instantly found something to do with her once more clean shaven pussy and straddling Lenny’s cock she drove it deep inside herself.

"I guess that means they like it," Lana said giggling, "I’ll go send in some more cunts to keep the rest of these cocks warm."

Going back into the Recreation room Lana told DP and the other girls, "They’re ready for you, just go in and grab a cock."

Trixie, Evita and Jackie laughed and rushed in, DP however was looking over Lana’s now totally naked body and she said, "Promise me you won’t let her get naked and you won’t let her have sex with you."

"DP, I don’t think what you’re doing to your sister is fair, it’s not her fault she’s sick," Lana said angrily.

"Just promise me please," DP said.

Lana nodded with a bit of resentment and said, "I promise, but you should try to join with her, she is you sister and she needs the show of love right now."

Once DP left Lana went to the computer and on finding the location of Mary Poppins went to the specific berth and pulled out the movie, turning back toward Shai she found the girl stripping.

"Shai, I just made your sister a promise," Lana said upset.

"You promised her you wouldn’t let me get naked," Shai stripped down to some see though panties and said, "I’m not naked." She then gave Lana a sweet smile.

Lana had to smile too and she went and popped the movie in the DVD.

"Can I sit on your lap like last time," Shai asked, "please?"

Lana smiled at her, she had reservations about letting an almost totally naked ‘non-child’ she wasn’t allowed to touch sexually sit on her totally naked lap with her head on Lana’s totally naked breasts (breasts which even with clothes had ended up in the girl’s mouth last time), however, Lana couldn’t help liking this kid for some reason, and she resented the way DP was treating Shai as though she were a leper; Lana therefore nodded her consent and as the movie began they sat in front of the big screen to watch it. Lana was very aware that every now and then Shai would suddenly develop an itch in her inner thigh and that scratching it her hand would always drop just a bit too far and ‘accidentally’ scratch Lana’s leaking cunt instead and that Shai would always need to suck her finger after that, but she let Shai have her way, the truth is she was developing quite and itch in that area herself, and she didn’t mind getting it momentarily scratched from time to time. She hugged Shai tight and let her rest her head on Lana’s boobs and every now and then stick out her tongue give them a quick lick. Lana began remembering again that though she loved her sisters, she had always wanted a little sister she could help guide through life.

*****

"RON YOU HAVE A CALL! RON YOU HAVE A CALL! RON YOU HAVE A CALL!"

"Damn It Ron, answer that already," John said angrily, "it’s breaking my concentration!" John tried to return his full attention to the doggy style fucking he was giving Debbie’s new bald cunt. None of the guys had touched any other part of the seven clean-shaven twat girls except for their beautiful pussies (which they had either fucked or sucked to erotic soreness). For anals and blow jobs they’d turned to DP and her sisters.

Annoyed, and not really wanting to stop sucking Katrina’s smooth twat, not to mention that incredible clit (he was actually starting to realize why the ‘Queen’ was so infactuated by it), he went over to a sleeping berth where they had all put their phones (If it weren’t for the personalized ring tone messages they’d have no way of knowing who’s was ringing."

"Hello," Ron said a little bitterly as he picked up the phone and opened it, "Oh hi Dad; listen whatever it is can’t it—WHAT, WHERE—Okay, we’ll be right there. Don’t try anything by yourself and just stay with Mom and Aunt Joyce until we get there."

By the time he hung up and turned around, everyone else had stopped fucking and was looking at him questionably.

"Guys get some shorts and a t-shirt on fast; Dad saw him, taking pictures by the campsite. Girls, just stay here and enjoy a girls’ night until we get back."

"We want to help," Ana said angrily.

"You can help by staying in here, near ‘the Queen’ without tipping her off to what’s happening, I’ll leave the door open, I want one couple near it at all times able to watch what’s happening next door. Ana, have your cell phone ready at all moments and let us know at once if you feel anyone enter the bus."

As he passed by the Recreation room Ron cast an eye toward the screen and saw a bunch of chimney sweepers dancing on a roof; smiling, he looked over at the seat where Lana had obviously not been able to take much of the movie and was sleeping, he noticed Shai sucking happily at Lana’s tit while watching the movie, he also noticed her full hand pumping between her legs and Ron was sure it wasn’t in her own pussy. Shai noticed him watching her and threw him a strange look that for some reason made him feel nervous.

"Ron," John said annoyed, "what are you waiting for, come on, we get this guy tonight!"

"Where is he Dad," John asked, "did he notice you had seen him?"

The boys tried to act casual as they walked back to the big tent with Stan.

"I don’t think he knows, I had to go real fast and couldn’t wait to reach the rest rooms so I went behind the big tree to the left; it was while there that I caught him watching the tents from behind the next tree, he had his back to me and as soon as I spotted the camera and recognized him I ducked around the tree I was at and came back here."

"That means he may still be there," Ron said, "Hey guys, remember that little joke the girls pulled on us at the second resort; how they were able to cut us off by slowly surrounding us and eventually made us run exactly where they wanted us too by making it the only way left to run?"

"Yeah," Lenny said smiling, "You’ve got to admit it was a cool plan."

"Yeah," Ron said, "it was, wasn’t it?"

*****

Someone watched closely as one of the Anderson boys stepped out and turned left. Around two minutes later, another came out, this one went toward the right. He continued watching curiously for the next 15 to 20 minutes as every two or three minutes another of the boys that had just arrived stepped out and headed in a slightly different direction. Finally the father came out again; he hadn’t gotten enough pictures of the kid’s parents, which is why he was watching the adults in the kid’s life closely this night.

"What a perfect front view shot," he thought as Stan walked directly towards him.

"Directly to me," he thought, "Oh dear," and he turned to run quickly, only to see Lenny walking directly to him from behind. "Oh no," he thought as he turned right only to see Robert quickly approaching, turning quickly he saw Don approaching from one angle and Jason from another. "Oh good God," he thought as the five very angry looking males closed in on him. "Only one way left," he thought and turning ran and headed in the direction of a giant oak tree hoping to use it for cover; as he reached the tree an Anderson boy popped out from behind the tree on the right, the stranger quickly veered left only to have another one jump out at him, he suddenly felt his arm grabbed from behind and something put on his wrist, as he turned to investigate he felt his other arm grabbed and something slipped on that wrist too.

He tried to run again but found he couldn’t move; he was in chains and he tried desperately to pull free.

"Please don’t harm those chains," Ron said calmly, "they’re my ‘Pet’s’ favorite chains, and she’ll be very angry if you break them. And when she gets angry, I tend to get angry, and you don’t want me any angrier THAN I ALREADY AM!" Ron looked deep in the strangers eyes with a look that made the stranger want to take a leak right then and there, and in fact, he did.

*****

Lana felt herself cumming again and she could still feel her breast being gloriously attacked. She was also hearing some very loud singing though, "what do they mean ‘a spoonful of Sugar’, a spoonful of Ana’s exquisite juices is never enough medicine; she needed a gallon at least."

Suddenly shaking back to life she looked down and saw Shai sucking her breast and felt her cunt being pumped over and over again, and worst of all, to her utmost horror, the movie was near the beginning again.

"Didn’t we see this part already," Lana said.

Taking her mouth off Lana’s breast Shai said, "I let it restart."

"You know Shai, I made a promise to your sister; letting you sit on my lap semi-nude may not break that promise, not even letting you ‘accidentally’ give me a scratch now and then, but letting you suck my boobs and finger fuck me definitely crosses into the zone of breaking that promise," Lana was trying to sound more disappointed than mad.

Shai stopped fucking Lana and bringing her fingers to her mouth began sucking. "You really taste majestic, is that why they call you ‘Queen’?" Shai saw Lana wasn’t smiling at the compliment and she turned to an ‘I’m so sad and unloved’ approach. "I’m sorry Lana, but it had been so long since I was allowed to be near someone in that way; and you felt so soft and smooth, DP always shaved, so she felt like that too, she use to shave me too, but now she won’t even do that." She looked like she was about to cry and Lana felt sorry for her, she just couldn’t understand DP’s attitude towards Shai.

"Hey don’t worry," Lana said, "I’m here with you."

"Lana, can you do me a favor," Shai asked sadly.

"You can ask me anything outside of breaking my promise to your sister, well breaking it any farther that is."

"Will you shave me like my sister use to do for me please?"

Lana looked at Shai’s sad face and after barely giving it a thought said, "Sure, as a matter a fact, I have everything we need right here." Indicating to Shai that she should let her up, she went to the corner where the girls had dropped a bag of leftover products when they first returned from shaving. Lana pulled out a razor and the can of shaving cream as well as some towels; on turning she found Shai lying in the center of the Recreation room with her panties down around her ankles.

"I’m not naked," Shai said lifting her legs, "there are still clothes on my body."

Lana had to giggle at that and went over to kneel by Shai. She studied Shai’s little twat and the signs of pubic hair re-growing, she noticed a bit of cunt juice leaking out and she was tempted to taste it, but decided she had already broken her promise to DP enough.

"Okay, let me start by putting on a good amount of this," she said as she sprayed the cream all around Shai’s pubic area and the sides of her twat. She then started, as Hannah and Melissa had shown them earlier, by quickly removing all the hair in the pubic area above the split first (not going anywhere near the pussy lips or the cunt hole itself). When she was finished with this area Lana said, "Now it becomes a little harder, the hair on the lips and around the cunt sides."

Shai suddenly made a grab for the razor saying, "Oh, let me help please!"

"OWW," Lana screamed, and she looked at her bloody finger.

"Oh no," Shai screamed crying, "Lana I’m Sorry, I hurt you, I didn’t mean to, I just wanted to help; please don’t hate me!"

"Shai, don’t cry; and don’t be silly, I would never hate you. As for my finger, see, it’s nothing, just a scratch; but here, let me finish you real fast." Lana pulled at the side of Shai’s cunt lips and carefully shaved them, the area around them was so small she ended up having to stick several fingers in Shai’s cunt to make room, getting the fingers well coated with Shai juice. Eventually though, she was finished and reaching for the towels cleaned off and completely dried up Shai’s cunt. She then passed her hand over it a few times to test it’s smoothness.

"Well," Lana said smiling, "I think that’s perfect."

"DP always used to say there was only one true final test for shaving," Shai said smiling.

Lana smiled also and looked at Shai’s beautiful and now fully hairless and incredibly smooth twat. It really wouldn’t be fair to leave it without testing, would it?

*****

"What do you think is going on," Jenny asked nervously, the boys had been gone now for over half-an-hour.

Ana moved away from the door just as she spotted Lana going over to the bag they had dropped when they first got back. The girls continued fucking and sucking each other like Ron had suggested, but knowing that something was going on sort of killed some of the better cums.

"Well we know It has something to do with Lana’s secret admirer," Ana said.

"Do you think they’ve caught him," Katrina asked hopefully, "I don’t think my ‘Queen’ will have any real peace again until they do."

"Yeah," Hannah said sadly, "Lana may be acting all brave and strong but I know she’s still scared."

"What are you talking about," Trixie asked nervously.

"Just some nut that’s been sending Lana crazy letters and presents everywhere we’ve been," Ana said. "Hey, I just remembered, you’ve been at all the resorts we have, maybe you’ve seen him." She went over to the sleeping berth with all the cell phones and pulled out a copy of the photo Ron had given them all. "Does this guy look familiar to any of you?"

The girls looked at the picture shocked and Trixie said, "Isn’t that Mr. Stanford?"

"Yes, yes it is," Jackie said confused.

"I can’t picture Mr. Stanford as a crazed love note leaver," Evita said

"Who’s Mr. Stanford," Ana asked.

"Just a reporter, kind of, he’s doing a story on your family’s work, as well as on your bands rise to stardom. We caught him talking to Shai one day and he asked us all sorts of questions about you," DP said.

"Well he sure turns up at lousy times," Melissa said, "I was dying for some hot cum and now thanks to him we’re cockless."

Ana gave a giggle and said, ""Poor Lissa, do you like cum; sorry Dolly hasn’t any to give you, but I know she’s still waiting to feed you." Ana was smiling as she said this when suddenly frowning she said, "Oh God, that’s it, that’s what it meant!"

"What, what meant," Hannah asked.

"Don’t you remember, the test tube," Ana said excitedly, "that’s exactly what it said, ‘sorry I don’t have any to give you but I’m waiting to feed you anyway’. He didn’t mean he didn’t have any healthy cum for Lana; he meant he had no cum period. He had no cum because—"

"—because he’s a she!" Hannah suddenly said catching on.

*****

"You can not chain me up like this! Let me go or I will call the police!" The stranger was angrily screaming at Ron as he said this.

"I’ll save you the trouble," Ron said pulling out a cell phone, "You can explain to them why you’ve been stalking our family throughout this whole trip, taking pictures of us and harassing my sister!"

"Now wait a minute," the stranger said, "I may have been tailing your family to get the full scoop, as well as some Pulitzer Prize winning pictures, but I have not harassed anybody."

"Pulitzer Prize winning pictures," John said, "wait a second, are you trying to tell us that you’re a—"

"—reporter with the Stanton Global, yes, Tom Stanford is the name; my reporters pass is in my inner suit pocket, you can check for yourself."

Ron stuck his hand in his pocket and pulled out the pass as well as six pictures, one of each of the Anderson kids. Ron studied the photos, not missing for a second that they were the exact same photo type as those Lana had been receiving; he had an odd feeling though that he’d seen others like them somewhere before. He passed them to John who turned them over to study the notes on the back of each picture.

"‘The Master’" John read aloud, "‘the Psycho’, hey, what does that mean?" As he said this he turned the photo around to see who it was, "oh yeah," he said after seeing Hannah being fucked by a dog. Continuing to read the other notes he said, "‘the Queen’; ‘the Lesbo’, hey that is not the politically correct term I’m sure! Neither is ‘the Homo’," looking at the final one he yelled, "‘the Computer Nerd’, I’m a ‘Computer King’ not a nerd, Hannah is more a nerd than I am!"

"These pictures you took are pretty good," Ron said.

"Are you kidding," Mr. Stanford said, "those things were taken with an instant camera. The detail is childish, not surprising though, since it was a child that took them."

"A child, what do you mean," John said.

"My informant, she’s been feeding me inside information for weeks now; a crazy, albeit very cute kid, and all she wanted in return was a good fucking and a test tube full of cum."

"She," Ron said as he suddenly remembered where he had seen similar pictures. "Jason and Robert, watch him until we check out his story; Don, come with me and John, I’ve a feeling Lana is in a bit of trouble."

*****

"Pictures," Evita said, "he’d been sending her pictures of everywhere Lana had been?"

"Well if our theory is correct," Ana said, "it’s a she that was sending them." She went back to the berth and pulled out some of the pictures they’d collected and passed them to Evita who gave them an odd look.

DP actually looked terrified, but it was Trixie that spoke, "Hey wait a minute aren’t those ‘miss future Pulitzer Prize winning photo Queen’s’ pictures?"

"Who," Hannah said confused.

"Our sister, Shai, she was planning to be the world’s greatest photographer before the idiot went and got herself sick," Trixie said angrily.

"Please don’t talk about her like that," DP said sadly.

"How are we supposed to talk about her," Evita said, "if it hadn’t been for the tests at the first resort every one of us would probably be sick now too!"

"Shai," Ana said, suddenly remembering some pictures she had seen in DP’s motel room in the town they were in. "What exactly does Shai have," she asked nervously.

"The test you took at ‘the Wood Nymph’ showed she’d been infected with HIV. She had vanished the night before the test with some boy she’d never met and turned up right before the test." Evita said.

"We got so angry about her disappearing that we grounded her for two day, and with no sex allowed to boot."

"Which turned out to be lucky since—" Trixie began.

"—since the test revealed she had been infected," Ana said gulping and running into the next room.

Once there she saw Lana leaning over Shai studying her cunt looking like she was about to— "LANA DON’T DO IT! Don’t touch her she’s sick!" Ana screamed terrified.

"What," Lana said, upset at her sister’s reaction, "Ana what’s wrong with you? I know she has epilepsy."

"Epilepsy, Lana she’s HIV positive, she was tested at the first resort and the test showed her positive. She’s the one that’s been sending you those pictures and messages!"

"What," Lana said, half amused, half disbelieving and totally confused, "Ana, I don’t think she has any cum to send me."

"Which is why she tricked our mysterious stranger into giving her a test tube full of his in return for inside details about our lives, he’s a reporter trying to write some article on us."

Both Lana and Ana turned to see Ron entering as he spoke, he was looking angrily at Shai and disappointedly as well as worriedly at Lana.

"Tell me you haven’t let her feed you? Tell me you haven’t done anything at all with her, please." Ron said almost desperately.

"I haven’t done anything, I was just helping her shave," Lana said, "but there must be some mistake." Shai had gotten up by now and pulled up her panties. "Shai, tell them they’re wrong."

Angrily, and with no more act of poor unloved defenseless child Shai said, "It’s your fault my sisters, even my real sister, doesn’t love me anymore, you and your stupid test! Soon none of your sisters will love you either!"

She suddenly ducked past Ana by the door to the BED room and ran by all those inside towards the kitchen.

"Shai," DP screamed, "where are you going?"

"Wow," Jenny said, "she must really have to go real bad."

Ana and Lana ran into the BED room and just saw the door to the Kitchen and Bath closing.

Back in the Recreation Room Ron said, "She wants to get out the back; quick, out the front and circle around, it’ll take her a few minutes to lower the stairs."

"Lana maybe you shouldn’t follow," Ana said, "She’s not right in the head."

"She’s a non-child who’s suddenly had the thing she most loved forbidden her and doesn’t understand that she can still live a full and happy life," Lana said, then suddenly very angrily added, "it’s them that aren’t right in the head," she was throwing angry looks at Shai’s sisters, DP in particular, "they made her feel like some sort of leper and drove her to it!"

DP now followed behind Ana deciding it was time to try to help her sister. Lana found the stairs to the back exit down and ran out to see Shai standing before her.

"Shai, please, you’re life doesn’t have to be over," Lana said, "Computers, photography, and so many other things you’re good at; you can still live a full happy life if you take care of yourself."

"Sex is my life," Shai said angrily, "or rather was; thanks to you my life is over, just like yours, maybe we should make it even faster."

Shai lifted her hand and for the first time Lana noticed a knife in it; Shai had obviously picked it up as she ran past the Kitchen table, Lana and Ana (who was right behind her) stopped just at the bottom of the steps with DP still at the bus exit above.

"Shai, put that down," Lana said, "You don’t want to hurt anybody."

Shai suddenly held the knife to her own arm and slashed herself, it was only a shallow cut, but it was enough to bathe the knife in blood, "I do want to hurt someone," Shai screamed, "I want to hurt you!" and she ran forward with the knife pointed directly at Lana and Ana, who for some reason couldn’t move out of Shai’s way.

"SHAI NO!" Someone screamed this from behind Lana and Ana and before they realized what was happening, the person that screamed it was leaping over their heads and landing right in front of them as the point of Shai’s bloody knife reached the scene.

"DP, NO," Shai said as the tip of her knife penetrated her sister’s arm.

"Shai," DP said, "I love you, I’m sorry I haven’t told you that in a while."

"DP, WHY," Shai said almost crying. Then in rage, looking at Lana, "this is your fault" Looking to the side she saw John, Ron, and Don circling and she said to Lana, "Remember me every time you have a triple cocktail." Then to DP she said, "I love you sister, I’m sorry I got sick, and I’m sorry I made you sick now too." And before anyone could realize what was happening, the girl turned the knife and buried it in her own heart.

"Shai, no," Lana screamed and was about to run to her when Lana felt someone grab her and hold her. Turning she saw Ron and said, "I have to go to her."

"No," Ron said firmly, "I called the police as well as some paramedics. That’s pure poison over there; none of us can go near it." He cast an eye at the infected blood dripping all over the ground. "Come on, get inside, all of you, you two especially," he said to Ana and Lana, "explaining why Shai and DP are naked will be difficult enough without also having to explain why you are, go tell everyone to dress now!"

"So, ‘Master’," John said, "have you got an explanation for why these two are naked?"

Just then the police arrived and running over Ron said, "You can’t touch them, their blood is HIV positive. You have to wait for the paramedics."

"What happened," a cop asked suspiciously, "why is she naked, and that girl just in panties?"

"We don’t really know what happened," Ron said, "all we know is that the shower rooms are closed and they wanted to take a bath, we offered them the use of our bath tub. The next thing we know the little one is slashing herself, stabbing her sister in the arm and then killing herself. Don get their sisters, they’ll confirm it." Don ran in understanding clearly the pass the story order.

DP who was still semi-conscience nodded her head at the office and said in tears, "It is true officer, and it is all my fault, my sister was angry because I would not just let her get in and take the bath with me to make it fast. She took it as the final proof that I no longer loved her because of her illness, she lashed out at me because of it."

As the paramedics arrived and began their job of treating DP and collecting Shai’s body, the officer’s interviewed DP’s sisters who could now confirm the ‘just there to take a bath’ story.

*****

When everyone left, leaving just the Andersons and company, everyone turned to Lana with, "are you okay?" "How do you feel?" "Are you sure you’re alright?" questions.

"I just want to go to bed," Lana said, not wanting to say anything more; she crawled in a sleeping berth and crying, fell asleep.

*****

Early the next day, Lana was the first up, she had reached a decision over the night, and she wanted to pass that decision on to everyone else.

"Listen, I want you all to know that today’s testing, and tonight’s concert, followed of course by out super special last fuckabration is still on!"

"Honey are you sure you—" Laura said.

"Yes I am," Lana said strongly, "everything else that was happening is over, all that’s left is this incredible trip, fantastic tour and important life saving mission (lives like Evita, Trixie, and Jackie who might all be infected now if not for our mission). We won’t stop it until it is completely over, what is it they say in show business, about shows I mean?"

"THE SHOW MUST GO ON!" Both ‘Triplet X Love Times 2’ and ‘The Loving Cousins’ recited strongly.

"That’s right," Lana said, "so let’s be happy everything worked out and give our fans what they came for."

"Talking about everything working out," Ana said suddenly, "What ever happened with that reporter fellow?"

"He’ll be here later," Stan said, "to get tested that is. As for his story, he turned everything he had over to us and is dropping it all."

"How’d you convince him to do that," Lana asked curiously.

"Well, he was talking about his wife, whom he claimed he truly loved and we sort of hinted she, as well as the newspaper he works for and the authorities might be interested to learn about his recent affair, especially the age of his partner," Ron said, "he was very agreeable after that."

"And you sent the Mayor, Judge and Sheriff of that town we were in the email I wrote," Lana said seriously, "telling them about Shai’s condition?’

"I sent it a little while ago," John said, "I’m sure they received it."

"When the Judge saw those pictures he looked in my direction," Lana said, "I thought he was looking at me, but it was at her."

"She heard us talking about their protection against what we were planning," Katrina said, "and decided to up the stakes in our favor."

"By making the scandal, sex with a child by three top officials of the town," Ron said, "no local law could protect against a scandal like that."

"So how’s DP," Lana asked suddenly.

"Trixie came by to pick up those special concert tickets," John said, "she told me that physically DP is okay, she is infected of course, but she’s taking to the triple cocktail a lot easier than Shai did. At least she didn’t throw up all night after her first dose."

Wanting to forget about all of the unpleasant things Lana suddenly said, "Hey, how about that boating race later; the first three person team to the end is the center of the action at tonight’s final super fuckabration."

"Alright," everyone said cheering.

*****

As Ana was surrounded by Lenny, Robert and Jason; Hannah by Debbie, Katrina and Melissa; and Lana by John, Ron and Don, Jenny stepped out of the BED room grumpily for guard duty at the campsite, so as not to go completely without action, she ordered her pet Sandy to join her and keep her calm.

"Man that final concert was beyond awesome," Katrina said, "it deserves a beyond awesome celebration!"

"Fuckabration you mean," Hannah said smiling.

"Are you ready to start that triple cocktail ‘Queen’," Ron asked Lana as him and his brothers lined up with their cocks pointing in Lana’s face.

"Think I can’t handle all three at once," Lana said smiling wickedly as she grabbed a cock in each hand and was preparing to bite into Ron’s.

"Wow," Don said suddenly, "what happened to that finger?"

"Huh," Lana said questionably following Don’s gaze to one of her fingers and a long swollen scar on its side. Suddenly remembering a small ‘accident’ the day before during a close shave, Lana suddenly screamed, "Oh my God, that’s what she was talking about!" Suddenly standing up with a grief stricken face she gave a scream of, "GET AWAY FROM ME, GET AWAY FROM ME ALL OF YOU!"

"‘Queen’," Ana said suddenly getting up and trying to rush to her side, "what’s—"

"I said stay away from me!" As Lana screamed this she rushed past the shocked faces, grabbed a cell phone from the berth they were kept in and climbed into another. They all quickly heard it locked from the inside.

"Lana, what’s wrong," Hannah said almost in tears as she went over to the sleeping berth and tried to get her sister to respond.

"Can you hear anything," Ana asked worried and almost in tears herself, the pure terror in her sister’s face when she locked herself in the berth could only make her imagine the worst.

"It sounds like she’s talking to someone," Hannah said.

"Well I doubt she grabbed the cell phone to play solitaire," Ron said angrily.

After a while Hannah said, "I think she finished talking and is just crying now. What do you think is wrong?"

"To tell you the truth pet," Ron said grimly, "I prefer not knowing, because while she doesn’t confirm it, what I suspect is just a suspicion, so just pray she comes out and never tells us what’s wrong."

 

Chapter Twenty-four – Home Sweet Home, For A While

Three hours after Lana’s sudden terror attack, everyone was gathered in the Recreation room looking horrid, they had finally gotten some words out of Lana, and what she said was, "Get out of the BED room, leave me alone please!"

Joyce had tried talking to her but she said, "Later, when he arrives, not now!"

"What did she mean, ‘when he arrives’," Ana asked, "Who’s he?"

Just then, however, they heard a noise nearby, and it was getting louder and seemed to be passing right over them.

"Hey is that a—" Melissa began to ask.

"—helicopter!" Stan finished as the noise suddenly died down. "I didn’t know they had a heliport at this resort, I would have loved a ride."

"We still have tomorrow morning, Dad," John said, "that’s if we aren’t still trying to get Lana to talk to us."

"I’ll talk to her," someone said from the door going to section one, "Joyce she wants you there too."

Everyone turned suddenly, startled by the fact that anyone new was in the bus.

"Randy!" Katrina said running up to Dr. Lewis and kissing him.

"Hi Katy," he said kissing her back, "and whether she wants to or not, you should be in there with us too."

"Dr. Lewis, do you know what is going on," Stan asked.

"Not completely, when Lana called me to come pick her up immediately she didn’t give much detail of what has happened, but seeing as she wants me to take her as fast as possible to my hospital, it’s not hard to assume what she’s afraid of. I’m pretty sure you all know what that is. I better go into her now and get some details. In the meantime, since there was room, I brought two people with me, why don’t they stay with you. Joyce and Katy, come with me." As he passed through the door to the BED room two people entered the Recreation room from section one.

"PATTY!" Ana screamed running over and pulling the totally naked Patty to the ground and diving between her legs.

"DOLLY!" Melissa said excited as one equally naked Dolly ran to her. Patty and Dolly had obviously stripped in section one as everyone doubted they’d been naked the whole trip over. When Dolly got to Melissa she threw her on the ground and instantly fell into a ‘69’ with her.

Taking the hint that it was time to get the family more to themselves, Ron said to Hannah, "Weren’t you supposed to be the other girl in the center of the action tonight?" And then, dropping to the ground and pulling Hannah with him, he buried his cock deep in her cunt; signaling his brothers to help him out; John came around to Hannah’s rear and kneeling at her butt hole drove right in; Don in the meantime was already kneeling with his cock at Hannah’s mouth.

Robert, who loved butts, got a bit excited watching John work on Hannah’s ass, and needing to find a butt fast, went over to where Dolly was on top of Melissa and used a butt fuck to introduce himself to this stranger to most of the family.

It wasn’t long before the rest of the family decided that if the choices were to worry of to fuck; only one activity had true merit. Soon they were all blissful and cumming strongly.

*****

"So she cut you while you were shaving her with the very razor you were using, however at that point you had not yet reached her cunt lips and are therefore unsure if there was cunt juice on it." Dr. Lewis repeated trying to fully analyze the situation as he studied the swollen scar on Lana’s finger. "You also know several fingers ended up in her cunt and well juiced but you can’t recall if this was one of them?"

"No," Lana said sadly, "but what are the chances that it wasn’t, I mean that was her plan all along."

"Lana," Joyce said, "the chances that she could have infected you in such an indirect manner through such a slight cut are nearly non-existent. If she had really wanted to infect you she would have been much more successful cutting her own finger before she spent almost an hour or two pumping her hand in your cunt."

"She infected DP with just a slight cut," Lana said almost in tears again. "Look at that finger, it’s infected I tell you." She now totally broke into tears.

"Oh ‘Queen’," Katrina said trying to hug her.

"No!" Lana screamed. "Don’t come near me, you shouldn’t be here, not without protection!"

"Lana," Dr. Lewis said in his calmest voice and wearing a smile, "Joyce is right. And you are right, that finger is badly infected, we better get you to the hospital fast and drain the infection before it gets worse and spreads."

"She is infected," Katrina said almost in tears also."

"Well a regular bacterial infection yes. A tip my ‘Queen’, next time you get cut use alcohol and hydrogen peroxide immediately. As to any other kind of infection, I strongly doubt it but we’ll run some full tests at the hospital to be sure. Both of you get dressed we’ll leave right now."

As they quickly dressed Lana said, "I don’t want to talk to anybody, not yet, so Joyce, when we’re gone can you tell them everything? Starting with how you both think I’m fine." Then smiling Lana said, "and tell them they are not to leave here until they have had another boat race tomorrow; in those one man boats; tell them that the prize will be waiting."

"And what should I tell them the prize is," Joyce asked smiling back.

"If I am really fine, the winner gets me as their slave the whole time we’re in summer camp; if for any reason I can’t do it," she pulled Katrina to her and gave her a passionate kiss (but close mouthed), "they can have my favorite toy during that time." Pulling up Katrina’s skirt, she gave her magnificent clit a tug. "Come on," she said directing Katrina and Dr. Lewis to the Kitchen and Bath, "we’ll go out the back quietly. Joyce wait until 5 minutes after you hear the helicopter take off to go in." Joyce continued smiling after them, but as soon as the door closed she frowned and looked very sad.

Five minutes after hearing the helicopter in the air she walked into the next room and found everybody in groups having sex all around, they were so into it they hadn’t heard her enter the room.

"Excuse me," she said, "sorry to disturb but I just wanted to let you know they’re gone."

"Gone," Laura said from the top of Stan where she’d been riding his cock.

"What do you mean, gone? What is it, what’s wrong?"

"Well we don’t think that there is anything seriously wrong. Most of what needs to be done is precautionary." Joyce then told them the full story including Lana’s final orders.

Smiling Ron said, "Oh I am going to make her so sorry she ever offered to be my slave for a whole month-and-a-half."

"What do you mean you’re slave," Ana said, "she’s going to be mine, and we’ll see who’ll be feeling who’s wrath," she said laughing.

"Excuse me, but no one is beating me," Debbie said, "especially if there’s a chance I can end up with Katrina obeying me for once."

"Fine," Jenny said, "it looks like we really have a prize everyone will work to win. This should be an awesome final race."

"Hey," Dolly said, "Patty just told me today that she’s taking me to summer camp," throwing Melissa a look she said, "and Lissa, you’re coming with us. Dr. Lewis left me something for you." She ran quickly into the next room and came back with a large manila envelope, obviously full of papers.

Opening it and pulling out a document Melissa’s eyes flashed and she screamed, "My Emancipation Papers! I’m Free!"

"So what I was saying," Dolly continued, "since we’re going to be at summer camp too, any chance we can join that race and try to win the ‘Queen’ as a slave?"

"Absolutely," John said, "she’s an open prize for everyone! Even though I’m the only one that will win her."

"Well we’ll just have to see won’t we," Melissa said with a smile.

*****

The Tour Mobile finally pulled into the front street of the Anderson home and there was a large group waiting at the front door, Among them: Amy, Pietro, Susan, Harry and to Stan’s surprise, his boss Mr. Carson.

"Jimmy," Stan said, "this is a surprise; a welcomed surprise of course."

"Lisa asked me and Miriam to be here for the inauguration ceremony; there are actually quite a few people here."

Walking into their home, the Andersons found it decorated for a "Welcome Home Party". Among the few guests inside were Lisa and her sister Martha Wise, as well as Martha’s pet (and Mr. Carson’s daughter) Louise. Also there were Stan’s personal secretary Maggie Styles, her sister Annie and Annie’s toy (and Louise best friend since childhood) Marilyn Jacobs. Everybody in the house was naked and as soon as they led the way in the house, the other guests all stripped as well. Stan, Laura and all those with them smiled and followed suit.

"Home Sweet Home," Ana said as she dropped her clothes, then remembering they’d be leaving within two or three days for summer camp added, "for a while anyway."

"Is Lana upstairs," Laura asked Pietro.

Nodding Pietro said, "Dr. Lewis and Katrina Wilson accompanied her upstairs around an hour or two ago, they didn’t say much, Lana seemed upset but that is reasonable after spending several days in hospital observation as well as the minor operation. For the most part though she looks well and she promised to be down for the Inauguration Ceremony later."

Grabbing Ana and Hannah Laura said, "Why don’t you two come with me to visit your sister."

*****

Upstairs Lana was talking with Dr. Lewis about her recent operation. "I can’t believe I almost lost a finger over a simple cut."

"Well that infection had gotten in pretty deep by the time you got to the hospital. Just be thankful you and your sisters are still identical triplets."

At that moment the door of the girls’ room opened and Ana and Hannah entered, followed by Laura.

They all stopped and smiled as they saw Lana talking to Dr. Lewis as she lay on top of Katrina in a ‘69’ pumping three fingers furiously into Katrina’s twat as she sucked that beautiful clit of hers when she wasn’t talking. Katrina’s mouth was buried in Lana’s cunt and Dr. Lewis was pumping his cock in Lana’s ass as he spoke.

"So I take it you’re okay," Laura said smiling.

Lana, who had had her back to the door, turned sharply to look around Dr. Lewis and seeing her Mom and two sisters gave a happy scream and disconnecting from Dr. Lewis and leaping off Katrina ran to hug them.

"You’re back," Lana said, "they thought you’d probably be back today but they weren’t really certain."

"So is everything totally fine," Laura repeated.

Lana showed them her wrapped up finger and said, "Well my finger has to stay bandaged for another two or three days, so it won’t be fingering any cunts or butts yet, but I still have nine other fingers to use in the meantime. Other than that, everything is fine."

"We monitored her blood closely for two days for any sign of infection that might not show up in a simple rush test," Dr. Lewis said, "and she is still 100% fuckable."

Ana and Hannah squeezed Lana between them and kissed her continuously.

"Joyce made a final test on everybody before separating from us," Laura said, "everybody else is still safe too."

"What were you thinking about in that hospital?" Ana asked Lana seriously, "as you waited to truly find out?"

From the bed Katrina, who was feeling a little ignored said, "Well for one thing she was thinking a lot that she might never be able to feel my clit in her again."

Lana ran over to the bed and jumping on Katrina in a face to face position started to rub her cunt into Katrina’s trying to feel her marvelous clit penetrate her. Over her shoulder at her sisters she said, "And besides that I was thinking that I have to meet up with a lot of those kids that were infected by that bastard psycho. I already talked to Lizzy and her mother, I wanted to meet with a half-sister she kept talking about but she wasn’t around. OHPF needs to add one more message to its awareness campaign. We’ve mostly been working with becoming aware of the STD threat and how to avoid catching one, but we also have to bring a little awareness to those out there that test positive that their lives need not be over. With the proper precaution and protection, not even their sex lives need to be totally gone." Then, smiling she said, "Though I have to tell you, I am very happy I don’t have to live with it and can still enjoy sex to the fullest degree."

"Well you’re happy now," Ana said, "but wait until you hear who owns you in Summer Camp!"

"Oh no," Lana said suddenly wide-eyed, "please don’t tell me it’s him!"

*****

"Well," Stan said, "on behalf of my family I once more want to thank Mr. Carson and his family for this generous gift; since we’ll all be leaving again in just under 3 days, let’s give it a good using now, follow me everyone, to the backyard and just dive right in!"

Everyone followed expectantly; the kids had all debated about what was being built, they had some ideas: a brand new studio, and a mini-golf course being among the favorites; but everyone had pretty much agreed it was obvious and they couldn’t wait to (as Stan put it) dive right in and, when Stan turned on the backyard lights and the lights surrounding their new giant pool turned on, dive right in is what they did.

"Dad, it’s fantastic," Ron said, "the waters great, get in here, you and Mom."

"In a minute Ron, we still want to talk real fast with Susan and Harry."

"So everything worked out," Laura asked Harry.

"Yep, that Dr. Lewis, he knows some incredible lawyers. The lawyer I had was expecting some sort of very long battle, but the one Dr. Lewis introduced me to sent me a letter almost the next day with a declaration that the case had been decided and that Gloria’s parents had withdrawn their custody plea. The kids are officially and permanently in my custody."

"As they should be," Laura said.

"That lawyer that Randy got me was just as incredible, the expert on common law marriages. The Judge decided after hearing my lawyers arguments that Howard had as much been my husband as he had been his ex-wives, he ordered everything in the house, my car included by the way, be considered Howard’s property and that it all be sold, the house and land included, and the money be split evenly between her and me. Being that the total worth of everything is estimated at $250,000 that gives me and the kids $125,000 to start our new lives with."

"Susan, that’s fantastic," Stan said, "Now we really need a celebration!"

"Don’t you mean a fuckabration," someone said behind them. Turning they saw everyone had pulled out of the water and were now spread around the pool in groups of three and four enjoying all forms of cunningulus, analingulus and just all out sex.

Lana who had been the one to speak, looked around at the scene and said simply, "Home Sweet Home!" before going over to where Mr. Carson was lying with Hannah sitting on his face and mounting his cock started riding hard and fast and very, very happily.

The End

 

 

 

The Story Continues In:

Triplet X Love Times 2

Book 4

WHACK!

By DoubleDxxx

Backyard BBW

daj1 on Fetish Stories

Linda carefully hung the sheets and clothes on the backyard line to dry. Of course she had a clothes dryer but it couldn't match the fresh smell the summer breeze imparted to the clothes. Besides, hanging the laundry in her backyard was a pleasant, leisurely activity that she enjoyed on these warm mornings. The only sound was the gentle breeze in the trees and the birds singing.

At 57, Linda was, as she often told herself, 'terribly typical'. She was a mom with two grown and married kids, one of whom had recently made her a grandmother. Her very natural looking chestnut brown hair was the result of twice monthly tinting to cover all the gray. She had always struggled with her weight but had pretty much given up the fight in recent years. At five feet six

Read More
inches, she tipped the scales at 175, fat by anyone's measure. She had never had a problem with cellulite but her thighs were thick, her buttocks large, and prominent love handles bulged at the small of her back. There was no way to conceal the swell of her belly. She'd always been large busted but now she'd ballooned to 44DDD.

She sighed. Not that it mattered. Sex with her husband George was a rare thing, usually happening only when he'd had a few drinks. And since menopause she didn't get as wet as she had when she was younger so even George's five and half inch penis was often not comfortable. He quite often ejaculated as he attempted to penetrate her. Her doctor had not been much help, simply explaining that older women often experienced some shrinkage of the vagina.

Yet her own sexual desire sometimes surprised her. Often, after this pleasant backyard chore, she went into the house and masturbated in her bedroom, lying across the bed naked on her stomach with both hands holding and massaging her crotch as her wide hips rose and fell. Not even George knew she did that. Linda had been raised in an era when 'nice girls' didn't do things like that. Of course, she'd been a virgin when she got married and George was the only man who had ever known her intimately.

What caused her backyard arousal was what she wore, not that it looked at all sexy to the casual observer. She was always covered nearly to her knees by a very loose smock, usually with a floral pattern. Like many heavyset women, her main reason for wearing the smock was to conceal her figure. But one day, she realized that there was no reason to wear anything under it. For a woman with Linda's background, this was a very daring thought. Her first foray into the backyard had only lasted a few minutes before she scurried back inside to put on a bra and panties under the smock. But she soon started to enjoy the feeling of her huge breasts bouncing and jiggling and the way an occasional breeze would sneak under the smock to ruffle the thick, curly hair between her legs.

Besides, she told herself, who would bother looking at me? Men didn't spend a lot of time looking at women of her age and weight. The only house with a clear view of her backyard was owned by Jim, a young guy in his early thirties who had recently been divorced. He was nice looking and, she was sure, had no interest in her.

"Hi! Hanging clothes again?"

She was startled and turned to see Jim standing at the back fence only about ten feet away.

"Yes," she smiled, putting the last clothes pin on a sheet. "Laundry never seems to end."

"I remember my mom hanging out stuff," he said. "Sure makes things smell nice."

Linda nodded, thinking a little glumly that reminding him of his mother wasn't exactly flattering.

"How come you're home today?" she asked.

"Oh, plant's on summer shutdown as they change tooling for the new model year," he answered.

"Nice, extra vacation," she bent over to get another item from the basket.

He laughed. "Better hope the wind doesn't blow!"

"What?" Linda asked, puzzled.

"When you're bending over in that loose thing you're wearing," he grinned. "You won't have any secrets left."

Linda laughed too. "At my age, you don't worry too much about that!" But she felt a girlish pleasure about his comment.

"Lots of perverts around," he smiled. "But I bet you're careful about what you wear under that."

Linda was a little surprised at the personal nature of the remark. She'd only talked to Jim a few times. But she found his attention flattering.

"I really don't bother," she found herself saying. "Here, in my own back yard." She immediately blushed and avoided looking at him. What did I say THAT for? she asked herself.

"Really?" he said quietly. "Nothing at all?"

She tried to sound casual, but knew her voice was tight. "Oh..no..you know...this smock covers me up." Linda managed a nervous laugh. "Not really very sexy."

He smiled. Linda quickly made some excuse, picked up her basket and went into her house. She was too nervous to go the bedroom so she took a shower instead.

She rarely did wash two days in a row, but found some excuse to do so and was back out in the yard the following morning. She felt oddly daring after the encounter with Jim on the previous day.

He again surprised her when he called a hello from his yard and wandered over to the fence.

"Say, I hope I didn't offend you yesterday by anything I said,"

Linda pretended at first not to recall the conversation but then forced a laugh. "Oh..no..of course not. I wasn't offended at all!"

"Good, good!" he said. "Thought I might have embarrassed you into wearing undies under there. I know it must be more comfortable without."

Linda hesitated. "No..I-I still don't have anything on under it." This time it didn't bother her as much to say that.

He grinned. "That's good. I bet your husband likes to think of you being out here like that."

Linda genuinely laughed. "George? He has no idea! If he did, he'd probably tell me to go put my underwear on."

Jim seemed truly surprised. "Really..wow..I can't imagine why. I mean...Well, I guess I shouldn't say it, but it's, well, nice to think of you that way."

Linda looked at him. "Naked?"

He seemed only slightly embarrassed. "You really are naked under that?"

Linda stared at him, feeling very odd. "Yes" she said in a hollow voice. Her hands were at her sides and she began to gather up material from the smock in her fingers. This made the hem begin to rise and it was soon above mid thigh. He watched her, transfixed. Linda didn't dare look down at herself because she knew she'd lose her nerve and stop. She continued to pull the smock upwards. It rose up to her hips and past them. She stopped as the hem reached her navel.

Jim looked wide-eyed at the large patch of dark brown hair between her legs. It was untrimmed, sending a wispy trail to up just below her belly button.

"See? I really am," she said with a calmness that amazed her.

"Can you..can you keep pulling it up," he asked with desperation in his voice.

She felt wonderfully dirty, "So you can see my tits?" He nodded dumbly.

She obliged and soon had the smock up under her armpits. She felt the warm sun on the massive globes of her breasts, warming her three inch wide tan nipples. "Oh Jesus!" he breathed.

Linda was stuck momentarily with her normal practicality. She looked around and realized that, because of the bushes and trees in her yard and others, Jim was the only one who could see her. She pulled the smock up over her head and off. She was nude except for the sandals she wore. She dropped the smock on the ground.

Jim gawked at her, mumbling, "Oh man..Oh man...I'm sorry Linda, I know you're married, but I've always liked mature women, especially queen-sized women!"

Linda had never heard that term, but liked it. 'Queen-sized'. It sounded nice. She turned to let him look at her exposed ass and he made appreciative noises. When she turned back around, she could see through the chain link fence that he was fumbling with his pants. He mumbled another apology and pulled out his erect penis. It was Linda's turn to stare as she looked at the thick seven inch shaft. Now she was somewhat alarmed. Self consciously, her left hand moved over her bush, only partly concealing it.

"Jim..I-I..don't think I can!" she said, a little breathless. "I mean..I never have. It's been only George.." He opened the gate and stepped into Linda's yard, pulling off his pants as he approached her. "Linda, it's seems like a long time since my wife left. And no one will ever know..." Now he was in front of her, hefting one of her breasts in each of his hands. Her nipples almost instantly stiffened. She gasped as he bent down and sucked the left one hard, like he was inhaling it. His other hand slipped down and plunged between her legs. This frightened her but her legs parted and her hips moved forward on their own. She felt a kind of fearful gratitude as a finger found her hole and plunged up inside her. He hugged her and reached behind to manhandle her buns as he furiously fingerfucked her. Linda's breath hissed between her clenched teeth and her hips moved back and forth rapidly as she rode his finger. She felt the wet tip of his cock smearing precum on her thigh.

"Jim!" she gasped. "I-I'm not wet enough. Eat me! Eat my pussy then fuck me!"

He pushed her down on her back on the grass, pulled her legs open wide and shoved his face into the forest of hair covering her cunt. She felt his lips and tongue push open her labia. He lapped at her already erect clitoris then moved down and plunged his tongue up inside her cunt. Linda felt a finger against her puckered anus and came as it went into her ass. He continued to eat her as her fingered her asshole, bringing two more quick orgasms. When he dropped her legs, she lay limply spread out before him.

"From behind!" she panted. "Do me doggie style! It'll go in further!"

He rolled her over and, looping his arm around her large waist, jerked her up onto her hands and knees. He held one of her hips in either hand and pushed his hips forward. Linda groaned as his cock plunged up her cunt, stretching her further open than ever before. "Hard!" she demanded. "Fuck me hard!"

He began pumping her with merciless force. Linda gasped and sighed as the painful intrusion gave way to pure ecstasy. Her head hung between her shaky arms and her huge breasts nearly hit her in the face as they swung beneath her. With the next orgasm she dropped onto her elbows.

His pumps became more rapid and she feared he might withdraw. She pushed back against him. "Cum in me! Every drop! Shoot it in me!" She came yet again as she felt herself being flooded.

At last he finished and pulled it out, allowing Linda to tumble onto her side on top of her discarded smock. Already she could feel his load oozing out across her thigh.

"Wow! You're a good fuck!" was all he could manage to say. Linda reached over and played with his still erect cock.Then she put the slippery, wet fingers into her mouth and licked them clean, murmuring "Mmmmmmmmmm!" This excited him and he gently pushed her onto her back. Linda smiled as he leaned forward over her. She opened her mouth and greedily sucked his cock while she fondled his hairy balls. He had a smaller ejaculation which she eagerly swallowed.

At last he took his penis from between her lips, then helped her to her feet. He assisted her as she got her smock back on.

She smiled at him tiredly. "You know, I think I'm going to be doing a lot more laundry from now on!"                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

The Start of a Beautiful Friendship

joe tells stories on Incest Stories

It was a lazy Saturday morning at the beginning of the summer. At 19 years old, I had just finished my first year of college, and was enjoying being back at home in my own room and my own house. My dad was out of town for the weekend; he had gone up to Albany for the wedding of the kid of some old college buddy of his. My mom was spending the day with my aunt (her sister), because both of their husbands were out of town. I guess it was like a girls’ day out thing. That left me basically home alone. I say basically, because my 16 year old sister Anna was also home, but when the two of us were home alone together, we pretty much stayed out of each other’s way. The two of us used to be really close when we were younger. We never had an

Read More
y bad fights, just the usual occasional argument. But as we’d gotten older, we hadn’t spent as much time together.

There was another reason, too. Over the last couple of years, since Anna had started to fill out, I’d started fantasizing about her, lusting after her. She was quite attractive. About 5'2, she was half a foot shorter than me, and had a very petite build. She had long and wavy brown hair that accented her slender neck and matched her gorgeous brown eyes. Her legs and belly were firm and toned from years of dance and gymnastics. Her breasts were small (I’m guessing a B cup), but firm and perky, and sometimes I could see her nipples sticking out through her shirts. And her ass... my god, her ass. The cutest ass I’d ever seen! Small and round, firm and cute, it stuck out just a tiny bit when she walked, making my heart go pit-pat, and making other parts of my body do less poetic things. Because of all of this, and because of the feelings I had, I often got nervous when trying to talk to her. I didn’t want to accidentally give away my feelings, or who knows what trouble I might have gotten into. I knew I couldn’t try anything, because she was my sister. I wouldn’t do anything, unless I got some sign that she wanted it too. Fat chance of that... until that morning.

Since I didn’t really have anything planned for the day except chilling out at home, instead of getting dressed after I took a shower, I just threw on a pair of boxers. The weather was getting hotter, and I don’t really like being sweaty, at least not when it is because of the temperature. I did this fairly often when I was just slumming around at home, and it had never been a problem before. I was walking down the hallway when I felt a cool draft from the air conditioning vent. I decided to stand there and enjoy it for a minute, so I leaned against the wall and closed my eyes.

I opened them about 30 seconds later, to see Anna staring at me. It looked like she had just recently gotten up, because she was still in her pajamas, which consisted of loose soft pants and a thin t-shirt. The direct link between my penis and my brain noticed that she clearly wasn’t wearing a bra, because I could vaguely see the impression of her nipples against the fabric of the shirt. She was staring at me, wide-eyed, not saying a word. My first thought was, oh shit, I bet I’m hanging out of my boxers, how embarrassing. I glanced down nervously, but the troops were still in line, nothing visible. But I followed her line of sight, and realized with some shock that my boxers were definitely what she was staring at. Specifically, the bulge in them. It didn’t make sense. My sister had seen me wearing only my boxers many times before. Then I realized that the boxers I was wearing were pretty old, and smaller than most of the others I wore, which were usually pretty loose. My bulge was definitely more apparent when I wore these. I decided to say something to her.

"Hey, Anna, don’t stare too hard, huh? You’ll burn holes through it." I joked. She smiled nervously and blushed eleven shades of red, but didn’t stop looking. I realized immediately that this might, just might, be the chance I had been waiting for. But I needed to get her to actually admit to what she was doing, before I could try to proceed further. Otherwise, if I was wrong about what she was staring at, I could get in serious trouble. I tried a different tack.

"Anna, seriously, what are you staring at?" This time I got a reaction. She stopped staring, but she had a shy look on her face, and couldn’t look me in the eye.

"Sorry, Joe. Don’t be mad. I was, um, I was looking at, well... I can really see your, um, your package. Please don’t be mad." She was very embarrassed and shy, pleading with me not to get angry. This was totally different from her usually confident and slightly pushy personality. I wondered if this was why she had never had a boyfriend, even though she was so pretty. Maybe she was just really shy when it came to sexual topics.

"I’m not mad, Anna, but I don’t really get it. You’ve seen me in my boxers plenty of times before, and you never had this reaction." Of course, I knew the real reason why she had noticed this time, but I wanted to hear what she had to say, wanted to keep her talking about it.

"Well, I guess I saw it before, but never, you know, really looked. Like the difference between just hearing and actually listening..." She was staring at it again. "It looks a lot bigger than I thought it would be."

"Oh really? And how much time did you spend thinking about how big it would be?" I teased her, and her shy smile grew.

"You know what I mean. Bigger than it seemed like other times that I saw you wearing just your boxers." I decided to press further.

"Have you ever actually seen one?" She blushed furiously.

"No, not a real one. I’ve seen pictures on the internet and stuff, plus the crap pictures they show in sex-ed. And my friends have told me about what they are like. And, like, I saw Toby’s when I was in fourth grade." Toby was a guy who had gone to elementary school with her. "But his looked silly, like a little floppy worm." She giggled. "Not like yours. Yours looks like it’s probably pretty thick. Like... I don’t know, like Toby’s was a toy and yours is all business."

I laughed. "Very poetic, Anna." Hearing her talk about how thick my penis looked was, of course, only making it bigger. It was pressing against my boxers, trying to escape. The only thing that saved it from springing loose on its own was the fact that I had twisted the boxers ever so slightly, so that the fly hole was not directly lined up in the front. Only compounding the issue was the fact that I could now clearly see the impression of her nipples against her shirt, and since it was a warm day, the only likely cause was that she was getting turned on. She walked a little closer to me, looking me in the eyes this time.

"Is it big?" She seemed genuinely curious. I decided to be honest.

"It isn’t huge, or anything. Guys like to make jokes about their ‘nine inch monster,’ but the truth is that extremely few men have a penis that size. But yes, mine gets decently large." I had measured (doesn’t everybody?) and mine maxed out at a quite respectable 7 inches. A bolder guy would have whipped it out right then and there, but I am a pretty cautious individual, and wanted to make absolutely sure that she was into it.

"Would you... would you maybe let me see it?" I gaped at her. This was too easy! She mistook my surprised look for displeasure and scrambled to explain herself. "I mean, I just feel a little silly being sixteen and never having seen one. I didn’t mean to offend you or anything. Please, I promise I wouldn’t tell anyone."

I smiled and gently caressed her hair. I figured the more it seemed like I was going along with her idea, the less likely it was that I would get in trouble. "Okay, I guess, just this once, I could let you look."

By now I was at full mast, and pretty much desperate to pull it out anyway. But before I could even do anything, Anna grabbed my boxers and pulled them down in one quick movement. I shouldn’t have been surprised. This was actually more in line with her usual confident personality; once she decides what she wants, she just goes for it. She had made pulling down my boxers a full body motion, so that by the time they were down, her face was right at the level of my fully erect penis.

She gasped almost comically, and her eyes got really big. "That goes inside of people?!"

I laughed. "That’s what it’s for." She seemed mesmerized. Then, another shock, she suddenly grasped it around the middle with her right hand. I could feel the soft skin of her palm, the tender but firm grip of her small fingers, and my cock twitched.

"It’s so hard, but the skin is so soft. I’ll bet it’s really sensitive," she whispered. With the index finger of her other hand, she traced a gentle line across the head. An insane thought crossed my mind, that her nail polish clashed terribly with the color of my cockhead. What? I needed to pay attention to what was going on.

"Oh, jeez, I’m sorry," she said suddenly, removing both hands, and looking very sheepish. "I just got carried away."

"No, that’s alright, I don’t mind. You can touch it if you want to." I flashed her a winning smile. Don’t mind? What an understatement! In my head I was doing a little dance of happiness. She immediately returned her right hand to its grasping position.

"Thanks for letting me do this." My grin threatened to reach the ends of my face. Very slowly, she began to pump her hand up and down. "I think you have a very nice one," she whispered, barely audible. My heart was beating at a hundred miles an hour. She tenderly ran her left index finger down the ridge at the base of my cockhead, and continuing down the full length of the shaft. I shuddered at the sensation, and the tip moistened itself with a couple glistening drops of precum.

"Hey, that’s precum, isn’t it?" I stared at her, incredulous.

"You seem to know an awful lot about this."

"Just because I’ve never done this before doesn’t mean that I don’t know anything about it," she pouted. "I’m not dumb you know."

"Sorry."

"So, am I right? It’s precum, right?" I nodded. She was staring directly at the head. "I’m gonna try something," she said, quickly and almost under her breath. I could barely hear her. "Don’t be mad, okay?" Before I could even react, she brought her face up to my dick and, with quick flick of her tongue, licked the precum off the tip.

Now it was my turn to gasp loudly. And only a small part of it was from how good it felt; mostly it was surprise. Anna immediately backed a few feet away and sort of cowered on the floor. She started babbling what sounded like a long and confused sentence.

"I’m sorry, Joe, I’m sorry, I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to, well I mean I did mean to, but I’m sorry, please don’t be mad, I just really wanted to try it and see what it was like, and now you’re gonna be mad at me, please don’t be mad at me, please don’t tell Mom and Dad, I’m sorry –" I walked over to her, put my hand on her shoulder, and got her to stand up, cutting off the flow of her words by placing a finger on her lips and saying "shhh." She looked at me, tears just beginning to well up in her eyes, and let out a final, whispered "I’m sorry." I put one hand on each of her shoulders and looked directly into her eyes.

"First of all," I said firmly, "we can’t ever tell anyone about any of this. Do you understand?" She nodded nervously. I felt a little silly lecturing her while she was dressed and I was naked, especially because we were standing so close that my erect penis was pressing against her. "Second, I’m not angry with you. Not even a little." She seemed visibly relieved. "I was just really surprised. I didn’t expect you to do that."

"I didn’t expect me to do that either." She blushed a little. "I mean, you’re my brother and everything. But I wanted to see what it was like. You didn’t mind?"

"It was very nice." She smiled a little. "And it looked very sexy." I chose my next words very carefully. "I would love it if you did it some more." She looked at me, with just the slightest hint of a coy smile.

"You mean, give you a blowjob?" She seemed to be seriously considering it.

"Only if you really want to. I don’t want to force you into it." My heart was racing. She smiled sweetly.

"I think it could be fun. I don’t really know how, but you could teach me, right?" I nodded, breathlessly. "And I know that you would never hurt me or anything. Plus, you wouldn’t go bragging to all your friends about it and give me a bad reputation..." She looked me over, and now I could definitely see a naughty smile on her face. "And besides, I can tell that you want it really bad." I stammered uselessly, and she gave me a quick kiss on the cheek. "I’ll do it," she said, with a matter-of-fact calmness that seemed almost out of place.

She knelt down in front of my dick, and once again grasped it with one hand. "It is a very nice one," she said softly. I could feel her moist warm breath. Slowly, tentatively, her tongue touched the tip. First a couple of small licks, really no more than just touching the tip of her tongue to my cock. Then a few larger and more confident licks. She kissed the tip, and a few places on the shaft.

"You know," she said, looking up at me, "there’s no way that I can put that whole thing in my mouth." I guess she didn’t know as much about it as she thought she did.

"Don’t worry about it. Most girls don’t put the whole thing in their mouth. That’s called ‘deepthroating,’ and it’s a lot harder to do," I explained. She looked up at me, a little confused, still holding onto my cock with one hand.

"How am I supposed to do it, then?"

"Think about how you would suck on a popsicle. You wouldn’t put the whole thing in your mouth at once, or you would choke. You can lick all parts of it, or you can suck on the end of it. Try to be creative... you know, make it sexy. Just don’t bite it."

"Alright, I’ll do my best. But keep in mind, it’s my first time doing it, I might not be so good at it." She looked up at me, and I could see the eagerness in her eyes. She really wanted to do it right. She kissed the tip again, but this time, instead of breaking the kiss, she opened her lips slightly, and slowly let the head enter her mouth. The warm smooth surface of her lips felt like heaven against the flesh of my cock. While it was in her mouth, her lips formed a tight and pulsing seal, while she rubbed her tongue against the tip. Then, slowly, she removed it from her mouth. Once it was out, she deftly swirled her tongue around the head a couple of times. I realized that I hadn’t taken a breath in nearly half a minute.

"Am I doing a good job?" she asked.

"Absolutely amazing. Jesus, Anna, is that how you eat a popsicle?"

"That’s how I eat a sexy popsicle," she replied, winking at me, and then she got back to work. This time, she started at the base of the shaft, and wetly ran her tongue all the way up the length of it. Reaching the head, she teased it by flicking her tongue on it, and then swallowed the head again. She started moving her head gently up and down, all the while her tongue sliding smoothly against it. The sensation was amazing. I put one hand on her shoulder to brace myself, otherwise I think I might have fallen over. With the other hand I slowly caressed her hair.

After about a minute, she tried to get more of my cock into her mouth, and managed to fit about 3 inches of it before I felt the tip hit the back of her mouth. She had such a small mouth, she was never going to be able to deepthroat anyone. But that didn’t matter, she more than made up for that with creativity and enthusiasm. She tried to get more in, and I felt her gag.

"Hey, Anna, don’t hurt yourself. It feels fantastic just from what you were doing before." She took my advice, and retreated back to having only 2 or 3 inches in her mouth. She went on licking and sucking for a couple of minutes.

"Oh god, Anna, I’m gonna cum soon," I warned. She stopped sucking for a moment and looked up at me.

"I wanna try to swallow it. Guys like that, right?" I couldn’t believe what I was hearing! My little sister wanted to swallow my cum? None of my girlfriends had ever even done that.

"Oh yeah, guys love that. But be careful not to choke on it, there’s gonna be more than you expect," I managed to croak out through my now very heavy breathing. She went back to sucking, and withing a minute I started to cum.

I’m always pretty quiet when I cum (probably from years of masturbating in my room, which is right next to Anna’s room, training myself not to shout out so that she wouldn’t hear me), and this time was no exception. But the feeling was incredible, like somebody was wrenching my entire body and soul out of me through my cock. I could feel stream after stream of my cum shooting into Anna’s mouth. What’s more, I could feel her throat muscles working to swallow as much as she could. But as I had suspected, it was too much for her. The edge of her mouth opened as she started to choke a little, and thick white cum spilled out onto her lips and chin, and then down onto her shirt.

I finished cumming, and my body tingled all over, but she wasn’t done yet. She swallowed what was left in her mouth, then proceeded to lick all over my cock, to get any that was left. Once that was done, she slowly licked her lips to get the remaining cum. She tried a couple of times to reach the cum on her chin with her tongue, but it was too far to reach, so she wiped it off with her fingers, and then sucked it off of them. This was too much. It was so fucking hot! Seeing her do all that was almost better than cumming. Almost. I had to sit down... basically I collapsed against the wall and then slid down to the floor, never once taking my eyes away from her.

She seemed to emerge from a daze, and looked at me innocently. "Did you like it?"

"My god, Anna, that was absolutely, no question, the hottest thing I have ever seen. Bar none. And it felt awesome. Man, that was sooo hot..." I was literally breathless from the entire business, but I still managed to be surprised by her reaction to what I’d said. She giggled and blushed shyly. What the hell? She was still feeling embarrassed? Whatever, it was her first time. I felt unbelievably good, and I wanted to return the favor, but I wasn’t quite sure how to initiate it. Then suddenly, I got an idea.

"Oh, hey, you’ve got some on your shirt," I pointed out to her. There was, in fact, quite a bit of my cum spilled onto her shirt, most of it on her breasts. Her clothes sense kicked in immediately.

"Oh no, is it going to leave a stain?" she asked. Of course, I knew it wouldn’t, but I decided a little white lie couldn’t hurt, and might even help.

"It might, if you don’t wash it out soon. Here, come into the bathroom," I said, standing up. "I’ll help you wash it out." She got up, and we walked towards the bathroom. As we walked, she slipped an arm around my waist, and leaned her head against me. This is going to be a piece of cake, I thought to myself. We got into the bathroom, and she started to wet a washcloth. "Hold on," I said. "This will be easier if you take the shirt off." She took it off instantly. Strangely, at that moment I don’t think she even thought of the sexual implications. She just wanted to clean her favorite pajama shirt. Girls...

Now, for the first time, Anna’s cute little breasts were exposed to me. They were gorgeous. Firm and round, with small pink nipples that stuck up perkily. Her nipples were quite hard, and looked perfectly suckable. Patience, Joe, patience, I told myself. She put the shirt in the sink and turned on the water, as I stood behind her. While she began to rinse it, I placed my hands on the sides of her body, just below her breasts. I heard her breathe in sharply, but she continued to clean the shirt. Slowly, smoothly, I cupped a perfect little breast in each hand, and began to very lightly massage them. She sighed audibly, and I moved myself closer, pressing my body against hers. My massaging got a little firmer, and although I hadn’t even touched her cute pink nipples yet, she was already breathing heavily.

"What are you doing?" she managed to ask. She was still trying to wash the shirt, but she wasn’t really paying attention to it anymore.

"You made me feel so good. I’m just trying to return the favor."

"Oh, Joe, that’s alright, you don’t need to-oooh!" Her last word turned into a moan as I simultaneously brushed my fingertips across both of her nipples. I could tell that they were very sensitive, and I started to rub them softly. She wasn’t even trying to wash the shirt anymore. I moved my head to whisper in her ear.

"You know, it’s really a shame that you’re standing like this, otherwise I wouldn’t be limited to using my hands." I flicked my tongue against her earlobe to make it obvious what I meant. Almost immediately, she turned around. She had a pleading look in her eyes. I moved my mouth down to one of her nipples and breathed a warm breath onto it. I kissed the skin around it, without actually touching it.

"Please, stop teasing," she whispered.

"What about your shirt?" I smirked at her. She looked at me for a moment.

"What about my shirt?" and arched her chest out towards me. I flicked my tongue against her nipple, and then gave it a couple of slow wet licks. She moaned, and arched her chest even more. Using my other hand to slowly rub the other nipple, I began to suck on the first one, alternating between just sucking on it and teasing it with my tongue. Her hands were on the back of my head, at first just holding it gently, but soon she was practically shoving my head down onto her tit, moaning softly.

"This is so nice," she said softly. She was mumbling and whispering about how nice it was, just barely loud enough for me to hear her. She said something that made me start for a second, but it was so quiet that it could have been my imagination: "It must be nice to be your girlfriend." Then, back at a normal speaking volume, she said "Is this how I made you feel? When I gave you a blowjob?" I unlatched my mouth from her nipple and smiled at her.

"Not even close, sweetness. What you did felt much more intense than this."

"What was it like?"

"Well, come on Anna, you’ve masturbated before, right?" She nodded. "And you’ve made yourself cum from doing it, right?" Again she nodded. "Well, when someone else makes you cum, it feels like that, but a hundred times better."

"Really?" She seemed excited by the concept. She stared into my eyes with a desperately wanton gaze. "Do you think..." she said softly, "do you think maybe you could –"

"Shhh," I said, touching a finger to her lips, and smiling. I kissed her forehead. "You don’t even have to ask." Without speaking, I led her out of the bathroom and into her bedroom. At the edge of her bed, I moved her hands to the waistband of her pajama pants, and motioned for her to take them off. She pulled down her pants and her panties together and kicked them off, leaving her totally naked and beautiful in front of me. I grabbed her and held her close to me, kissing her neck, and then sucking it gently. One of my hands slowly snaked its way down her side, over her belly, and ever nearer to her pussy. I lay her down on the bed and kissed her belly, then took my first good look at her adorable little pussy. It was perfect, untouched by anyone except her. It looked extremely tight. And surprisingly, it was shaved clean. I ran my fingers over the mound and she hissed lightly in pleasure. With one finger, I traced along the tight slit, from top to bottom and back. I pushed my finger in ever so slightly, not even up to the first knuckle, then withdrew it. Then I pushed it in a tiny bit further, and then withdrew it again. While tight, she was very wet. She was also starting to squirm under my touch.

I bent down and kissed first the top of her pussy and then the opening. I ran my tongue up and down the slit, and she squealed happily. Her legs wrapped tightly around my neck, and I saw that she was rubbing her nipples. Slowly, I inserted my tongue into her pussy, and I spent several minutes tasting the inside of her, occasionally removing my tongue from her pussy to tease her little clit with it. She was moaning loudly now, first my name, and then just loud sounds of pleasure. Pushing my tongue in deeper, I used one hand to rub on her clit. Now she wasn’t just moaning; her entire body was bucking against me. Her moans turned to loud shouts, and increased the rhythm of my licking and rubbing.

"Oh god, Joe, I’m cumming! Yes! Yes!" she screamed, and her second cry of ‘yes’ turned into a shriek of pure pleasure as she was gripped by her orgasm. Her back arched spasmodically, and I felt a gush of wetness. After a moment she collapsed back down onto the bed, eyes closed and breathing hard. I licked her clean, then moved up on the bed so that I was lying next to her. Her eyes were still closed, and her face was flushed. I kissed her on the cheek, and her eyes opened. She hugged me and rested her head on my shoulder, and I felt her little breasts pressing against my bare chest.

"Oh, Joe... Thank you so much," she whispered. "I’ve never felt it like that before." She looked into my eyes. "Thank you."

"I love you," I confessed. She did not respond with words. She just kissed me. First gently, and then fiercely. I nibbled on her lower lip and she pressed her body against me. Parting her lips with my tongue, I explored her mouth, and she reciprocated. When our kiss ended, we simply lay together, holding each other, for several minutes.

"Hey, Joe," she said.

"Hey, gorgeous," I replied. She smiled, and gestured downward with her eyes.

"You’re hard again." Indeed, I was. I hadn’t even noticed. I’d been so consumed by a flood of emotions that a little thing like being unbelievably horny had managed to escape my notice. My cock was fully hard again, and pressing against her.

"I guess I am." She bit her lower lip pensively, and thought for a moment. Then she looked into my eyes.

"Joe... make love to me."

"What? Anna, are you sure?" I asked, almost not willing to believe the wonderful turn of events that had gotten us here.

"Please. I love you. And you’re the only one I trust. You would never hurt me." The honesty and trust in her expression was touching. "You don’t have to worry about getting me pregnant. Mom’s had me on the pill for almost a year." She smiled. "Dad doesn’t know about it, or he’d freak out. He thinks it’s another dumb vitamin supplement that she’s giving me. Plus, it’s the safe part of the month."

"And you’re sure this is what you want?" Again, I know that many guys would have been full steam ahead, but like I said, I am a cautious fellow. This time it wasn’t honesty or trust that I saw on Anna’s face, but pure lust.

"Yes. Fuck me. Make me cum again." She moved her face close to mine. "Fuck your little sister. I want it so bad. I want to be yours." That was more than enough for me. I kissed her tenderly and lay her on her back. I was poised over her body, and she looked so ready, so willing, and so vulnerable.

"You’re a virgin," I said. It was not a question. She nodded, a little nervous. I caressed her breast. "Don’t worry. I’ll be gentle."

"I know. I trust you." I placed the head of my cock at the wet entrance to her pussy, rubbing the head against the slit. She whimpered, and I started to push it in. She was tighter than any girl that I’d ever had before, not that I’d had too many. The head popped in and she gasped. She was so warm, so wet. I pushed further, and I felt the walls of her eager virgin pussy clinging at my cock. I could feel that I had reached her hymen, so I stopped my progress, and looked at her for a moment.

"How are you doing?" I asked.

"It feels so big. How much of it is in me?" she said breathlessly.

"Only a little more than half of it." Her eyes got big.

"Please, put the rest in. The suspense is too much." I could see that she was afraid, but she was ready.

"This might hurt a little, but only for a moment." I looked her in the eyes. "I love you." I thrust myself into her, breaking past her hymen and burying my whole length in her. She yelped and I stopped to see if she was hurt.

"It’s okay," she said, but there were tears in her eyes. "I’ll be fine. Just give me a second. God, that feels so big in me, so deep. I feel so... filled." A tear sneaked down her cheek, and I wiped it away.

"Are you sure you’re okay?" I asked her, concerned. She looked so fragile.

"Yeah," she smiled. "It just hurt a little more than I expected."

"Let me make it better," I said, slowly pulling out until only the head was still in. She seemed about to protest my removing it, and then I gradually pushed it back in. I fucked her slowly and deeply for a minute, and she was breathing heavily, her hands on her breasts.

"Better?" I asked.

"All sorts of better," she said. "I never knew it would be like this... But could you go maybe a little faster?"

"I was just going slow to get you used to it," I explained. "If you want it harder, I’ll give you as much as you can handle." I started to speed up. Her legs wrapped around my waist and drew me closer. She was moaning loudly now, crying out my name, and shouting things like "Yes! More!" I don’t think there was a drop of blood in my brain; it had all flowed straight down south. She put her arms around my back and drew me closer to her. Her breasts pressed against me, and I sucked on her neck. I could feel her pussy walls pulling at my cock, and I could see that she was loving it. Speeding up again, I pistoned my cock in and out of her at a feverish pace, and her cries of pleasure changed from intermittent to nearly constant. I knew I couldn’t last too much longer before I came, but she was even closer.

Her shouts swelled to a single long shriek of ecstacy as her orgasm began. As before, her back arched, this time making her press her body against me. Her arms gripped my back with surprising force, but that was nothing to the vise-like grip that her pussy suddenly exerted onto my cock. I was basically stuck fast, buried in her pussy and unable to move as it squeezed against my cock. It felt so good it almost hurt. In any case, it was more than I could take. I started cumming into her, feeling my cum jet out, filling her. I kissed her full on the mouth, cutting of her scream, and she seemed to channel all the energy of the scream into the kiss.

We collapsed against each other at almost the exact same moment, exhausted but satisfied. For at least five minutes we lay together, holding each other, my dick still deep into her pussy, neither of us saying a word. Eventually, my dick shrank and came out of her. Still we held each other quietly. She was the first one to break the silence.

"Joe... Am I your girl now?" She looked so hopeful and unsure. I smiled and kissed the tip of her nose.

"For as long as you want me, I’m yours." I meant it. She smiled back at me, and kissed me very lightly on the lips, a sisterly sort of kiss.

"I have the best brother in the world," she murmured, and nuzzled her face against my shoulder. I held her close. I knew this was the beginning of something amazing.

Me, You...and Bruno Too?

pasego on Incest Stories


author's note: This story involves incest and a small amount of beastiality. If either offend you please stop reading. Otherwise, enjoy!

Adrienne skipped down the stairs and swung into the family room, where her father was watching T.V. “Goodnight Daddy!” she chirped, flashing him a dazzling smile. Her short red hair was shiny from her shower, and her face looked very young when it was scrubbed clean of all its daily makeup.

Read More
MsoNormal" style="text-indent: 0.5in">“Goodnight sweetheart,” Wayne answered back automatically. “Does Bruno get to go with you tonight?”

Adrienne laughed as the large Black Lab lifted his head and looked at her hopefully. “He’s such a spoiled dog! Yeah, I guess I’ll let him come.” She blushed a little at the words, but her father didn’t seem to notice. Bruno had jumped off the couch and was making a mad dash up the stairs to Adrienne’s room. With one final goodnight for her father, Adrienne followed him.

Wayne smiled to himself after the pair left. It was good to see Adrienne so happy. He’d let that goofy mutt spend every night with her if it kept the smile on her face. Wayne and Adrienne were still recovering from the shock of Susan’s sudden death. She had been an excellent mom and a loving wife, and it seemed too cruel that God or fate or whoever controlled these things would take her away. The brain aneurism had struck so suddenly there hadn’t even been a chance for goodbyes. One minute Susan had been making pancakes, the next she was on the floor, gone. Wayne and Adrienne had been heartbroken.

Now, a year later, Adrienne was sixteen and had no female influence to guide her through what Wayne believed was probably the most hormonal stage of a girl’s life. He wished he knew how to give her the “talk” and wondered desperately if Susan had ever gotten around to it. He didn’t want his baby girl to feel inadequate or behind. She had become so withdrawn following her mother’s death; Wayne wasn’t sure what he could do to snap her out of it. Finally he thought of something that might do the trick.

Adrienne came home from school four months ago to find the large Black Lab sitting on her bed. Wayne had adopted him that morning from the pound. He knew that Adrienne had always wanted a dog, had been begging for one for years. To his delight she was ecstatic, and the pair soon became inseparable.

Wayne floated back from his musings when the grandfather clock struck . He yawned, turned off the tube, and headed upstairs for some much needed rest. As he walked down the hallway he noticed that Adrienne’s door was ajar and some light was coming from her room. He hurried over, thinking that maybe she was having one of her late night cries. He stopped short when he heard a quiet moan. He listened closely and heard his baby girl’s heavy breathing, her short moans. Wayne knew that his little girl must be masturbating, and silently did a little dance in the hallway. Hopefully this was a sign that she was developing normally, that his wife’s death hadn’t completely shut her down.

 He was about to leave so his sweet girl could finish in peace when he said something that made him stop cold. “Oh my God Bruno! That is soooo good! Ohhhh lick my clit with your big tongue! Ahhhhhhh!” Wayne was in shock. He had no idea that this was what Bruno was doing in Adrienne’s room so many nights. He felt an instant and completely insane jealousy of the dog. Why did he get to eat out a young woman while Wayne was left high and dry? Wayne had fully intended to leave Adrienne to do her thing, but now he reasoned that the situation was quite different…

He leaned against the doorjamb, face pressed to the crack. His cock sprung against his pants at what he saw. Adrienne had her adorable round ass in the air, Bruno stood behind her, lapping her exposed slit with his huge pink tongue. She was shaking uncontrollably, gasping as waves of pleasure washed through her body.

Bruno seemed like he was having fun, but his doggie penis wasn’t erect, the poor bastard had been neutered as part of the Shelter’s adoption policy. Wayne knew it was irrational, but he was glad the dog wasn’t getting off on his girl’s pleasure. As for him… his cock throbbed against his jeans, threatening to rip through the very fabric.

After Adrienne had come again Wayne hurried down the hall to his bedroom, afraid she would notice him. He shut his door quietly and immediately yanked down his pants and boxers. His cock sprung into his hand and he began to pump it in earnest, images of his baby flashing through his mind. Some small part of him whispered that it was wrong to be so aroused by his own daughter, but it was drowned out by the fact that he’d gone without the pleasure of a woman for so long. And besides, any man who didn’t find the sight of a teen with her naked ass in the air being eaten out highly erotic and arousing was just out of his mind. Wayne came quickly with a quiet oath, spewing his cum all over the carpet. Spent, he fell on his bed and turned out the lights. Tomorrow was Saturday… he’d make sure to suggest Bruno spend the night in Adrienne’s room again.

Saturday dragged on forever in Wayne’s tortured mind. Adrienne had gone to a study group with some friends and wasn’t expected back before dinner. That was just as well, because Wayne had spent the day walking around the house with an uncomfortable erection. He took two cold showers, it didn’t help. He put on porno and masturbated twice, it didn’t help. He cursed Bruno silently whenever the dog sauntered by. The mutt had been more intimate with his daughter than he had been with anyone in the last year. Wayne felt like kicking him until the doggie grin was wiped from his face.

And what exactly, he asked himself, am I gonna do tonight? Watch my daughter get off with the dog again? Bust into her room mid-orgasm and demand she tell me what’s going on? What the HELL am I doing?

Adrienne burst through the door around , full of the exuberant energy that only the young seem to possess. Wayne quickly placed his spread newspaper across his lap, hiding his boner as his girl leaned down and kissed him on the cheek. “Why don’t we have pizza tonight?” he asked innocently.

“Sounds yummy!” Adrienne answered, licking her lips. Wayne moaned silently, he could imagine all too clearly those pink lips wrapping around his throbbing…

He shook himself. “Why don’t you call and order sweetie. Get whatever you want.” Adrienne squealed and kissed his cheek again before flouncing over to the phone. He heard her ordering a large pepperoni pizza and cinnamon sticks. He fished out his wallet from his pocket, careful to keep the newspaper in place. He pulled out a twenty and handed it to Adrienne. “Give this to the delivery man. Tell him to keep the change.”

Adrienne pocketed the money and grabbed her back pack. “I’m going up to my room for awhile, Daddy. I’ll be back down when door bell rings.”

“Okay hon,” he replied, relieved she was going to be out of sight for a while. He needed a way to hide his bulge. Wayne waited five minutes until Adrienne was in her room before he too ran up the stairs to his bedroom. He pulled his slacks down, wincing as they passed over his extremely painful erection. He grabbed a pair of sweats and pulled them on. They were baggy enough to hide the swelling, and he threw on an extra long shirt for good measure. Wayne looked in the mirror and was grimly pleased by what he saw. He wasn’t exactly dressed to impress, but the loose clothing did the trick. He went back downstairs and flipped on the news.

The door bell rang half an hour later and Adrienne ran down the stairs to answer. It seemed that she too had decided to get comfortable; she was dressed in cotton shorty shorts and a tank top. Wayne saw her unbound breasts jiggle a little as she breathed, and wondered if a man had ever died from sexual agony. The teen boy holding the pizza on the other side of the door noticed her breasts too, and if it were not for Wayne’s vigorous throat clearing, he probably would have continued to stand there, staring dumbly. Fortunately for everyone the teen snapped to his senses and held out the boxes while Adrienne gave him the twenty. “Keep the change,” she said sweetly, and the kid thanked her effusively.

Well, Wayne thought, He certainly made out well tonight. Adrienne grabbed some plates from the kitchen, along with a coke for her and beer for Wayne. They always ate pizza in the living room, usually while watching a movie, and tonight was no exception. Adrienne picked an old favorite at Wayne’s urging, and the pair sat on the couch eating their dinner. As the movie wore on Adrienne seemed to get closer and closer to Wayne. She would snuggle in next to him, laying her head on his shoulder while he shifted uncomfortably, trying to keep his erection concealed.

After what seemed like years to Wayne, the movie ended. He was about to suggest Adrienne take Bruno again tonight when his daughter’s hand brushed directly against his boner. She had been getting off the couch, using his leg for leverage, now she jerked away in shock and sank back down on the cushions. “Daddy! Why is your penis hard? Are you excited?”

Fuck Fuck Fuck! Wayne thought in dismay. He had been so careful, and now he feared his daughter would be disgusted with him. Still, he had to answer, so he tried for a vague and fatherly approach. “Well Honey, yes I am excited right now. Sometimes men get excited for no reason at all, even when they don’t want to be.” He looked at Adrienne closely, gauging her response. She wasn’t buying it.

“Hmmm,” she said thoughtfully, “Are you sure I didn’t make you that way Daddy?”

Wayne gulped, “Um, maybe you did sweetheart, but only because you were laying on me. Daddy’s very sorry, he would NEVER hurt you.”

“I know that Daddy! Besides, I get excited too…” she trailed off, blushing deep red.

Ah, Wayne thought, if there was ever a time to pursue this it would be now. 

“Adrienne, you can talk to me about anything you want, you know that right? No matter what it is, I won’t judge you or think less of you. You are a young woman and having sexual feelings and urges is completely natural.”

Adrienne looked unsure, perhaps thinking that her father would never understand her late night fun with the family dog. Wayne hated seeing that haunted look, hated that she felt she couldn’t speak honestly with him. He decided to be the first one to bring up Bruno.

“Besides,” he said lightly. “I know you’ve already experimented some with Bruno.”

She looked up at him, shock on her face. “You saw us?” she whispered hoarsely. Wayne didn’t think it was possible for his sweet girl to go any more red, but now she was proving him wrong.

“Yes sweetie, I saw you last night. I must say I was a little surprised at first, but don’t worry, I’m not angry with you.” She still looked unconvinced, so he worked up the courage to tell her the last part of what had happened last night, knowing that this would make or break the trust he was trying to build with his daughter. “In fact, if you would like to know, I was quite hard watching that little scene. I barely made it to my bedroom before I exploded!”

To his surprise Adrienne not only looked relieved, she seemed immensely happy. She flung herself on Wayne’s lap, straddling him and leaning up to kiss his cheek. Her small hands went up to his shoulders and she looked into his surprised face, smiling happily. “Oh Daddy, I’m so glad! I know it’s wrong but ever since mom died I’ve been wanting to… help you.”

“Oh darling,” Wayne whispered, burying his face in the hollow of her shoulder, “You’ve helped me so much since she died. Just by being here and being my little girl, you’ve helped me so much.”

Adrienne wriggled herself against him, her mound finding and pressing into his erection. “But I want to help you more Daddy. I want to make you happy, and I’m sure you’ll make me happy too.”

Every fatherly objection flew out the window at her words. Here was a hot young woman begging to pleasure him and be pleasured by him. DNA didn’t matter, the fact that she was jail bait in more ways than one didn’t matter, he wanted to take his girl and show her pleasure Bruno’s tongue alone could never produce.  “Well baby, if you’re sure…”

Adrienne nodded, then squeaked breathlessly as Wayne scooped her into his arms and carried her to the stairs. He took them two at a time, all the enthusiasm of a teenage boy pumping through him. When they got to his room he slowed and gently lowered her to the bed. She lay there looking up at him, face flushed and chest heaving. Wayne could plainly see her nipples through the thin fabric of the tank, and without hesitation leaned down and kissed one of the little buds. Adrienne arched her back in pleasure, wrapping her hands around Wayne’s head and drawing him close. He broke his contact eventually and tugged the tank up over her head. She helped him, then scooted down her shorts and flung those to the floor too.

Never, Wayne thought, was there a more desirable scene than his naked daughter stretched out before him. Her young breasts were pointing in his direction, pleading for attention. Her pussy…he thought he would faint from the pleasure of looking at it. The lips were puckered and the small red thatch of pubic hair beautifully concealed a forbidden treasure. He had to taste her.

Kneeling on the floor, Wayne took hold of Adrienne’s legs and scooted her to the edge of the bed. She shrieked wildly, “Daddy, what are you- ohhhh!” Her question was cut off when Wayne delicately kissed her moist lips. Working steadily northward, Wayne licked, sucked, and nibbled Adrienne’s pussy while she writhed on the bed in pure ecstasy. He parted her lips with his tongue and found that special button Bruno had had fun with the other night. He took it in his teeth and bit gently. Adrienne lifted off the bed with a scream and began to shudder as Wayne let go of her clit and tongued it gently. She collapsed on the bed, shaking with each tremor and whimpering softly. Wayne continued to lick her clit, renewing her orgasm with each touch of his tongue.

The door creaked open and Wayne’s head shot up in instant guilt. He fully expected a S.W.A.T team to rush in and gun him down, and felt more than a little sheepish when Bruno padded in. Doubtless he heard Adrienne’s cries and had come to investigate. He seemed to examine the scene before him with a critical eye, then give what Wayne could have sworn was an approving look. His tail tocked once and he curled up on the floor, big brown eyes watching expectantly. Adrienne had finally stopped bucking and was now laying prone on the bed, face flushed and eyes glazed. Wayne took the opportunity to strip off his own clothes and lay beside her.

He kissed her gently on the lips, her faraway expression scared him a little and he wanted to bring her back to the now. He was relieved when she blinked rapidly and her eyes cleared. She smiled at him lovingly. "That was the best Daddy...thank you."  She moved in close to him, pressing her nipples against his chest as his manhood pressed against her swollen pussy. Despite his burning need to fill her, Wayne lay content against his daughter, reveling in their intimacy. He wondered briefly what Susan would think of this circumstance, and knew instinctively that she would approve. They needed this closeness to heal, needed to be one to fill the void she had left behind.

 Adrienne stirred first and began to gently rub herself up and down Wayne's shaft, her moist pussy lubricating his length until he was groaning in a mixture of agony and ecstasy. "Baby, you gotta stop that or I'm gonna come right here," he said, wrapping his arms around her to still the movement.

She gave him a naughty smile, "Well then can you please start using it? I want you to love me."

Wayne didn't need to be asked twice and he quickly rolled on top of his daughter, positioning his cock at her small entrance. He was about to thrust in when something occurred to him. “Sweetie, have you ever done this before?”

For some reason he had expected an immediate no or shake of the head, so he was surprised when her cheeks reddened and she looked away from him, biting her lip. "Who with?" he asked softly.

 "Pete." The word was barely audible. She looked back at him and said again, "With Pete Daddy, but only once."

 

"Pete," Wayne repeated, nonplussed. Adrienne had only had two boyfriends and neither had been named Pete. "Who's that, a boy at school?"

 Adrienne was nodding, looking embarrassed. "You know the pizza guy who answered the door?" Wayne nodded slowly.

“Well, you were gone on that business trip a few months ago and I decided to order a pizza. He came to the door and I had seen him a few times at school so we started talking. Then he came in and it just sort of…happened.” Her eyes were bright, swimming with tears ready to overflow. “Daddy, I thought that if I had sex with him it would help me get over wanting you. I thought what I wanted to do with you was so wrong, and that you would never want me that way.”

 The tears she had tried to keep in spilled over and ran down her cheeks. “I was wrong Daddy…I still wanted you more than anything. And when Pete put it in…it hurt Daddy. I didn’t know it would hurt so badly.” She trailed off and lay silent, awaiting her father’s judgment.

“Oh baby,” Wayne whispered hoarsely. He kissed the tears on his daughter’s cheeks and lingered on the salty liquid at her lips. “I’m so sorry that happened sweetie…if I had known how you felt before I could have made sure your first time was gentle.” He swallowed the urge to find this Pete kid and punch his lights out, and instead said reassuringly, “I’m sure Pete didn’t mean to hurt you, he’s just young and doesn’t have the experience to make sure it feels good for you.”

Adrienne was listening intently, little shudders still running through her body as she sniffed. “So you’re not mad?”

Wayne’s eyes widened, “Mad? No honey, not at all. I’m just so sorry you didn’t have a good first time.” He kissed her nose, “but I promise I’ll make you feel better than you’ve ever felt before. Don’t be afraid, I won’t let you hurt.”

His daughter’s eyes shone with love and gratitude and she kissed Wayne softly on the lips. He kissed her back, a slow, lazy kiss that put her at ease and made her impatient for more at the same time. He cupped a breast with his palm, and then slid that hand down her body, stopping at her damp folds. He parted them and gently slipped a finger into her. Adrienne arched off the bed and moaned into his mouth, “Oh Daddy that is soooo good!”

Encouraged, Wayne began to slowly pump his finger in and out of her wet pussy. When she was whimpering in frustration he added another finger, preparing her for the intrusion of his cock. After a few minutes she was well lubricated and Wayne removed his fingers, bringing a cry of disappointment from Adrienne’s lips. He positioned his cock at her entrance for the second time and braced himself above her.

Moving carefully he pushed the head of his erection into her, stopping there to let her adjust to the newcomer. Adrienne tensed for a moment, and then relaxed as her walls stretched to accommodate him. Slowly, ever so slowly he sank into his daughter, pausing every time he felt resistance. It took a minute to slide all the way inside, but to Wayne it felt like a lifetime. He stayed still above her, waiting for her cue to continue. It wasn’t long before she began to squirm beneath him, bucking her hips up slightly and wrapping her arms around his back. “Daddy, please move. Can’t you move?”

Wayne bit back his laugh. He had been waiting for something along those lines, some indication that she was ready to continue. “Of course baby, if that’s what you want,” he answered innocently, and began to thrust steadily.

Adrienne threw back her head and moaned loudly, losing all inhibitions as her pleasure grew. “Daddy, more...please Daddy faster.” Her hands were running up and down Wayne’s back and she hooked her legs around his waist. Wayne did as she asked and sped up, pounding into his daughter with abandon as she cried out. He felt her go over the edge and with a low moan he followed, clinging to her and whispering her name over and over.

Wayne lay spent over his daughter and would have drifted off if she hadn’t given him a soft poke in the ribs. “Daddy I can’t breathe!”

“Oops!” He rolled away and pulled her into his arms, caressing her gently as he nestled his face into her hair. “I love you so much baby girl.”

“I love you too Daddy,” she replied, “Can we…can I be yours now?”

Wayne opened his eyes in surprise. “Of course Adrienne… you always have been.”

comments welcome: pasego05@hotmail.com

My Cousin...

Train_Wreck on Incest Stories

One day a couple of summers ago, I rode my bicycle to my cousin's house.  Let me tell you about us: she is like 5'3" (she has always been pretty short), small thin build, dark hair, B cup boobs, and a really hairy pussy... extremely hot.  I am about 5'10", built like a football player, and a 7.5" hairy penis.

So anyway, I rode my bike there, and I knocked on the front door.  Her voice told me to go on in, so I did.  I walked in, and there she was on the couch, fully nude.  I looked at her sexy body up and down very slowly.  The first thing I said was "wow" and she just smiled.  All I could look at was her hairy pussy.  I th

Read More
en asked her if anyone was home, and she said she was alone.  She then asked me if I wanted to take my clothes off.  I was pretty hot after the bike ride, and she said she didn't mind, so I stripped.  When she saw my then 6" penis, she said, "Oh, my gosh!"... she apparently liked it.  I was also very hairy around my penis, and I think she liked that too...  I asked her whether she had ever seen a penis before, and she said she had only seen her dad's penis a couple times on accident. 

I sat down next to her on the couch, and because of what I saw, my penis was standing straight up from my crotch.  I knew that she was my cousin, but I also knew that she was hot.  Before I could say anything, she started stroking my pubic hair very gently.  I asked her if she wanted to touch my penis, and she immediately nodded and grabbed my penis with both hands.  She has small hands, so they both fit on there.  She looked at me, smiled, and started masturbating me.  For like 5 minutes, she rubbed as hard and fast as she could.  I had never felt anything like this; it felt so good for a girl to be doing this.  I couldn't take it any more and I came all over the place... on her hands, on myself...  She stopped rubbing and looked at my cum on her hands.  I asked her if she had ever tasted that stuff before, and she hadn't, so she licked her hands clean.  By now, since I had ejaculated already, my penis was starting to droop a little.  Then she got down and licked the cum off of my belly, and then she asked if she could taste my penis.  I said that was fine, and she first licked the leftover cum off of it.  She then started licking the shaft of my penis up and down, and that made me hard immediately.  She even went down and sucked my balls some.  She then put only the head of my dick in her mouth and started twirling her tongue around it.  After a couple minutes, she didn't waste any time and she deep-throated my penis.  I couldn't believe how good she was at it.  She kept it in, and she just kept sucking and sucking until finally I just blew load after load into her mouth.  She waited until all five shots of my cum went in, and she swallowed it all.  Once she finished, she opened her mouth showing me that she had swallowed all of my cum.  She smiled again and layed on the couch, and she spread her legs so that her pussy was pointed right at me. 

I immediately started stroking her pussy hair, and it felt so nice... her pubes were softer than mine.  I asked her if I could finger her and she said she wanted me to.  So I proceeded to rub the outside of her pussy, and I got her a little wet.  Her pussy lips started to turn pink too.  At this time, I started sticking just my middle finger in, very slowly.  I then added 1 finger at a time slowly, and I got to the point where I was ready to stick my whole fist in (her pussy was not very tight).  I asked her if I could, and she said, panting, to do it.  I stuck 4 fingers in, then I made the fist, and I started to dig as far as I could go.  She was moaning beyond control at this point, and I started going in further and faster, and she started screaming.  At one point, I saw some blood on my arm (I had taken her virginity).  After like 10 minutes of this, when I was in as far as I could go, she said she was gonna cum.  I took my fist out and I put my mouth down in front of her pussy and she squirted all over the place.  I got a mouthful of her cum, and the rest drenched my face and the couch. 

At this point, my penis was harder than it had ever been in my whole life (she was the first girl I ever saw nude, and the first I ever did anything with).  After she stopped panting (which took like 5 minutes), she asked me if I wanted to fuck her... 

I first asked her if she really meant what she asked.  She said she did.  I didn't have a condom on me, because I wasn't planning on having sex that day, and she said she didn't care.  I then asked her"what would happen if I got her pregnant, and she said she wouldn't.  After these questions were resolved, I agreed to have sex with her.  It was amazing, because not only was I losing my virginity, I was losing it to a really hot girl. 

So, I sat down on the couch, and I let my penis fly up.  She got up and straddled me.  She grabbed my penis and started to rub it on her pussy lips back and forth, getting the tip of my penis wet.  She then positioned my penis just right, and she just fell all the way onto it, so my penis was in as far as it would go.  I can't even describe the feeling I had: I was excited, happy, and I just felt good.  She looked at me and said that she loved it.  She then leaned to me and kissed me on the lips, with tongue.  I gave her the same back, and as we let go, she started bouncing on me.  As she bounced, I just stared at her beautiful tits, the perfect size, bouncing like she was.  I leaned up a little, and I started licking and sucking her right nipple while she bounced.  This was when she started moaning again.  After a few minutes, I went to her other nipple, and I sucked that one even harder.  After a bit of that, I swore I got a little milk or something out of her, because it tasted good.  Then, I let go of her nipple and I smiled at her.  She was still boucing (this was going on for like 10 minutes).  I started to moan now, and I started feeling the warmth in my balls.  I was about to cum a load in my cousin.  I told her that, and she just kept going even faster, and I came a huge, hot load in her pussy.  She stopped bouncing, and was panting furiously, and then her hips bucked and she came again with my penis still in her.  She then fell into my arms and we just held each other in that position for 10 or 15 minutes, with my penis never coming out of her pussy. 

As we sat there holding each other, she said she would never be with anyone but me.  I told her I would always be there for her no matter what.  She smiled up at me and moved up to kiss me, but this made my penis move in her.  Because her pussy was so sensitive right now, this made her buck again, cumming all over me.  She then kissed me and took my penis out of her.  She looked at it, and said she loved how it looked and felt.  We promised each other that we would never shave ourselves, because we loved hair on each other.

I still love her more than anything.

My sister like to dress sexy

rekrap on Incest Stories

one day last winter my sister and me mom and dad went to the Fl keys for 2 weeks. while we took a flight there it was fast and fun because my sister and me sat in the read of the plan we were late getting to the airport and when we got there things got messed up and they said they had 4 seats left 2 in first class which mom and dad took and 2 in the most back of the plane you could have. while walking down the isle of the plane i saw that my sister was not wearing a bra and her skirt was so tight i could tell she had nothing on under it.well as walking to the back of the plane i saw men looking her up and down and i said to myself she is pretty hot looking , as we got to our seats she took the window and we got all belted in and the plane took off. my sister grabed my hand and said i hate
Read More
this part worst of all,,,, i said its ok i am here just hold my hand and she did. while flying to fl the flight was about 3 hrs there and we sat there and talked about everthing from boys to girls to love lifes,,LOL,while my sister is 5'7 brunette and green eyes and a sexy set of 34c breasts and nipples and are so round you cant miss them !... while talking she saw me looking at her breasts wispering to me whats wrong, i said well i like the top you have on its sexy on you and your breasts are more then i can handle for looking at, she laughted and said there only breasts and she liked the way they looked and loved when guys looked at her and then them . after landing in Fl my mom and dad got the car and we went to the hotel,well they screwed up so bad we were to get a suite with hot tub 3 rooms and a kitchen, what we got was 2 rooms no kitchen and small.my mom and dad were so mad,i laughted and said oh well at least were in Fl... after unpacking my sister and me wanted to go to the beach and we changed into our suites, well my  dad and Mom were shocked and told my sister to go change into a bathing suite that cover more then that one did. they looked at me asking what do you think, i told them i liked it shes a doll and has the body for it . my dad said well your right and my mom said well OK dont leave your sister alone ok watch her close....my sister is 19 and i am 22 i have to tell you my sister had on this bathng suit that bearly cover her nipples and her lover area was less, my dad said at least its white and looks good my mom said my little girl is growing up as we were walking out the room sayng we would be back later.while it was early yet the beach was not to bad with people and we got a place to lay the towels away from everone else by a sand dune and we were mostly out of the way of where anyone could see us.while we were laying there tammy said  mike put some lotin on my back i told her if we were going swimming it would come right off, she agreeed and we went swimming well the water was so warm felt so good, after walking in the water my sister said lets play a game. while standing there the waves were comming in and she would move toward me putting her arms around me so she would not get pushed away by the waves. after a few waves came in she got used to them and started to fell better. while talking she said lets play marco polo,I laughted and said OK this will be funny i bet ! while she picked to go first she said maro i saod polo,, she jumped at me and just grabbed  what she grabbed was my cock in my shorts  and though it was my arm,after seeing what she was holding she said I am so sorry i did not know i did that. aftet telling her it was ok it felt good she laughed and said i bet you did like that  your always looking at me or my breasts, while she said that i saw that her white bathing sute was transparent and i could see her breasts like she was wearing nothing. i told her that and she looked down and said well i guess thats ok being i just grabbed your cock. while still checking her out from time to time we both got of the water and went to the towels and layed out for a few hrs,after laying there she rolled over asking me to put lotion on her i agree and told her to roll over when she did i saw that her back to her bathing sute was undone and i started to get hard. i started to rub lotion on her back and while this was so hard for me to do i could not help but to stare at her sexy ass, it was just right and No rinkles what so ever tight and sexy. while rubbing her back i when all the way down to her bottoms and was rubbing lotion there and stopping, she ask why are you stopping, i said i am stopping at your bottoms she said well you can rub futher down if you want its ok i dont want to get burned.well after was seemed like for ever to do i started to rub her butt cheeks and feel then as i put lotion on them she said it felt so good and asked if i need some i said i guess i do. after laying down on my towel face down she did the same rubbing lotion and as i looked up at her i saw that she forgot to put her top on and said you for got your top while looking at her very sexy breasts. while she looked like a deer in the lights all she said was its ok no one can see me. i though to myself i guess it was ok for me to see...while rubbing the lotion on she said ok roll over and when i did she saw i was hard as a pipe saying wow i am sure your girlfriend like thhis about you, while looking at her saying i did not have one we broke up 3 weeks ago she said thats too bad it looks like she could have had fun with this nice looking cock of yours.while rubbing my cheast and arms she moved to my legs and inner legs, i was a little jumpy and she said its ok i dont bite, while she was turning me on so bad i could not stop my cock from getting hard as steel and getting as large as i have ever felt looking at her breasts in my face almost just thinking how they would feel. while rubbing my legs she stayed they for a little while and her hand brushed my cock and i almost jumped 50 feet telling her that i was not used to that. she laughed and said that its ok i am your sister and i have felt them before just not as big as you are, while wanting to pull her into me and suck one of those wonderful nipples i had to close my eyes and think about somthing else.she finshed and we layed out for maybe another 30 mins, while walking back to the hotel she asked me what i would had done if i kept rubbing me i told her i might have came right there its been a while for me i am already horny and you did not make it any better, she said ok she was sorry for doing that to me and would make it up to me somehow i said ok.after taking showers and cleaning up of course she came out the shower wearing this skirt that was so short it was about 3 inches from her ass cheeks when i saw that she had no bra on again i almost fainted because her top was this pink mid drift that bearly cover the bottoms of her breasts.mom and dad were who knows where and we were all alone to do what ever, as i took my shower she said that when i finshed we could go for a walk and see the sights tonight. well i got to tell you i was worse off then ever my cock would not get soft and my sister was killing me making me look at her like this. after getting dressed and putting on shorts and a tank top with no boxers we left and when to the strip and started walking around.after walking a few mins we saw our mom and dad and they of course said they like wht she had on my dad was looking the other way saying oh yes he liked it to trying not to make a big deal about the fact his daughter was the hottest one out there. we went one way they went the other way while walking my sister just reached out and held my hand it felt good to hold her hand being that we never really got alone this was good.as we walked a few blocks my sister said what do you want to do i said i am hungry and she said lets eat. well we are and started to walk toward the beach while walking on the beach i put my arm around her and she moved her arm around my weist saying this was a good day.after walking a few mins i stopped and said where is the hotel at she asked why, I said i had to pee really bad. she said just walk to the water and do it there i said ok i guess i can,while walking to the water she was following me and said she would watch while i was peeing, after i started peeing my sister said damm you had to pee bad i see, i laughed and said i am not finished too. she said while i was still peeing she better go as well,..... i almost losted it seeing her raise her skirt and she had no panties on at all....i said to her forgot the panties i see while looking at me while she was squtting i saw her golden pee running out of her very sexy pussy, i said i have never seen a women do that before she said well get closeer if you like so you can see it better.... as i moved closer i could smell her very strong pee comming out of her pussy telling her that it was a turn on for me to see that, while i finished she told me not to put it away yet. when she finished peeing i was so hard she walked over to me and just leaned over and took my very hard cock into her mouth and started sucking away like a pro i might add. while this felt so damm good i felt my balls tighted and said i am going to cum move away when she heard me say  that she just went deeper on my cock taking it all the way in her mouth til her chin was against my nuts. after shotting my hot load in  my sisters very hard sucking mouth she finished and i had to sit down she told me that i tasted very good and would love to do that again with me.while i was so weak from cumming like a horse my sister was ready to go back to the hotel, when we got there we when to our room and changed into our sleep clothes and i layed down in bed waiting for her to come out the bathroom. as she walked out she had this one piece of what i called nothing that cover very little and i loved it, the lights were put off and we went to bed. in the middle of the night she called my name asking if i were awake saying she could not sleep, i asked her way and she told me that she was so horny would i help, i jumped at the chance to help asking her what could I do. well she sat up pulled off her nite and just layed back down and said what ever comes to mind just do it ok, i saod ok i reached over and started sucking her very big nipples and as i did she started to moan and running her hands in my hard. while moving down her body i reached her very wet and pee smelling pussy i just dove in there sucking all of her juices tasting all of her as much i could get out of her. while tasting her pee and licking her down there she said to stop she had to pee she would be right back, i said just start peeing i will catch it , she said to me Ok but this might be alot, as she started to pee in my mouth my whole mouth was over very pussy feeling her pee shoot in my mouth running down my neck and in my belly it felt so good and she started to pee more and more and faster in my mouth i could not swollow it fast enough. while it was like just running down my neck i love it very much as she finshed i could not  belive it tasted good to me, my sister drinks alot of water and there was no real taste to her.while laying there still between her legs she said come kiss me  and i moved up her body and started to kiss my sisters lips and i will tell you i was kissing a modle she is so sexy naked and to feel her breasts on my cheast was great. while kissing her i felt her hand go down toward my hard as steel cock moving it up and down her very wet pussy telling me to put it inside of me, i asked her it she had comdoms she said no just pull out ok, she told me not to cum inside of her because she was very fertal and could get pregant. as we were making love i slowly felt my way inside of my sisters tight pussy i might add as she pulled me into her she said i am a virgen so please be gentel with me, i was floored I said as the head of my cock was just inside of her saying WHAT!!! she said yes i am  my boyfriend waited to long and thats why i broke up with him we were going to do this 2 weeks ago. when i asked her if she was sure she wanted it to be me to breack her cherry she said please do it i love you so much while puling me into her  she started kissing me and rasied her legs and opened them more to receive my large cock into her tight pussy. as i was entering my sister she said its hurts so bad i said i am at your hymen and thats whats hurting you, she said ok i am ready as she rasied her hips to mine i pushed toward hers and we came together in the middle as over hips met while french kissing she was moaning and i was moaning as well , it felt so good inside my sister just knowing i was deep within her body and feeling her depths and having her arms around me and her legs around my back. as we were slowly thrusting one another for at least 30 mins i felt my balls tighten, she must have felt my cock sweel and started to kiss my ear and then my neck and then i felt her hand rubbing my ass while moaning she said i want to feel you cum inside of me i said you can get pregant and she started to tighten her legs around my back looking in my eyes saying fill my pussy with your seed and make me your women for life as i was feeling my balls to the point of no return I started to unload deep within my sister, pumping load after load deep in her as were were kissing she said of my god i can feel your cum shooting in me,while laying there after unloading the biggest load of my life i my cock was deep inher and still hard and i told her i had to pee i would be back, she said NO pee in me I want to feel more of you then i have ever felt baby,i started to pee into my sisters pussy and i could feel her pussy tighten against my cock  and she started to cum again and could not stop as i was peeing hard into her, she was so wet and then she started to pee on my cock while we were both in bed peeing on one another it was a great feeling,my sister lover very min of it. well that night was the best of many night to come. when the next morning came around we were like lovers and met our mom and dad to eat that morning, in the heat of passion i must have not saw that i gave my sister a hicky and she did the same to me that i did not see it on my neck , my mom and dad said OK whats up you two, we laughed and said what do you mean, they told us we both had hickys and who did it, well my sister is a pro, she said that too many guys were hitting on her when here so she asked me to put one , then as a joke i put one on him,, well my mom and dad said, well at least you two are getting closer i like that alot,my mom said as looking at my sister,telling her that she loved the outfit she had on , i had to agree, it was a pr of shorts that shows the cheeks of her ass and a halter top that was almost see thur, i had to agree, while sitting there eating my dad asked my sister what did you all do last night, we both laughed and said Nothing just played around, my mom says i can tell, as my sister looked at me i looked at her saying i loved her as we kissed on the lips and got a quick hug my dad and mom said now thats what I have been waiting for them two to get alone, i knew you two could do it, i had fath, my sister said to my dad would it be ok if we sleep together, i dont want to losse my brother again and after this week i am sure we will always be close , my dad looked at my mom saying what did she think and my mom said look at them if i did not know any better i would think they were inlove, then my dad said OK, you all can sleep together but  ?..... as he looked at me saying you better take care of her OK, i said dad i already am, with that we kissed and started eatting and yes  my sexy sister got pregant and it was all mine, she told my mom and dad it was her X boyfriend and he had a comdom on and then my dad said well at least hes not around anymore looking at me saying are you ok with this, i sais yes dad I will help her like its my own, 4 months later my sister had our child,a baby girl, my mom and dad were just head over heels. my mom said to me this baby looks like you,I laughed and said no way, my dad said its ok,she will be with him anyway ,my mom laughed and said yes our kids are the best as i leaned over and kissed my sister on the lips telling her i loved her she whisper back saying in my ear, i want a baby Boy will you help me, I smilled and said anything for you  !!!  hope you liked this,my daugher is a yr old now and were working on our baby boy now, my sister is still sexy and my mom and dad love the fact that were so close,

Sleep`n with mom5

luckyson on Incest Stories

  One friday night in july I came home about 1 in the morning to find mom had gottin home before me and was passed out on the couch in the livingroom.she was laying there still in her clothes.She had a short skirt and blouse on.The blouse was half unbuttoned and her skirt was slide up alittle .I could see her black panties covering her bush.She had all the lights on in place.I went around and turned off most of them,but left the one at the end of the couch on.I walked over to her and tryed to wake her up.butShe was sleeping hard.I could smile the booze ,so I knew she`d been out partying to.I sat down next to her on the couch and just looked at her for a minute.She looked so hot laying there.I put my hand on her tanned  leg and started to rub it up and down the inner
Read More
thigh.I could feel myself starting to get worked up,just looking at those panties under that skirt.I reached up and slide it up a little more to give myself a better view.Then I reached up and unbuttoned the rest of her blouse and pulled it open.Now I had a full view of her laying there in her black bra and panties.She was a sexy looking lady with a killer body for her age.I reached down and played with her pusssy a little and then I thought I might as well get her panties out of the way. I grabbed them and started to pull them down,it was kind of a bitch with her just laying there.She didn`t move at all or seem to wake up.Then I unzipped her skirt on the side and pulled in down and off too.I stuck my hand down between her legs and started to play with her pussy.Slipping my finger along her lips I started to spread them apart.I fingered her for awhile until i felt her starting to get wet.I thought back to how her pussy had tasted that  first night that I got the hand job from her.So I pulled out my finger and stuck it in my mouth to try it again.It wa different,but not bad.I thought about my brothers friends talking about eatting pussy at some of ther partys,I`d never tryed it.So I grabbed her leg and slide it over as far as I could.The other one I lifted and bent it and leaned it on the back of the couch.There it was just spread out waitting for me.I stood there  at the side and bent down and put my face right inbetween her thighs.I stuck out my tongue and slide it up and down her pussy lips.They felt so soft with my tongue on them.It didn`t take to long and they got real wet.I started to bury it a little deeper and kept licking.It most have felt good and got her attention,because mom slid her leg open even farther.I couldn`t believe how much I was enjoying this my dick was rock hard and begging to get out of my pantsI stopped and stood up to take them off.I looked down and seen how wet her pussy was,my first time eatting pussy and it was fun and I liked the taste of it.I moved myself to the end of the couch and got in between her legs.I bent down and started to lick it some more.I wasn`t very comfortable,so I slide my body around some half on the couch and half off of it.I started to lick it faster and trying to get my tongue in as far as I could.she started to moan some and moved her body over some.I had a great set now.I just kept licking and sucking on her pussy.She started to make more noise and moving her ass up and down on my face.I grabbed her leg and moved it up more.She pulled her knees up to her tits and I was in heaven.I was licking faster and she started to shake and moan even more.All of a sudden she let out a yell and I could feel her cumming.Her pussy was flooding my face with cum.I grabbed her ass with both hands and buried my face in pussy as far as I could go.She reached down and put her hands on my head and pulled my face into her pussy as hard as she could.I was licking as fast as I could.I knew right then That I was going to luv to eat pussy from then on.( I still do to this day.)  I think she came about four tines before I quite licking,sucking and nibbleing on that sweet pussy of hers.I stood up and looked down at her,she never even opened her eyes.Her pussy was soaked and so was the couch.She just layed there breathing heavy.My dick was so hard after that and it had precum all over it.I needed to release it before it exploded.i grabbed her leg and started to move it over some and she spoke up and said  enough.She turned on her side and faced the back of the couch.I just stood there looking at her.She looked like she was going back to sleep. So I put one knee on the couch and bent the other leg,and grabbed my cock and started to point it to her pusssy.She spoke up and said she`d had enough again.I didn`t say a word.I just slide my cockup and down her pussy until I felt it part her lips some,then I pushed it in.She moaned and rolled over a little bit more.Her pussy was so wet,it didn`t take much to make my dick slippery.I started to pump away on moms pussy. my knee was resting right on the spot on the couch where she had cum so much from me licking her pussy.It was just soaked,I knew she had gottin off good a few times.It didn`t take long for me and my dick was ready to blow. I slammed it in hard and let it go.I didn`t think I was ever going to stop squirting it in her.Me licking her pussy most have made me really horny. I couldn`t believe how hard I came. I got up and went to the bathroom and when i came back out mom had sat up.She just looked at me and smiled.I sat on the couch and she got up and went into the bathroom.When she came back out she stayed in the bedroom and got into bed.I sat there on the couch thinking about me licking her pussy long enough that my dick started to get hard again.I got up and went into the bedroom and she was laying  ass up and no covers on her.I climbed in bed and got betwen her legs .She didn`t say a word,but when she felt my hardon poke`n around she spread her legs and I slipped it in there one more time.I pumped away on that pussy of moms quite awhile.After I came one more time that night,the only thing mom said was, Are you ever going to get enough?I didn`t answer,But I knew after that night I`d never get enough of eat`n pussy.

Feels so wrong, yet so Good PART 2

Sphenix on Incest Stories

    The bright sunlight broke through the window and moved over Jennifer's eyes. Opening her eyes very slowly, she looked up at the light. My room doesn't have a window there she thought to herself. She moved a little shifting off her stomach when she noticed a wierd feeling in her vagina. She looked down and saw that she was laying on top of her older brother Brian. She almost screamed out load, but managed to hold it in. Glancing down toward her crotch she found that Brian's penis was inside her!
    Her mind started to race. This can't be happening. She closed her eyes tightly muttering to herself.  "That didn't happen. That didn't happen. I didn't have sex with my brother." But saying it didn't make it so. She started to get that 'Ohhh-shit feeling'
Read More
  deep down inside her. She did sex with her brother last night. She remembered watching Jessica's breasts bouncing up and down and as she was being fucked. She remembered watching Brian's massive cock penetrate Brodi's tight, virgin ass, and yes she remembered looking down into her brother's face with a look of pleasure upon it as she jumped up and down on his hard prick.
    Trying not to wake anyone up, she moved her hips slowly upward off Brian's dick and slide off the bed. Her pussy was throbbing after being open all night. She reached down and touched her lips, soothing herself. She looked up and saw Brodi roll over and in doing so she woke the others up also. When they had opened their eyes Jennifer saw that they were going through the same feeling she had. Trying to disbelieve everything they were remembering. No one said a word for a few seconds until Jennifers eyes met Brian's gaze who had obviously be checking her out again. "I won't tell if you won't tell" she blurted out, feeling embarassed. Brian could only manage a nod of agreement.
    After a few more seconds Brodi and Jessica looked at each other and burst out laughing. That was all they needed, something to break the tension. Even Jennifer laughed. The girls got off the bed and slipped on thier underwear that was scattered around the bed except for Jennifer who didn't have a bra to begin with, remained topless. After they were all partly clothed they sat back down on the bed together. "Ok" said Brian "We all have to make a promise that no matter what happens, last night stays between us alright." They all nodded their heads yes. Brodi was the next to speak. "That was amazing last night!" she looked around at the others "Or was it just me?" They laughed. All of them knew that what happened last night was the best experience of their entire lives.
    Jennifer looked around and noticed a bulge in Brian's underwear. Looking up she caught Brian staring at her nude breasts. When he noticed that Jennifer was looking at him he looked up at her with a 'well-I-can't-help-it' sort of look. Jennifer was turned on. "Look mom and dad won't be back until tomorrow night. I think we could maybe fool around a little more until they got back don't you?" asked Jennifer.
    "Are you sure you want to keep going with this? Cause if you aren't-" Brian answered.
"No, no, it's alright I don't mind, and you guys don't either do you?" said Jennifer looking at Brodi and Jessica. The look on their faces was more than enough of an answer.
    "So, what do you want to do first?" asked Jessica.
"Let's get in your parent's jaccuzi." suggested Brodi.
    "Alright" said Brian "but I don't think it is big enough for all of us."
    "Oh I think we can make us fit." said Jennifer with a smile on her face. "Let's go!"
    The all got up and headed for their parents bedroom. "Was that you guys first time" asked Brian as they walked.
    "Yep it was the first time for all of us" answered Brodi.
"You know I have never been more turned on than last night when you all had your little mouths and fingers rubbing all over my cock and your tight, perfect little pussies, ohhh." said Brian, closing his eyes and replaying some of the scenes from the night before.
    "You know, I never got the pleasure of your dick in my pussy last night, just my ass."
    "Well I guess I will just have to do you first then won't I." said Brian.
    When they got the the jaccuzi they stripped off their underwear again. Seeing each other naked again was almost too much to bear. Jennifer reached over and turned on the water filling up the tub. It was very large compared to a regular tub. It was deep enough that only your head was exposed and long enough that all four of them were able to sit comfortably on the bottom. Jessica reached over and grabed a bottle of bubble bath. She opened the lid, poured it in, and swirled it around. The bubble rose up tickling thier chins. "Let's turn on the jets." said Jennifer reaching over and pushing the button. The water stared swirling around them. Brodi was the first to move. She stood up out of the water, the bubbles dripping of her boobs and covering her crotch. "You want to see whats underneath?" said Brodi moving closer to Brian's face. She reached down and wiped the bubbles away from her shaved, virgin pussy. Then moving closer to Brian she thrusted her her hips toward him. Brian opened his mouth and slipped his tounge in between Brodi's pussy lips. She shuddered and her knees buckled the instant Brian's tounge was inside her. Her breathing got heavier and she started to let out soft moans. Jennifer and Jessica watching in fasination as Brodi slowly rocked her hips back and forth into Brian's face. The girls looked at each other and did't have to say a word. Jennifer stood up and leaned back against the wall. She spread her legs wide and let Jessica dive in. It felt wierd at first but soon she was concentrating on every flick of the tounge Jessica was making.
    After a few minutes Brodi wanted to get down to business. She pulled away and sat back down into the water. Brian guided her hips down to his lap and Brodi grabbed hold of his cock. Brodi looked Brian in the eyes and said "I want the most hardcore fuck you can do." She didn't have to say anymore. Brian lifted his hips up and rammed his cock into her virgin folds. She let out a scream and then a moan already enjoying the feeling of his penis inside her. The faster they went the faster she moaned. Looking up at Brodi and seeing the pleasure on his face was enoughto put him over the edge. His cock erupted with hot cum inside her tight, no longer virgin, pussy. She moved off top the side of the tub and laid her head on the side.
    Brian looked over at Jessica and Jennifer and was stunned. he nover thought his sister would do anything like that! He stood up and moved behinde Jennifer. Positioning himself next to her ass, he thrusted his shaft into her tight ass and started pumping. Jessica, seeing that they were.... busy. Moved over to where Brodi was sitting. Not even asking she stood in front of her and pushed her pussy into Brodi's mouth. Instinctivly Brodi grabbed Jessica's ass and pulled her in tighter licking lightly around her pussy. On the other side of the tub Jennifer was bent over, hanging onto the handholds getting pounded. "Oh yes, fuck your little sister. Bring her to an orgasm Big Brother!" With that Jennifer sprayed her female jucies all over the side of the tub. Brian pulled out of his sister and sat back down in the water. He closed his eyes not beliveing what was happening to him. Then he felt someone touching his softening prick. He opened his eyes and saw Jessica's ass sticking up out of the water and her head underwater sucking on his cock!. He just laid back and relaxed for a minute letting her caress his slippery member with her soft mouth. After she got tired of coming up for air she got in the same position Jennifer was when she first had sex with Brian last night. She opened her legs as wide as she could and slipped Brian's hard cock into her hot pussy. Doing as Jennifer did she jumped up and down on Brian making him moan softly, pumping the cum out of him. Sucking up every last drop until she was too tired to keep going.
    They all laid in the tub, sexually exhausted, thier bodies throbbing from adrenline. All they could do was sit and stare at each others nude bodies untill one by one they got out of the tub and laid down by one another and fell asleep on their parents bed.
Until the FINAL PART 3!!

Going Natural

daj1 on Incest Stories

Nudism was my husband Tom's idea. A colleague at the college where Tom teaches had told him about his family's experience at a nudist resort and Tom thought we should try it. I was a little dubious. We have two teenage children, Lisa, 16 and Jimmy, 15. I was really unsure of the effect such an experience would have on them. Nevertheless, Tom brought the idea up at the dinner table one night.

Lisa went ballistic. "You expect me to walk around naked in front of a bunch of strangers? No way! Forget it!"

Jimmy's reaction was milder. "Seems kinda weird," was his only response.

"Well, we should try it on our own first," Tom patiently explained. "I think everyone will be surprised how natural it feels once the initial embarrassment wears off

Read More
."

"Oh great!" Lisa retorted. "What are we gonna do? All of us run around the back yard naked? The neighbors will think we're nuts and call the cops!"

"No, nothing like that," Tom said. "You all remember Fred Anderson that used to live across the street? He has a cottage up by the lake that sits off by itself. It's very private. He's said we could use it for the weekend. Of course, I didn't tell him exactly why we wanted to use it."

"Terrific!" Lisa said glumly."Bug bites all over me!" But she raised no further objections and finished the meal in silence.

We had decided to drive up to the cottage on Saturday morning. I packed on Friday night and found that everything we needed fit in one small bag. After all, we really didn't need any clothes other than what we were wearing. I guess the reality of it really hit me then.

"Are you sure this is a good idea?" I asked Tom as we got ready for bed.

"It will go just fine," he assured me. "You'll see."

The drive up to the lake was a quiet one. The only one who even occasionally spoke was Tom. Both the kids looked out the windows and seemed lost in their own thoughts. It occurred to me that, since Lisa and Jimmy had become teenagers, everyone had become more careful about keeping doors closed. I hadn't seen either of them without clothes in at least five years, nor had they seen Tom or me naked in that time. Well, I didn't really think they'd EVER seen us naked, except for an occasional glimpse.

We arrived at the cottage and found it to indeed be very private. It was completed surrounded and screened by pine trees and approachable only by a long twisting driveway or by boat. It was really a very pretty setting.

Things were awkward just after our arrival. The kids and I found all sorts of little things to do around the cottage, obviously trying to avoid what we knew we needed to do.

Tom broke the ice. He went into one of the bedrooms and soon emerged completely naked except for sandals. His long thick penis hung loosely over his very large sac and swung slightly as he walked. "Ahhh," he said. "That feels better!"

Lisa turned beet red. "Oh my god!" Jimmy let out a nervous laugh.

I didn't say anything. I went into the bedroom, unbuttoning my blouse as I went.

I tried to keep my mind blank as I undressed. As I tossed my panties onto the bed, I turned to look at myself in the mirror on the wall. For 38, I think I still look OK. My breasts sag a little but my nipples still point forward. The small tummy I have was just proof that I'd had two kids. I was glad I hadn't trimmed my pubic hair before the trip. The thick patch of hair between my legs concealed my vaginal slit and provided a small measure of modesty. I returned to the main room. Tom saw me and smiled.

Just then, Jimmy emerged from one of the other bedrooms with nothing on. I guess I should have been more prepared for his manhood. A very respectable penis hung just below his flat stomach. It had a much more prominent head on it than his father's but the shaft wasn't quite as long.

The door to the bathroom opened and Lisa emerged nude. The sight of her sent a pang of jealousy through me. She was lovely. Her slim athletic body moved with a natural grace. She had high, firm breasts capped with nipples the same pinkish tan as mine. She's a 34B as compared to my 36C. The narrow strip of hair on the mound of her pussy was light brown showing that, while the blonde hair on her head might look natural, it wasn't. Her buttocks barely quivered as she walked, making me all the more conscious of my more ample behind.

She put her hands on her hips and said sarcastically, "Well gee, this is fun!" But in a moment, her expression changed. "Oh shit! Do I have to look at THAT all weekend?"

She was looking at her brother who I saw had a complete erection. Jimmy's face reddened slightly as he said, "I-I couldn't help it. It just happened!" I couldn't help but notice that his boner pointed upward more than Tom's usually did. The skin on the head was so tight that it gleamed. It looked to be at least seven inches long.

"Well, honey," I said lamely. "It's sort of a compliment." Lisa just rolled her eyes and turned and walked over to the window. The sight of her firm bottom didn't help Jimmy's condition at all.

Tom had said nothing and I suddenly realized he too was struggling against his basic nature. He lost the struggle and his cock soon stood erect too, showing its full eight and a half inch length.

He said nervously, "Well, I think we have to expect some of these reactions until we get a little more used to this." I mentally agreed because I was having a hard time keeping my eyes off Jimmy's stiff organ. And I wasn't comfortable with the slight tingling that had begum between my legs.

Lisa turned and saw Tom's erection and rolled her eyes again, but not before I noticed a fleeting look of frank admiration at her father's endowment. She laughed a little and said "Wow, Mom, no wonder you always seem to be in a good mood!" That made us laugh and broke the tension a little.

We decided to have lunch at the picnic table out in back of the cottage. Getting everything ready and carrying it outside helped everyone relax. Even the boners relaxed some, but never went completely limp.

Having lunch outdoors in the nude felt very free and natural. I was beginning to think Tom had had a really good idea. But when I glanced over at him as he sat next to me, I noticed his erection had renewed itself. It was just noon, would he be able to wait until we went to bed? I glanced at the surrounding trees.

Trying to sound innocent, I said "It's so pretty here. Tom, let's take a walk in the woods after lunch." After a moment, he got my meaning and, nodding, said "Sure! Good idea!"

After we cleared up the lunch dishes, Tom and I walked towards the woods. I hoped the kids hadn't caught on. I looked back and saw them playing catch.

We went just far enough into the trees to be out of sight of the cottage. Without a word, I leaned over and braced both hands against the trunk of a tree, planting my feet widely apart. Tom got behind me and I felt one of his hands on my hip. I knew the other hand was guiding his cock where it needed to go.

He penetrated me with a sudden thrust to the hilt. I stifled an "Oh!". He began to pump immediately and I accepted his slamming thrusts gratefully. My breasts swung beneath me, increasing my arousal.

"Give it to me, hon!" I gasped in a loud whisper. "Fuck me!" And he did.

I came just as I felt him growing bigger and hotter inside me. Then I came again as hot spurts filled me. I was afraid the kids could hear the squishy sounds my pussy was making. I sighed deeply as he finally finished and pulled out of me.

I straightened up shakily. As a warm dribble started down the inside of my thigh, I realized something. "Oh Tom, I didn't bring anything to clean up with!" I immediately squatted to let his deposit drain out of me. I soon had a fair sized puddle of white between my feet.

Tom stuck his penis in my mouth and I sucked it pretty much clean. It still looked wet but that would dry quickly.

After I'd drained as much cum out of me as I could, I stood up and wiped off my leg with my hand. My pussy lips were still swollen and my cunt was open. "The kids will notice for sure!" I said, as I tried to fluff my wet bush.

Tom shrugged, "Well, what's the big deal? They're old enough that they know we fuck. Besides, the whole idea behind this nudism thing is to be more natural."

As we emerged from the trees, I realized I didn't need to worry since the kids were too busy to notice me.I saw Lisa standing next to Jimmy and it took me a moment to realize what she was doing. As we drew closer, I could see that she was holding Jimmy's cock in her right hand, working it up and down. Her left hand rested on his bare butt. Jimmy stood with his eyes closed, obviously enjoying his sister masturbating him.

Lisa looked up and saw us. "Well, HE wasn't doing anything about it, so I figured I'd better," she explained casually. It was pretty obvious from her expert manipulation of her brother's penis that this wasn't the first time Lisa had done this for a guy.

"C'mon Jimmy," she encouraged. "You're getting close...just let it go." Her slim fingers tightened on his cock and she rubbed it faster. A large drop of precum oozed from the tip of his organ. "Here, this will help". Lisa moved her hand down Jimmy's buns. She extended a finger and suddenly pushed it up his ass. Jimmy's eyes flew open and his hips jerked. A huge streamer of cum shot from his dick and flew at least three feet onto the grass. Lisa kept pumping her hand and fingering his rear as more spurts shot out. I couldn't believe how much came out of him. His father had just put what I thought was a huge load in me and it was barely half as much as Jimmy squirted onto the grass.

As his cumming slowed to a dribble, Lisa's hand moved more slowly. "That's good," she said gently,"Now let's get it all out." She expertly squeezed out the last remaining drops, finishing by giving his cock a small shake. She released his penis and pulled out her finger. Jimmy sat down heavily on the edge of the porch. "Oh..wow!" he sighed.

Lisa grinned. "Feel better?" She turned to us ,"You two have fun out there?" I looked down and saw a small white drop between my feet. I just shrugged but was no longer embarrassed about it.

The look in Lisa's eyes changed. They took on a lost, slightly desperate look. She quietly said. "I think I..well..I think I need to go in and lie down for a while." Jimmy was too dense to know what she meant but I smiled my encouragement. She turned and went into the cottage.

"Is she...?" Tom started to ask. "Yes," I cut him off," Just leave her alone for a while." "Well," he said nervously, "If she needed..well..never mind." I looked down and saw his cock was once again standing at attention.

I was frankly shocked, but I should have seen it coming. "Tom..you can't ..do that with..with your own daughter!"
 
"Why not?" said Lisa who had overheard and was standing just inside the screen door. She stepped back out. I saw her nipples had tightened to small knots. She looked at me and said, "I'm not a virgin." She took Tom by the hand and led him a bit further out onto the lawn where she had him lie down on his back. She had her white teeth clenched in a near grimace as she straddled him. A flush had spread up from her chest to her throat and her eyes smoldered. She reached down between her legs and, grabbing his huge penis, put the fat head of it against her crotch. She rested one hand on each thigh and gave me a proud and defiant look, then she pushed down hard with her hips.

I watched in disbelief as her tender young cunt stretched into an oval as Tom's massive penis plowed into her. She threw her head back and groaned, "Ahhhhhhh!" but kept pushing. "Lisa!" I said. "Don't try to take it all!" But she was wild with lust, glaring at me and Tom as she impaled herself. Finally, all of it had disappeared into her cunt and her pubic hair tangled with her father's. She slumped forward for just a moment but then placed her palms on Tom's chest and began working herself up and down.

I suddenly became aware of a hand on my bare ass. It was Jimmy's hand and it moved down to slip between my legs. A finger probed and then pushed up my vagina. "Mom, I've wanted to do this for so long!" he said. I said nothing as he pumped the finger in and out. "Jimmy," I said without looking at him, "Lie down on the grass next to your dad!"

I held Lisa's hand and we smiled at each other as we rode the men in the family...

Knocking Up Sis 2

thedogofpower on Incest Stories

  It's been 3 months since Lauren and Kayla helped put my seed into my little sister, and her fears came true, Sara was pregnant. She was begining to show, so I told her to start wearing bigger shirts so that our parents wouldn't know she was pregnant yet. We didn't need that bullet quite yet. Besides, telling our parents that my sister had my daughter/sister in her womb was the last thing on our minds. We wanted to get even with Lauren and Kayla. So after 3 months, Sara and I have come up with a sick enough plan that it just might work.

  Let me begin by saying that in the past 3 months of my sisters pregnancy, she told me that feeling me shoot my hot, thick load up her pussy turned her on to no extent, so we have been have secret sex as often as possible. I would pick her

Read More
up from the 7th grade, or just "take her to the mall" is what i would tell my parents, and we would fuck. She's getting quite good at it, and everytime, I feed her womb some more of my incest sperm, just to make sure she's nice and pregnant. No harm there, since she already is.

 The first on the list was Kayla, the one who held my sister's pussy open and pushed her down even farther onto me while I pumped my baby into her,even though she asked to stop. She was our first target. Sara invited just Kayla over for the night. She apparently had no idea of revenge. Now we go to Sara's room./...

"I didn't think you'd invite me over ever again, Sara, I thought you were mad at me." said Kayla, nervous.

"No. No No, its cool Kayla, I'm actually happy you did what you did. I've always wanted a baby, and I'm happy to have one growing inside me, even if it is my big brother's." Sara replied.

"That's good, I was hoping we could still be friends!"

"Yeah, we are, Kayla. Hey! Do you want to see if you can feel the baby kick?" Sara lifted up her shirt as Kayla nodded. She sat on the bed next to Sara, and proceeded to caress Sara's protruding 13 year old belly. Kayla felt the little pulses of life inside Sara's young womb, and was amazed by the feeling.

"Wow! Sara! I feel it" Kayla laughed. "Its so cool. I've never felt a pregnant girls belly as young as yours before."

"Hey, are you thirsty?" Sara asked her

"Yeah."

"I'm gonna get a soda, want one?"

"sure, thanks," Kayla said. With that, Sara left the room to "prepare" drinks for her and Kayla, but Kayla was going to feel a bit different about this soda. The one caffiene drink that puts you out. Sara laughed as she thought of that.

Sara returned to her room with two glasses of soda and her and me, who was quite ready to do my job.

"Hey Luke, " Kayla said to him, "how's it going?"

"Okay" I told her. And her and sara began to drink there soda's. I decided I'd like to give Kayla a little show, so I came up next to my pregnant sister, pulled my dick out in front of her face, and instructed her. "Hey sis, how about a little sucky, I bet kayla would like to see how much better we've gotten" I said.

Sara nodded and started to lick me innocently and acting inexperienced. I guess it was for show, because she has become quite the little cocksucker. After a few minutes, Kayla announced that she was feeling funny and passed out right on Sara's bed. Sara immediately removed me from her mouth and began to undress Kayla's bottom half. Soon, her pussy was naked and spread open, ready for our revenge.Sara laid down right next to her and threw off her own panties. I started to rub my cock up and down my sister's pregnant pussy, still hairless, yet pregnant.

"MMMM." she moaned. "Slip it inside me, bro." I did. I saw Sara's protruding belly began to heave in and out at the pleasure she was recieving from my cock. Pretty soon I was fucking her deep enough that my cock was peaking past her cervix into her womb, where it was meeting my future daughter/sister. God how I was wishing I could feed my unborn daughter a big load of my incest cum, but this load had a different destination

As my sister's pussy was squeezing and working my cock, she kept licking her fingers and lubing up Kayla's sleeping pussy.

"Okay Luke," she said, "when your ready to cum, she's ready"

With that, I pulled my cock out of my little sister's tight, young pussy, and shoved it as far as I could up Kayla. Even asleep, she let out a pleasurable grunt, but that pleasure would only lsat a second. I probably ripped her poor unknowning pussy apart as I shoved my cock up past her cervix into her unprotected, unknowning womb in one thrust. Then I exploded. Gob after gob of sticky white sperm began to fill the sleeping girls fertile womb. I found my sister reaching down and massaging my balls to coerce more sperm to come out. I must have pumped Kaylas womb with 30 billion little sperm, all looking for a home, which was givin to them inside Kayla's flat little belly. Sara and I's plan was hoping that it wouldn't remain flat for long. I pulled my cock out of the her, and told my sister I was going to go downstairs to let her alone with Kayla. Sara sat with kayla for about an hour holding her pussy lips shut to make sure none of my cum would escape. Now, i'm going to be a daddy again, but it was worth it.

Sleep`n with mom4

luckyson on Incest Stories

Like I said,been going on for 9,10 11 weeks. When one night I was out with my friends at a party and I got pretty wasted,some beer, weed(we all were pretty wild at that age.) Anyway when I got home it was getting pretty late.But I knew my mom was still at work,so I was safe on the time.But I was really buzzing,One of the older guys there gave me something that he said would keep me going and he was right.been five hours and I was wide a wake.I`d been home about a half hour,my brother stayed all night at one of he`s buddy`s house,so I was there alone.I had the TV on and was laying around half dressed trying to chill out to go to sleep.When I heard the door to the apartment open and in came my mom and one of her friends.They both was dr

Read More
unker than hell.Mom couldn`t even stand up let alone walk.Her friend was holding her up and walking with her,they headed to the bedroom  saying hi and laughing,giggleing  on the way by. Her friend came out about five minutes later and ask how I was,I said ok.She said that mom got off work early and they had been out drinking with some other friends all night.she talked alittle more then said she had to get herself home.After she left I locked the front door and sat back down on the couch.The bedroom door was closed, I was still wide a wake and started to think about mom being so drunk,I though she was passed out in bedroom when I heard her say my name.I got up,went in there and there she was sitting on the floor by the bed.It looked like she had slid of  it.There she sit with just her bra and panties on and her slacks down to her ankles.still had her shoes on.I went over to her and ask if she needed some help.She said yes,and started laughing.I reach down and pulled her shoes off and then slid her pants off to.Man was she fucked up,she couldn`t hardly sit up .I took a step and put my feet on each side of her legs so I could help her up.As I was getting ready to grab her arms,she reached up and put her hand right on my crotch.I was wearing this old lounge shorts and that was it.she had my peter in her hand and started to rubbing it.So I moved forward a little.my dick was now about 6 inches in front of her face.I reached for my shorts and started to slide them down.She let go long enough to let them get passed my dick.Then she grabbed it again and started to stroke it more.I  sill had a good buzz and my dick didn`t seem to jump right up like it usually did when mom would play with it.I leaned forward more and stuck my dick right in front of her face.she opened her mouth and I slid my dick in her mouth.Well it didn`t take long and it started to grow.It felt so good having her lips wrapped around it.She started to suck on it like she was hungry.It get hard as a rock and I started to pump it in and out of her mouth.It felt so great,she had her head againest the bed and I just keep pump it in and out. she was making all kinds of slurping and moaning sounds.I must of stood there for 15 minutes fucking moms mouth.I couldn`t believe that I hadn`t came yet,it didn`t take that much to get me to cum before.But I knew I was pretty buzzed myself.I started to see how much of my dick I could get in to her mouth.I was trying to slide it as far down her throat as it would go.She didn`t seem to mind to much.she just kept sucking away.Then I went to far and she started to gag some,I pulled it out and let her get her  breath.I reached down and grabbed her by her arms and tried to pick her up.At that age I wasn`t a vey big kid. But with a little help from her I got her up and on the bed. She layed back and giggled.I bent over her and pushed her bra up and started to suck on her tits.I loved sucking on them.I could feel my dick rubbing up againest her pussy.It was wet,her panties were getting soaked.So I stood back up and reached down and slide them off.There she layed with her feet hanging off the edge and her bra half on,and her sweet pussy just begging for me.I reached down and put the tip of my dick right at the openning and started to work my way in.I looked up and she looked like she had  passed out.My dick was hard and I was horny as hell.I didn`t care if she was a wake or not I was going to get my rocks off.I pulled her closer to the edge of the bed and started to slide my dick in and out of her pussy.She didn`t move,she`d make a moaning sound every now and then but that was it.I must of fucked her for 20 minutes like that,I couldn`t believe how hard my dick was and how good it felt sliding in moms pussy.It must have been the shit that the guy at the party gave me,cause man I was going strong.My legs started to get tired from standing there for so long.I finally started to feel it build up and I knew I was getting close.I couldn`t believe mom was so fucked up.Between the blowjob and me fucking her,I had been going at it for 40 minutes or so.I pulled my dick out of her pussy and I got up on the bed.I got down by her and stuck my dick on her lips.It was covered with her own pussy juice.I slide it in and as I did her mouth came open.She moaned alittle and I spoke up and told her to suck on my dick.I don`t think she even knew what was going on,but she started to suck on it a little bit.I layed there and started to slide it in and out of her mouth.This was driven me crazy, she was sucking my dick covered in her own pussy juice.That was it ,all it took and I started to cum.I shot one squirt in her mouth and then pulled out and sat up.I didn`t want her to drowned in my cum.I shot the rest of it on her tits and on her bra. Man it was  great I couldn`t believe what was happening.I layed back on the bed and caught my breath.My dick was still rock hard and standing straight up.Mom layed there and didn`t move I could see the cum on her lips with her head laying sideways.but I wasn`t done yet.my dick was still hard. I got off the bed and went to the end of it .I bent down and started to finger her pussy some more.she didn`t make a sound or move.I started to finger fuck her more and she moaned alittle bit.I slide in 2 fingers and kept going at it.her pussy was getting wetter and i kept going I wanted to see how much I could get in her.I  grabbed my left hand with myright and squeezed my fingers together and started to slide all four of them in at once.They went in to about my first nuckles and that was it.I kept fucking her that way for a little while and her pussy started to open up even more. i was getting my hand buried up to the second nuckles,she was starting to moan and move her ass.I was loving this and I think she was to .she started to make more noises and then I felt her cumming.My hand was saoked with her sweet pussy.I pulled my hand out and stood up and slide my dick in her again.I stood there pounding that pussy for I don`t know how long before I came again.But when I did, it felt like my peter was going to explode.I buried it in her pussy and let it unload.I had to sit down on the floor for a few minutes and rest.The light from the other room was still on and from where I was setting I could see my cum oozeing out of her pussy.I got up and went out to the other room and got a drink of water.I came back in a few minutes later and she had rolled over and got up on the bed more.I went and layed down beside her.I layed there for awhile.That speed that kid had gave me still hadn`t wore off yet.Well to make this  a little shorter let me just say that I fucked her one more time that night and filled her pussy with my cum once again. She layed there sleeping with cum dripping out of her.I shot my load three times that night By then I felt like I could go to sleep and it looked like it was starting to get light out side.Not sure how long it was but I must have fucked mom for three hours or more that night.Besides the hang over,she never said a word about it the next day.But I thought I was quite the stud.

My Big Brother

Lil Jan on Incest Stories

My Dad is gone from home a lot of the time traveling with his job and when he is away Mom is gone somewhere a lot of the time, and sometimes she doesn't come home all night. My brother has been home for about a week waiting on a call for a job. I'm 5'5" tall weigh 114# with small 32b tits. Mom put me on birth control pills as soon as I started having periods. I guess because she got knocked up before she got married she figured I would to.

The first time I got fucked it was by a man that I had baby set. He took me home but on the way we stopped and he screwed me in the back seat of his car. It didn't last long and didn't hurt as I found out later his cock was pretty small. After that I started fucking about every guy I went out with but none ever got me off so I would have t

Read More
o go home and masterbate to orgasm.

Well anyway one night I had been out and just like always my date just pumped about 5 times and shot his load. Mom was out and when I came in it was late but I noticed a light on in my brothers room. The door wasn't completely shut and I looked in. WOW there he lay on his back watching a porn video and pumping his cock pretty hard. I had seen several dicks but never one that big. I stood and watched until he shot several huge streams of white cum in the air. It must have ween over a foot up. My pussy was already horny and wet but as I watched him jack off I put my hand in my panties and fingered my pussy.

I went to my room and went to bed and as usual I got myself off with my fingers thinking about by brothers huge cock. I went to sleep with his dick on my mind.

The next morning I got up to find Mom and my brother drinking coffee and talking. We exchanged some small talk about what I did the night before and my brother made the comment that some guy was really lucky to have me for a date. I thought yeah right!

That night Mom went out early and so did my brother but I didn't have a date that night. I went to bed about 10:00 P.M. and fingered myself then went to sleep. Later something woke me and it was my brother who had come home. I lay there thinking about that huge cock of his and how horny my little pussy was. The longer I thought the hornier I got. I got up took off my panties and just left my thin white nite on and went to his door. I knocked and said, "Can I come in?" She said "Sure come on in". He was in bed and I could see a bulge in the sheet that covered him. I sat  down on the bed looked down at the bulge reached out and put my hand on it. "I see you didn't have any luck at getting laid tonight either." He jerked and grabbed my hand and moved it saying, "What the fuck are you doing?" I said "I'm feeling my big brother's cock what does it look like?" He said "Damn your my sister you shouldn't be feeling me." I said "Can I see it?"  "NO you can't." "Look brother it isn't like I've never seen a cock before I have jacked them off sucked them off and had them get off in my cunt so what is so special about yours that I can't see it?"

We just looked at each other for a few minutes then he slowly pulled the cover back and there was the most beautiful cock I had ever seen even thought it was about half soft now. "WOW brother you sure have a nice one." and reached out land took hold of it and started moving my hand up and down. He said "Ok you have seen mine let me see yours." He didn't have to ask twice I jerked my nitie off over my head and threw it on the floor. "Hey sis you have a nice set of tits yourself" and reached out and started to rub the nipples between his fingers. I know there was a sound came out of my mouth but I don't know what it was. His cock was getting hard and as it did it was getting back to the size that I had seen the night before.

I couldn't resist I lowered my heand and kissed the head of his cock. There was a drop of pre cum on the head and I licked it off. I started licking the head and down the shaft to his balls. He said "Oh gawd that feel nice, go ahead and suck on it" I took the head into my mouth and it filled it up. I ran my tongut aroung the head and started slowly jacking him. He pushed his ass up trying to get more of his cock in my mouth and it went all the way to the back of my mouth. "Shit little sis you sure know how to suck a cock, just don't stop". I kept sucking and jacking running my tongue around the head. It was a wonderful feeling to have my brothers cock in my mouth.

I increased the pace and she was starting to fuck my face. He grabbed my head and started pounding this huge had cock into my mouth. I felt his balls get tight and the head of his cock get bigger and I knew he was about to cum. I took my mouth off long enough to tell him he could cum in my mouth then started sucking again. "Oh Oh OH sissss i'm going to ccccummmmmmmmmm". I felt the first jet hit the back of my mouth followed by several more. I tried to swallow all of it but there was so much that some leaked out the side of my mouth. I took my mouth off and looked at his beautiful cock still leaking a little cum out of the head.

He said, "That was great sis the best blow job I ever had, can I return the favor and eat your pussy?" I was so horny at that point all I wanted was to shove that cock as far up into my pussy as I could. I told him that I wanted to get fucked and he could eat me later. When I said that his cock got hard again. I raised one leg and got on top of him. I put the huge head and the opening of my little fuck hole and started to lower my self down. As the head penetrated my I threw my head back and screamed Ooooohhhhhhhh. He reached up and started penching my nipples and he shoved his ass up and drove more of his cock in me. "Oh big brother I've never had one that big in me, it feels sooo fucking good just keep driving it in? I bounced up and down a couple of times then drove the whole length of his cock up into my small wet cunt. I thought I was going to  pass out it felt so good. I started bouncing up and down on his dick driving it all the way in every time. Every time it went in I screamed "Oh Oh". I had never felt anything so wonderful in my life.

He lifted me up and rolled me over on my back and pulled my legs up and put them behind his sholders and started to fuck me like a jack hammer. "OH fuck me my lovely brother drive that big peace of meat in my hard" He said "Gawd sis you have a tight pussy and it is red hot I could fuck you all night". " Just keep fucking me brother and don't ever stop" "Fuck Me Fuck ME fuck that pussy of mine!" "Faster Faster Harder fuck me harder I'm about to cum" He was driving his dick deeper than any man had ever been and about to bring me to my first orgasm with a cock and not my finger. "Oh shit sis I'm gona cum should I jerk it?" "NO NO shoot all your cum in me fill me with your seed"

He lowered his head and put his lips on mine stuck his tongue in my mouth and that drove me over the edge and I had my first orgasm with a mans cock. I felt him shoot and he drove his cock in me as deep as he could go. He pulled his mouth off and with each thrust he would grunt and shoot another jet of cum in me. I saw stars and thought  I was going to faint as my orgasm sweep over and through my young body.

When he had drained his balls in my cunt he rolled off me. I was so weak I couldn't move. "Big Brother that was without a doubt the best fuck I ever had bar none". "You were great sis, I have never fucked a pussy that was that tight." With Mom and Dad being gone so much we can do this lots more. And we did almost every night either I  would go to his room or he would come to mine and he would fuck me blind.

If you enjoy this let me know lil_jan_692003@Yahoo.com

Feels so wrong, yet so good

Sphenix on Incest Stories

    "How can you stand wearing those?" asked Jessica looking at the black, silk thong Brodi had on.
    "It feels normal to me" replied Brodi looking in the mirror at her ass.
"I would feel naked with those on"
"Ya you would, you don't even like wearing swim suits" Brodi said as she slapped Jessica on the butt.
"Ouch" Jessica yelled as she tried to slap Brodi back.
"Hey be quiet guys it is 10 o'clock" Jennifer snapped as she pulled on her pajama bottoms "You will wake someone up" As she said those words a slow gurlging sound came out of the ceiling. "Don't worry it is just my brot
Read More
her taking a shower." said Jennifer reassuring the girls seeing that they were a little frightened. Brodi looked over at Jennifer with a devilish grin.
"Don't give me that look" Jennifer said " I know that look." Brodi Just smiled bigger.
"Hey I got an idea" said Brodi " lets go spy on your brother in the shower"
A look of excitment came over Jessica's face. "Ya let's do it, that would be so cool"
Jennifer looked at them both with a stern face. "Umm, NO thats not very cool to me"
"Come on" pleaded Brodi "You have to admit that your brother is kinda sexy! Besides we need to break Jessica in, she is way too innocent"
There was a breif moment of hesitation. "Look, not that I would even want to spy on my brother, but it is too risky. We would have to be absolutly quiet which I don't think either of you can be and besides I already know what we would see. I have lived in the same house long enought to know."
"But we haven't, please" asked Jessica "PLEASE" The pleading went on for a long time as jennifer was trying to stall untill he got out of the shower so she wouldn't have to go. He didn't get out. Finnaly she gave in. "All right if we go look for one minute then will you shut up about this?" They nodded yes and started up the stairs to her older brother's room. Jennifer was acually starting to be turned on by doing this. It had been two years since she last saw him naked. His penis wasn't very big, maybe 4 inches. He was 17 now and had almost certainly had to have grown down there since then.
    As they walked barefoot up to the top step Jennifer turned to them and told them to be very quiet. She opened Brian's door and stepped in. The bathroom was seperate for the main room and she could she the steam coming out of the crack. They all three got on their hands and knees and peaked around the door. What they saw was not what they expected. Through the clear glass door the girls could see Brian with one hand on the wall and one hand stroking his shaft. He was masturbating! They were stunned, their eyes unblinking. So thats why he was in the shower so long thought Jennifer. I wonder what he would feel like inside me. NO. I can't think like that, she said to herself thrusting the thought out of her mind. She turned to Brodi and Jessica. Both of them had theirs hands down thier pajamas and were fingering themselves. Jennifer looked appaled. She stood up and went for the door and waved for them to follow her. Both girls though disapointed got up and went back down to Jennifers room.
    "That was....amazing" exclaimed Brodi " I have never felt more turned on"
"It was soo big!" said Jessica "That wouldn't even fit in me if i tried"
"What did you think Jen?" asked Brodi.
"I...I...I don't think we should have done that."
"Come on, Just cause he is your brother doesn't mean you shouldn't want to see something like that."
"Ya" added Jessica.
"Alright" yelled Jennifer "Alright I did like it. I liked it soo much I would have let him screw my brains out until his heart's content right then and there. There you happy?"
Brodi and Jessica were stunned. They were happy to have her on their side.
"So lets go do it" said Brodi.
"Do what?" asked Jennifer
"Get him to have sex with us"
Jennifer laughed. "We are 14 he is 17 I don't think we are the type of girls he is looking for."
" I think we are sexy enough for him to want us" said Jessica. It was probably true. All three of the girls were very attractive. Brodi, with her innocent face and perfect ass that any girl would die for, had caught the glance of older guys before. Jessica with her larger than average breasts for her age made you turn your head when she walked by, and me, I am pretty easy on the eyes too she thought. My full, perky breasts and long blonde hair were about enough to set any boy off.
    "Even so what would I say. Just go up to him and ask him 'hey big bro want to have hot steamy sex with your little sister?'"
"Well not that blunt but I'm sure you could figure out a way to seduce him, come on"
No more convincing was needed. Jennifer was already working up a plan to get in her brother's pants.
Knock' Knock' "come in" said Brian.The door opened with Jennifer standing in the door way barefoot, wearing her silk black robe open showing the front of her red thong and wearing no bra, only the two side of the robe covered her perky nipples.
"Can I ask you a question?" asked Jennifer innocently.
"Sure sis, but first haven't you ever heard of a bra?" said Brian jokingly.
"Haven't you ever heard of pants?" she replied. Brian looked down at himself realizing he too was only wearing underwear.
"I guess not" said Brian
"Why are you staring at me Brian?" asked Jennifer.
"I'm not, it is just that..."
"you are turned on?"
"No" said Brian defiantly "But damn your boobs are hanging out"
Jennifer didn't even look down at herself, she just walk toward Brian.
"Don't tell me that you never thought of me that way even once?" said Jen putting her hands on his wrists.
"Well I-" was all Brian could get out because at that moment Jennifer slipped her robe off her shoulders and lifed brian's hands to her breasts. He was frozen. He couldn't move. Jennifer moved in and kissed him, he could only kiss back his hands still in his younger sister's breasts. They stopped.
"I saw you masturbating in the shower earlier." said Jennifer.
"You saw th-" jennifer pusher Brian back onto the bed and moved her hand down to his crotch. The mere touch of her hand was enough to give him a massive erection immediatly.
"I don't think we sho-" she put a finger to his lips before he could finish and slid her hand into his underwear grasping his encaged prick. Brodi and Jessica had been watching from the hallway and now moved in with Jennifer. Brian did not say a word as he saw them get on the bed, he was too preoccupied with his younger sister pulling off his underwear and gently massaging his cock with her little fingers.
    Jennifer stopped suddenly and stood up infornt of him. The two other girls followed her taking off their underwear and throwing them into Brian's face. As soon as all three were completly nude they kneeled down on all three sides of the bed. Brian nearly blacked out when he looked down and saw three sexy, beautifull, young girls licking and sucking on his erect shaft. Each of their tounges occasionaly touched over so gently and their saliva dripping down toward his balls onlys to be licked up by another. It took only a matter of minutes before Brian erupted with cum all over the girls faces. He was exhasuted. Looking into his sister sweet face, with his cum dripping off her chin she said "Them first, do me last" and with that he moved to Brodi, caressing her breasts and then moving down to her lucious ass. He wanted it badly. Brodi laid down belly first on the bed. Brian positioned himself over her ass and pushed the tip of his dick inside her. She let out a soft moan and then closed her eyes. After a few more tries Brian had got his whole shaft into her and was pumping steadily now. In and out in and out pump after pump Brian finnaly shot his load deep inside her ass. Brodi let out a long sigh of relief and looked back at Brian and smiled . he then pulled out and looked over at Jessica. Brodi stood up and looked back at her ass, she could feel Brian's hot cum dripping down her legs to her ankles. She wiped a little on her finger and tasted it. She loved it and kept trying to get more off her leg. Meanwhile Brain already had Jessica on the bed lying on her back with her legs on top of Brian's shoulders. He looked over at her tender feet and licked her toes gently. running his hand down her leg her moved in for her pussy. It was very tight and was almost too small to fit his cock inside. Still he pushed in with Jessica pushing back into him also. Jennifer ran to the bathroom and grabbed a bottle of petroleum jelly that she knew Brian used to jack off with. She rubbed it on her brothers dick and slipped a little into Jessica's throbbing vagina. It worked. Brain was easily able to slip his member inside her and pump slowly, he big breasts boucing up and down in rythm with Brian's thrusts. In a matter of seconds Jessica squirted her female juices all over Brains dick. That was plenty enough to make brain cum right then. feeling the warmth on his penis he fell over onto the bed.
    Jennifer moved over top of him "You still got one more remember" she lowered her breast into his mouth and let him suck on it until he was arounsed again. It didn't take long he soon had another huge erection pointing into the air. "Just hold still I will do all the work" said Jennifer. She stradled his waist and lowered her vigin pussy onto her brothers hard shaft. When the tip first touched her lips it sent a sudder through her entire body. Slowly she slipped Brain's whole cock inside her. She wasted no time in getting used to his dick she started jumping up and down on it. Faster and faster going deeper and deeper each time. She felt her cherry pop "OHH Ohh yes, yes, yes" she yelled. She looked to the side and saw Brodi and Jessica both fingering themselves watching her fuck her older brother. it was too much to bear. She let herself go and felt the walls off her pussy pulse on Brian's shaft. Her juices flowed down his cock to his balls and then she felt the wave after wave of her brothers hot cum shot into her pussy.
She stopped and laid down on Brian's chest and fell asleep with brodi and Jessica laying by her side waiting for the morning. Until Part Two!

The Gift

bakerman on Anal Stories

The Gift.

My wife and I are in our mid 40's and have been married nearly 25 years. Our sex life is still passionate but is no longer firey or spontaneous. Our son, who recently turned 21, had gone off oversea's for 3 months or more depending on how long his money lasted. I was hoping that now that we had the house to ourselves the sex might increase.

He sent regular emails telling of his adventures and when and where he was travelling to so we knew his where abouts in an emergency. Once or twice he had rung and on one of these calls I reminded him that Mothers Day was happening soon and not to forget to send his mother a present.

Sure enough on the Friday before Mothers Day a small parcel arrived addressed to my wife from our son. The attached card had the following sh

Read More
ort note included,

     "I bought several pairs as I'm not sure
     which style and colour you prefer.
     I'll be thinking of you wearing each pair.
     I hope you'll be thinking of me as well
     while you're wearing them.
     
     PS the black pair will look great with
     your birthday outfit."

My wife slowly unwrapped the parcel and opening the carboard box inside tipped out the contents to reveal that our son had bought his mother several assorted G-strings. The styles, colours and materials were all different and using her finger to seperate them my wife extracted a pair that was high cut, black stretch lycra and lace.

My wife and I were quietly shocked and surprised that our son would buy something as intimate as lingerie. He had never showed any signs of extra attraction towards his mother and he had always had girlfriends. My wife put the underwear back in the box and laughed it off as a joke present. Our son tried ringing on Mothers Day but his phone kept cutting out and we finally got an email in which he asked about his present arriving and that he was heading off in to the mountains for the next two weeks hiking so would be out of contact till then.

We talked and laughed about the present over dinner. Jokes were made and comments passed and I could feel a sexual vibe rising as we discussed relationships within families and older women / younger men. We went to bed that night and snuggled but no sex as my wife was still disturbed by the present and the message on the card.
I didn't push it and by Tuesday I had let the whole thing slide making no reference to the panties at all. My wife in the mean time had been quiet and distracted as if still deep in thought over the subject.

Wednesday night I arrived home from work and called to my wife as I entered the door. She called back from the kitchen for me to grab a shower as everything would be ready shortly. I assumed she was meaning dinner but was I going to be surprised by what was on the menu. I went to our room and undressed and then to the bathroom for a quick triple S , shower,shampoo and a shave. I walked back into our room with a towel around my lower half and another in my hands drying off my hair. With the towel in my hands and across my face I didn't see the bed until I stopped right next to it.

Laying on the bed surrounded by a number of pillows was my semi-naked wife in her birthday suit. She had added suspenders and stockings to the black g-string, our son had suggested she wear, from the box. The panties were extremely hi-cut with the elastic waist band reaching nearly to her navel but this just made the V of her legs and pussy look longer and deeper as well as highly erotic. My wife had her hair done as well as applied make up and the final touch was a black ribbon around her throat. All this against her pale skin was a vision of sensual delight. I felt an immediate jump by my penis as it pushed against the towel growing firmer by the second.

My towel hit the floor releasing my inflating penis so it sprung free to stand at attention. My wife rolled onto her side and her hand gripped my penis firmly as she gently tugged me closer to the bed.

"Do you like what Mummy has to offer?" she purred in a soft sexy voice

I only nodded as her lips surrounded the head of my penis with a sensual kiss. It was several seconds before my brain registered the word "Mummy". She fed my penis into her mouth working the shaft with her hand as her tongue rolled around the head. My knees became weak and I had to put my hand against the wall to stop me falling. The sights and sensations I was feeling were nearly overpowering. By now my penis was harder than it had been in ages, almost painful in the way it had stretched to its limit.

She let my penis slip from her grasp as she rolled over to show off her backside. The view from this side was no less exciting, as the thin strip of material circling her waist curved away into the crack of her arse.

"Do you like Mummys arse? Do you want to kiss it .... or fuck it?" again she spoke in a low breathless voice.

I climbed on the bed and began lavishly applying kisses to her arse. I took large bites of her supple flesh and sucked deeply to leave a trail of hickies across her butt as I worked my tongue to her highly prized arse hole.
She had let me finger her arse but never fuck it and now she was asking for it to be done. Again she squirmed on the bed and bought her front side back into play. Her nipples were puffy pink spotches of colour on her pale skin and they now stood proudly atop her breasts.

I worked one nipple in my mouth while my hand manipulated the other all the time my wife was giving me directions on how she wanted to be handled. Squeeze this, bite that, pull, tug, roll were all instructions on how to work her breasts to their peak of sexual satisfaction. Now she put her hands on the back of my head and moved it slowly down her body. I kissed my way from nipple to navel where I met the band of her panties.

The material was so soft and sheer it fitted my wife like a second skin. My hand wandered ahead to her pussy and gently massaged her mound through the material. My wife spread her legs to enable full access to her most inviting of regions. My head caught up to my hand and I pulled aside the material to view her pussy in a whole new light. Already moisture glistened on the lips and the aroma was intoxicating. I took several deep breaths through my nose to implant that smell in brain forever.

I was just about to move our love making up another gear. My tongue effortlessly made it's way between the folds her lips and into her vaginal canal searching for "that" spot. She shuddered, and gasped loudly, moaning with every twist of my tongue. I held her thighs firmly so that she couldn't pull her legs together. My probing tongue found its way to her clit and produced an amazing response as she stiffened, arched her back and moaned long and loud.

She continued to cry out loudly, almost screaming. "Ooooh gawd...Oh yes...Don't stop. Her body thrashed and squirmed on the bed her arse bouncing up forcing her pussy onto my face. Her voice had a wavering tone to it as if she spoke between waves of pleasure. I was so hyped by her performance I was ready to explode, but not until she stopped me eating her pussy. She continued to hump my face so I slipped a finger in and probed for her G-spot.
 
I was fucking her with my face and she was now in a lust filled frenzy. Finally her hands pulled my head away from her pussy and she began kissing and licking her juice from my face. Kissing me with her wide open mouth inviting my tongue to probe her mouth as it had her pussy moments before. Then in a barely audible voice she asked me to fuck her. She peeled off her panties as I positioned myself to comply with her request.

"Ooohh... fuck ...all of it, push it all the way in." she gasped, her fingers digging into my back as if she never wanted to let go.

I pushed and with virtually no effort I had slid fully into her and had her impaled on my penis. She was revelling in every moment. She squealed, moaned, gasped and swore as I pumped myself to complete arousal. Her reaction only excited me more pushing me to unknown heights of ecstasy. I raised my self up to enjoyed the view of my penis as it thrust forward and slowly withdrew from between her swollen pussy lips. I thought was pushing deep but my wife kept asking for more. She then asked me to take her from behind.

I saw my penis was slick with her juice as she got on all fours and I lined up on her from behind. Her juice had run down her crack to her butt hole and taking things in hand I forced the head of my penis to pop her anal ring. I'm surprised her scream of passion didn't bring the police but I continued to feed my penis up her arse. I stopped for a moment to gauge her reaction but her suddenly calling me an "arsefucking motherfucker" was all the encouragement I needed.

She was swearing, bucking, and thrashing, as I drilled her butt, we were like wild animals in heat.

"Fuck me... Oh yes!... Fuck your mother... Your dick feels sooo good" she cried.

By now she was off the scale as orgasm after orgasm wracked her body. She clawed at the bed with one hand as the other was between her legs giving her clit a thorough working over. Meanwhile I had built the pressure to a shuddering climax. First I plunged into her arse as far as I could go, nearly snapping her back in the process of driving her into the mattress. Then at the same time as a deeply feral groan issued from my mouth my first of spurt of cum rocketed from my penis to fill the warm void of her anal passage. Without withdrawing I rolled further forward squashing her beneath me as I felt another dose of cum race the lenght of my penis to form a warm pool around the head.

Before the next shot I moved my cock from her arse to her pussy in a sinle motion. This was enough to send my wife over the top. Still calling me a motherfucker and telling me to fuck "Mummy" harder and faster she finally exploded in a thundering climax that had her shaking and convulsing on the bed as I drained the last of my cum from my balls into her pussy.

I fell side ways onto the bed, my penis making and audible plp as it slid from her pussy. My wife was face down on the bed and I could hear her ragged breathing as we both lay still trying to recover from the most frantic and powerful sex we had ever had. It was almost ten minutes until either of us moved or said a word when my wife looked me in the eyes and told me "how fuckin' good was that" I just smiled and then the two of us kissed and succumbing to exhaustion fell into a deep sleep.

This was a scene that was to be repeated over the next few weeks as we worked through all the panties in the box, every room in the house and as many positions and variations we could get up to. This box of panties was without doubt the catalyst and inspiration for the even better gift of a new and improved sex life.

When our son finally contacted us he was surprised that we appreciated his present so much as it was only some cheap, locally made earrings which he thought would look nice on his mother paricularly the black ones that would match the outfit I had got her for her last birtday. We laughed at his confusion and agreed to tell him the not quite full story when he got back home.

 

 


 
 

     

Brotherly Lovers and Friends

lmsyd4u on Incest Stories

It was a normal wintry Saturday morning when I learned about sex.  The rain was ice cold at daybreak as our mom left for her shift at the hospital.  Our dad had left us a year before and never come home, so at 13 I was trusted to be capable of taking care of the house along with my older brother Kent.  He was 14 almost 15, and he was built like our dad was, tall and thin at 6’ 170 pounds, short black hair and dark blue eyes and a smooth body.  We neither one had body hair a family trait.  When I say

Read More
no body hair I mean nothing except for our heads and fuzz above our eyes.  Now I was smaller like mom, 5’5” 90 pounds, two dull gray eyes and black hair, worst of all I was tiny where it counts. 

 

We messed around doing laundry and picking up as mom had ordered us to and around ten that morning as I went to dump the trash, down came the snow.  The cold wet rain turn to fat flakes of ice and as the next two hours passed ten inches began to build.  It was falling so fast and pilling up so quickly that by the time we could call mom it was too late, even if she could have left early. 

 

She called around four to check on us, during her dinner break, the snow now over a foot was still falling.  So she suggested we put some extra wood in the house, put the candles and the blankets in the family room and prepare for the worse.  We did just that about an hour before the power went for the weekend.  We had wood for the fireplace to keep warm, and when we moved the refrigerator food out on the sub zero back deck we had food as well.  By the time darkness fell we were settled in with two candles a blanket and nice warm fire.

 

Kent looked at me as we huddled near the fire and asked me, “Do you know why dad left us?”

 

I shrugged my shoulders and said, “No I guess he got tired of us.  Mom never said why.”

 

He looked at me and said, “Well it was because the two of them decided to end the charade.”

 

“What does that mean?” I asked unknowing of the term charade.

 

“That’s what mom told me last spring when I asked her, so I looked it up,” he said coolly acting superior in his intelligence.

 

“And what did it say?” I asked in a berating way.

 

“It means they had been pretending for a long time basically,” he said and then added, “Did you ever wonder my Aunt Kelly and mom sleep together?  Or why dad would go bowling three times a week with Walter?”

 

“I thought it was okay for sisters to sleep together, we do sometimes and we’re brothers,” I replied in earnest and added to it with, “Mom said dad was good at bowling and she loved to see him smile.”

 

“No dummy, he was gay and so is mom,” Kent said before explaining it, “Mom and her sister were lovers since childhood.  She needed a way to keep the neighbors and others from finding out so she proposed to dad who was gay and in love with their cousin Walter.  The four of them hatched up the ideal that if mom married dad and Kelly and Walter got married they could still be together.  Dad ran off to be with Walter and met some new guy; the two of them are living a few miles outside of town now.”

 

“Good golly damn what does that make us?” I snapped back.

 

“Mom had sex with dad, two times, once when she got pregnant with me and once with you.” he said coldly.

 

We sat there talking for a few more minutes before I had the nerve to ask the million dollar question, “Does this mean we will be gay too?”

 

He smiled and said, “Well I never had sex with a girl but I have let a couple of older boys butt fuck me.  I sucked one old man’s cock for him at camp last year.  I admit I like boys, but when Jimmy from down the street bent over and let me fuck him I loved that, I just wonder if I would enjoy being sucked?.”

 

“I never had sex with anyone that I know of, except m hand,” I said sadly.

 

“Hey you want play strip poker?” Kent said so fast that I wondered if he had heard me.

 

“What for?” I asked sort sadly.

 

Kent smiled as he popped up and found the cards on the mantle.  Then he reseated himself under his blanket looking me and said, “Well Derek for fun and to see who gets to be the man.”

 

“What do you mean Kent?  I don’t get it?” I asked.

 

“Let’s play strip poker who ever loses a hand loses a piece of clothing.  When you are naked you lose and you have to do whatever the other person says.  It’ll be fun Derek, you may even get your dick sucked for once,” Kent said as he pinched my right tit.

 

So we began dealing the cards as I said, “As long as you don’t cheat.”

 

The hands were slow but by the fifth round I was in my superhero boxers only and he was wearing his purple briefs made out of silky material.  Then as he dealt the sixth hand I got two jacks right away.   I was sure I had a good hand when I drew two tens on the discard and the hold card I has was a King.   Then we played our hands and he had four queens with an ace, and my boxers were ripped off me.

 

Then Kent said, “Stand up and turn around.”  I did as he said and he patted my ass and then ordered me with, “Bend over and take hold of your toes and spread your legs a bit.”  I did it and he slid his hand between my cheeks and tickled my asshole, which made look around.

 

Then he told me, “Now sit down here beside me.”

 

So I did, and as I came to rest where he patted, his briefs were taken down and his six inch German helmet of love popped fully erect.   The pink top part was silky looking and stared at it for a second as he whispered, “Kiss it for me.”

 

I leaned over and looked at it and back it him as I said, “You want pee on me will you?”

 

“Not until you beg for me to,” he said in a sexy tone and then using his right hand to guide me, he slowly moved my face to where my lips were able to barely caress the tip. 

 

I looked at it for a second and then I puckered up and kissed it.  The skin of my lips felt its smooth softness and I liked that feeling, so I did it again.  He cooed like a dove and as heard him aroused I realized what it meant, so I kissed it again.  This time I let my mouth open a second and my tongue graze it.  When I repeated this, I felt its softness fully and I wanted to taste like I did when I licked a hot dog before eating it, so I lapped its crown fully with my tongue and then enjoying it, I let my mouth fall down the right side and back up of the his shaft.

 

I sat up to look at Kent as I asked him, “Did that feel really good?”

 

“Oh yeah little brother.  That was really great, now do it again… and this time...treat like you did your thumb…when you were little,” he said panting between phrases.

 

I remember how much I loved sucking my thumb so I bent over and acted just as requested.  I pretended it was thumb and I sucked it all into my mouth almost to the hilt, and used my lips and teeth to pull along the sides of it up and down several fast strokes then several slow ones.  Each wave of my mouth made him sound so erotic in his response to it; I could hear him sighing and saying not to stop, so I went faster and faster until I had a perfect rhythm.  My head bobbed up and down and as it did he began to seep in my mouth and I tasted the precursor and I wasn’t bothered by it so I went on doing it.  Then suddenly I felt his big bulgy vein in the center throb and pulse and a hot salty taste slid in and down my throat.  I recognized it for I had been devouring my own for months and I accepted it to his surprise fully.

 

He sat up looked at me as I drained the final parts out and said, “How did you do that?  That was amazing.  I couldn’t swallow a load the first time.  You sure you never sucked a cock before?”

 

Licking the remnants off my lips I said, “I never said I hadn’t eaten cum, I said I never sucked a dick.”

 

Whose cum have you eaten before?” he said in an angry jealous tone.

“My own!” I admirably replied.

 

“Prove it,” Kent demanded and then added, “Jerk that little pickle off and eat your cum for me now.”

 

Now to his surprise I replied, “No problem, I have been eating my own cum for mouths.  I really love it after drinking fruit juice.”  Then I sat back and began to rub my semi hard three inch cock until it made its way to four inches.  When I started to get my speed up he slid over beside me and started to fondle my nipples and I loved that.  He saw how much I did and kept doing it making me hotter by the second. 

 

When I was ready to cum he held his cock to mine and said, “Cum on me and eat it off.”

 

I did just as he ordered and manage to squeeze almost all of it on his cock head and shaft.  Then I knelt and sucked it off and sucked him hard in less than three minutes.  When I looked at it now wet shinning and hard I asked, “What does one feel like in your ass?”

 

Smiling like a devil at me he said, “Lay back and spread your legs and find out.”

 

I did just that as he knelt and used his arms to help widen and roll my legs back.  Then he began to work his now hard cock up my virgin asshole until I felt it slid in and though it was sort of painful I didn’t get afraid, instead I accepted it.  He slid it in and out slowly until he could see the grimace of my face ease.  Then he started to fuck me harder and harder and harder.  He leaned over and we kissed a few times and then his demeanor changed and he was seriously fucking me.  He started to slap his cock in me so fast that I felt it heat up and swell and when it exploded I have no ideal why but I began to almost cream myself.

 

He drained in side me until he started to shrivel then he pushed me up further and knelt and rimmed my asshole and his cum out of me.  His tongue dug inside me more than I ever expected and when he finished I was his.

 

Then he pulled my legs down and started sucking my cock for me.  It aroused me so much that I came moments later before I ever got fully hard.  He held it in his mouth and brought it to me and as I opened and accepted his tongue came in my mouth and swished them and the warm salty cream around together.

 

Then he drew me up into his arms and we held each other until the fire grew dim.  We added a few logs and pulled up a couple of more blankets and fell asleep in each others arms until sunrise. 

 

When the sun lit the room, I saw his cock hard and sparkling as he slept beside me nude.  I slid down his body to suck it which awoke him, and then started his day greatly better than the previous.  He was about to cum when I felt his piss slip from him with it.  Suddenly I drained it as well as the cum, and funnier still is only a small modest amount soiled the blankets.

 

He was smiling as I told him, “I guess now we know we both are gay like dad.  If you want we can keep it a secret and you can fuck me anytime you want Kent.  I gladly give myself to you.”

 

He replied, “Derek, you are mine.  I will keep you as mine, but I may share you and myself with others, as long as you know whose you are.”

 

That was twenty years ago, we now live in a small country home alone.  We have had many lovers but always we come back to each other at the end of the day.  I guess I am the woman of the relationship, but I gladly fill that role.